Chapter 1: Surprise! It's a child
Chapter Text
“Wooo!” Luz cheers. “Cool aunt Lilith!”
Lilith rises from the sand, adjusting her glasses. She brushes off her skirt and gives a tentative smile. “It was nothing, really. I… oh, Titan, I can’t believe I did that.”
“What? It was so cool! You punched an old jerk, and you got to see Deadwardian banisters.” She crosses her arms and grins.
“No, I mean—Luz, we just took something from the past and brought it into the present.” Lilith holds up the tablet, waving it. “Why did I do that?!
“Well… I do feel kind of bad stealing from an injured guy.”
“The bloodyfly effect! I could have just destroyed our universe, caused a paradox, Titan knows what! You should never take from the past. Any second now, our entire world could reset back to the beginning of time!” Lilith swings out her arms.
Waves calmly roll.
“Any… any second now!”
Luz blinks.
“Well.” Lilith puts down her arms.
“Maybe we were supposed to take the tablet, so it all works out?”
“Hmm, that could certainly be a possibility…” Lilith pulls out her staff, waving for Luz to sit behind her. “If time travel works as a closed loop instead of being paradoxical, perhaps we never could change the future, and what we did in the past already happened.”
Luz hangs on tight, watching the beach as they fly up. “Everything seems fine.”
“Yes, or it creates an alternate timeline, and we did change our universe, but since the future has been altered so have our memories.”
“Augh, that hurts to think about.”
Trees fly past in a blur, the Owl House steadily growing closer.
“It’s probably best not to overthink it. As it seems, we just have to accept our actions and move forward. The tide’s already washed in, and we had our brief window of time.”
The search felt like it took hours, but it’s only a few minutes of flying until they stop in front of the Owl House, Eda just outside. Luz hops off and glances toward Lilith as she speaks.
“We got lucky today, Luz,” Lilith says. “Next time those timepools show up, they could be on the other side of the world.”
Eda turns, grinning. “Hey nerds. How was your nerd quest?” She places her hands on her hips. “You find that dead nerd?”
“Laying it on a little thick there, Eda.” She smiles. “But, yeah. We found Philip.”
“Woah. Seriously?”
“Yeah…” She looks down despondently. “He stunk.”
“I punched him in the face,” Lilith says.
She grins. “Groovy aunty.” She punctuates with two finger guns.
Lilith smiles, places the tablet under her other arm and waves a finger gun back.
Eda stares. “Uh, you guys—you guys need to stop that.” She looks at the tablet. “Hey Lily, what’s that?”
“Uh, well, you see…”
“We maaay have stolen from Philip too?” Luz finishes with an awkward shrug.
“You what?”
“He was surely going to use it for something nefarious!” Lilith defends, clutching the tablet. “After what he did to us, there was simply no way I could trust this being in his hands.”
Eda laughs. “Oh Titan, you stole from a dead guy? That’s rich! What is that, anyway?”
Luz leads the way inside, waving a hand to Hooty. “Well… we’re not really sure,” she says. “Philip was looking for The Collector, and this is what he got.”
“Luz!” King beams from his spot on the couch. “How was it?”
“Hi, King!” She picks him up, squeezing him. “Not the way I’d hope, but Lilith punched Philip in the face. And we got this tablet thingy!”
“Aw, I missed all the fun.”
“I’ll make sure you get lots of action in our next adventure.” She sets King on her lap.
Lilith places the tablet on the table, her and Eda sitting on the couch.
“He didn’t need it for his portal, apparently, so we didn’t steal his only way home,” Lilith says, inadvertently reassuring Luz. “But then what is its purpose?”
“Well, from what you’ve told me, isn’t this The Collector guy?” Eda waves a hand.
Lilith leans forward, examining the circle of stone. It sits innocuously, the only sign of its importance a crescent moon. “But why would this, ah, collector, be a… tablet?”
“See, that’s what I don’t get!” Luz throws up her hands. “Philip called him he. Like he’s a person!”
“Maybe it’s like how people call boats she?” King suggests.
“Philip doesn’t strike me as that type of guy. But I guess I know nothing about him, except he’s a big dumb jerk,” Luz mutters.
“It could be something’s in the tablet.” Lilith holds a hand to her chin. “It’s not impossible… sealing dangerous magic to get rid of it, or keep it from unwanted hands.”
“Hmm.” Luz brushes her fingers across the surface. “Oh, do we… break it?”
“Break it!” King leans up.
“No!” Lilith shouts. “I—I mean, we don’t know what we’ll release if we do. Let’s just—”
Luz splays her hand, intending to wipe some sand off the tablet, but the moment she does a swirling, brilliant light beams from the tablet.
“Waugh!” She jumps back.
“What did you do?!” Lilith cries.
“I don’t know! I just touched it, and now it’s—”
The light turns into streaks of yellow, green and pink, projecting a dazzling image of stars and moon phases circling the sun. A deep ring echoes, reminiscent of a church bell. The sun bears a face, blue on one side with a yellow crescent moon on the other.
Mismatched eyes look down. Colorful light flashes into blinding white.
Luz raises her arm, shielding her eyes. After a moment, she lowers it, blinking hard.
In place of the strange sun and moon light show, a shadowy figure is now projected on white brick.
The black and gray figure turns.
She stares. They blink back, eyes widening.
“Huh?” The shadow says. “What? Who are you all?” They squint, flitting around the walls, remaining a flat shadow.
She doesn’t realize her jaw is agape until she attempts to speak. “Oh! I—” She laughs, far too aware of its nervous edge. “I’m Luz! Luz Noceda! Um… and are you The Collector?”
“Yeah, duh.” He waves a hand. “Oh, wait, are you a human?! I’ve never seen one up close before!”
“I am! I’m from a different realm, having traveled far and wide to get here.”
“Mister Collector,” Lilith interrupts. “Could you fill us in as to who , exactly, you are? We just found you, see, and—”
“Mister?” The Collector sighs deeply, kicking his legs. “You are sooo boring. But hey, since you’re all here anyway, why don’t you help me? Convince the guy up top he made a big mistake putting me in here. Oh, did he already change his mind? Is that why you’re here?!”
“Um, I’m not quite sure what you’re talking about…”
“Ey, shadowy guy,” Eda says. “Who are you and what’s your deal? And who names themself The Collector?”
“Name myself? Wow, you really don’t know anything.” They prop up their head, as much as a shadow can, and slide across the ceiling to peer down at Eda. “Hey, why don’t I ask you questions?! Who are you and what’s your deal? Do you wanna play with me? We can have lots of fun!”
“I’m Eda the Owl Lady,” she says and crosses her arms. “Most powerful witch in the Boiling Isles?”
“Hmm… that’s funny, because I’ve never heard of you! Can’t be that powerful, huh?”
“Hey!”
“I bet I’m more powerful than a thousand of you combined! A bajillion! More powerful than you and every other living being in this realm combined!” His form turns into the world.
“You better take that back, cause—”
“Edalyn, we must stay on topic,” Lilith scolds.
Eda huffs. “Fine. C’mon, we introduced ourselves, now tell us who you are.”
“You didn’t all introduce yourselves!” They hold up a three, oddly enough. “That doesn’t seem much fair at all.”
“Well, I’m Lilith, and that’s my dear sister Eda.”
“And I’m King!”
“Huh?” The Collector whips around. “Who said that?”
Luz glances at King. “He did,” she says. “I guess you missed him cause he’s so little.”
“I am not little!”
“No… I know someone else is there, but why can’t I see you?” He mimics binoculars with his hands.
She frowns. Then, just barely noticeable, she realizes there’s a faint glow to King’s collar. “Hey, King, what’s up with your collar?”
“Weh?” King looks down. Tentatively, he unclasps it.
The Collector gasps. “You look like the bully who put me in here!” They circle Luz and King around the couch, changing shape to a horned creature. “Are you his little Titan baby?”
It seems, for a moment, everything stops.
Then:
“Wait—”
“Did he say Titan—”
“What’s the weird guy talking about?!”
“Weh?”
“You are!” The Collector cries. “I can’t believe you already hatched! Ugh, he wouldn’t let me play with you, but now it looks like we can have all the fun in the world!”
“Wait, wait, hold up.” Luz waves her hands. “Did you call King… a Titan? But—but he’s just a little guy!”
“Uh, that is so obviously a baby Titan. Are you blind?”
“Wait, no.” Eda holds up a hand. “Stop. What in the world are you going on about? What do you mean he’s a… he’s a…”
“I mean he’s a Titan!” They throw out their hands, changing shape to a horned creature again. “Jeez, how many times do I gotta say it? He’s a Titan, a Titan, a TITAAAN!”
“Stop!” King yells.
Luz feels her heart drop at his voice. “King…”
“Stop—stop, no, I don’t… I don’t understand,” he says.
The Collector crosses his arms. “Don’t understand what? Didn’t your ol dad teach you anything?”
“I don’t know my dad!”
Luz’s chest twists, and a nauseating feeling rises to her head. The break in his voice ignites sympathy and a deep ache from a much older hurt.
The Collector seems taken aback. “What do you mean?” he asks, scrutinizing King. “Hey, you aren’t lying, right? He wouldn’t put his dirty work on his kid… would he?” They ponder.
“Collector, please, I don’t know what you’re talking about or what this Titan stuff is!” King trembles in Luz’s lap. “Just—”
“What age is it?”
King pauses, stunned out of his distress. “Wha?”
The Collector turns into a landscape of trees and ancient looking buildings. “You know, the age? Like, a period in history! It’s gotta have been at least a couple hundred years if you’re already like, what, eight?”
“The 22nd year of the 3rd millennium and the 21st century,” Lilith says. “2022.”
“Well, if you’re gonna put it into riddles, I guess I’m not telling you anything about myself!” He huffs.
“What? What did I say?”
“Complete gibberish, lady.”
That sinking feeling in Luz catches her throat in a choke hold. She swallows it down, stepping forward. “Collector… were… was the Titan alive before you were sealed?”
He blinks. “Why wouldn’t he be? You’re all so weird.”
A chill settles over the room.
“How… long have you been in there, Collector?” Luz manages to ask.
“Oh, I dunno. Couple hundred years? A thousand years? He wouldn’t keep me in there for too long, I mean you guys seem fine, so the fighting must be over, right? That’s why you’re here, to set me free?” They laugh. “Oh, I bet he was too embarrassed to get me himself! He must be feeling pretty stupid right now—jokes on him, I’m gonna destroy him! Blow him up to smithereens! Then destroy those smithereens! And turn them into shells, drop them in the ocean, then make a tsunami, then—”
“The Titan is dead, Collector,” Lilith says. “He’s been dead for a long, long time.”
The Collector stares.
“…what?”
Chapter 2: History Debate
Summary:
It's a sleepover; minus everything that makes a sleepover great
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“One of the first known forms of life to spring from the Titan were stonesleepers, and they came about three point seven billion years ago.” Lilith jabs her pen at the timeline she set up half an hour ago, scrawled with various time periods and additional information.
Luz groans. The living room’s become a mess of papers, articles, books and charts, all provided by her stubborn aunt Lilith. No matter what she says or does, The Collector hasn’t budged.
“No, no, you’re wrong!” They shake their fists.
“I am not! Witches and demons came about millions of years ago. We have ages worth of history and civilization”—Lilith gestures to the myriad of books she’s pulled out—“and that only happened because of the Titan’s death!”
“Liar!” The Collector covers his ears. “I would know all of this!”
“Weren’t you locked up for hundreds of years?” Luz can’t help but ask.
“That doesn’t count!” they screech, flailing about. “A few hundred years isn’t that long! You’re all making this stuff up!”
“There are countless records of these periods which I have been providing you with. We are living proof of what I’m saying, why won’t you just listen to me?!”
“You’re fibbing! Titans are not gone, and how have you never heard of Collectors before?!”
“Because you are ancient beings!” Lilith stresses. “Ancient, old, powerful beings! To come into contact with you—it’s basically a divine miracle. Claimed immortality aside, you shouldn’t be here right now. You only are because we brought you here, and we found you in the Deadwardian Era, hundreds of years ago, in the Titan skull!”
The Collector blows a raspberry. “Yeah, right. Even if you did, which you didn’t, it’s not the guy I’m talking about. You don’t know anything!”
“I am a historian, I beg to differ—”
“Oookay!” Luz claps her hands. “Break time!”
“Wh-what? But Luz—”
“Nope! Break time,” she says. “You guys have been yelling way too much and personally, I’m a little tired. Let’s just all relax for a bit.”
“But I don’t wanna relaaax,” The Collector whines. “I wanna play!”
“We can play tomorrow,” she tries.
“No, I want to play now! Let me out, let me out, let me out!”
“Collector, I don’t know how to let you out.”
“But King can!” He points at King. “You’re a Titan, so you can free me! We’ll have a blast together! Come on, pleaaase?” They pull their best puppy eyes.
“I…” King looks stricken. Luz frowns at him, gently touching his skull. “I’m—I can’t be a Titan, Collector. You’ve got the wrong demon.”
He groans, spinning around. “Fine, be a meanie pants! When I’m out, you’re all gonna regret it!”
“Really not doing yourself any favors, kid,” Eda says.
They blow another raspberry.
“I’m gonna make hot chocolate,” Luz decides, standing with King in her arms. “Eda, Lilith, do you want anything?”
“Apple blood.”
Lilith barely spares a glance, glaring at The Collector. “Just earl rot tea, if we have any.”
“Hey, I want a drink!” he says. “Why don’t I get anything?”
“Erm… can you even drink like that?”
They scoff. “I could if you’d let. Me. Out!” He engulfs the floor, pinning his enraged eyes on Luz.
“Wah!” She jumps. “No can do, sorry.”
She scurries into the kitchen and gently places King on his chair. A sigh escapes her, some tension leaving her bones. Whoo boy, it’s been a long day. She looks down, concern replacing her exhaustion at King’s conflicted expression.
“Are you okay?” she asks.
King stares at the table. “I don’t know.”
Truthfully, Luz is having a difficult time writing off The Collector’s words. It sounded impossible, but now that she’s thinking… with King’s new powers, his appearance, how no other demon seems to be like him… she frowns at King. He seems so upset by the idea, though.
She rummages the cabinets and pulls out various mugs and packets. “I’m sure they’re just confused,” she decides, for King’s sake. “It’s been a long time since they’ve seen the world, right?”
He sighs. “It’s just that Hooty couldn’t figure out what type of demon I was, even with a blood test. It’s—it’s crazy, there’s no way I’m a Titan, but…”
“But you’re worried?”
“Why can’t I figure it out, Luz? Why am I so different?”
“Oh, hey…” She sets down the mugs, nearly dropping one. “King, there is nothing wrong with being different. We’ll figure it out together.”
King sniffs, looking far too miserable for his size. Luz drops and kisses his head. “You think some hot chocolate will make you feel better?” She gives what she hopes is a reassuring smile.
He nods. “Yeah. Thanks, Luz.”
“Anything for my little guy.”
Eda crosses her arms, squinting at The Collector. Something’s been bugging her. Their mannerisms, speech, heck, even their vague appearance all scream child. Honestly, he reminds her of how King used to be. Such a cute little tyrant.
Luz comes in, hands Eda her thirty and flirty mug, and sets down another one filled with whipped cream. “Your tea is almost ready,” she tells Lilith, leaving yet again.
“Thanks, Luz,” Eda calls over her shoulder.
The Collector eyes the mug of hot chocolate, snaking across the table to examine it. “What’s that?” They turn into a mug, shadowing it.
“Have you never heard of hot chocolate before?” she asks, then remembers The Collector’s been trapped for thousands of years. Yeah, of course they haven’t.
“Nope!” He pops the p. “I want some. Can I try it? Give me a mug! I haven’t held something in sooo long, I don’t remember what it feels like.”
That’s not concerning. “Sorry kid, but we can’t free you.”
“C’monnn! I haven’t even done anything, why’re you being such big jerks?!”
“Collector, I would like to ask you a few questions,” Lilith cuts in, interrupting their tantrum before it can start.
“Ugh, what?”
She taps a pen against her notebook. “First, how are you speaking modern day English? Presumably you’ve been buried since your sealing, so there’s no way you’ve come in contact with the developed language.”
The Collector slides over Eda’s chests. “What’s in these?”
“Collector—”
“Riches beyond your wildest imagination!” Eda splays her hands dramatically. “The most rare, most dangerous items!”
“Really?!”
“Nah. They’re just filled with junk I haven’t cleaned out.”
Lilith looks at the edge of her rope. “Collector, could you please consider answering anything I have to ask?”
They groan, flinging their head back. “But your questions are so boring. I wanna do something fun, like a game! Do you guys have any good games around here?”
Eda smirks. Yeah, definitely a bit of a brat.
Luz comes back, a mug and King in hand. “There’s a game called twenty questions!” she says, handing Lilith her tea.
Eda glances at King. The Collector made a lot of big claims earlier, and as unlikely as they are, she doesn’t want King fretting over them.
The Collector zeroes in on Luz, tilting his head. “How do you play?”
Luz plops down beside Eda. “Well, usually you have two people, and you take turns asking each other twenty questions. Maybe us four can ask you anything, and then you can ask us whatever you want.”
“Hmm.” A pause. “Sure!”
Lilith gawks. “What—why did that work?!”
“Don’t question the expert,” Luz says. Eda smiles, a little in pride. “First question! What’s… your name?”
“The Collector.”
“Well, I meant outside your title. What’s your actual name?”
“Too late! It’s my turn now. Hmmm…” They swing their legs. “Oh! Why are your ears pointy?” His form splits into two shadows of Eda and Lilith.
“Oh, that is uncanny,” Eda says. “It’s cause were witches. Natural quirk, or whatever. Now you, why are you called The Collector? You a big fan of collecting?”
“It’s cause I’m a Collector, duh. Titans are Titans, Collectors are Collectors. We preserve things!” They shift to hold a bird, a lizard, a diamond. “That was two questions, cheater. Now I get two. Why’d you find me? Are you criminals?”
“We didn’t find you, exactly, an old human did,” Lilith explains. “I didn’t trust what he might do with you, as he proved himself duplicitous. So I took you back with us, and now we’re here.”
“Duplicitous?”
“We’re hardened criminals!” Luz rises, holding up a fist. “In hiding from the nefarious Emperor Belos!”
“Oooh!”
“Alright, settle down.” Eda pats Luz. “She’s technically right. That wanted poster above me is no joke, the Emperor hates wild witches. He’s such a stuck up.”
That’s an understatement, but she won’t curse him out with all the kids present. The Collector’s already adjusting to heavy change anyway, they don’t need the history of a dictatorship and oppression against wild witches on them too.
“Hey kid, what’s with your sun and moon shtick?” she asks. It’s hard getting anything coherent from The Collector, so she’s grasping at straws for questions, but she is curious.
“Oh, yes!” Lilith brightens. “I’ve been wondering about your celestial attire. Even your tablet has a moon symbol.”
“Of course I have that! I’m a celestial being.” He turns into a sun and moon, looking like those drawings of celestial objects with crude faces. “This stuff’s practically my domain.”
“Aw! You’re like a little star!” Luz gushes.
Eda rolls her eyes. Of course Luz finds this cute. She looks up, finding The Collector staring at them. “What?”
Their gaze is faraway, like they’re not really seeing what’s in front of them.
“Kid? You okay?” She rises a little, furrowing her brows.
He jolts, then flings himself across the ceiling. “I don’t wanna play this game anymore. It’s just a bunch of stupid questions!” they declare.
“It is called twenty questions,” Luz says, her words turning into a heavy yawn.
“Aw, you should go to bed, Luz,” Eda says.
“But I wanna stay up and talk—” She’s interrupted with another yawn. “Okay, maybe I should sleep…”
“Alright, up.” Eda shoos at Luz. “That goes for you too, King. I know you’re tired.”
“I’m not tired!” he says, then yawns.
“Yeah, sure. You need all your beauty sleep.”
“Wait, are they leaving?” The Collector asks. “No, no, no, don’t leave! You can’t leave me!”
She frowns. “Kid, they gotta sleep. We can’t stay up forever.”
“NO!” they shout. “We can play something! We can keep doing that dumb twenty questions thing! Come on, who needs sleep anyway?”
“Actually, we require sleep to not die,” Luz says helpfully.
“What?! Ugh, you’re all so finicky. It’s not like you’ll explode without sleep. Right? Oh, but that’d be funny. You don’t close your eyes for a bit, and bam! Gone!” He laughs like it’s the funniest thing in the world.
She quirks a brow. “That’d certainly be interesting, but I don’t want my kids exploding. They gotta sleep, kiddo.”
“No!” They grab at Luz and King, holding on as if they’re a physical person. “Don’t leaaave! You’re being all mean again!”
“Aw…” Luz looks at The Collector’s scowl. “Eda, maybe I could sleep down here tonight?”
“Really? I doubt you’re getting much sleep with this guy around.”
“Just for tonight! I can bring my sleeping bag down and we can make it a sleepover!” she squeals. “I haven’t had a sleepover in forever! Eda, please?”
Most people aren’t a match against Luz’s puppy eyes, Eda included. “Oh, whatever. Go get your sleeping bag.”
“Yes!” She dashes up the stairs with King.
“Did I hear something about a sleepoveeer?” Hooty pokes into the room.
“Hooty!” Eda scolds. “You’re supposed to be keeping guard.”
“I’m part of the family too! I should get to be in the sleepover!” he shrieks.
“Well, he has a point, Edalyn,” Lilith says.
Darn. Now she’s outmatched. She sighs, sinking into the couch.
“Who’s thiiis?” Hooty pokes at the wall, where The Collector’s shadow is.
They swerve around his beak. “Who are you?” he rebuttals. “You’re like a weird worm owl!”
“You don’t have to say it like that! I’m a normal worm owl!”
“He’s sensitive, Collector,” Lilith frowns.
They pay no mind, circling Hooty. “Betcha can’t catch me, betcha can’t catch me! Your neck is so long, what do you need all that for?”
“It’s my body!” Hooty screeches, chasing The Collector around the room.
Luz hops back into the living room. “Woah, what did I miss?”
“It’s just like the laser pointer,” King mutters.
“Nothin,” Eda says, watching in amusement. “Here, let me move the table for you.”
She stretches her arms, cracks her knuckles, and in one push slides the table out of the way. Luz shakes her sleeping bag before dropping it.
“I wish we had popcorn.” Luz tsks and sits down. “That’s sleepover 101. And summoning the dark arts.”
“What’s popcorn?” The Collector slides across the floor, peering at Luz.
King spins around. “Summoning the dark arts?”
“We’re not doing that,” Eda says.
“Popcorn,” Luz says, “is one of the most delicious snacks! It’s cooked corn kernels. You can put butter and salt on them, or make caramel popcorn. I like my popcorn a little spicy.”
“Spicy?” he echoes, frowning at Luz. “Spicy’s supposed’ta kill you!”
“Not me,” she says, looking proud.
“Spicy kills me,” King says. “I don’t know how you stand it, Luz, it’s like my mouth is on fire.”
“Nothing kills Titans.” The Collector crosses their arms.
That awkward silence again. Eda shifts, unsure where to place her eyes. It makes no sense, yet shadow over here keeps insisting King is a Titan. What is she supposed to think? She can tell the idea makes King uncomfortable. If The Collector doesn’t lay off…
“If I may, Collector,” Lilith says, which either means another hour argument or she gets blown off immediately, “why are you so sure King is a Titan? I mean, it’s absurd.”
“Cause he looks exactly like one?” They give her a look, like everyone knows that, idiot. “Is this a game? It’s not a very good one.”
“Okay, look.” Eda holds out her hands. “Let’s stop with the Titan nonsense. Collector, don’t bug King about it anymore, Lily, stop trying to dig for more information. We’re here to have a normal sleepover.”
Luz smirks. “Normal? Pshh.”
“Okay, a weird sleepover,” she concedes. “But one that doesn’t involve talking about Titans! Capiche?”
“Caposh.”
The Collector giggles. “Capiche. I like that word. Capiche, caposh, capiche, caposh!”
“Capiche, caposh, capiche, caposh!” Luz repeats.
He spins “Capiche! Caposh!” They explode into fiery stars.
“You know, it’s cool how you do that,” Luz says. “Can you turn into anything?”
“Hmm…” He changes into a thinking Luz. “I can turn into you!”
“Ah!” Luz points at them. “My shadow self! Oh, this is just like in book four of The Good Witch Azura—”
“When she has her depressive episode?” Eda interrupts. “And the entire power of friendship thing, bleh. It’s somehow cheesier than the rest of the book.”
Luz blinks. Her eyes widen. Oh, no.
“You were listening!”
Shoot. “Uhh, I mean, just because I think the prose is flowery—” Who is she kidding. She sighs. “Of course I was listening to your rambles, Luz. You talk about it so much.”
She beams like Eda handed her the world, which is unfair. That simple act shouldn’t make Luz so happy.
“What’s the what?” The Collector asks.
“Oh my gosh, I have to read you the books. Hold on!”
“Nooo.” She groans and throws her head back. It’s too late, Luz bounds up the stairs before anyone can blink.
Lilith rises. “Well, that’s my cue to leave. I’ve stayed far longer than planned.”
“No!” Hooty cries. “You just got here!”
“I’ve been here all day, Hootsifer,” she says, giving him a gentle look.
Eda gets up, placing a hand on her shoulder. She lowers her voice. “Wait. You can just leave in the morning, yeah? I know you don’t wanna leave with this kid still around.”
“I suppose not…” Lilith glances back at said child. “I still have a lot of questions, but they don’t seem keen on answering any.”
“You’re going about it in the wrong way. They’re a kid, not a nerd like you.”
Lilith huffs. “Kids can be nerdy too, you know. Luz appreciates my knowledge.”
“I’m sure she does. Now sit, I can get us more blankets.”
She pats Lilith and goes for the nearest closet. Over the months of Luz’s presence, it’s changed from a mess into a storage of blankets, towels, pillows, brooms, and a few knickknacks Eda’s never found a place for. She snags a few things and kicks the door shut.
Luz beats her to the living room, plopping down with her book in hand just as Eda comes in. The Collector ‘lays’ next to Luz, eyeing her with rapt attention. Eda rolls her eyes.
“Get ready for the purplest prose you’ve ever heard,” she tells The Collector.
“I like purple!”
She hands Lilith her blanket and pillow, then kicks back on the couch. Luz opens the book.
“Chapter one!” Luz starts. “Azura aroused from her kip…”
Notes:
holy shit this blew up!! thank you all SO much for the comments and kudos (150 already??) i read every single one of them and i am so happy and grateful!! :')
btw is my family the only one to respond to capiche with caposh, i swore it was a thing but i looked it up and it doesnt seem to even be a real word! interesting
Chapter 3: Pinky Swear
Summary:
Eda takes The Collector on a tour of the isles
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Lilith doesn’t manage to get much out of the Collector.
Eda can amend the effort, Titan knows kids hate giving direct answers. But no matter what advice she took or direction she went, an hour flew by and only ended in frustration. It’s, in her opinion, too early for this.
“No, people don’t kill griffins for their eggs.”
She stands at the stove, cooking up eggs for the others now seated at the table. Luckily, she managed to convince Lilith to cool it and take some breakfast before her departure. With her interrogation over, The Collector’s gotten distracted asking, quite frankly, very mundane questions that Luz answers with excitement or worry.
Such as now.
“But why?” The Collector asks. “Then you could get all the meat!”
“Well, because—” Luz stops. “Eda, we don’t use griffin meat, right? Right?”
“Nah, we need them for flying.” She pushes around the scrambled eggs, careful not to burn them. “We have other animals as cattle. Cow serpents, monster sheep—those are tricky, rare meat—octoeye, geese…”
“Just regular geese?” Luz asks.
“Geese are anyone's worst nightmare.”
“Nightmares taste delicious,” King says. He eyes the pan hungrily.
She adds extra salt for good measure, then turns off the stove. “Alright, alright, here’s breakfast.” She divides the eggs among each plate and gives everyone two strips of bacon.
“Thank you, Eda,” Lilith says. “I’ll be heading off after I eat. It was pleasant visiting, and sincerely, thank you all for the celebration.”
“Anything for you, Lulu!” Hooty wraps himself around her.
The Collector frowns just as Eda sits. “Why don’t I get any?”
“You can’t eat anything, kid.”
“I want breakfast!” they yell. “Give me it! GIVE ME IT!”
“Collector—”
“I WANT BREAKFAST!” He shrieks in frustration and spins about. “It’s not FAIR! Everyone else gets it and I don’t!”
Oh, Titan. She raises her hands. “Collector, I’m not trying to single you out—”
“I have an idea!” Luz interrupts.
She hops from her chair and swings open a cabinet. Eda watches her with a raised brow. Luz pulls out a small plate, sets it beside hers, and forks off a portion of her scrambled eggs onto it.
The Collector immediately stops screaming. They zip to their plate with wide eyes. “Is that mine?”
“All yours, buddy.”
He smiles, looking far too pleased for a plate of food he can’t eat.
“You’re coddling them,” Eda teases.
Luz gasps. “I am not!”
“You’re supposed to say thank you,” King says. It takes her a moment to realize he’s speaking to The Collector.
“Huh?” They squint. “Thank… you?” he says, like someone handed him the ugliest outfit in the world as a gift and now he has to pretend to like it.
“You’re welcome,” Luz says.
Eda leans over the table. “Since when do you know manners?”
“Since Luz.”
“Oh, yeah.”
With a bit of congratulatory crying from Hooty, a surprisingly quiet Collector, and one last hug, Lilith is waved out of the house.
“Bye tía Lilith!” Luz waves her hand until Lilith is out of sight.
Eda turns and walks back into the kitchen. She begins picking up everyone’s plates, then pauses at The Collector’s.
“I need to clean this up,” she tells them.
They whip around. “What? No! That’s mine!”
“Hey, I bought the plate, it’s technically mine.”
“No, it’s mine, mine, mine!” He stomps his foot. “Luz said it was all mine!”
“Umm, I didn’t exactly mean it like that…” Luz says.
“It’s MINE! I didn’t get to finish!”
Luz looks around. “Uhh, hey! What’s that over there?” She points to the window.
“Huh?”
Eda dashes to the fridge and nearly chucks their plate in. She and Luz sigh in relief as The Collector stays distracted.
“I don’t get it,” they say after a moment.
“Sorry, I guess you missed it.” Luz shrugs with a smile. “Anyway, I gotta go to school.”
“Don’t have too much fun,” she says.
“I will!”
The Collector swerves to the wall beside Luz. “You’re leaving? Why? What’s school? Is it a game? Can I come?”
“It’s a place of learning,” Luz says. “Sorry, I can’t take you with me.”
“Why not?” he whines.
“Because you’re not a student.” She walks into the living room and Eda follows suit with The Collector’s tablet in hand. “Honestly, you’d probably think it’s boring.”
“But why do you have to go if it’s boring?”
“Boring things can be important. Oh, there’s my bag!” Luz ducks to grab it.
“No they can’t.”
“Well, in any case, I think it’s fun.”
She snorts. “You’re an anomaly for thinking that. School sucks.”
Luz swings open the front door. “Yeah, yeah. But today we’re having a club fair and I really don’t wanna miss it. Bye, see you all later!”
“Bye, Luz,” Eda and King say, the latter more loudly.
The Collector throws their shadow against the door. “When is she coming back?”
“Oh, I dunno. School ends for her at around two or three, and right now it’s eight.” She takes a sip from her mug, looking at the clock. She used to never get up this early. “But right now we’re going on an adventure!” She slams down her mug.
He peers at her. “An adventure?”
“Yep! You haven’t seen the Boiling Isles yet, so I gotta show you around.”
“I’ve traveled the whole Earth like, a gazillion times,” they say, yet watch Eda with rapt attention.
“I hope you’re ready for something new, then.”
What to do about transportation, though? She can’t easily hold them while flying her staff, and she doesn’t trust herself to not drop them.
“Hey, do you know how your whole… shadow projection thing works?” she asks them.
“Weeell.” He hums. “I can’t go very far.”
Yeah, she figured. “If I’m gonna take you with me, I need to carry you in something.”
“You could use my carrier?” King suggests.
“But then I won’t be able to see!” The Collector says.
Darn. If Eda could just have a see-through carrier—she grins. “I have an idea.”
“It looks…”
Eda holds up her invention. Two sheets of transparent plastic welded together, attached to the straps of a now ruined baby carrier. Luckily, she has a few spares for King.
“Great!” she says.
King looks at the singes on the floor, then the burnt edges of the carrier, meeting melted plastic. “I was gonna say bad.”
She rolls her eyes. “Everyone’s a critic.”
“Can we go now?” The Collector is nearly vibrating. They beam, holding up their fists.
“In a moment.”
She stands and fastens the baby carrier around her waist. The top is openable, kept together with a sticky substance, while the bottom is completely clipped shut. She puts The Collector’s tablet inside.
“Look good?” she asks, then shifts to test its stability.
She didn’t realize they can appear on the tablet itself until their face is on it. “Yep!” he chirps.
“Alright, let’s go! King, you coming?”
King shakes his head. “I… need some time alone.”
She pats him. “Don’t think too hard on things,” she says, a bit vaguely. King knows what she’s referring to. Despite her rule of no Titan talk, it’s been weighing on the room.
“What?!” The Collector presses themself against the tablet. “No! No, you still haven’t played with me yet!”
“Now, now.” Eda taps the tablet. “We don’t force people into doing things.”
He whines. “But I wanna play with King! What about me?”
“How would you feel if someone tried making you play when you didn’t want to?”
“Why wouldn’t I want to?”
“Oh, huh.” She holds a hand to her chin. “I guess that example doesn’t work with you.”
“So why can’t we plaaay?” He gives his best puppy eyes.
“Cause you gotta respect others.” She pokes their nose. “Now let’s go.”
She nearly kicks open the door, thinks better of it (wouldn’t want Hooty yelling at her), and opens it normally. Owlbert turns into her staff, and with a push, they’re in the air.
“What’s that?” The Collector points at Owlbert.
“That’s my palisman, Owlbert. Every witch gets one.”
“A palisman?” he echoes doubtfully. “But it’s so small! I guess you’re all small, too, though.”
She quirks a brow. “What’s that got to do with anything?”
“Palismen are big! Bigger than me!” They wave out their arms. “You’d need forests and forests to create just one.”
“Alright, now you’re making stuff up.”
“I’m not!” His eyes widen and he flits to the bottom of the tablet. “Ooh, what’s that?”
“That is Bonesborough. It’s the largest town on the Isles, and where I used to sell human junk. See the marketplace?”
“There’s so many people…” they say with wonder.
She flies them down and stops. “I had a bit of an ulterior motive for this trip,” she says. “I need to buy more of my elixir from Morton, and I thought it’d be good to get you outside. Multitask it, you know.”
“Elixir?” he asks, but he’s barely looking at her, eyes darting toward every possible thing.
A witch pushes past her and she just bites back an insult. The road isn’t even that packed, come on. “For my curse,” she answers. “The details don’t really matter.”
She maneuvers past a crowd gathered around Skin N’ Linen. There must be a sale. Brisk bouts of wind catch her, softening the cling of August’s heat. The Collector seems content just staring, eyes perpetually wide as they gawk at witches and demons alike.
“Don’t stare so much,” she whispers. “We don’t want attention on ourselves.”
“Why?”
I don’t know what you are and that human guy wanted you for a reason, she thinks. She says, “I’m still a wanted criminal. Not that anyone here’s ever snitched on me.”
Of course, they zero in on that information. “What criminally things have you done? Theft? Arson? MURDER?!” He looks increasingly excited by each option.
“You kids and your violence. Nah, mostly the Emperor hates me for being a wild witch.” She waves a hand. “And I have illegally sold and bought things. But you didn’t hear that from me.”
He looks at passing witches and people stationed at their shops. After enough silence, she assumes they’re done with that conversation.
“Hey, Morton!” she calls, a few steps from Mr. Elixir. “Got any potions for me?”
“Hi, Eda.” He’s already digging under the counter. After a moment, he pulls out a leather bag. “I sure do—” He stops, blinking at The Collector.
“Hi!” they say.
“Should I ask?”
“No,” she says. “Here’s your payment.”
She hands him some snails and he passes her the bag. The Collector waves as she leaves, and Morton hesitantly waves back.
“Aberrant Meat’s got good quality, I’m also a fan of Bones Appetit.” She points as they pass rows and rows of stands. “Fangs ‘n’ Thangs is where I got my gold tooth! They sell a buncha other stuff too, I like to check them out once and awhile for the odd watch or pen or haunted doll.”
He looks up and around, eyes eventually settling above. “Are those bones?” they ask.
She looks up. They’ve pointed at the Titan’s ribcage. “Uh… yeah, they are. The Boiling Isles, it, well.” There’s really not a tactful way to say this, is there? “It was made upon the remains of the Titan. Its skeleton is still around.”
He hmphs. “Lilith said that.”
“She wasn’t lying, you know. Do you… want a better look?”
He nods.
She flies up higher, until they’re overlooking the entirety of the Isles in its natural, wild beauty. Arches of bone shadow dusty red trees, hills and mountains curving up around houses and towns, spaced between crevices and cracks. Boiling sea crashes upon the edges, steam and clouds rolling overhead. The Titan’s skull lays heavy far north.
The Collector has an unreadable expression.
“Hey…” she starts tentatively. “If you wanna talk about anything, I’ll listen.”
“Huh? Okay! I was thinking about how cool that skull looks. Though you guys should give the Boiling Isles more blue,” they say.
Yeah, okay. Maybe she shouldn’t have expected emotional honesty after a day.
“Is blue your favorite color?” she asks.
“It’s better than all this sad red. At least make it pink.”
“You got some weird taste. Who would want everything to be pink and blue?” She thinks. “Luz would, but she’s weird too. Looks like I got my hands full with weirdo kids.”
He giggles.
“Speaking of her, that’s her school, Hexside.” She flies closer and circles around it. “They teach kids all the boring necessities they need for magic and covens, blah blah.” She mimes a mouth speaking. “Covens are the end goal, and the dumbest thing about the Emperor’s reign.”
The Collector seems to be hanging on her every word. She almost smiles, but her words sour the expression.
“They give you these tattoos and put witches through a secret ritual”—she air quotes—“that blocks all their magic, ‘cept for one kind. I never went through it, so I’m wild.”
“I bet I already know everything they teach. I could be a teacher, easy.”
She smiles now. “You do not want to be a teacher.”
“First lesson: BLOW UP THE SCHOOL!” They throw out their arms and make a pshhh sound. “Rebuild it from the ashes! But—but don’t make a school. They’ll make… a training course,” he says. “With spike pits! And lava! And they have to climb to the MOON! First to make it back alive gets their own palisman!”
“Yeah? How are they gonna breathe up there?”
“Uh, they’ll hold their breaths?” She can almost hear the duh.
“I’d pay some money to see that,” she says. “You know, swimmers have to learn to hold their breath for really long times. Get a bunch of swimmers, see how they do on the moon.”
“People swim in the boiling sea? Oh, oh! Are witches fire resistant?”
“Not there, no.”
She angles Owlbert higher and flies them toward the Titan’s chest cavity, where a large lake and sandy shores reside.
“Lake Lacuna,” she says. “People teach their kids how to swim here. Even me and Lily were taken when we were young—barely remember it, now, but the muscle memory sticks with you.”
“I don’t know how to swim,” he says quietly, as if sharing a grave secret.
She softens. “I could teach ya, when you’re out of that tablet.”
For a moment, it’s easy to forget they must be an ancient, powerful being, sealed for a reason. For a moment, all he looks like is a hopeful child. “Really? You pinky swear?”
She clinks her pinky against their shadow. “Pinky swear.”
Notes:
surprise monday update! actually, if all goes well, id like to consistently update monday + friday, but all i have set in stone is at least an update every friday. btw 1000+ hits?? thank you all so much :D anyway, i can sprinkle in the tiniest bit of changed lore. as a treat
the collector @ the boiling isles: i can fix you
Chapter 4: Hide and Seek
Summary:
King and The Collector run into a problem
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
King isn’t sure how to feel about The Collector.
They’ve only been around a few days, and boy, have they been a loud presence. The Collector insists Luz read him a bedtime story (which is always The Good Witch Azura, since she’s gotten them invested) and it’s the only thing that will make him sleep without throwing a fit—they learned that the hard way. They need a portion of food despite being unable to eat, they’re constantly bugging everyone in the house, and they get very clingy very fast.
But none of that would really be an issue, if it wasn’t how every time they’re together, he thinks about the first thing they said to King.
Little Titan baby.
You could say King has been avoiding them.
So when Eda and Luz announce they’re leaving for an hour, all he feels is a pit of dread.
“Why can’t I just come with?” he asks Eda. “Hooty’s here, they won’t be alone.”
Eda pats his head. “King, The Collector’s gonna be staying with us for a while. You need to learn to get along with each other. I think this will be good for the both of you.”
“Besides, we won’t be gone for long!” Luz says as she slips on her shoes. “We’re just getting more stuff for the portal, since uh, all my ingredients disappeared with it.” A peeved expression briefly overtakes her smile.
“I just have a bad feeling about this,” he says.
Eda gives him a look. “If it really bothers you, you can run Hooty as interference.”
“That’s even worse.”
“Yeah, yeah. Good luck, don’t blow up the house.”
He hugs her leg. “No promises.”
It’s just an hour, he reminds himself, once they leave. How bad can that be?
“Boo!”
King yelps, his tail puffing up twice its size. He whips around to find The Collector giggling on the ceiling.
“Got youuu!” They laugh.
He holds his tail, smoothing it out. “Collector, you gotta stop doing that.”
“What, scaring you? It’s not my fault you don’t notice me.”
“You’re doing it on purpose, though!” he argues.
“Cause I’m booored. I wanna play!”
Here we go. “Collector, why can’t we just… not do anything?”
They give him an incredulous look. “How could anyone stand that? Jeez. You guys have such short lives, I would think you’d wanna do something all the time.”
He’s about to respond with something like relaxing is fun, which is true—naps are one of life's greatest indulgences—but makes him sound super old, and maybe he should wait a few decades before talking like Eda.
He sighs. “Okay, let’s play something.”
“Really? What should we play? Maybe statues—no, wait… tag—no, I can’t do that… umm.” He spins, holding a hand to his chin. “That also needs an actual body… why can’t I think of anything—”
“Hide and seek?” he suggests.
The Collector blinks. They smile. “Yes! Yes, yes, I’ll count! Wait—we need rules!”
“Um… you can’t go very far, right?”
They nod. “So we have to hide in the living room!” they say. “Nowhere else. Anddd… the seeker counts to ten. Okay? I’m gonna count now!”
King jumps as The Collector begins to count, covering their eyes. Shoot. He needs somewhere to hide, fast.
He scans the room, eyes landing on the chests Eda’s kept around for years. The Collector hits six, just as King dives behind a chest.
“Seven, eight, nine, ten, ready or not, here I come!”
King presses flat against the chest and curls down. It seems like a pretty good hiding place, as long as The Collector doesn’t go onto the ceiling.
“Hmm… are you here? Nope. Maybe… here! Aw, no.” A pause. “Where would I hide if I was a little guy?”
The Collector’s voice grows farther away. He resists the urge to look up—he learned his lesson last time he played hide and seek.
“Maybe…”
He jolts at the sudden proximity of their voice.
“Here! Hah, got you!”
The Collector points at King, right beside him on the wall. He stands and flicks a ball of dust off his fur. “Darn. I thought that was a good spot… guess there’s not many places to check in just one room.”
“Well, I can’t leave unless you move my tablet, and then it’s not really hide and seek. But you know what would make things easier?” they ask. “If you’d let me out.”
“Collector—”
“You can’t, I get ittt. Even though you can. If you’d—” He stops. Surprisingly, he seems to consider his next words, then groans. “You’re the seeker now, come on!” They clap. “Start counting.”
“Weh? Uh, okay,” he says. He closes his eyes. “One, two, three…”
He’s half expecting them to be somewhere obvious, but when he opens his eyes he doesn’t immediately spot them.
“Hmm…”
He looks behind the curtain. When they’re not there, he wiggles over the chest and checks behind the couch. There’s not many places to hide in the living room, half of it is empty space. With that in mind, he scurries to the other curtains, frowning when The Collector is behind none.
He realizes, belatedly, that playing hide and seek with a shadow is a bad idea.
“Where would a shadow hide?” he ponders. He looks up, just in case he missed them on the ceiling. Not there.
They could be anywhere, but the best place for a shadow to hide… would be in a shadow.
He dives to the floor and pokes under the table. When The Collector isn’t there, he feels momentarily defeated, before remembering the couch. There’s a spot he didn’t notice before, where its shadow suddenly turns darker.
“Found you!” He pokes The Collector.
They giggle and zip out. “You found meee! Pretty good spot, huh? But you took longer, so I win!”
He squawks. “What?! You didn’t tell me this was a contest.”
“It’s kind of assumed…”
“You have an unfair advantage!” he accuses. “We’d need to be on even playing ground.”
“No I don’t.”
“You’re a shadow,” he says, crossing his arms. “You can hide in impossible spaces.”
“Maybe you should get better at fitting wherever.”
His tail fluffs in indignation. “If I was a shadow—if you had a body, I would absolutely beat you in hide and seek.”
“Nuh uh. No you wouldn’t,” the say.
“I would. I’m the king of hide and seek.”
They squint, mouth curling. “When was that decided?”
“Right now, by me.”
“I’m usurping you.”
He opens his mouth, interrupted by a BOOM!
King and The Collector jump, the latter flying halfway across the room.
“What was that?” they ask, eyes wide. “An explosion?”
King runs to the window. He tilts his head, looking at the dark clouds rolling overhead. “I think it was thunder.”
“Aw, that sucks. You can’t see the stars when it’s cloudy.”
“Eda and Luz should be back soon…”
He hops down and beelines to The Collector’s tablet. “You haven’t been upstairs yet, right? Luz’s bed is coziest when it’s raining.”
It’s a perfect nap opportunity. If he plays his cards right, The Collector might even calm down enough to let him take it.
“Ooh, I haven’t! Gimme a tour!”
He hefts up their tablet. It’s somehow lighter and heavier than he expected—not quite a mirror or block of stone, just… a regular slab. A regular slab containing a possible god. That’s normal.
“These are the stairs,” he says. “Not very interesting. Except for the time I fell down them and needed a bandaid.”
The Collector nods rapidly.
“And this is the hallway. Eda really likes her candles and weird owl furniture.” He looks at the candle stand shaped like an owl. “She also keeps this cabinet of questionable substances and some real plants… I never see her water them.”
“They look pretty healthy,” they say.
“I know, it’s weird. I would think she can’t keep anything alive.” She did keep King alive, maybe that counts for something. “That’s Eda’s closet of bathrobes and traffic cones she’s stolen.”
“I wanna steal traffic cones.”
“And here’s Luz’s room!” He pushes open the door and scurries inside.
The oncoming storm has washed her room in deep, hazy grays, leaving only dim light. Rain begins to onslaught the window, creating a gentle pitter patter as white noise. It’s the perfect conditions for a four p.m nap. He can even wake up in an hour for dinner.
The Collector zips around the room. “Is that a sword? What’s in the chest? Who’s that?”
He follows their pointed finger, to the photo of Luz and her mom.
“That’s Luz’s mom. She’s also a human.”
“So Eda isn’t her mom?” they ask.
“Not blood-related, but—she’s, like, our parental figure, or—she is legally my mom, and Luz is like a sister to me… so Eda must be like another mom to her?” He shrugs.
“Oh! That’s why she needs a portal to the human realm, to see her human mom?”
“Basically.”
“Is she gonna stay there? Humans aren’t usually in the demon realm, you know, I thought that was weird.”
“I… well… she says she’s not leaving forever,” he whispers, holding his claws together.
The Collector moves on, unaware of the emotions their question dug up. “What’s that?” He points at Jean-Luc, sitting immobile in the corner.
“That’s Jean-Luc. We got him from the island I used to live at.”
“You lived at an island?”
“In a huge castle! He was guarding me, I think. But it doesn’t seem like he can move outside the place, so we just keep him in here.”
The Collector opens their mouth, then closes it with a sour expression.
King frowns. “Why do you keep doing that?”
“Doing what?”
He doesn’t want to ask this, really, but curiosity makes his words spill. “Collector, is this about…”
Something weird happens.
Jean-Luc’s eyes flare blue, and that’s the only warning King gets before a stone arm slams itself onto the wall.
“Weh!” He jumps back.
The stone guardian clicks and creaks as he keeps moving. His arm reels back and he attempts to slam it onto The Collector’s shadow.
"Wha—” King falters, half sure he’s hallucinating.
The Collector shouts from another missed blow. Okay, he’s not hallucinating! Jean-Luc is definitely, absolutely moving.
And hostile.
He stumbles back, picks up The Collector’s tablet, and runs.
“I thought you said it couldn’t move,” The Collector says, appearing on the tablet.
King skids around a corner, heart hammering as he hears something heavy slam into a wall behind him.
“He can’t! I don’t know how—did you do something?!”
“I can’t do anything, I’m a shadow!”
King's eyes go wide when he hits an end in the hall, marked by a mocking window. A flash of movement crawls overhead and Jean-Luc slams down in front of him.
“Wah! Wait, stop—” He ducks under a swing. “You shouldn’t be attacking me!”
“Door!” The Collector shouts.
"Where?!"
He dives under another swing, Jean-Luc just missing The Collector's tablet.
"Back—go back!"
King nearly trips in his haste to turn around and yelps when a claw drags beside him. He stumbles and barrels into wood. Door. A door!
He swings it open, scurries inside, and slams the door shut. Jean-Luc thuds against it, causing King to scramble for the lock. It takes a few tries with his shaking hands.
When Jean-Luc doesn’t immediately throw down the door, King takes a deep breath and slides onto the floor.
They’re in the bathrobe and traffic cone closet, he notices dimly. There’s no window, but there’s a hatch on the floor, if he needs to make an escape.
“Is this like… advanced hide and seek?” The Collector asks after a moment.
He drags his claw from his chest, steadying his breathing. “This is the running and hiding and trying not to die game,” he says.
“Tag hide and seek.”
“I don’t get it.” He puts his face in his claws. “Jean-Luc’s never done that before. He can’t move outside the castle, how did he activate now?”
Maybe Jean-Luc doesn’t recognize him outside the castle? How does his magic even work?
“Hmm.” The Collector puts a finger to their chin. “I can think of a few reasons why.”
“You can?”
“It couldn’t leave the castle, cause it was supposed to protect you. Can’t do that if it wanders off.” He morphs his hands into a small Jean-Luc and King, the former walking away, and King’s silhouette being marked with x-eyes. “But there’s probably an activation system to protect you even when it’s outside the castle, just in case you were in danger. I guess I triggered that.”
King blinks. That’s the most information The Collector’s ever willingly given. “Why you?” he asks.
They open their mouth with a raised finger, then snap it shut. “I’m not allowed to talk about it,” he says with a huff.
“What?!”
“The Owl Lady said no Titan talk.”
Oh. His gut coils. He was afraid that was the reason for their behavior. “And how is that… related?”
They cross their arms, giving him a look.
Right. “Eda only said that cause I didn’t want to hear it, but—but if it could help us, then just spit it out.” He braces himself.
“Nuh uh. I’m not gonna get in trouble.”
He blinks. “Seriously? You couldn’t shut up about it before and now you don’t wanna talk?”
“You can if you want to! But I won’t be your accomplice.”
He groans. “I don’t understand you! You show up out of nowhere, you—you talk about me being a Titan, you just turned over my entire life and you don’t even seem to realize! This isn’t fun for me, I don’t want to be a Titan!” he shouts.
His throat stings from the weight of his words as he heaves for air, a burning ache building behind his eyes.
The Collector stares. For once, they genuinely seem at a loss for words.
Misery overtakes his anger in seconds. He stares at the floor.
Don’t blast the messenger, he remembers Eda saying once, years ago. He sighs. She finished it with just steal their money and run as fast as possible, but he doesn’t think that’s actually part of the saying.
He opens his mouth, deciding between an explanation or apology.
Something slams against the door.
“Hatch,” The Collector says.
King leaps for the hatch on the floor. He fumbles to open it, pushing the ladder down. Another slam against the door.
“What are you waiting for!”
He can’t carry the Collector down.
Slam!
He can’t carry them. He can’t leave them. What is he supposed to… he pushes their tablet over, hopes for the best, and drops it through the hatchway.
The Collector shrieks from below. Okay, they’re still alive. He slides down the ladder and hops to the floor.
“Why’d you do that?!” they screech.
He grabs the tablet. “I couldn’t carry you down! Besides, there’s a rug, your tablet wouldn’t break,” he says, ignoring he had no idea if it wouldn’t.
“It could have! And then I’d have to break you.”
A series of thumps ring overhead. “We gotta get out of here.”
They landed in the hall connecting to the living room. He runs straight for the front door.
“Hooty!” King yells as he opens the door. “Wake up! We need help!”
“Hoot?” Hooty spins slowly, blinking open his eyes. “I’ll save you!” he screeches, flinging himself about. “Where’s the danger?!”
“Inside! Jean-Luc started attacking us for some reason, just hold him off until…”
King squints into the distance, past the boiling rain. He thinks he sees two blobs moving, shielded under a protective sheet.
“Eda!” he yells. “Luz!”
The blobs grow closer. Luz runs toward him.
“King!” she cries, holding a bag. “What are you doing out in the rain?”
He hops a bit to meet her. “Luz! Guys, you gotta help us—”
A loud crash and hoot sound from inside.
“What was that?” Eda asks.
“Jean-Luc tried to kill me,” The Collector says cheerily.
“What?”
“Oh no,” Luz says. “I’m coming, Hooty!”
“I thought that thing couldn’t move anymore,” Eda says, somewhat accusingly.
King shrugs. “I don’t know! He was fine until ten minutes ago, which we really gotta take care of that!”
“Right, right, priorities.” She spins her staff. “Time for round three.”
Compared to last time, it goes by pretty fast.
Probably because of Hooty’s limitless ability to capture people, Eda’s harpy mode, and Luz being much more adept at glyph fighting. He tries to catch a glimpse of the commotion inside and promptly gives up when a flower pot nearly hits his face. So he waits outside, under Eda’s tarp, and winces at every crash and scream.
Eventually, the noise dies down.
“You can come in now!” Eda’s voice calls.
King clutches The Collector’s tablet tightly, and he steps inside.
The living room’s a mess. Paper’s strewn about, the table knocked over and scratches on the couch, some of its fluffing stuck in the oddest places. They’ve gotten Jean-Luc trapped between two sheets of ice, only his head unfrozen.
“Wow,” The Collector says, appearing on the wall beside Jean-Luc. He surveys the damage. “You guys are bad at this.”
“Hey, we got him in the end, didn’t we?” Eda asks.
King passes the tablet off to Eda. He stands in front of Jean-Luc, wringing his claws together.
“I know you’re just trying to protect me, but… The Collector isn’t a threat to me. Can you stop trying to attack him? Please?”
Jean-Luc’s head cracks as he swivels around, blue eyes following The Collector’s shadow.
“Is he broken?” Eda asks.
The ice cracks. King cringes. “He’s not listening to me.”
“So what should we do? Decapitate him?”
“Decapitate him! Decapitate him!” The Collector chants, shaking their fists.
King frowns. He can’t think of another way, but he doesn’t feel great about this one.“I’m sorry, Jean-Luc,” he whispers. “We’ll try to get you working again when it’s safe.”
Eda raises her staff and in one swift swing knocks Jean-Luc’s head off. Finally, his blue stare fizzles out.
“Welp, that’s another weird souvenir,” Eda says, picking up his head. “Kids, help me clean up this mess. Hooty, please don’t.”
“What should I do?” The Collector asks.
“You stay there and don’t cause any trouble.”
“Okay!”
King stares at Jean-Luc’s body. As weird as it is, the stone guardian kind of raised him, those first years. And, sure, he couldn’t move outside the castle—but the reality of it sets in with his head chopped off. Jean-Luc isn’t going to be moving for a while.
He glances at The Collector. They giggle behind their hand, poking at Luz when she slips on a bit of ice.
Slowly, the tight feeling in his chest loosens.
Notes:
sibling unlocked!! and weird stone dad figure lost 😔 most things havent been resolved between them but theyre on better footing now.. gotta start somewhere!
Chapter 5: I Spy
Summary:
Luz attempts to build another portal. Several revelations are had
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Luz chews on her lip. “You’re all sure this isn’t too much trouble?”
Willow places a hand on her shoulder. “It’s nothing, really! Besides, this is about getting you home.”
“We know how much this means to you,” Amity adds, giving a gentle smile.
“Yeah! And I, for one, really want to see the human realm,” Gus says. “Better we start building this sooner than later.”
After her first attempt, Luz hasn’t tried building a portal since. Admittedly, she’s been paralyzed with fear of failure, and having no idea what she’d do if it did work. What is she going to say to her Mom? What would she do if it doesn't work again?
At least her friends are willing to help. Practically insisting on it, but she doesn’t mind. Between them and The Collector, who hopefully knows something, she's been given a new drive to try again.
“Hi, Hooty!” Luz stops in front of the Owl House. “Just got some backup for making another portal. You mind letting us in?”
“Hmm…” Hooty’s head spins on the door. “What’s the password?”
“Oh! Is it opera whale?” Gus asks.
“Or is it—” Willow makes a chittering sound, similar to an owl.
“No! It’s not—” Amity gives Hooty a withering glare. “—I mean that’s the password! Jeez. Can’t have any fun around here.”
“You’re playing monopoly with us right now!” Luz hears King say, as Hooty opens the door.
“I’m just the banker!” Hooty cries.
Luz skips inside, pausing in the living room. They really are playing monopoly.
“I’m surprised you guys haven’t destroyed the house,” she says. “Last time we played, Lilith was still living with us and things got real dicey,” she tells her friends.
“Hey, Luz,” Eda says. She’s staring intently at the board.
“Luz!” The Collector zips across the wall. “I got so lucky, now I’m in jail,” he says, the way you’d say I won the lottery! “And I have the knife.”
“Aw, that’s… nice?”
“Hooty keeps raising and lowering prices,” King says. “It’s making the game way more confusing.”
“It’s not realistic otherwise!” Hooty defends.
Luz realizes her friends are staring at The Collector. “Oh! Right, guys, this is The Collector. I mentioned him. Collector, this my girlfriend Amity, and my friends Willow and Gus.”
Gus waves. "Hi! Full name Augustus, but Gus is my human nickname." He winks. "I didn't think Luz was being this literal about you being a shadow. What's it like?"
He tries poking The Collector, but they flit away. They giggle as Gus keeps trying to catch them, until they swerve around and grab his hand.
“Got you! I got youuu and you didn’t get meee,” The Collector sings. “I win!”
“Ah!” Gus jumps. He waves his hand, watching it ripple through The Collector’s shadow. “Woah. I was expecting a sorta cold feeling, but I’m not feeling anything.”
The Collector spins toward Amity. “Ooh, I like your necklace,” he says. “What are you? A ‘girlfriend’, what’s that?”
“I’m Luz’s girlfriend,” she corrects. “A girlfriend is, uh…” She gives Luz a look that says help me.
“Umm, we’ll talk about that later!” Luz expertly deflects. “Right now it’s portal makin’ time.”
“You’re trying that again?” Eda asks, then tacks on, “Collector, it’s your turn.”
They go back to the couch, appearing as if they’re sitting. “Roll!” Eda obliges. She must be rolling his dice for him. “ROLL FASTER! And… stop! Throw it!”
She tosses the dice.
“Doubles again? Now, how do you keep doing that?”
“I’m a lucky boy.”
“Um, Luz…” Willow says.
“I know, I didn’t really explain them very well,” she says quickly. “Or the time pool thing, or the Philip thing, or anything else—but let’s get the portal stuff first!”
“No, well, I do need you to explain that. But, did you leave something cooking?”
She points to the kitchen where a pot is on fire.
“Waugh—Eda!” Luz yells.
“Whoops,” Eda says, remarkably calm. “What’s that ice glyph? Let me just—”
“Wait, I don’t think you should—”
She jumps back as a wall of ice bursts in front of her.
“Eda!”
“Okay.” Luz rubs her face. “Did we get the last of it?”
Gus picks up a shard of ice. “Yeah, I think so.”
There’s a few puddles of water here and there, but the wall has finally been taken care of. Thankfully, with careful use of fire glyphs, it didn’t take too long to clean. Even if she’s a little frustrated about losing precious time.
“Sorry, kid,” Eda says. “I really thought I got the hang of that.”
“You’ve done that before?”
She shrugs. “Anyway, you know I got another door in the shed. Come get me when you’re ready to boot up the portal.”
“Will do.” Luz salutes. “Oh, speaking of which…”
She steps around the board game and various cards scattered across the floor. “Collector, can I borrow you for a while?”
“Borrow me, or steal me?” they ask.
“We already stole you.”
He considers this. “Whatcha need me for?”
“I was hoping you could help with the portal. I know Philip didn’t need you for it, but maybe you know something anyway,” she says, pausing in case they want to interject with yes, I do know everything about portals! When he doesn’t, she continues, “At the very least, you could tell me what I’m doing wrong.”
“Hmm… okay!”
“Really? Thank you so much!” She picks up their tablet and spins.
He makes a whoosh sound and spins with her. “But you gotta do something for me,” they say.
“Yes, of course, whatever you want.”
“Anything I want?”
“Umm…” She looks at his devious grin. “Maybe not literally whatever. Anything within reason. But I’ll do it.”
“I crave the most dangerous game.”
“And nope.”
“No fair.”
“What’s the most dangerous game?” Gus asks.
“Do not encourage them,” Luz says, not actually bothered.
She takes them outside and dashes into the shed. The others follow her, stopping to look at Eda’s strange collection of junk.
“Nice wood,” Willow says, examining the door Eda bought. She brushes a hand over it, then picks it up. “Aw, I thought maybe it was maple, but it’s just regular red oak.”
“Do you think the wood type affects the door?” Luz asks. She picks up two planks of wood.
Amity hefts up the jar of abomination goop. “Probably not, I mean… it can’t be that finicky, can it?”
Gus examines the skull he’s picked up. “It could be! We don’t know anything about portals.”
Luz glances at The Collector. “Do you know?”
“Huh?” They seem distracted. “Oh. I dunno.” He shrugs. “Why would it matter?”
“That’s what I’m asking, silly.”
“Let’s consider that later,” Amity says. “Unless you know the particular type of wood the old portal was?”
Luz pauses. “It was… brown.”
Amity smiles with a soft sigh. “That’s not gonna narrow it down much, batata.”
“It was medium brown?”
“We can ask Eda!” Gus jumps up. “She might know.”
“I don’t think Eda knows wood,” Willow says.
“But she’s all mysterious and brooding, she could know anything.” He holds out his hands.
Luz laughs. “Eda’s not mysterious.”
“Cause you live with her! Do you know what it’s like for us? The crazy rumors people spread? Some people said she actually ate owls, and that’s how she got her name.”
“Well, that’s not true.”
“We know that now. She’s still pretty much a mystery to everyone in town, though.”
“Hmm.” She thinks. “I guess I can see why she’d get that reputation.”
“She ate owls?” The Collector asks.
“She didn’t! She just eats rodents now. Maybe always ate rodents, actually.”
“It’s true, I saw her eat nine voles once,” Amity says. “Whole.”
Willow stomps a foot, catching the groups attention. “Alright gang! No more distractions, it’s portal making time.”
“Portal making time!” Gus cheers.
They file out of the shed and dump their supplies onto the soft dirt. Willow props up the portal against a few cinder blocks and Amity sets the abomination jar beside it. Gus puts the skull on top of the jar.
“You know, how does this work?” he asks. “What do you need in a portal?”
Luz grabs the pile of wire. “You need natural elements. Wood, mud, water, stone… that’s why everything’s pretty easy to find. The harmony of those elements, plus the blood, gives it enough power to create a gateway. I think. I tried writing it all down, but Philip talks fast.” She wraps the wire around the planks. “And this wire helps connect the natural magic in everything!”
“Ooh.” Gus grabs the end of the wire and ties it around a metal gate. “So… what’s up with that Philip guy, anyway?”
She sighs. “He sucks.”
“You mentioned,” Willow says. “What’d he do? Do you need us to beat him up?”
She smiles. “I appreciate it, but no. We don’t know where the time pools even are now. But… ugh, he was just so mean. He tried to use Lilith and I as a sacrifice so he could take The Collector. So we stole them from him.”
“What?!” Amity fumbles with the bags in her hands. “Oh, I’m so sorry, Luz.” She pats Luz’s head and gives it a kiss.
Her face heats up. “It’s okay… at least we got a new friend from it.”
“Huh. Why did he want The Collector?” Willow asks.
“I’m right here,” The Collector says.
Luz jumps. “Gah! Why were you being so quiet?”
“I was listening. And I’m watching you build, like you asked me to.”
Willow looks at their shadow, casted across the door. “Hi again. What could Philip want with a little guy like you?”
The Collector giggles. “I dunno! Probably wanted my magic.”
“You have magic?” Gus asks. “Oh, are you a witch?”
“No, I’m a Collector.”
“What is that?”
He hums. He turns into a pair of scissors cutting into the night, “Cloth cut from stars, we are the endless dark,” into a crowd of Collector's, “Our birthright the sun and moon, our cause to preserve what's doomed,” which morph into a rotating sun and moon, and finishes by holding out a string of creatures.
Luz gasps. “You can write poetry?!”
“Woah, can you turn into anything?" Gus asks. “Are you a star?”
“Hmm… kinda! More like made from them.”
“That was interesting." Amity hangs a bag of water. “I'm still confused, though. You collect things and you might be space? That seems a little thematically incoherent.”
They groan. “You’re not getting it, it’s preservation. We live a really long time, you know, so we keep stuff to make sure it’s not all forgotten.”
“That seems nice,” Willow remarks.
“I guess. Everything else is dumb,” he mutters. “Hey, do you guys wanna play a game?”
Luz jumps back when the planks she stacked up fall over. “Uhh, little busy!”
“We can do something simple, like I Spy?” Amity suggests. “If it’d help, you don’t have to play, Luz. Just keep your focus on the portal.”
“Aw, thanks. I might still join.”
“I’ll go first!” The Collector hums. “I spy with my little eye… something round.”
“Is it the window?” Willow asks.
“Nope.”
“Hooty?” Gus asks.
“No!”
Luz ties the planks back together and hands the end of the wire to Amity, who wraps it around a rod.
“Hm, oh… is it…” Willow looks up, squinting. “The sun?”
“Close.”
“Oh!” Amity points at something overhead. “You can see the moon, is it that?”
“Yes!”
“Nice,” Amity says, quiet enough Luz assumes it’s to herself. She rolls out some tape. “Okay then, it’s my turn. I spy with my little eye… something… red.”
“What?!” Gus exclaims. “Everything’s red around here!”
Amity shrugs with a smile.
“The trees?” The Collector asks.
“Nope.”
Gus slings a coil of metal around one of the brooms. “The grass,” he says. “No. The, uh… that plant, over there!” Luz follows his hand, pointed to the red bush in a wooden pot.
“No, but it is a plant.”
“Hmm.” Willow takes the tape from Amity and does a full turn around. “The moss growing on the tower?” she guesses.
“Yes! Good job, Willow.”
“Alright, I spy something…” She tapes a piece of paper to the door. “Yellow.”
“Picking your favorite color, huh?” Gus says.
“It’s a tie with green.”
“Is it… that overgrown bush?”
“Nope.”
“Can we guess the window again?” Amity asks.
“No, that’s red and yellow.”
“The… clouds!” The Collector says.
“Aaand no. But it is high up.”
Luz looks up from her work. “The weathervane!” She swings a hand to point at it.
“That’s right! Nice, Luz.”
She grins and hops back. “My turn! I spy with my little eye…” she pauses dramatically, “a finished portal door!”
“That’s not how you play.” The Collector frowns.
“Is it actually done?” Gus steps forward and looks around the door. “Is it… supposed to look like that? No offense to your portal skills, I mean, just…” He gestures.
The door leans against several cinder blocks, wrapped in wire connecting to planks of wood, bags of water, a jar of abomination goop, a metal grate, and various other things that could plausibly help. For extra measure, various sheets of paper and cardboard have been taped on. All in all, it’s similar to her first attempt, but she likes to think it’s the tiniest bit cleaner.
“I will admit it looks messy,” she says. “But we’re portal amateurs and it almost worked last time! It was just… wonky. Needs a bit of trial and error.”
“I’m surprised it’s holding up so well. I thought it would fall over right away,” Willow admits.
“As long as it works, then it’s worth it,” Amity says. “Wanna go get Eda?”
“Yep!” she chirps.
She bounds to the front door and pokes her head inside. “Eda! The portal’s ready, come get the bathtub!”
“Alright! Hang on a minute,” Eda calls back.
Luz bounces on her feet the whole three minutes it takes Eda to push the bathtub out of the shed and plug in the wire.
“Alright!” She tears off a finger from Amity’s glove and tapes it to the door. “Eda, ready?”
“Yep. Let’s try this again.”
Worst case scenario is the door doesn’t work at all. Best case scenario, it goes so perfectly she has a stable, working portal on her hands.
She steps back and watches the wire light up around each item. Most likely, the mirror dimension thing happens again. And she’ll take that! She just… needs to see her mom. She needs to make sure things are okay between them, she needs to explain.
She holds her breath.
The door and surrounding objects light up. Hope soars in her chest when the light turns blinding and everything merges into one.
There’s a single moment where she sees a portal door.
And then it shudders.
“No,” she whispers, realizing all too late. “No!”
She stumbles forward and throws out a hand like she can stop it, but before her very eyes the portal collapses into nothing.
She drops to the ground.
It’s gone.
Amity kneels beside her and pulls her into a hug. Willow and Eda come over, and she’s surrounded by tight arms and a loving feeling.
“I’m sorry, Luz,” Eda says.
She sniffles. “I can’t mess this up again. I barely have any Titan’s blood left, I’m not any closer to figuring out how this stupid portal works, why won’t it just stay open?”
“Oh.”
She looks up at The Collector’s voice. He’s got a spark in his eyes, igniting a prelude to hope in Luz. “What is it?”
“You’re not trying to make a one use portal?”
“No! No, I want it to be permanent, do you—do you know something?” she asks, barely daring to hope.
“Yeah, you’re using up the Titan’s blood way too fast. Gotta contain it! Otherwise it just dries up, and then you don’t have a portal anymore.”
“Like…” Something clicks. “Like a key?”
“I was thinking something cooler, but sure, a key works.”
She jumps up with renewed vigor. “Ohh, thank you! Thank you, thank you! Oh my gosh. I just needed a key this whole time! I didn’t even think about why the old door had one.”
“Sooo… I guess you don’t know you need blood in the door too?”
“What? No, tell me everything you know!” She scrambles to their tablet.
“That’s it.”
“Well, you’ve already helped more than enough. I know how to make a better portal, and that’s all I need!” She pumps a fist into the air.
Amity hugs her again. “Tell us when you get your portal, okay?”
“Things will work out with your mom,” Willow says, placing a hand on Luz’s shoulder.
“Thanks. And I will, dulzura.”
Amity’s face turns that beautiful red. “You’re sweet,” she mumbles, smiling.
“Ohh, I get it now,” The Collector says.
Luz turns to look at him. They have a hand on their chin and seem to have realized something.
“Girlfriends are like parents!”
Luz chokes on her spit with an eloquent ah just as Amity screams.
“Oh, that was priceless! Your faces! And she ran away!”
Eda’s still laughing. Luz stomps across the living room, blushing furiously.
“Yeah, yeah, laugh it up,” Luz says. Eda snorts and she quickens her pace. “I’m going to my room!”
She doesn’t realize King’s followed her until her brother’s at her heels.
“You’re not gonna make fun of me, are you?” she asks.
“Eugh, no.” He hops onto her sleeping bag. “Romance is weird and mushy, and not in a fun way.”
“Yeah, I guess you’d think that.” She slides down the door and pulls out her notebook. “I really hope I get the portal right next time,” she says, half desperate for a change in topic. “There’s not a lot of Titan’s blood left on Amity’s glove.”
He slows in his spin to get comfortable. “Yeah… but, um, even if you run out of that glove, you… still got me.”
She freezes. “King?”
He sighs. “I literally have blue blood, Luz. I don’t fit with any species of demon, I have these weird powers, and—and the only thing that’s come close to looking like me has been…”
She thinks about The Collector’s depictions of Titan’s, and though it was a shadow of their image, she can’t deny the close resemblance to King. It only gets worse when comparing him to the corpse they’re living on.
“I didn’t want to think about it,” he continues. “But The Collector is right, aren’t they?”
Her lip wobbles and she blinks hard. “Yeah.” She inhales. “Yeah, I think he is.”
They sit in silence, letting the revelation soak in the air. She half believed it from the start, but it’s different hearing the words. When you say it out loud, then there’s really no going back.
“I guess we could see if my blood works with the door,” he says, after a minute. “That’d be pretty good confirmation, huh?”
She breathes out a laugh. “Let’s hope we don’t have to go there.”
“Yeah, I don’t really want another shot.”
“Another?”
“Hooty took my blood, like, two weeks ago.”
“You think he kept the syringe? We could just use that! Easy.”
“Oh, ew—he would keep it, wouldn’t he?”
“He definitely would.”
She smiles at King. They’ll figure it all out, she’s sure of it.
Notes:
im frosting a cake after uploading this chapter :) life is good
Chapter 6: Distractions and You
Summary:
The Collector succeeds in not thinking about many things, and mildly terrorizes Edric
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Water crashes up against the shore. It just ghosts his shoes and leaves behind a wake of glittering stones.
They kneel and scoop up the sea glass. It tumbles in his hands, clinking together and sparkling in the sunlight. Green, white, amber…
A shine of blue catches their eye.
He sifts through the stones and pick out a lone glimmering piece of glass. They’ve never seen a blue one before.
Curious, he holds it up to his eye, viewing the world through frosted blue.
Something slams into them. They stumble forward and nearly fall into the water. Water rushes just below his knees, suddenly a deep blue.
It’s night. They look up at a pitch black sky, every star gone.
Dread washes over them. He whips his head around, finding a vast expanse of ocean stretching on and on.
Where is… anyone?
The water rises higher, turning further into an unnaturally blue and thick substance. They scramble back and try to call out, finding no voice. The water swirls up to his chest, pulling down, down, down.
A blurry figure stands in the distance.
Wait! they try to scream, words sticking in their throat.
The figure grows farther away. Desperate, he kicks through the water, slowing with each step.
Come back, they think desperately, water blurring their vision. Come back—!
CRASH!
The Collector wakes up with a start.
Muddy browns and greens swirl around them. He blinks a few times.
Oh.
Just a dream.
They heave a sigh and slide down their prison. Like every day, he presses a flat hand against the wall and pushes.
Nothing happens. The sigh turns into a groan of despair.
A bang makes him jolt. They waste no time projecting their shadow, landing on the pile of blankets and pillow’s Eda left on the couch for their ‘bed’.
“Who’s—” He stops and blinks owlishly. “Luz?”
She stands in the center of the room, backlit by morning light. Her hands are held out mid-grab, with a few books scattered across the floor.
“What are you doing? It’s like, 6:11 in the morning.”
She straightens and glances at her phone. “Oh, huh, you got that exactly. Well!” She claps. “I’m just… preparing! For a big day!”
“A big day?” they ask. “Oh, oh, is it someone’s birthday?!”
“Unfortunately not. I just thought it’d be nice to have a productive day.” She kneels and picks up the fallen books. “Gotta work on another portal now that I know the issue with it, find new glyph combinations, maybe up heave Belos’ rule while I’m at it and have everyone realize he’s a big stinking jerk and get at him for everything he’s done—” She pauses. “Anyway, sorry for waking you up. You can go back to sleep.”
“I don’t wanna.” He sits cross legged on the couch. “Oo, you could make him walk the plank!”
“I’m thinking a less physically violent and more emotionally devastating solution.”
“Violence is devastating,” he says.
“I just wanna show people who he really is! That he’s a big lying piece of… that he’s really bad. I saw the ‘savage era’ with Lilith, it was fine!” She swings out her arms. “Wild witches aren’t bad people, but everyone listens to him cause of the Titan’s will, or whatever.”
“The Titan’s will?”
“Ugh.” She sighs. “He says he can speak to the Titan, but I don’t believe it.”
They frown. “The Titan’s dead. He can’t speak to it.”
“See?! It’s so simple! A nine year old can understand it!” She waves a book.
“Why would he lie about that?” he asks. Something about it… makes them feel weird.
“He just wants to control people,” she says. “I think. I mean, lots of people become rulers for the power and all he’s ever done is give himself more of that and other people less.”
“Maybe he’s immortal?” They hold a hand to their chin. “Then he coulda known the Boiling Isles Titan.”
She spreads out some papers and uncaps a marker with her teeth. “I’ve seen him and he looks super old.”
“Immortal beings can age!”
She circles something, then pokes The Collector’s cheeks with a smile. “Aw, so you’re not gonna be so little forever?”
He giggles. “If I had my physical body, I would have at least been an adult by now.”
“Only at least? What’s past adult?”
“You just get more adult.” They wave a hand. “And taller. But if you get old enough, you can be called the elder one. Then you’re super old.”
“We have the elderly… but it’s not really a title for us.” She looks around. “I should get a whiteboard, hold on.”
After a minute, she comes back pushing a whiteboard into the living room. She drops down more books on the table and cracks one open.
They peer around her shoulder, finding walls of text going on about magic. “Watcha doing?” he asks.
“Trying to think up new glyph combos by taking inspiration from known spells. I’m working from it backwards, taking the finished spell and figuring out what could go into it.” She circles a passage. “I don’t think there’s any natural glyphs left to find, so I gotta make do with what I have.”
“Find?” he repeats. “Don’t they teach you this in school or something?”
“You’d think, but witches took a shortcut by developing bile sacs to draw magic from. They don’t need glyphs, so I guess no one thought to keep teaching them.”
“What?!” They tsk. “Come on, has no one ever closely looked at a flower before?”
She hmm’s. “It… is kind of weird. Glyphs aren’t very hard to find. Maybe… when people did find them, they just didn’t know what to do with them?”
“Did no one ever think to draw one?”
“I’m not sure.” She flips through the book and stops near the end. She squints, reads a page, then snaps it shut. “This book isn’t very useful. The jargon’s all old time-y and hard to read.” She sighs.
Her eyes widen. “Maybe they couldn’t find glyphs! There’s one in every spell circle, yet no witch seems to have recognized that. And I haven’t seen a plant glyph in every flower, or seen the light glyph every night. Maybe… the Boiling Isles has to show you them?” She taps her marker against the books front. “Actually, that doesn’t make a lot of sense.”
He rotates around her. “Magic’s got a mind of its own. I think it makes sense.”
“Really? Well, I don’t want to get in my head that I’m special after that time with the wizard.” She grimaces. “I’m a human, so I could be predisposed to seeing glyphs because I don’t have magic. Or… because I’m trying to find them? I’ll think about it.”
She gets back to writing. For a while she switches between researching, scrawling out long lists and half-baked ideas, building a new portal (that looks pretty bad without an actual door) and failing at making new glyphs.
They mostly watch, finding an odd sense of peace while she works. Luz is always doing something. It’s what makes her interesting.
She scribbles something. He looks at the open page beside her. It’s left on a levitation spell, connected to a few notes on light and fire glyphs and a glyph combo she half finishes before crossing out with a groan.
“I thought tackling basic spells would be easier, but I’m having trouble,” she explains. “I still don’t understand everything each glyph can do. Like, I think fire glyphs also cover pressure because of steam power, so mixed with a light spell that should cover levitation, but it’s not working. Maybe if I add ice? Out of process of elimination, since uh, plant wouldn’t make much sense.”
She draws a light glyph and a circle around it, with a smaller fire and ice glyph. She tapes the glyph to a book and throws it up.
It falls just short of the ground, levitating for a moment and then dropping.
“Huh,” they say. “You broke levitation.”
“It’s like a safety hover!” she exclaims. “Not what I wanted, but useful. Let me just write it down again before I forget the combo… thanks for being my rubber duck.”
He changes shape to a rubber duck bobbing in water. “What’s that mean?”
She sort of laughs, making a breathy noise. “It’s when you explain a problem to someone or something, usually a rubber duck, so you can solve it. Something about saying it out loud helps.”
“Hmm… what’s that red string for?” They point to said string, taped on the whiteboard.
“Helps me connect my thoughts,” she says. “It’d be a lot easier to just pin stuff on a corkboard, but then I wouldn’t be able to write and also we don’t have a corkboard. You shoulda seen some of the stuff I’ve made trying to theorize about my favorite shows and books.”
He looks at the paper and books scattered across the floor. “I think I have an idea.”
“Yeah, it’s not very organized.” She steps over a stack of books, then picks one off the top. “Aw, no, I already took notes in this one. Maybe I could carve a key,” she suddenly says. “I’m pretty okay at carving. Yeah, I’m sure Eda would have a block of wood laying around, should get my carving knife too.” Her brows furrow. “I guess it’s Eda’s carving knife, I just didn’t give it back. Whoops.”
“I can carve,” he says. “I’ve carved lots of stuff before.”
“Really?”
“Yeah! Seashells and little people and tools and stuff, I did it with—” They stop. “Well anyway, I’d say I’m pretty good.”
“I’ll be the judge of that.” She caps her marker. “Say, Collector…” Her face goes all twisty, the way people do when they’re sad or confused. “Did you ever have parents?”
He halts at the non-sequitur.
Did they?
He spins on the wall in contemplation. What makes someone a parent, anyway? Do you just have to live together? Hmm… Eda is King’s mom, Luz has that human mom, what’s connecting them as mom’s? Parents do stuff like take care of you and raise you, but taking care of a kid doesn’t mean you’re a parent, does it? Most adults and parents are tall… do they just have to be tall? If a kid gets taller than their parent are they the parent now?
“Um, you don’t have to think so hard about it—”
“Yes,” he says, then, “actually, no. Maybe?” They shrug. “Other people had parents, though! I know what they’re like cause of that.”
“Others?”
Eda uplifted the ban on Titan talk, they remind themself. “Titan’s,” he says. “Usually they’d have one parent, cause they make eggs a—as… symm… that’s not the right word…”
“Asexually,” she supplies.
“Like that!” They point. “But sometimes they’d have more cause adults would fall in love.”
“And Collector’s… wouldn’t do that?”
His mouth twists. “No. That would be weird.”
She laughs. “That’s fair. Together your species can not desire things.”
“I desire lots of stuff! Like making a black hole.” They shape one between their hands. “But no one ever let me, because it’d be ‘inconvenient to deal with’.” He air quotes.
“You can do that?”
“You can’t?”
“Yeah, that’s kind of impossible for us.”
“It’s just collapsing stuff into an infinitely small point. It’s easy.”
“I’m a little scared by your idea of easy.”
He crosses his arms. “I don’t see the big deal.”
“Well, another weird question for you, but um…” She tilts her head. “Do you ever miss anyone?” she asks. “From before?”
An explosion would feel quieter than her words.
They stare, not finding an answer on their tongue, or much of anything. It’s like everything was sucked out of him in one fell swoop, leaving an odd floatiness.
A tight feeling squirms in his gut. It’s quickly murdered by an overwhelming sense of bitterness.
“No,” he says, left feeling a bit confused.
“Oh. Hm.” She uncaps her marker again and writes on the board. “That’s okay. Oh, I was gonna borrow Eda’s scroll, too...”
They take the change in topic.
It’s almost a relief when Eda and King pop in not long after. It’s definitely a relief when The Collector’s taken out of the house with them, and Luz’s question finally falls from his head.
Okay, so maybe he wishes he saw the Bonesborough Brawl, and maybe he was expecting that the whole time since Eda brought up that’s where they were going, and maybe it’s disappointing they didn’t actually watch it.
But Eda had other plans in mind—something about a blabber serum. Then the Blight brother got involved, then they spent the whole day running around and trapping animals.
Was it more fun than a potential brawl? Maybe. Probably not. It was at least a little fun.
It’s nearly night now. Thick branches of leaves blanket the forest in even darker shadows, only illuminated by the fire Eda built.
She sits at the cauldron full of bubbling, purple liquid, and stirs it gently with her ladle. The Collector’s projected themself against a wooden crate below King, appearing as if they’re seated on the ground. The Blight brother who’s name The Collector totally remembers sits on a log opposite from the three of them.
“Why are you making a blabber serum, anyway?” he asks, voicing a question The Collector forgot to ask in the midst of catching ingredients.
Eda stirs a bit faster. “I just need to ask Warden Wrath about, um… Raine, the head of the bard coven.”
“Who’s her ex-partner,” King says.
“King!”
“You have an ex?” The Collector asks.
In a better world he could have been watching the tournament right now. They can still hear cheering in the distance.
She sighs. “Yes, but—but that’s not the point.”
“So the blabber serum should get your ex to tell you about your other… ex?” He pauses. “Man, being an adult gets complicated—”
She swings out her arms, serum flying off her ladle. “Warden Wrath is not my—!” She holds a hand to her forehead. “King, can you stop telling people that?”
King laughs.
The Collector tries to imagine what would lead to someone having two exes. He decides to close that station of thought.
“Wrath may know why my… friend, can’t seem to remember me. And it has something to do with the Day of Unity. But! With this, he’ll tell me everything I need to know.” She grins. “…dang, the fire needs to be hotter. Keep stirring while I find more fuel.”
Blight brother stands and salutes. “Ma’am.”
She passes the ladle to him and darts off into the trees.
The Collector seizes the opportunity and steals her seat. Blight brother gives them a pained look, clearly having intended to take her seat before they did.
They smile at him.
Blight brother sits back down.
“So… do you like collecting things?” he asks, doing his task of stirring.
“Why does everyone keep asking that?”
“Oh, uh, sorry.”
“One day I’m going to lie and say I hate collecting things,” he says. “It’s in my top hated things to do.”
“Ignore them,” King says.
They feel a spike of indignation. “Don’t listen to him! I can tell you really cool facts.”
Blight brother squints, leaning back. “Uhh… like what?”
“Like the middle of our galaxy tastes like ichorberries cause of all the ethyl formate,” he says, off the top of his head.
“Huh, that is pretty cool. You know a lot about space?”
“I know a biiit.” They wave a hand and project the planets beside them. “And you know a lot about beast keeping stuff! I never really learned any of that,” he says.
Animals are fascinating, but he never had any pets or interacted with them much outside of curiosity. Now the world is full of millions of species.
“It’s not that impressive, really, I just like it as a… hobby, you know?” He shrugs, smiling a little.
“I don’t actually know. Most of the animals in my day were in the sea, and most of those are extinct now.”
“Huh—what?” He stops stirring. “How old are you?”
“I’m pretty young.”
“Billions of years is young? Jeez, we must be like babies to you.”
“Collector, Eda said to keep it on the down low,” King hisses.
“I was joking,” they lie. “I’ve lived a normal amount of time.”
King face palms.
“No, no, it’s okay, I get it.” Blight brother holds out a hand. “Little kids are just like that, uh, shadowy ones included. Amity might have always been uptight, but even she had her share of make believe… one time she was a ‘knight princess’ who had to keep the invaders—me and Emira—out. She kept hitting us with an abomination sword.”
“It’s not make be—” King shoots him a look. The Collector leans forward on their hands and gracefully changes the subject. “You know Luz’s girlfriend?” he asks.
“Yeah, I’m her older brother. I thought you knew…?”
“Ohh.” That explains why Eda kept calling him Blight brother. “She’s a girlfriend and a little sister?”
“Did you think people could only be one?” King asks.
“I dunno, I’ve never thought about it.”
“People can be lots of things,” Blight brother says. “You’re never really limited.”
“What are you?” they ask.
He points to himself. “Me? I’m just… Edric. Not really into a lot of labels. Except for being pan,” he huffs out a laugh like he made a joke.
The Collector hums. He can’t imagine not being viewed through a title. Or having an individual name that lacks information as to who, or what you are. Eda is the Owl Lady, Luz is the human, King’s a Titan… but some people don’t care about that stuff at all. That’s one of the weirdest things about witches, they’ve decided.
“It’s good you said your name again,” he says, “because I forgot it.”
“Seriously?”
“I also forgot it,” King admits with a guilty look.
Edric sighs. “Guess that’s what I get for being born with a name too close to Eda.” Despite his despair, there’s a smile at the edge of his mouth.
“You’re enjoying this, though, aren’t you?” King says, probably taking notice of that.
He gives a full smile. “It’s just nice to be taken seriously for once.”
“Yeah. I know what you mean.”
A burst of fire shoots out in the distance, barely visible above the trees. The three of them whip their heads toward it.
“Uh,” Edric says.
“Should we check that out?” King asks.
Edric stands and holds out his arm for King to hop onto. “I’m going to. Uh, Collector, how do I…?” He gestures at them.
“Just pick up my tablet.” He points. “I’ll move with it.”
He does so and the three of them edge to the treeline. The brawl looks pretty normal, though Edric and King focus on a brown-haired man outside the ring.
“Aw, weak,” King says. “Your dad’s here.”
“But look! Wrath’s tied up!”
Wrath sits in the middle of the ring, covered in abomination goop. A robed person frantically tries to dig him out.
“This is the perfect chance to give him the serum,” Edric continues.
“But it isn’t ready,” King protests. “Hey!” he yells when Edric runs back to their potion making setup.
He kneels in front of Eda’s bag and unties it.
“You shouldn’t go through her stuff,” The Collector says.
“I just need to find something.”
“But it’s rude.”
King raises an eye at them. “When do you care about being rude?”
“Um, always?”
Edric mutters as he rummages around. “No, not this one… oh!” He holds out a jar labeled ‘FIRE BEE HONEY’.
“Whaaat are you doing?” King asks slowly.
“If the blabber serum needs more heat to finish, then this should do just the trick.” He tilts the jar and lets a single drop plop into the serum.
A pause.
King starts to lean away, just as the serum explodes in a flash of light. The Collector’s half-expecting everything to be destroyed when it dies down, but instead, the serum’s turned a sickly green.
He’s pretty sure that’s not right, but he also doesn’t know anything about beast-based potions.
“You two find miss Eda,” Edric says. “I’ll head over to Wrath.”
King nods and picks up The Collector’s tablet.
“Do ya think the serum’s gonna be all messed up now?” they ask when the two of them leave.
“It definitely is.”
“It’d be funny, if it like… turned into a lying serum. No, that’s boring. It’d be funny if it turned into a curse where he can only quack forever.”
It doesn’t turn into a curse where Warden Wrath can only quack. But Wrath transforming into a monstrous, giant, terrifying beast was so cool it almost made up for not watching the entire tournament.
Luz comes back home late.
“Did you have fun with Amity?” Eda asks.
“Huh?” She has a bit of a dazed look. “Oh. Yeah, I did, we… picked some flowers together,” she smiles.
The Collector peers at her from the wall. “You look tired. You’re not going to bed, are you?”
“Nooo.” She waves a hand. “You know I wouldn’t miss reading time with you. Besides, I—I think it’d be nice reading some Azura books right now,” she says vaguely.
“What’s that supposed to mean?”
“Umm… nothing, really, just—well, I guess I’m just missing someone, is all. And… the books help.” Her smile flickers. “Anyway, we’re starting the second book! The Field of Deadly Fates. It’s pretty underrated, in my opinion.”
She pulls it from the stack she’s left in the living room since The Collector’s first night here. It has a colorful, rainbow-y cover that doesn’t match the title’s tone at all.
“And that’s my cue to leave,” Eda says. “Glad you had fun, kid, I’m heading in for the night. Gotta figure some stuff out.” She sips from her mug.
“Aw, you sure you don’t wanna hear about the sports festival?” Luz waves the book.
“Pass.”
The Collector watches her leave, King on her shoulder.
Missing someone…
“Ready?” Luz asks, startling him out of his head.
They grin and sit on the couch. “Yep!”
Luz’s words wash over him. Slowly, he finds his eyes closing, until the world is blanketed in darkness.
The Collector does not dream.
Notes:
all the collector ever does is get adopted and lie
im trying to keep each chapters word count consistent but they just keep getting longer... hopefully you read this fic for all the character interactions because there sure is a lot of it. no update this monday! see you next friday :) plots gonna pick up
Chapter 7: Gooping and Other Crimes
Summary:
Luz relays what she saw in Belos' mind
Chapter Text
Luz couldn’t sleep.
After Hunter left, it was like all words stuck in her throat and refused to get out. Eda's patience was undeserving, she barely prodded Luz before eventually telling her to get some rest. They’d talk about it in the morning.
She didn’t want to. They don’t have time to sit around when Belos’ plan has nearly reared its head, but she just couldn’t say something. Her body felt floaty. Walking to her room was like a skipped memory, and before she knew it, she’d been laying in bed, wide awake, until the sun rose.
The living room’s table stays unchanging. She’s been staring at it for a while.
“Luz?” Eda’s voice comes from the left, gentle in a way she rarely hears.
Something soft falls on her shoulders. She blinks slowly at the green blanket, then tugs it around herself.
“ …thanks,” she mutters.
Eda places a notebook and various pencils on the table. “Drawing helps you sort things out, right? Use that if you need it. I’ll get you a drink, and… then we can talk.”
She’s almost touched, but any feeling is washed out by looming dread.
King hops off Eda’s shoulder. He goes somewhere behind Luz, and she finds him moving his pile of stuffed animals to surround her.
The Collector slides across the table and stares up at her.
“You look sad,” they say with an air of casualty. “Did you see something scary in there?”
She presses her fingers together. “I guess I did. How do you figure?”
“Sad people are sad cause they’re scared. I don’t really get why you are, though. Old people are fragile. You can really just punch them and they’re down.”
That does something to startle her out of the fog in her brain. “Are you… suggesting I punch Belos?”
“Yes.”
She’s pretty sure he’s being serious.
“Well, I would like to,” she says. “But it’s not that simple.”
“Wouldn’t we all.” Eda walks back in and sets Luz’s blue mug on the table. She sits on the couch, King, The Collector, and Hooty joining her. It’s like the world’s smallest audience for the worst play of Luz’s life.
“You ready?” Eda asks.
She takes a deep breath.
“After we were done on the walkie talkie, this… what I thought was a kid Belos, uh, helped us before. He took us to another memory, where Belos was preaching to the towns people about how wild magic is ‘dangerous’ but how he saw the—the nine healing lights. He—I’m pretty sure he set it all up, there was another Golden Guard, and they had explosives! He staged the attack! I knew he wasn’t—” She stops herself, then grabs her mug. The heat is grounding. “And then, after that, there… was another memory…”
Luz holds herself for warmth the moment she hits the snow.
Despite being in a mindscape, the memory feels cold. She chases after kid-Belos, up a perfectly round slope of snow she distantly recognizes as the knee. A small crowd stands overhead, in front of a wooden stage, with none other than Belos himself on it.
Kid-Belos laughs, taking a rope from one of the witches and disappearing into the crowd.
“What’s the kid doing?” Hunter asks.
Luz shushes him.
“Look at what wild magic has done to your city.” Belos gestures out to a burning town. “Now imagine what it’s doing to you. A city can rise from the ashes!” He brings up his arms. “But a soul…” He shakes his head.
The crowd gasps. “What does that mean?” A horned witch whispers.
“I can make your magic pure again.” He swings out his staff. “As the Titan intended. Simply step into the circle ”
She leans forward and squints at the design carved into the snow. Her eyes widen at the complex series of interlocking circles. “Is that a…?”
The witches shudder. With a sudden retch one vomits, a dark substance splattering onto snow. The others follow suit, coughing or heaving up what almost looks like tar.
Luz steps back, covering her mouth.
The witches collapse.
The Golden Guard kneels beside the horned witch and touches her. "They're… still alive."
"Then we still have some work to do," Belos says. He steps down and walks toward the Golden Guard. "Gather the palismen," he orders.
The Golden Guard does so. Belos rips one right off its staff and turns, leaving, and The Golden Guard follows soon after.
Luz stares at one of the witches collapsed in front of her. They're the horned one, shuddering in a small pool of that thick, blackish mess. She feels like she might throw up herself.
Hunter suddenly turns and marches back to the painting. Luz runs after him.
"I… can't believe Belos has been using glyph magic," she says, more to herself, as she hops through the painting. "Or that it can do that. I don't understand what—nevermind that. You can't deny it now, Belos is trying to hurt people!" She points to the memory behind her.
He stops. "He was just… perfecting sigil magic! Besides, maybe, he's remembering things wrong." He holds out a hand, nose scrunching. "Who knows how mindscapes work!"
Kid Belos laughs from somewhere behind the trees.
"I thought you did,” she says with a frown.
“Well maybe I'm an idiot!” He whips his head to the kid. “You! Get back here!”
He takes chase. Luz would call for him to slow down if she wasn't so focused on catching up to him in the first place. The kid stops at a dead end, Hunter and Luz kidding not far behind. A screech sounds from behind her.
“Huh?”
She looks up to find monster Belos looming over her and Hunter. They scream. She jumps as it just misses catching them and scrambles to run away. Kid Belos stays a few steps ahead of her and she trains her vision to follow him, desperately trying to ignore the drumming in her ears. It's when she hops through a memory does she realize Hunter isn't behind her.
She swerves halfway out the memory and finds Hunter backing away from monster Belos.
“Hunter,” she pleads, holding out her hand.
He takes it.
She pulls him through and nearly falls back. Monster Belos' face-snout just pokes through the painting, sniffing like a dog. She holds her breath. It disappears back into the painting.
Some energy leaves her in a sigh of relief.
She freezes the moment she looks up.
Belos drags a white cloak behind him. He drops it with a sick thud, blood splattering on the ground. It lays flat enough to show nothing’s underneath it, a tiny detail that gives barely any relief.
“So troublesome,” he mutters.
She gags and covers her mouth, attempting to block the stench of iron. Oh, god.
Belos pushes a stack of papers to the side. Her eyes go to the papers pinned above him. Automatically she reads them, anything to get her attention away from—from that.
There’s a diagram of some sort of person and a list of ingredients. Selkidomus scales, palistrom wood, bone of ortet… complex drawings of glyphs catch her eye. There's lines connecting them to coven sigils—indicating a magical tie? Is the ‘secret ritual’ to block a witches magic actually glyph magic? she wonders. Beside them is a crude drawing of a sun and moon, and notes that she can barely make out from the pages aged state.
She manages to read just one: Quietus Spell, Possible to delay a pictoglyph's reaction? (see third book, 23rd page) Devise a way to trigger the other half of the process under set circumstances—use the specific shade of an eclipse?
“And here I thought this Golden Guard would last longer,” Belos voice startles her.
What?
He rummages through the papers and books on the table and picks up a pen. She squints to read what he writes. Note: Be sure to stage a fire for disposal of the body— she flinches and squeezes her eyes shut.
Calm down, she thinks, similar to her Mom’s voice . Deep breaths. It’s just a memory.
“No matter. The next one should be much easier to deal with…”
He steps over a broken palisman and kneels at a bed of dirt. She just sees the hand sticking out of it.
“Won’t you be, Hunter?”
Luz stumbles through the rest of the retelling. From the hall of dead Golden Guards, to Belos revealing his true intentions as a witch hunter, to her throat nearly closing in when she admits to him being Philip. She draws with a trembling hand the most important scenes.
“I taught him that light spell,” she chokes through her words. “He could have never learned it if I hadn’t been there, he—he wouldn’t have been able to do any of this.”
It’s been a nagging thought since that torturous moment. The idea that maybe, just maybe, he could have never found the light glyph. It almost seems stupid compared to how quick she found the glyphs, but he didn’t.
Took years to find them. Almost as if the world wanted to hide them from me.
If she hadn’t met him, would that have been enough?
“Here,” she whispers and passes the drawings to Eda. “That’s… that’s all of it.”
There’s a long stretch of silence. King, Hooty and The Collector all give her wide-eyed stares while Eda examines her drawings.
Eda inhales through her teeth and presses a hand to her face. “This is just a lot to take in,” she says.
“We don’t have time to take anything in.” She sets her mug down and shoots up. “We have to stop Belos! I—I was a part of his plan. I fell for everything.”
“King, Hooty, you know what to do.”
Hooty wraps around her and King hugs her leg. She leans into the embrace, squeezing her eyes to push back tears.
“Well, one thing’s for sure.” Eda stands, her arms crossed. “People can tell when you’ve been inside their head. It’s only a matter of time before Belos sends his scouts over here. You need to hide.”
She scowls, hands curling into fists. “I am not hiding. I’m gonna stop Belos from hurting everyone. I just… need to figure out how.”
“Yeah, I’m pretty sure murder is… bad,” The Collector says.
“Do you know anything about what he’s planning?” Luz asks. “I don’t really understand how the spell’s supposed to work. Maybe if I knew, I could do something.”
Eda frowns. “Luz—”
“I’m pretty sure he reverse engineered the spell that trapped me,” The Collector says. “But since you witches are made up of a similar magic, it overloads your bodies and kinda turns you into goop. Or returns you to the goop?” He waves a hand. “He musta used something similar to block your magic in a rebound reaction—overloading your magic so that it gets weaker instead of getting more powerful. But it’d have to be more of a slow acting poison… that he’d want to reactivate later to complete the process of gooping… which is probably his big plan.”
Luz blinks, pinching her brows.
“Murder,” he says plainly. “It’s murder and going to kill everyone.” They hold out their arms.
“Which is even more reason you should be safe and not throwing yourself into a fight with him!” Eda exclaims.
She glares. “I can’t sit around while—”
“Edalyn!” Lilith suddenly bursts through the doorway.
“Lulu!” Hooty cries, crushing Luz around him in his haste to greet Lilith.
“I came as fast as I could,” she says. “Owlbert filled me in on the Quietus Spell, oh, Titan, I can’t believe this is what the Day of Unity was about this whole time. Ugh, I was such a fool. A dolt. A chump! A—”
“Hey!” Eda points at her. “No pity parties in this house. Besides, Luz is upset enough as it is.”
Luz whines, feeling an oncoming of tears.
“You’re right,” Lilith near whispers. “I’ll do anything to help.”
“Lulu!” Hooty smooshes his face against hers. “I am so happy to see you, I could—I could…” He gags. A round ball of something moves through his tube, inadvertently picking up King. “Oh, here it comes.”
He coughs up a pile of junk that buries poor King.
“Augh.” Luz cringes.
Lilith rears back. “Oh, my word.”
“Hooty, you gotta stop eating garbage from the ground,” Eda says.
King bursts free from the pile and waves out a black letter. “Weh! He’s also been eating our mail, look!” He holds it out. In gold lettering, it says to King. “Dear King Clawthorne,” he reads, “if you wish to know who you truly are, come to this location and meet our warrior clan.” He lowers the letter. “Is it just me, or is that kind of weird?”
“Huh, yeah, I thought Titan’s were—” She stops herself, unwilling to remind King.
“Extinct?” Lilith finishes, oblivious. “They are, but I don’t see how that has any correlation.”
“Cause King’s a Titan,” The Collector says. “We’ve been over this.”
Her eyes narrow. “You said, but I thought we agreed you must be wrong.”
“Actually, um…” King swings an arm. “I thought about it for a while and I think they’re… probably right?”
She blinks, stunned. “What?”
“Told you sooo,” The Collector sings. “You wouldn’t listen to me but I was right! And you were wrong!” They laugh.
“Eda,” she says desperately, “you can’t also possibly think—”
“Well, Lily, me and King talked about it and, as absurd as it is, it’s kinda the only thing that makes sense.” Eda shrugs. “I know, I didn’t believe it at first either. But the evidence lines up almost scarily so.”
Lilith backs into the doorframe and slides halfway down the wall. “R-really? I’ve known a Titan this whole time?” She stares at her hands.
“But this still doesn’t explain the letter,” Luz says. “If the other Titan’s are gone, how did…?”
“Maybe they’re not gone!” The Collector pipes in. “Maybe they just went into hiding and they were waiting for the right moment.”
Lilith shakes her head. “No, no—fine, I can accept there’s one left alive, but a whole race? It’s just not possible they could have stayed hidden for this long.”
“What do you know?” He scowls. “You weren’t right about, like, anything else you said.”
She swings her arm out the door. “You can literally see the Titan’s corpse were all living on!”
“That guy’s always been dead,” they scoff. “It doesn’t mean anything.”
“You said the Titan was alive when you were—”
“Cause I didn't know who you were talkin' about! I thought you meant King's papa, not this random guy you all decided to worship!”
“Wait.” King's eyes scrunch. “The Boiling Isle's Titan and my dad are… different people?”
The Collector gives him a confused look. “How would your papa bury me in his own skull?”
“You know, I didn’t really think about it. But Titan’s or not, maybe they’re an answer to all our problems!” He holds up the letter again.
Luz kneels to get a better look. “How’s it supposed to help us stop Belos?”
“They’re a clan of warriors. How else do you defeat a tyrant with their own army? By making an army of your own!” He shakes a fist.
“Well, it’s… not like we have many allies,” Lilith concedes, seated on the couch.
“Not to mention, it’s a chance for King to find out more about his heritage,” Luz adds. “I say let’s go for it!”
Eda slams her hands on the table. “Well, I say you two need a safe place to hide while the adults take care of things.”
Luz groans, crossing her arms as she turns away.
“I’m actually in favor of this plan,” Lilith says.
Her eyes widen. She whips around, “You are?!” she exclaims.
“Though I have my doubts—” She gives a pointed look toward The Collector, who only blows a raspberry. “It wouldn’t hurt to check. Plus, judging by King’s map, you two would be taken far, far away from the Boiling Isles. And Emperor Belos,” she enunciates.
Eda looks to the side. “What if something goes wrong?”
“Hooty could accompany them. Their safety would be your responsibility, my dear, brave Hootsifer.” She gestures out to him.
Hooty’s eyes glisten as he smiles. “I would protect these silly children with my life!” He bows before Lilith, which she returns with a smile and pull of her skirt.
Eda grumbles. “Yeah, but how—how would they even get there?”
Luz gasps. “I know a ship that might take us.”
King runs up to hug around her neck. “Yeah! The old selkidomus crew! Think about it! Belos won’t be able to withstand a whole army!”
“Such allies would be quite valuable,” Lilith tacks on.
“I wonder if I still have my sailor’s hat?” Luz wonders aloud.
“Does anyone else feel that marching drum around the edge of the forest?” Hooty asks.
“Fine,” Eda says. “You can go. We’ll find out all we can on our end to create a plan for, uh…” She glances at Lilith. “When you get back.”
Luz dashes across the room. “Thank you Eda!” She hugs her. “We won’t let you down!”
“Let’s pack for the trip!” King says.
She picks up The Collector’s tablet and follows King out of the room.
“Wait for me!” Hooty cries, hopping around the corner.
“Oh, sorry!” She skids to a stop and picks Hooty’s weird backpack form up, swinging him around her shoulders. “Alright, now let’s pack.”
“How are you detached from your door?” The Collector asks.
King shudders. “Trust me, you don’t wanna know.”
She hops into her room and sets The Collector down. The mess might be a roadblock in trying to find her hat… or anything.
“Do you really think there might be more Titan’s?” King asks, somewhere behind her.
“I think it makes more sense than you being the only one,” The Collector replies. “Besides, who else would send that letter?”
Luz digs through a pile of clothes. “Maybe they’re like… evolutionary descendants?”
“Ehh. Not very likely,” The Collector says. She can hear their hand wave. “Titan's don't really do that.”
What does that even mean?
“But…” King sounds quiet. “Why didn’t they come back for me?”
“Uh—” The Collector stutters a little, sounding, for the first time since she’s met him, almost hesitant. “Maybe they didn’t know you were out there, um—if they’re hiding, it makes sense… I dunno. They still sent a letter now, didn’t they?”
She raises a brow. Are they trying to reassure King?
“Besides, I really, really want it to be Titan’s. Cause then I could convince one of them to let me out, since you won’t,” he says pointedly.
Maybe not.
“I don’t know what I’d be unleashing!” King defends. “You could consider acting more trustworthy.”
They whine. “Why are you so mean to me?”
“Like you’re not mean to me!”
She tears through another pile of clothes. Jeez, she really needs to clean up.
“Uh, when have I ever been mean to you?”
“Just last week you said there’s tiny people in all our food that scream as we eat them to death.”
“It’s not mean if it’s true.”
Those are her pajama’s, oh, that’s her grom tuxedo top! She was wondering where it went. But it’s not her pirates hat.
“And a few days ago you scared me, again, while I was on the stairs and I fell!”
They giggle. “Yeah, that was pretty funny.”
“I found it!” She exclaims, holding up her beloved hat. It’s more of a bandana, but semantics. “Now I’m all set for pirate-ing.”
“I hope you’re packing more than that,” King says.
“I am, don’t worry.”
She’ll need a change of clothes, just in case, water bottles, non-perishables… maybe she’s over packing, but after a lifetime of not packing enough, she’s learned that compensation is a must.
“Oh! You should bring an Azura book incase we gotta stay overnight,” The Collector suggests.
“Good idea!” She turns to smile at him, but seeing his face—
Belos’ voice worms into her head, unbidden. I will admit, you impeded some of my progress by taking The Collector, but that only meant I had to be more creative.
Her heart lurches in her chest. She smacks her head in attempt to push the thought down. It’s fine. They’re not with Belos, and any idea of what he could have done to them is just that, a thought. She is going to focus on getting allies, and it’s going to be fine.
“Um… you okay, Luz?” King asks, bringing her back to reality.
She must have some distress on her face. She tries to wash it away with a smile. “Yep! I got my stuff, so we better go soon.”
“Okay! Hold on.” He rummages through some of her papers and pulls out his old collar. “I just want to see if any of them know what it says,” he explains. “Or if they recognize the language?”
“Oh, that’s a good idea.” She ruffles his cute little head and stands. “Alright, let’s go!”
Notes:
bit longer, partially to make up for some scenes being taken directly from canon. youll find the next chapter is even longer rip. btw thank you all SO much for over 100 comments!! oh my god
im not tagging hunter until hes a bit more present in the fic but this isnt the last of him. or any of the other characters ive tagged who havent shown up again sbjwqb look trust me. dont even worry about it
Chapter 8: It Means Everything
Summary:
On running from the past, and The Collector and King's no good, very bad day
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Luz isn’t afraid of water, but paddling through a boiling sea does make her heart race, so she heaves a sigh of relief when they hit land.
“It’s good that Salty took us most of the way,” she says as she climbs out of the tub. “And that this was only a few hours.”
The sky’s turned a beautiful indigo, with rolling, purplish clouds and bright flecks of red stars. She wonders, not for the first time, if the constellations here are different.
The Collector seems especially taken by the view. He’s been looking up since the sun set, completely ignoring everything else.
“You haven’t seen the night sky in a while, right?” she asks.
“It looks… different,” they say.
King’s already ahead of her. She picks up the pace, hot sand crunching under her shoes. Despite living here for months now, she always forgets the beach is not a good place for a leisurely stroll.
She hops onto the winding path of stone stairs. “Oh, that’s a long way up,” she mumbles.
“It’s not as bright,” The Collector eventually continues.
“There is a lot more light pollution, nowadays.” Not that this area is particularly polluted… or much of the Boiling Isles, she's noticed. Perhaps her comment is more relevant to the human realm.
“No, it’s just… not as bright.” He frowns. “There’s less stars. I guess everything would be a little more spread out now…” They squint, mimicking binoculars around their hands. “Are you guys missing constellations?!”
“Are we?”
“You are! The stars must have moved far enough it doesn't form now,” he says.
“Huh! That’s kinda cool. I wonder if my home had different constellations earlier on?” she asks.
“It probably did, stuff was a lot closer to each other.” He projects a shadow of the galaxy, with stars and planets close to each other, which begin to drift apart. “But the universe isn’t done expanding! Actually, it’s going faster than it was before.”
She can see the top of the stairs. “Isn’t it weird that the universe is creating more of itself? Weird in like, a cool way.”
“It is pretty cool,” they agree.
A brisk wind breezes past, just as she reaches the top. There’s a large indent in the finger, along with a cracked wall, but the place is empty.
“Is anyone here…?” she asks.
“Maybe were a buncha early birds!” Hooty says.
King’s eyes furrow and he runs up to the wall. “Or maybe they got sick of waiting. That letter was over a month old…” he mumbles.
“Hang on,” she says.
There’s a rune carved around a small triangle where the cracks meet. She brushes her hand over the stone. “There’s something here…”
She pulls the letter’s rock from her pocket, which King lended her for safe keeping. An idea forming in her mind, she slots the rock into the triangle.
Yellow and blue light bursts from the bone, exploding in a ring with a force of wind that nearly knocks her off her feet. It runs up the finger in jagged lines, up to the point where a glowing portal forms above it. Lightning cracks from above and they’re enveloped in a strong blue light.
She yelps when she’s suddenly in the air, an invisible force pushing them up.
“Here we go!” she yells.
The light flashes, something tugs inside her, and then she’s falling.
The four of them hit the ground with various noises of pain.
“Luz!” Hooty cries. “Are you okay?! Where’s your other arm?!” He wraps himself tighter around her.
She pushes herself up, quickly checks The Collector’s tablet is unharmed, then looks toward Hooty. “I only ever had two, Hooty.” She unwraps him from her. “Did you think I had more?”
“Luz,” King says with a tone of urgency. “Look!”
She turns. The skyline is one of Titan skeletons, ribs and hands and legs poking out, covering an early morning sun. A gigantic skull stands far in the distance, with a much narrower build than the Boiling Isles Titan.
“I’ve seen this place before,” The Collector says. “There was just less, erm…” He gestures vaguely at the skeletons. “The big skull was always there, though.”
“It doesn’t look like the Boiling Isles at all,” Hooty says.
A deep voice cuts through the wind. “That’s because it isn’t.”
A large creature steps through the mist, glaring down with red-on-yellow eyes, framed by a skull strikingly similar to King’s. “Welcome to the other side of the world,” they boom, not sounding welcoming at all. “You dare trespass on this sacred—”
They gasp, eyes wide. “By the Huntsman, it is King! My name is Tarak.” He bows. “Hail and…” Impossibly, his eyes widen even further, and his words turn into a stuttering gasp.
“It—it can’t be… you have brought the Grand Huntsman to us?”
It takes her a moment to realize he’s speaking to The Collector. They look as confused as she feels.
“Uh, what?” he says.
“Oh, forgive me for my rudeness!” He kneels. “I am honored to be in your presence, Grand Huntsman. Our civilization has tried valiantly to continue your legacy and—and to one day free you from your prison. I am… sorry it has taken so long for us to find you again.”
The Collector reels back as much as they can on a flat disc. “Why are you calling me that? I don’t hunt things, I’m a Collector.”
“I—I apologize, Grand—I mean… I was not aware you preferred a different name. What is it, if I may ask?”
“The Collector,” he says, tone going distinctly flat. Uh oh.
“Um!” She jumps in, before their chances of a good introduction are ruined. “Sorry about uh, whatever this all was, but this is King—you know that—and we got… your letter?”
“Uh…” King looks at her, then at Tarak. “Y-yeah! Tis King!” He holds out his arms.
Luz crouches. “Psst, King! Introduce us!”
“Right! Uh… this is Luz the human slash friend slash sister, and this is Hooty, the uh… door?”
“Your warriorship,” she says and bows for extra measure. Hopefully that was non-offensive enough.
“Was it you who sent me that letter?” King asks. “Are—a-are you my…?”
“Father?” Tarak finishes. “Alas, no. Nor is he here.” He kneels before King. “But I did send the letter. And by the sight of you I know he was one of us. He passed down that handsome skull of yours, didn’t he?” He taps King’s skull.
King giggles.
“Now we celebrate!” Tarak rises. “Everyone will be so happy to meet you, and see our God has returned!”
“Okay, suggestion,” The Collector starts, “stop with the… god… huntsman thing.”
“Does our worship displease you?”
“Worship?!” Their mouth curls in appallment. “I’m still a third dimensional being, and not even omnipresent—you can’t—that’s not something to worship, much less call a god.”
She deigns not to mention she was considering The Collector a god-like being.
“Ah… I suppose it’d look strange to you, given you are being so humble. Perhaps you’ll find an easier time speaking with our elder again, the wisest hunter of them all—second to you… Bill!” He gestures above.
She gasps. “Is that short for something?”
“Nope.” He shrugs. “Just Bill.”
“Well, that sounds really cool!” she exclaims. “Right, King?”
He startles. “Yeah! Um… would you mind giving us a tour too while you’re at it?”
“Of course I can do that for you, King,” Tarak says. “Let us walk forth!”
Tarak guides them down a slope, more of the town coming into view. Houses with spiked shells for roofs, squares of crops, fences and archways lining the houses. Most notably, dozens of Titan’s walk around.
Have they really managed to hide this long? Lilith did think nothing was of note at the finger and Luz doesn’t hear much about people leaving the Isles, so it could be possible. Wouldn’t that be a cool, a species living right under everyone’s noses!
“So, what do you think?” she whispers to The Collector. “Are they King’s family?”
They eye the surrounding area, expression perturbed. “This is… wrong. They shouldn’t be worshiping me.”
“Yeah, I don’t get why’d they ever do that,” King says.
“Hey, I’d be a great god to worship.”
She notices some warriors training nearby. “Hmm, well, cultures can change, and it has been a while. Maybe it’s a more recent religion.”
“But—they just shouldn’t—it’s not right.” He throws out his hands. “And they look weird. I don’t like this.”
“Why is it so strange?” she asks.
“Because…” They make a frustrated noise. “Titan’s and Collector’s just don’t have that sort of relationship. And that wouldn’t change just cause it’s been thousands of years!”
King balls his hands into fists, glaring. “It could have. And they look exactly like me! Titan’s might not be extinct, I might have found my family. I… I think I did. Why are you being so weird about it?”
They groan. “You wouldn’t get it.”
“Look,” she buts in before the two can start a full on argument, “I understand this is all sorta weird, especially the god thing. But things change, especially in ways we don’t expect. And like King said, they could be his people. Isn’t that great?”
“Mmm.”
“Maybe just be a bit nicer?” she suggests.
“‘m not being mean,” he mutters.
“Well… more polite? Less… judgy, perhaps?”
They sigh. “Okay.”
She jogs to catch up to Tarak. “So, where is this Bill person?” she asks.
“He spends most his days just in here!” Tarak leads them to a tower, with a giant sun tied around the broken top.
He throws open the double doors. She gasps. A large skeleton towers above them, planets and asteroids orbiting it, with a staircase spiraling up between it. Sunlight shines through the top, giving the building a greenish hue.
“Woah,” The Collector marvels. “Sick.”
King cranes his head up. “Kinda morbid?”
“It’s not that morbid,” she says. “It’s like how we get skeletons of ourselves all the time.”
“It reminds us of our duty,” Tarak says solemnly.
The Titan’s around them suddenly crowd closer. Instinctively, Luz presses The Collector’s tablet close and half-hides him under her jacket. They were already uncomfortable with Tarak’s intense greeting, she doesn’t want them subjected to a crowd of people doing the same thing.
“And now, dear King,” Tarak continues, “you can join us and have it be your duty as well!”
“Weh?”
The crowd cheers.
“Oh my gosh.” She kneels to King’s eye level. “King, that’s amazing!” She stands. “Well, duty or not, the world could definitely use your guys help. We came here on a quest!”
“That’s right!” King says. “It's a lot to explain right now, but could you—I mean, we—help the people of the Boiling Isles?”
“Any enemy of yours is an enemy of ours!” A demon raises their fist.
They all cheer again and the crowd closes in to whisk King away.
“Ah, wait—” Luz tries to reach for him.
“But we can make no vows,” Tarak interrupts. “For that you must beseech Bill. Thankfully, we are already heading there.”
“Um… okay! Yeah, let’s do that,” she says.
Hooty looks at her doubtfully. “Are we really leaving him alone?”
“He should have time to get to know his family.” She follows Tarak to the stairs. “Besides, we have a job to do.”
“I like your stuff,” The Collector says. “The planets and marble. Reminds me of…”
“Yes!” Tarak’s eyes scrunch up. “We’ve tried our best to emulate your architecture. I am glad there’s a resemblance to your beautiful castles.”
“Castles? You had castles?!” she exclaims.
“Kinda? But I haven’t seen any around,” they respond.
“Well, they do not exactly exist anymore,” Tarak says, looking a bit nervous, “but that simply means we must let them live on through our own buildings. It would be a shame to let the world forget of your noble deeds.”
“Yeah, yeah.” He waves a hand. “Hey, are you sure you haven’t confused me with another guy? Like some other Collector? Cause I don’t remember doing anything to warrant this.”
“Another huntsman…?” Tarak questions. “There simply isn’t another one to confuse you with.”
“What do you mean?”
He looks away. “Well, I would not wish to remind you of the tragedy.”
They stop in front of another double door, gold and teal with a shining sun painted above it.
“I shall take my leave,” Tarak says, already retreating. “Tell Bill I said hi.”
She waves a little, then pushes open the door.
“Hello?” she calls.
The room is cluttered with drawers, chests, books, pots and scrolls. Weapons are half haphazardly placed, from the floor to a sword sitting in a bucket.
“Whoa.” She grins. “Look at all this stuff!” She takes out the sword and swings it up. “This’ll help us defeat Belos for sure!”
It turns to dust. Nevermind then.
“Oh!” She takes notice of the weapons on display, particularly a red spear hoisted against the wall. “Ohoho, yeah!”
She grabs it, the end spinning, then suddenly turning limp. She frowns with a disappointed hm.
“These are pretty bad weapons,” The Collector notes.
“Tarak?” A high pitched voice suddenly calls. She turns to see a short demon sitting on a chair, reading a book almost as big as him. “Is that you? I told you to stop rummaging through my stuff!”
She walks up in front of him. “Tarak’s not here! It’s just us.” She clears her throat and bows. “Greetings. My name is…”
“What’s that?” He pulls a horn over to his ear. “Speak up! You barge in here like an angry Titan only to whisper like the wind?”
She steps forward. “Greetings! Uh, this lowly traveler begs an audience with the great… Bill! Uh, mayhaps”—She crawls closer and puts her head in the horn—“we might perchance to venture to, uh…”
“Oh, for the love of—” Bill pushes the horn aside. “Tarak sent you here, didn’t he?”
She straightens. “He said you were the wisest. And also his friend. He says hi.” She waves.
“Of course he does. What do you—” He nearly falls out of his chair. “No… i-impossible. You have found the Grand Huntsman?”
“Not my name,” The Collector says.
“Yes, of course! How did you…” He clears his throat. “Forgive me, lord! I can only assume the worthy has come and found the last Titan, finally bringing you back to us… yet you’re not free? Is it possible you’ve come for my help?”
“Uhh. What?”
“That’s cool,” she says quickly, ignoring what a confusing statement that was. “But um, we’re actually here because we need your mighty warriors. Emperor Belos has threatened to—”
“Yes, yes, we will aid you in whatever our lord desires!” He hops off his chair. “Oh, I must show you my shrine. It’s been my little D.I.Y project for years. Come, right this way!”
He holds out a red curtain, gesturing for them to follow.
Luz looks at The Collector. They shrug. She shrugs in return, and hesitantly steps inside.
Initial weirdness aside, King’s never felt so happy in a group he just met.
Playing hit the piñata, training under a hot spring, using his sonic scream to hit a Griffin, through every activity someone was beside him and cheering him on. He was even given a fake beard! It felt too itchy, though, so he took it off.
“Now…” Tarak leads him to a smaller building and pushes aside it’s curtain opening. “Behold! Our armory.”
Barrels and crates of spears, swords and axes greet him from every angle, with many mounted to the wall. There’s even chests and Titan dummies on display, holding their own weapons.
“Woah!” He walks farther in. “There’s all sorts of things I shouldn’t touch!”
“Aye, for now.” Tarak crosses his arms behind his back. “But when you grow older…” he chuckles, “I will be delighted to show you how to dismember your enemies.”
“You would do that?” he asks eagerly. He pulls out his collar. “Can you also tell me what this means?”
Tarak kneels with a befuddled expression. “I-I’m not sure what that is. But maybe we can find out together! I assume your father was lost in a hunt of yore. But a Titan Trapper is never alone.” He places a hand on King’s shoulder.
“Yeah—w-wait, what?” He stumbles back. “Titan… Trapper?”
Tarak blinks. “Oh, I suppose I didn’t properly explain—sorry, I was just so excited to see our god returned, my mind has not been focused. Ahem. We are Titan Trappers, under oath to protect the world from giant monsters of death and destruction!”
“But I thought you guys were Titan’s!” he blurts out.
“What? Oh, no, you misunderstand. They’re only costumes to lure in the last remaining Titan. You’re wearing one too, aren’t you?”
He tries to still his trembling body. “Uh. Y-yeah, uh… yeah, a costume! Sorry, I got… confused!”
“Hmm, yes, yours is quite realistic.” Tarak’s eyes narrow. “And your power…”
“I should go—”
“No, no, actually, I think the time has come to celebrate your, uh… induction into the Titan Trappers. It is very important. Come!” He herds King out the door.
“Um, I appreciate the thought, but I think—”
“Really, it is our honor. Let me just… call Bill and inform him of the celebration.”
He swallows down his rising dread. “Can—can you just let me go back to Luz after? I need to talk to her.”
“…yes.”
The first thing Luz notices is the huge sun and moon statue, illuminated behind an altar, its blank eyes staring into her. The second thing she notices are the skulls.
Dozens crowd the altar, Titan skull after Titan skull. Tons of hundreds of bones line the walkway itself, some so big they stick above the railing. Bowls, plates and goblets litter the space, filled with bones themselves. If she wasn’t disturbed enough, murals line the walls, depicting various deaths of Titan’s.
“Isn’t it fantastic?” Bill asks. “Oh, do you like our disguises, too?” He rolls up his sleeve and takes off his… claw… glove, revealing a regular hand beneath. “You gotta look like a Titan to trap one.”
She works her mouth, unable to find anything to say.
“Wh…” The Collector looks horrified. “W-why—” They school their expression, leaving only distress. “You guys aren’t Collectors, why would you—”
“Hm? Of course we’re not! You’re the last one left, you know, after the Great War of the Gods,” he says, oblivious to the groups mounting shock. “So we valiantly took up the deed of your kind, to find and kill every last Titan! If I ever find that missing one, I’d hunt it down, tear it limb from limb, and mount its head in pride as we release you. Then... we can finally go from being Titan Trappers to Titan Slayers!” he declares, shaking his fists.
She shares a glance with Hooty.
“Uh…” She steps around Bill. “This has all been super cool, but I gotta go check on, um, things!”
“Wait, wait, but what about the uh... what were you talking about?” He taps his faux skull. “The—the thing with Belos.”
She stops in the doorway. “Oh, ha! I’m sure it’ll work itself out, really.”
“But our god! You’re not just leaving with him, are you?”
“I… am,” she says. “Oookay, bye!”
She slams the doors shut and runs.
“We gotta get King out of here now!” she says.
“Then run faster!” Hooty stretches forward and pulls her along.
“I’m trying!”
She dashes down the stairs, finding a difficult time seeing with the sun faded. It nearly costs her, taking one too many stumbles for comfort, but Hooty keeps her balanced.
Before she can reach the doors, a figure slides in front of her.
“Halt!” Bill yells.
“Waugh!” She jumps back. “How did you get here so fast?!”
He hefts up a spear. “I won’t let you leave with our god when we’re so close to releasing him!”
“Well they’re my friend and I’m not letting you take them!”
She ducks under a jab from his spear and swings a leg, kicking his feet out from under him. She lunges for the door, only to fall flat. Bill’s grabbed her leg. She tries to kick him, then rolls away with a yelp when his spear stabs the ground beside her.
“Leave her alone!” The Collector yells.
“Can’t you see they’re tricking you?! I will set you free! They’ve only kept you imprisoned!” He rams the end of his spear into her chest.
She falls back with an oof, and, unbiddenly, loses grasp on The Collector’s tablet.
“Gah—no!”
Bill snatches it before she can.
“LET ME GO!” they scream. “Let me go, let me go, let ME—”
He throws a piece of cloth over the tablet, suddenly silencing The Collector. The sharp end of his spear points at her throat and she jumps back, not reacting fast enough as he turns and runs out the tower.
She slams against the door, surprised when it doesn’t budge. “Huh? Did he lock it?! That’s a safety hazard!”
“Luz!” Hooty says, snapping her back to attention.
“Right, right, uh…” She rummages through her pockets. Light glyph, light, invisibility…
She forgot to restock on glyphs.
Her hand hits a rock. Oh, thank god. She stabs it into the door and begins carving a plant glyph. It’s hard to see, the room darker than ever with Bill’s candle gone, but after a minute too long she taps the finished glyph.
The doors turn into a wall of plants with an opening in the middle. She leaps through into the thick fog.
“Alright, Hooty, when I say now, hold your breath as long as you can,” she says, and readies her invisibility glyph.
She trudges up the hill, peeking over to find a small crowd gathered around a platform. Tarak, Bill, and two other people she doesn’t recognize stand on it. She squints, spotting the blurry image of King.
She creeps down the hill, feeling far too exposed. Hopefully the fog works to her advantage.
“In the ashes of your old life, your destiny awaits,” Tarak’s voice comes into range. “Carry this torch to the cloth and set it aflame.”
King does so, a little hesitantly. It looks like the cloth Bill threw over The Collector’s tablet. Is it under it?
She slides down farther, as close as she can without being spotted.
“Now,” she whispers and takes a deep breath.
“The connection has been made,” Tarak continues.
“Ah, you’re taking too long!” Bill rushes forward and throws a cloth over King’s head. “Don’t worry, child. We’re almost done.” He pulls out a dagger, raising it.
She leaps forward.
“Uh… did you pull something, Bill?” Tarak asks, after a moment.
Bill’s frozen under her grip. “I can’t move!”
She picks him up and throws him as hard as she can. King makes a noise of surprise and she pulls out a light glyph.
In the bright flash, she grabs King, and against better judgment grabs the still burning cloth. Perhaps it’s adrenaline, or the fire isn’t that hot, but she barely feels the burn.
She dashes to the nearest rock large enough to hide them and gasps.
“Hoohh,” she breathes out, sagging against the rock. She sets King and what she hopes is The Collector’s tablet down, which she confirms by brushing the cloth from it. “Is everyone okay?”
“I’m on fire.” The Collector appears on the rock, looking unbothered despite his complaint.
She airs the fire out with a swipe of the cloth. “King?” she asks.
“Luz!” He shakes a patterned cloth from his head. “Those guys—they’re not Titan’s, they’re—”
“Titan Trappers?” she finishes. “We found that out too. God, I was so worried.”
“Y-yeah.” He looks down. “I… I really thought they might have been the answer to everything. I just feel dumb now.”
“Oh, King.” She reaches out a hand. “Even if it’s not the same, you still have a family.”
“But you’re not always going to be here!” he chokes out.
She stops, taken aback.
“You’ll eventually go back to the human realm, I know how it works.” He looks away, eyes downturned. “I’ve read your Azura books. You even promised your mom. I just thought I had to… prepare for a world without you in it,” he says quietly. “But I guess these guys weren’t going to make it better.”
The assumption she’d leave without looking back—something close to anger stuns her. She’s been trying so hard to keep both worlds in her life, hasn’t she made it clear enough how much this one matters to her?
Maybe she hasn’t.
“Hark!”
Tarak's voice calls across the clearing. She whips her head, stumbling back from the sight of the crowd.
“Tis the wretched spawn of—”
Bill swings over his shoulder. “Shut up and get that Titan!”
Tarak forms a spell circle and fires shots of magic.
“Come on!” She picks up King under one arm and the tablet under her other.
King climbs up her shoulder, freeing a hand to more securely hold The Collector’s tablet. She grits her teeth and wills her legs to move faster.
“Uh—” King suddenly lifts up from her. “Ah!”
She skids to a stop. “King!” She runs back, throwing out a hand as a Trapper lifts him away with magic. “King!”
She takes her last light glyph and flings it, casting a flash of light to stun the Trapper. King slings off his cape mid-fall, using it as a parachute.
“I gotcha—” She yelps as shots fire at her.
Hooty quickly covers her. He swerves around the shots, only to be caught by a bolas. Multiple shots hit him and he crashes to the ground.
“Hooty!” She runs up and tugs at the rope.
“Tell Lulu… how brave I was,” he croaks.
Tarak ignites a blue flame in his palm, looming over with a glare. He steps forward—
“STOP!”
The Collector’s voice rings out. She looks up, finding them projected on a curved rock. He grits his teeth with a glare. “Why are you doing this?!” they spit out.
The crowd gasps. Murmurs float about, Luz unable to catch any over the rush in her ears, and the people kneel, discarding their skulls. All bear sun or moons painted on their faces, Tarak’s whole right half being painted blue.
Bill makes the brazen decision to speak. “We’re only trying to help you—”
“Well you’re not.”
She works on untying Hooty, King joining her.
“—that thing you’re with is a Titan!”
“I already know that!” he yells. “What’s your point?!”
“Wh-what? B-b-but, but the Great War! Your kind slayed the monstrous Titan’s, leading many great hunts. We’re only following in your footsteps!”
King’s claws still.
Bill continues, “Don’t you… w-want to be… f-free…?” His eyes widen as he speaks and he slowly steps back.
She looks up. At first glance, The Collector’s face is blank, but something in their eyes makes her freeze. She’s seen him at his most childish and innocent, making her brush aside his supposed otherworldly powers. They’re just a kid, after all. Harmless.
The cold fury on his face screams dangerous.
“We’re leaving,” they say lowly, “and if you ever use my name again to hurt people, it’ll be your blood on the ground.”
The witches are stunned into silence. Slowly, they direct their glares toward Bill, who stammers something she doesn’t hear.
Her brain starts working again. She finally unties Hooty, stands on shaky legs, and takes the distraction.
No one follows, but she runs the whole way back to the bridge.
“Time to go home!” she says, and slams the letter’s rock into its triangular hole.
A column of light shoots down. They float up, that same tug coming to her chest, and with a flash, they’re falling.
Specifically, falling from very high up.
She screams.
Oh god she’s gonna die, she’s gonna die, she doesn’t want to die—
Suddenly they stop midair, being pulled up a little, then gently set on the ground. She looks up, finding Hooty wrapped himself around the finger to halt their fall. Relief floods her.
“We can’t let them get through,” she says, staring up at the still lit portal. “We have to destroy this thing.”
King squints. “Then step back.”
He takes a few steps forward, inhales twice, and with one final breath lets out a sonic scream.
The finger cracks, huge fractures running up until the tip wobbles and slowly tilts over. She runs to pick up King and shields him beneath her, Hooty following suit by wrapping himself around the three of them.
Her eardrums are nearly blown out with the resounding BOOM that shakes the earth.
She half expects to be crushed any moment, but Hooty holds steady. Eventually, he wobbles, then unwraps himself.
She blinks through the dust. Her mouth falls open.
The finger’s been reduced to a pile of rubble. Large plumes of smoke and dust waft up into the very, very early morning sky, and a few rocks still tumble out.
She looks down at King.
He hugs her leg and looks down, tears brimming in his eyes. “I wanna go home,” he mumbles.
She leans down to give him a one armed hug. “C’mon,” she whispers.
Not another word is said during their walk back to the ship.
Salty offers to make breakfast before she can say a word.
“I don’t mind,” he says when she initially objects. “Just give me some time ta prepare.”
“Okay,” she sighs, too tired to make it herself anyway.
Hooty decides he wants to help, so she leaves him with Salty before trudging back to her and the others shared room.
Her hand brushes over a ridge in The Collector’s tablet. Belatedly, she realizes it’s cracked by just a hair. She grimaces. If she’s reckless one more time—no, she’s going to do better. She can’t afford to make anymore mistakes.
Speaking of them, The Collector’s been worryingly quiet. She wants to ask if he’s okay, but…
The moment she and King stepped into their room, a palpable tension formed in the air, so thick she wouldn’t trust herself with the task of breaking it. And she has a funny feeling as to why it’s there in the first place.
King cuts through the silence. “When were you going to tell me?”
She knows he isn’t talking to her.
A pause. The Collector taps his fingers together with a distant expression. “Tell you… what?”
King whirls around. “About—about the war! The Titan Trappers! Anything! You—why did you keep it a secret?”
They look away, frowning. “I wasn’t keeping it a secret, you just… never asked,” he says.
“And you didn’t think it was important to mention?!”
They bristle. “It was a long time ago! Why does it matter now?”
She holds out a hand. “Guys—”
“Why does it—because it’s about my family!” King holds his claws over his chest. “My—my entire species, and you just thought it wasn’t important? The Titan Trappers still exist! They literally tried to kill me!”
He winces. “I didn’t—”
“What else are you not telling me?” King demands. “What, do you know what happened to my dad too?!”
“I don’t KNOW!” they snap, any remnant of guilt on their face overtaken by anger. “I wasn’t even there, I was trapped in this tablet because of your stupid lying dad!”
“Could you even pretend to care about this?” King asks. “About him?”
She tries again, “Guys!”
“Why should I care?! He LEFT ME!”
“Maybe he did for a REASON!”
It’s like a bang.
The Collector makes a choked sound. A white streak runs down his face. The half-sob turns into a frustrated shriek, and they disappear back into their tablet.
King trembles, eyes wide with dismay. He steps back, turns on his heel, and runs out of the room.
“W-wait,” she tries to call out, but her voice is quiet. “King!”
Her heart pounds against her chest. She tears her eyes from the doorway and looks around the empty room. “Collector…?”
All she can hear is the ocean.
Notes:
the collector: maybe if i ignore my problems they will go away
his problems, about to explode:
see you friday!
also i love king with all my heart btw and the collector. just 2 make that clear despite any issues/conflict i make occur
edit: next chapter is going to be a bit late, estimated time of arrival is late friday (if im lucky) or saturday (more likely)
Chapter 9: Crack
Summary:
No one can catch a break and King reflects on a few things
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Luz stares at The Collector’s pitch black tablet. She shakes it a little, making a distressed sound.
“Come on, Collector,” she pleads. “Just say something so I know you didn’t just… disappear into the ether.”
Silence.
She throws her head back with a whine. Ten-ish minutes and no luck. What is she supposed to do? She wants to talk to King, but leaving The Collector doesn’t sit right, especially not while they’re unresponsive.
She touches the crack on their tablet. Did something happen? Can something happen?
“Come on,” she repeats in a whisper. “What do I have to do?”
Maybe…
She wracks her memory for what her mom’s done when she was upset. She pulls further back, until she reaches hazy memories with gentle voices, her mom softly singing to put her to sleep.
She gently sets his tablet down and opens her mouth. “Estrellita que al brillar, me pregunto cómo estás,” she sings softly. “Arriba en la inmensidad, un diamante celestial. Estrellita que al brillar, me pregunto cómo estás.”
A sniffle. “Was that… Spanish?”
She sags in relief. “Yeah, it was. I’m surprised you noticed.”
Their shadow projects onto the wall, The Collector curled up. She scoots closer to them.
“Hey,” she says. “Are you, um…” No, that’s a dumb question. “Do you wanna talk about it?” she settles on.
“What, you’re not gonna yell at me?” he mutters.
“No!” she exclaims, then wrangles her volume down. “I—look, what King said wasn’t nice, and I don’t think he should have said it. But you, um, you also hurt his feelings. It’s not an excuse, just…”
“I don’t get it.” They rub their face. “None of that stuff matters anymore.”
She fiddles with her hands. “Being in the past doesn’t mean it’s not important. And for King, he just learned about this.”
He drops his head and looks away.
“Hmm. You weren’t trying to be mean, right?” she asks.
“I wasn’t,” they mumble.
“But you can be accidentally mean,” she says. “And that’s as real as purposefully doing it.”
“That’s… stupid.”
She breathes out a laugh. “It is kinda confusing. But brushing people’s emotions aside just because you don’t understand them isn’t nice, either. You have to try and meet them halfway. Does that make sense?”
“Mmm.”
“We’ll work on it.” She pats his shoulder. “Just try to understand where he’s coming from and he’ll try to understand you, too.”
His head shoots up. “Isn’t he mad at me?”
She furrows her brows. “He’s not going to be forever.”
They make a face, one she can only describe as abject confusion. It turns to hesitance, then something more unreadable. “…right.”
She leans forward and pokes his nose. “Boop.” She makes a fist. “Got your nose.”
“Wah!” Their hands fly up to their face. “Hey, I need that!”
“Not anymore, it’s mine now.”
“Luuuz!”
She holds up her fist. “Whaaat?”
“Give it back! Give it back!”
“Oh, I dunno…” She pretends to think. “What’s the magic word?”
“Pleaaase! Give it back, give it back, give it back!” They punch at her shoulder.
She giggles. “Oh, wow, you’ve convinced me. Well, here you go. Boop!” She touches his nose again.
“Ah!” They laugh.
Her smile softens. “Let’s get breakfast. And, um, I gotta find King first. Will you be alright with Salty and Hooty?”
“Mhm.”
She picks up his tablet off her bed and spins. They giggle again.
“Oh, let’s not forget this.” She picks up his tablet’s stand—bought by Eda when Luz suggested it. “Now, try to be nice to Salty. He’s been working really hard, with his crew gone and all.”
“I will,” he draws out his words as his shadow follows Luz outside their room.
The ship’s beautiful, really, and furnished super well with a full sized bed, cabinets and drawers, red rugs, lamps posted beside doors and even paintings. Take out the rocking, plus sound of waves splashing against the sides, and she could think she was in a regular house.
Of course, the illusion fades when she heads onto the deck, but it’s still a pretty sight. She shrugs off her jacket and ties it around her waist when the heat hits her. Contrary to her realm, the air is much hotter at sea.
“Heya, Salty,” she greets. She puts The Collector’s tablet and their stand on the table. “Ooh, you have bacon!”
“Ey, Luz.” Salty briefly looks up from the fire. “Your fellow here’s a pretty good cook.”
“Hooty?” she asks.
Surprisingly, Hooty is genuinely helping Salty with the food. She thought he would just make conversation.
“Oh, huh,” she says. “Well, I gotta go find King. Can one of you keep an eye on The Collector? Make sure his tablet doesn’t fall over or anything.”
Hooty spits out the pan he was handling. “On it!” he cries.
She salutes, then turns to search the deck.
He could be in one of the rooms, but King isn’t one to stay far from food. She checks behind barrels, peeks under tarps, even doubles back around a few times. It’s right when she cups her mouth, about to call his name, does she look up.
Up above on the crows nest she can just make out the tuft of a tail.
She really should have checked there first, huh.
That doesn’t matter, because she found him now. She marches with renewed determination, grabs the ladder, and makes her way up. Wind blows into her face and floods her nose with the scent of salt. Bleh.
She finally crawls onto the crows nest with an oof, and adjusts herself to scoot beside King.
“Hey,” she says. “Nice view.”
He sighs.
She holds out an arm. He leans into her side and she squeezes him.
“I didn’t mean it,” he says after a moment. “I don’t know. This all feels way too big.”
“The war?”
“That, but also being a Titan.” He gestures with a claw. “I just thought I was a weird demon. And right as I was getting used to that, I learn I’m the last one.” He sighs again and presses into her side. “It’s not like I really hoped there might have been more, I know no one’s seen a Titan in ages, it’s just…”
“It’s different hearing it,” she finishes.
“Yeah.” He grabs onto her shirt. “It feels so… lonely.”
She pets his skull. “You know,” she starts, “they’re the last Collector.”
He blinks and looks up. “He—he is?”
“That Bill guy brought it up. Their kind didn’t exactly make it out either,” she says softly.
“Oh.” Slowly, he groans and buries his face in a claw. “I was such a jerk.”
“Hey, hey, I didn’t say that to make you feel bad!” She holds up a hand. “I told you because… I think you two have more in common than you realize. So it might be good to talk stuff out a little.”
He groans again, despairing this time.
“I knowww,” she says.
“It’s so hard talking to them,” he complains. “It’s like he tries to be as cryptic as possible.”
“I know. But that’s why you guys gotta learn how to do this.” She tries for a reassuring smile. “I could be there if it would help,” she offers.
A pause. “No, I should do it myself. But… thanks, Luz.”
“Anytime.” She scoots back. “Now, are you hungry? Cause I really, really am.”
His eyes light up. “Ooh, breakfast is done?”
She begins climbing down the ladder. “Yep! Bacon and eggs. Did you know Hooty can cook?”
He follows shortly after. “Eugh, yeah. It’s so weird watching him do it. But it’s better than all the times Eda tried making food cook itself.”
“Eda did what?” She hops off the ladder and picks King up.
“She hasn’t done it in a while,” he says.
Salty’s voice comes into range as Luz rounds the corner. “—knowing all that’s out there, it may send a shiver up my spine.”
The three of them are seated around the table, plates of steaming food set out. Salty, possibly asked to do so, or unaware of The Collector’s limitations, has also given them a plate.
“But that stuff is so far away!” The Collector says, projecting an image of various celestial objects, which he then throws out. “We’re all living on the same rock as killer whales and octoeye and seals.”
“Ya think seals are scary?” Salty raises a brow.
“They have an evil look in their eyes,” he mutters and crosses his arms. “But I’m more worried about the octoeye, have you seen how intelligent they are? They’re gonna start an uprising.”
“Watcha guys talking about?” she asks. She seats herself at the table.
“Matey here thinks the ocean is more scary than outer space. At least we know the ocean.”
“Barely. You can’t even classify fish.”
“I know what a fish looks like, what a fish acts like.” Salty shrugs. “Can’t say the same for your dark energy and what have you.”
“Dark energy isn’t dark matter. That’s a different thing.”
“Same difference ta me.”
“What’s the difference?” she asks, after swallowing a bite of food. It tastes good.
They beam. “Dark energy is what we think is empty space! Dark matter is why galaxies exist. Cause all the matter we can see wouldn’t have enough gravity to pull itself together, unless there was some other invisible matter doing that instead.” He gives a visual as he speaks.
“Oh, hm, isn’t there like…” She thinks. “A black hole at the center of every galaxy?”
“Not every galaxy. Besides, they’re not strong enough to pull together that much stuff.”
“So, ya think a weird death orb at the center of most galaxies isn’t weird, but little sea urchins are?” Salty asks.
“I could make a black hole right now if I wasn’t in this tablet,” they reply. “I can’t make sea urchins.”
Salty sets his fork down. “Is that how you measure bein' afraid of something?”
“I’m not afraid of the ocean!” they exclaim. “It’s just weirder.”
“I beg ta differ.”
“You can beg all you want, you’ll still be wrong.”
Salty laughs. “You remind me of my ol’ crewmates kid.” He picks up his plate, then frowns at The Collector’s. “You gonna eat that, lad?”
“Oh, um, he can’t actually eat,” she says. “He just likes to be included.”
“Bit strange, aren’t you?” Salty says.
They giggle.
Beside her, King yawns.
She leans over. “You gettin sleepy?” she whispers.
He makes a tired sort of sound, which she takes as a yes.
“Go nap for a bit, then you can talk, okay?” she says. “Better to do this stuff well rested.”
“Are you sure?” he asks.
“I think you two need a bit of time anyway.”
He looks down, then pushes his empty plate away. He gives The Collector one last glance. “…thanks,” he whispers.
She kisses his cute little head. “Sleep tight!”
She’s not as worried, now. Fights happen, and—well, maybe The Collector and King were sort of due. She just hopes they can work it out civilly.
King’s sleep is fitful.
He’s so tired he almost passes out as soon as he reaches the bed. He fades in and out, only briefly aware of his surroundings before being pulled back under.
It’s when the air changes does he startle.
His eyes fly open. He blinks, almost mistaking his surroundings as normal.
The room’s sickly tone dispels that idea. He sits up and intends to push himself off Luz’s bed, but stops short when he doesn’t really feel it.
He looks down and gasps. His body’s half-transparent, glowing faintly.
Is he… dreaming? What is this?
He hops off the bed. “Luz?” he calls, stepping down the hall. “Hooty?”
Outside, the world’s turned into a dark cavern, pitch black walls framed by jagged, brown-green rocks. Light shines from the bottom of each one, casting down into the deep dark water. Little cubes spin slowly in the air.
“Collector?” he tries.
There’s a low whirring, coming from… somewhere. He walks down the stairs, floating instead of falling when he misses a step.
“Wha—whoa!” He grabs onto the side of the ship.
Indistinct chattering comes from above. He looks up. There’s a strange orb floating at the top of the cavern, emitting a light blue glow.
“Is someone there?” he asks. “Hello?”
He strains to hear the voices. There’s two… three? They sound familiar.
“Hello?!” he calls again.
The talking stops. He steps back, feeling like he did something wrong. A shadow crosses over the orb.
“…King?”
Before he can process it, the scenery around him shifts and speeds around him until he blinks and suddenly,
King shoots out of bed.
He holds himself with a gasp.
Luz is above him. “Hey, sleepyhead,” she smiles. “We’re back in Bonesborough.”
“H-huh?” He touches the bed, just to make sure this isn’t a dream. “Oh. Are we leaving now?”
“Mhm. Salty already docked the ship. I was gonna get you earlier, but you looked so tired,” she explains with a sheepish smile.
He hops onto the floor.
It’s a quiet relief to step out into normal, familiar scenery, a purplish sky and the Boiling Isles upfront. Still, he keeps eyeing it, as if it’ll turn into a blackened cavern any moment. It was probably just a weird dream, yet…
He frowns and shakes his head.
Luz leads him to the deck. Everyone else is already gathered, in the midst of a conversation.
“—thought I heard something,” he catches The Collector saying.
“There’s always something to hear,” Hooty says. “Unless it’s a tree falling in a forest.”
“Ay, but the birds hear it,” Salty chimes in.
Luz stops in front of him and salutes. “Thank you so much for helping us!” She bows, for extra drama.
“No thanks needed,” he says. “Though I’m surprised you didn’t take anyone back. Weren’t’cha finding some warriors?”
“Uhh.” She straightens. “That… didn’t really work out. But it’s okay! We’ll figure something out.”
“Well, good luck, lassie. If ya ever need me again, I got nothing better to do.” He tips his hat.
She slings Hooty over her shoulders and picks up The Collector. The stairs down to the dock are a bit long, yet she waves at Salty the whole way down.
“Hmm.” She’s pulled out her tamagotchi and reads aloud the message. “‘Mom took Pensta, but we're safe. We'll contact.’ Aww, she sent so many hearts! Hope she's doing okay.”
“Is that… Amity?” King asks. “It’s okay if you wanna check on her, we can get to the Owl House on our own.”
Maybe it’d be a chance for him to talk to The Collector? He doesn’t get the sense they’re outright ignoring him, but they also haven’t said a word directed to him since… since their argument.
Luz frowns.
“Hey, look!” Hooty says. “Everyone missed us so much they put up pretty signs!”
All four of them look to where he’s pointed with his head. Tons of wanted posters have been taped up, of Luz, Eda, Lilith, and Hooty, his an especially vile depiction. King’s been saddled onto Luz’s poster, simply named ‘THE HUMAN’.
Two witches turn and growl at the group.
Luz turns away with a nervous smile. “Let’s take the long way home,” she hisses and pulls her hood up.
King can’t shake the feeling of being watched. And he’s not talking about how all the trees have eye markings. Maybe it's nerves, or paranoia from the wanted posters, but the feeling crawls up his fur and sets him on edge.
A voice comes into range. “Without that bird tube thing, this place was wide open!”
Luz’s eyes widen. She scoops up King and darts into the trees. Two coven scouts pass by with a carriage full of their stuff, led by a worm rat.
“I still haven’t recovered from that tea party,” one says and shudders.
He and Luz share a worried glance. They creep back onto the trail and half-run to the Owl House.
All the windows are cracked, parts of the walls smashed in and the doors falling apart. Dread fills him at the sight.
Luz swings open the door. The living room’s been completely ransacked, not a single item left.
He steps inside behind her. “Do you think they were arrested?” he asks.
She walks farther in and picks a paper up, then takes it to the light coming in through the front door. “No…” She shows the paper to him, bearing a drawing of a leg, the knee circled with red letters saying ‘HERE!!!’ “They’re hiding out on the knee!”
“The knee?” The Collector makes a face.
“It’s like a snowy mountain. I’m gonna see if they didn’t steal my winter clothes.” She darts out the room.
Even the halls have been emptied. Dim light seeps in, giving the house a fuzzy look. He holds his claws together and tries to ignore his fur standing on end.
“Ah!” Luz runs into her room. “Oh, thank goodness.”
It looks untouched, her sleeping bag in its same position surrounded by books and papers. She rummages through a pile and pulls out some boots.
“Why do you always wear shoes inside?” The Collector asks with a frown.
“It’s more convenient.” She chucks off her slip-ons and tugs on her boots. “Also, I forget to take them off.”
“It’s evil.”
She swaps her pirates bandana for her chullo. She grabs a scarf and hat, giving them to King. “And this.” She grabs sticky notes, her book and a pencil. “Gotta make more glyphs. Okay, anyone else need anything?”
King shakes his head.
“I need you to stop wearing shoes inside,” The Collector says.
She stands. “It's not gonna be for long! We're leaving now.”
“Luz,” King whispers as they head back down the stairs.
“What is it?”
“Um, I just feel like—I dunno.” He wrings his claws. “Like someone's watching—”
The moment they step back into the living room, there's a shout and then blasts of magic shoot at them.
“Waugh!” Luz ducks, pushing King onto the floor. “Oh, come on! ”
Coven scouts block the door. They must have been waiting to get the jump on them. One readies a spell circle, only to be launched by Hooty.
“Not again!” they cry.
“The worm’s still here?!”
The scouts have half a mind to hesitate, but hold their ground and keep firing. Hooty swings around with a cry and picks one up, chucking them at another scout. Luz trips a scout that gets too close and evades an attack, still holding King.
“Ugh, this isn’t worth it,” one says from the ground. “Just get the tablet! The Emperor said it was the most important.”
What?
A scout jumps and grabs Hooty. “Hoot!” He swings around, causing Luz to fall back with him.
“Augh—” They all collapse in a pile of limbs and Hooty.
One scout grabs The Collector’s now defenseless tablet. “Got it!”
“No!” Luz yells. She shoves herself up and leaps for the scout, only to be dragged down by another. “Get off—” She kicks them.
A scout yells when Hooty wrenches himself free and knocks down three in a row. “Go, go, go!” One throws an arm out for the door. “I am not having another tea party!” another yells as they run out.
A sharp whistle blows and King makes out a gryphon landing in front.
Before he can move, though, one of the scouts takes Hooty’s attention and causes him to whip around Luz and King, effectively tying them up.
“Wah—Hooty!” King yells.
“They’re getting away!” Luz says.
By the time Luz gets them untangled, the scouts are in the sky. “No, no, no!” She runs out, King not far behind.
It's too late.
Her chest heaves. She stares at the sky. Slowly, she sinks to the ground.
“Mghh.” She buries her face in her hands, then abruptly slams them into the dirt. “No! I can’t believe I let them—”
“Luz, it wasn’t your fault—”
“I should have hid him! I knew Belos wanted him before, I didn’t even think he might still want them.” She holds her head and digs her hand into her hair. “I—”
He hugs her. “Luz. Please,” he says shakily.
Luz tried, all while he couldn’t do anything . If it's her fault—then… then what does that say about him?
He didn’t even say sorry.
She blinks back tears. Grim determination settles over her face. “We’re gonna find Eda and Lilith,” she starts, “and we’re gonna make a plan. And I’m gonna punch Belos in the face.”
“O-okay,” he says.
She picks him up and squeezes him. “Let’s do this.”
King wraps his scarf around his newly made snow Francois.
They found Eda and Lilith after what felt like hours of stumbling around towns, making sure to keep low. It loads off some weight knowing they’re okay, but when Luz jumped into explaining what happened, there was a horrible, sinking feeling in his chest, and all he wanted to do was leave and wander off to who knows where.
He settled for standing outside and feeling the snow beneath his claws.
It doesn’t do much to ease him.
He steps back and looks out onto the isles. The Titan’s hollowed eyes stare into him.
His chest tightens, breath catching in his throat, and he looks down. Hooty wraps around him after a moment.
“We have to get them back!” he hears Luz say distantly. “You guys have a plan, right? Fill me in!”
“Uh, right,” Eda responds. “Well… it’s a secret!”
Luz pouts.
“Just for now. I'll fill you in closer to go time.”
He tries packing an arm onto the snow Francois.
“Go time should be now. Every second we’re not doing something—”
“I know . I’m worried too, I just…”
“Luz, could you give us a moment?” Lilith asks.
He finishes. “There! All done! Nice to meet you Fran-snow…ois.” The arm slips off. He sighs.
“Okay,” Luz mutters. Her voice comes closer. “Aw, King, let me help with that.”
Eda watches with a frown.
“What are you doing?” Lilith hisses lowly. “Tell her!”
She whirls around. “Tell her what?” she whispers. “That we have no plan? That Belos is gonna win, that the Boiling Isles are doomed?”
Guilt crosses Lilith’s face. Eda continues, feeling her hands shake, “He already got one of my kids.” She rubs her face with a glare. “And believe me, I’m going to march up there and do whatever it takes to get them back. I’m not going to give up on them. But I know how it’s going to end, Lilith. If Luz and King get caught up in my recklessness, if I fail—I can’t let him take them too.”
If she hadn’t had months of learning to be patient, she would have already been trying to claw the Emperor’s face off.
It hit her, after Luz nearly burst into tears during her retelling, that she never really got to know The Collector well. They were—are—most attached to Luz, so she initially thought they just favored her in little kid fashion, but she always felt this… distance about them, regarding herself.
Thinking about their imprisonment, the logical conclusion they must be harboring feelings of betrayal, it was easy to think that, in turn, created trust issues.
She made the foolish mistake of thinking she had time to work it out with them.
She sighs. “Those two deserve one nice day before they realize how dire things are,” she says. “I’ll do what I can, but… they can’t be apart of this.”
“But King’s a Titan,” Lilith says. “He’s one of the most powerful creatures here right now.”
“King’s my kid, and I’m not putting him in danger.” She jabs a finger.
“He could help us stop Belos!”
“Or Belos could take him too! He doesn’t know how to fight, Lilith,” she argues. “He shouldn’t have to.”
“This is your problem. You’re not willing to consider all our options. Worst case scenario is everyone dying!” She throws out an arm. “We can’t get worse than that!”
“Luz and King don’t have sigils. They have options, and I’d never forgive myself if I took them away.”
Lilith has the decency to look away.
Eda turns on her heel and heads up to Luz and King.
“Alright, kids! The, uh… plan isn’t gonna be ready til tomorrow. But if you could do anything in the world today…” she softens her voice, “what would it be?”
“Thanks, Eda, but I just want things to be normal right now,” King says.
Luz frowns at him, then holds a hand to her chin. “Well, I wanna go on a heist!” She raises a fist.
Eda raises one back. “Of course you do.”
King leans against snow Francois. Eda and Luz left for their heist, so now he’s left wondering what to do. Again.
The crunch of snow sounds from behind him. “King of, um, Titans, would you…”
He turns to look at Lilith.
She kneels to his height, holding out a cup. “Like some tea?”
“Uh, no thanks.” He waves a hand. “I’m—I’m good.”
“Of course! Titan’s don’t care for such lowly pleasures.” She tosses the teacup back. It shatters behind her. “Perhaps I could offer you”—She pulls out a worn sword with skeletal hands on the hilt—“dark deeds carried out in your name?”
“Ah!” He falls back. “No!”
She huffs in disappointment and steps back, then kneels.
“L-listen, it’s okay. I just, uh, need some alone time. Your Titan… commands it?”
She stands and bows. Her hair falls over her face. She picks up Hooty and walks away.
He turns, looking back at the isles below. Finally, he gives into his urge to just get lost, and he carefully begins the trek down.
The stinging cold nearly keeps his thoughts at bay.
But every time he lingers a moment too long, another wave of guilt threatens to take him under.
He felt so angry. All that hope, the idea this loneliness wouldn't stick with him forever, gone down the drain in a horrifying revelation.
He’s not new to fights, or the guilt of saying something hurtful. That one, though, was with a hundred complicated feelings coursing through him, tied to something bigger than he could ever comprehend. A war between gods. It all felt so different. In that moment, he was the only person in the world.
The Collector's unfortunately good at breaking last straws, and… it was like everything tipped over.
Now, all he can think is will that be the last thing I ever said to them?
It makes him want to crawl into a hole and hide forever.
It doesn’t take long for to reach an unfamiliar town. He lets himself walk the streets, uncaring if someone recognizes him from a poster.
A hooded person holding a candle bumps into him, causing him to stumble a little. He sighs when they simply brush past.
“Lose your way, little guy?”
He turns to the voice. “Huh?”
A coven scout, wearing a leather jacket, is leaned back on their motorcycle.
He takes their odd casualty as a sign they’re not here to attack him. “Actually, I got to where I was going, but now I… eh?” He shrugs.
Wait. “Hey, I know you,” he says, walking up to the scout. “You’re Steve, from Lilith’s party! Shouldn't you be, like, kissing the Emperor's butt right now?
“Probably.” Steve leans forward, arms crossed. “Heck, growing up, all I wanted was to be an Emperor's Coven Scout. To be considered one of the best. I got what I wanted, but it's not what I thought it was.”
He rubs his skull. “I hear that.”
“Belos is supposed to know everything, but why should he know what the Titan wants?” Steve holds out a hand. “Maybe the Titan doesn't even know what he wants? Maybe he's just some normal guy, you know?” He sighs.
He stares out at the Titan. The Collector’s appallment at being worshiped comes to mind.
It used to be everything King wanted. He’s not sure what he wants, now.
“Anyway, you going somewhere?” Steve pulls up a helmet. “Cause I got a sidecar and nothing but time.”
He hesitates. Then he scurries and hops into the sidecar. Steve puts the helmet on him, his horns breaking through the top.
“I point, you drive,” he says.
King’s relieved more than words can express.
There’s actually hope for stopping Belos. They have allies. There’s a plan. He could help, too!
It almost felt too good to be real, being taken to the C.A.T’s hideout and given several explanations and smart-sounding ideas. They have an entire group of powerful witches to back them up and insiders with deeper information. Luz and Eda even got Francois back!
Exhaustion hits him like a truck.
He’s been on and off shaking all day from nerves and the rolling turmoil in his gut, that the moment he feels like he can relax just a smidge, his eyelids refuse to budge back open.
Until the air changes.
He gets the sense of where he is just a moment before he swings up and confirms it.
The room’s gone dull and green. He looks down at a half-transparent body.
Okay, one weird dream means nothing, but two weird dreams of the same exact scenario? He’s not buying it.
He carefully crawls off the bunkbed. Luz and Eda are gone from their place, where he fell asleep to them carving her palisman. The others are gone, too, table devoid of low chattering and where Lilith and Hooty fell asleep.
Every step sounds too loud. They’re muffled intermediately by rugs—why do they have three—but it does nothing to cease his awareness of every small noise he makes.
He swings open the balcony doors. Outside is yet again a black, endless cavern, steeped in deep water.
And he hears talking.
He squints up, finding that same weird orb again. “Hello?” he calls.
A pause.
There’s a sound, almost like an inhale, before— “King?!”
“Wh… Collector? Collector! Is—is that you?!” He hauls himself onto the railing to get a better look.
The shadow that’s crossed over the orb looks like them, yet he can’t see their face. He squints, just in case he’s missing the details, but it’s really not there. It’s a little eerie.
“How did you—” They stop. “Ohhh. Oh, okay. I get it now.”
“Get what?” he asks. “Wait, how am I talking to you? Am I talking to you? Is this just a really weird lucid dream?”
“It’s not a dream, well—it is a dream, but it’s not a dream. Like, I’m real, and you’re real, but you’re not actually here and you’re also dreaming. The guys from the island did that ritual, sooo… now this can happen.” He shrugs. “Anyway, you’re like, my third pick for who I’d want to see right now but it’s still better than nothing!”
He’s not sure why he expected a coherent answer. “Are you okay? Where—where are you? What is this place?”
“Somewhere between dimensions. Very Titan-y magic. Very not me magic.” They wave a hand. “I’m with that Emperor person.”
“Belos?!” he exclaims.
“Oh, yeah, that’s his name.”
This is bad. He thought maybe it’d be okay if Belos just confiscated them, but for them to be around him?
“Collector—”
“I’m fine. He just really, really likes monologuing. A lot. I tried to ignore him, and that got boring, so I tried to wage psychological warfare, but he figured out he can just cover my tablet which has been super boring.” He crosses his arms.
Well, they do seem… fine? He hesitantly takes their word for it.
“We’re gonna get you, you know,” he says. “There’s a resistance against Belos! Some of the head coven members are even in it. It’s—it’s not hopeless.”
They’re quiet for a moment.
“…you’re waking up,” they say.
“Huh?”
To his horror, the scene around him blurs, looking it’s almost about to collapse in on itself.
“W-wait!” he says. “Wait, I still need to tell y—”
He shoots up with a gasp.
“King?” Luz’s voice comes from the side, sounding a bit groggy. “You okay?”
He looks down, finding a normal body, in a normal room. Luz sits up from her bed, giving him a tired, vaguely concerned look.
Everything’s gone.
“Y-yeah,” he says. He inhales. “Yeah.”
Notes:
"nevada can you stop tormenting these kids for two seconds?" no
we are almost at 500 kudos and i am so happy and grateful to all the lovely people reading this fic!!watching and dreamings release date has been announced! my fic is absolutely not going to be finished before then unless i go super saiyan writing mode so i feel the need to clarify: i will not be changing anything about my fic regardless of what canon presents. i have a vision and im going to complete it, on god. this is only going to get more canon divergent. that being said, if anything happens to line up, know that was an accident
Chapter 10: Not With A Bang, More Like A Splat
Summary:
The Day of Unity is fast approaching
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Alright, let’s get this briefing over with.”
At Darius’ command, everyone crowds around the table. King sits beside Luz who wraps an arm around him.
He’s been feeling jittery all morning. The tense atmosphere doesn’t do much to ease his nerves, or the grave expression Raine takes before they speak.
“Okay,” Raine says, sitting down. “We have twenty-four hours until the Day of Unity begins and Belos activates the Quietus Spell.”
“And everyone on the Boiling Isles is taken out in one fell swoop.” Darius knocks over their battle planning figurines.
Raine gives him an annoyed look. “Well, not everyone. The spell targets those who underwent sealing their magic.” They hold up their arm, showing their bard coven sigil. “It’s a complicated ritual that gives us much more power than our bodies can handle. Normally, it’d make us combust, but Belos made it slow acting, ensuring we lost most of our power as a defense mechanism without him having to be on the run of convicting murder.”
Eda snorts.
Raine continues, “The second phase will be activated only under the eclipse.”
“So, what’s the plan?” Lilith asks. “We can’t stop the eclipse itself.”
“You’re right that we can’t stop the Quietus Spell, but we can corrupt it,” Darius says. “That’s where the Owl Lady comes in.” He gestures toward Eda.
“Huh?” Eda says.
He groans. “The curse, Eda.”
Her surprise turns to a realization. “That’s right! My curse warps magic.” She leans forward and points at Darius. “Huh, did quite a number on you two, if I remember correctly.”
“You remember incorrectly. I was completely unfazed.” He crosses his arms. He reels back when Eberwolf hisses at him. “Eda would have to sneak into the tower and here’s how.” He summons small abominations of himself, Eberwolf, and two regular ones. “I’ll control a pair of abominations to release Eberwolf's flesh-eating beetles into the crowd.”
They skitter into a crowd, which begin screaming, their tiny abominations arms waving. “It’ll create a distraction so big, we can get Eda up with the coven heads. The spell will halt once it comes in contact with the curse, and the day will be saved! No problem.”
Goo splatters onto everyone. He cringes away from the mess as Luz leans back with him, Lilith covering her eyes.
“What?” he asks. “Only a few people would get eaten. Even then, just the small ones.”
Raine flicks goop off their hair. “If we must do this, the safest bet is to have Eda tap into the spell by taking someone’s place as Coven Head. My place. Sealing your magic and all.”
Eda gasps.
Luz places her hand on the table. “Why can’t you guys just give her a fake sigil? Belos won’t know the difference!”
Raine shakes their head. “It wouldn’t work. To corrupt the spell, she needs to be part of it.”
“As Head Bard, you'll also be flanked by me and Eber, where we can keep an eye on the others.” Darius points at the diagram.
Lilith stands. “Why are we acting like Edalyn’s the only one with a curse here? Please, let me do this, as a—”
“No,” Eda says firmly. “You haven't had your curse that long. You don't know how it would react. But I do.” She stands up with a grin. “And how can I say no to sticking it to Belos one final time? Not only that, but I got the Raine Whispers watching out for me.”
Katya raises a fist. “Heck yes, Owl Lady!”
In the midst of everyone’s clapping, King can’t help but feel a sense of looming dread.
That sense of dread doesn’t go away, all throughout Luz saving her girlfriend, to him being left outside Blight Industries because it’s ‘safer’.
He sits with a groan and sighs for extra measure. He’s not useless. Even if he doesn’t have all his powers figured out, he knows his sonic scream can do some damage. He’s a good liar, he’s flexible and can easily infiltrate places, there’s stuff he could help with! But everyone keeps pushing him to the side.
All he can do is sit by and watch while everyone does the real work.
He’s never felt so small.
Black spots crowd his vision. He stumbles up, surprised, and the whole world blurs into a sea of browns.
The air is stale. Low whirring fills it, coming from all directions. Water laps at his legs. He’s a lot farther down this time, the cave seeming taller than ever before.
How…? He knows he didn’t fall asleep.
No, this is an advantage! Immediately, he tries to find the glowing blue prison above.
“Collector!” he shouts.
Their shadow crosses over it. He can see their face this time. “King! Oh, wow, you look so tiny from here.”
“You look tiny. Are you okay? Belos hasn’t done anything…?”
“Pshh, he’s basically done nothing. I don’t know why he wanted me if he was just gonna keep ignoring—Wait!” Their eyes go wide. “King, are you guys working with some of the coven heads?”
“We are,” he says hesitantly. “W-why? Did something happen?”
“Yeah, whatever plan you have, it’s not going to work.”
His heart drops. “What?”
“Belos knows they’re gonna betray him. I finally got something useful out of him,” they say with an air of annoyance, which turns back to urgency. “Look, do you have a backup plan? Cause you need it.”
Shoot.
“We… we don’t,” he says, mouth dry.
“Oh. Hm. On the bright side, none of the kids are gonna die, so you guys could probably rebuild society.” They shrug. “Really a big oversight on his part.”
“We’re not gonna fail!” he yells. “We—I—I’ll…”
He’ll do what? What in the world could he possibly do against the laws of nature or a dictator that’s been planning this for years?
“I’ll come up with something,” he says. “I just have to…”
A realization sparks.
“Could you stop the spell?” he asks.
They spin around in their prison. “Hmm. Yes!”
“So… uh, then, how would I go about freeing you? Would you need my—my blood?” He holds out an arm.
“No, silly.” They wave a hand. “You’d need to be with my tablet, or actually in this place, but you don’t have a portal for that…”
The world starts blurring.
“Ah!” He jumps back. “Wait, wait! What am I supposed to do?!”
He looks up, only to see a fading blue sky.
He sags.
Of course, somehow everything manages to get worse… when it turns out Luz’s grand plan was to get taken by Kikimora and sent straight to Belos himself.
Luz braces herself for the battle to come.
It was a risky move she made, one she was almost worried wouldn’t pay off—bless her friends and how hard they tried to keep ‘her’ from being captured. Even now, as she waits with baited breath, she fears this won’t amount to anything. But she has to do something.
If facing Belos one on one is that something, so be it.
She tenses when she finally hears his voice.
“Of course she’d mess up such a simple task.”
The bubble pops.
“But I am glad to see you, my fellow human,” Belos continues. “What? No fight left?” he asks, when she doesn’t move. “Or did you learn your lesson from last time?”
“You wish.”
She takes a deep breath and uses her invisibility glyph. She skids behind him, pulls out two fire glyphs and throws them.
“Spicy toss!” she yells.
He deflects with a swipe of his staff. “Of course not.”
He smiles and sends a blast of artificial magic. She dodges with a duck and swings a vine toward him with a glyph, trying to knock his staff away. He simply shreds the vine.
It’s then she notices the finished portal behind him. Her surprise costs her, as he picks her up with his magic and sends her across the room.
She yelps and slaps herself with a safety hover glyph, halting her fall. She scurries up and runs from a blast that just misses her, then skids behind a pillar. Her heart pounds as she struggles to fill her lungs with air.
“I didn't realize you're already combining glyphs!” he says.
She places an ice glyph on the pillar, then the next.
“You do have a strange intuition with these. It took me years to figure that out. Almost like the Titan himself didn't want me to have that knowledge.”
She activates the glyphs around him, sending shards of ice from all directions.
He destroys them with ease. “Though you're still decades away from beating me.”
He narrowly avoids her fire attack, throws a now goopy hand and grabs her, bringing her closer as she struggles against his grip.
She screams in anger. “Eat dirt, Belos!”
He’s unamused. “It’s Philip. And despite our differences, I want to help you, Luz. I can send you home.”
She glances at the portal, then doubles down in trying to wrench free. “If you really wanna help, tell me where The Collector is!” she yells. “What do you want with them?!”
“I don’t want him for anything. But perhaps we’re not so different, if you’re trying to use him.”
“I am not using them,” she hisses. “Just tell me where they are!”
He sighs and picks up a piece of cloth from the table behind him. “Do you know what a Collector is, Luz? They’re one of the oldest sources of all magic. Just one could raze the entire earth. Quite dangerous, indeed. Luckily for me, the last one left is trapped in a measly little tablet.”
He drops the cloth.
She jerks forward with renewed vigor. “Collector!”
Their tablet shines in the dim light. “Luz?!” Their face appears with a shocked expression. “How did you—”
“Collector, I’m gonna get you out of here, I swear—” She growls at Belos. “Let go of me! You just said you don’t need him, what’s the point of this?!”
He gives her his stupid, calm, I’m sooo smart and know everything and I’m gonna be really smug about it smile. She needs to get out of his grip. There’s glyphs in her pockets, she remembers now that she’s had a minute to think. If she could just angle her hand to grab one, maybe she could—
“Oh, Luz, you misunderstand. I have to make sure no one else can use him.”
Something about how he says it sets alarm bells ringing.
Belos sets their tablet down and raises his staff. With a glow of red, she hears a cracking sound.
Then stone begins to spread over the tablet.
“Wha—” The Collector gasps. For the first time since meeting him, there’s terror in his eyes. “W-wait—wait, no—”
“Stop it!” she screams. She can’t get her stupid hand to move right, come on. “No, no, Belos, please, I’ll do anything, what do you want?” She strains against his hold.
“No offering would be worth someone having that power,” he says, so casually, like he isn’t ruining her life this very moment.
“No, no, no, wait, don’t—” The stone rises agonizingly farther, The Collector’s face being more and more obscured. “L-Luz! LUZ!” he cries.
A choked gasp leaves her in lieu of words. Ringing grows in her ears with her mounting horror, reaching its peak as in the blink of an eye their voice cuts out, replaced with a silent, empty stone slab.
Belos slams his staff into the tablets small crack and breaks it in half.
She feels the hollow pit in her chest where her heart was.
For a moment, there’s nothing but a numb feeling under her skin. Slowly, it rises through her, a buzz screeching louder and louder in her head. Pure rage crashes through her. One moment she’s still and the next she finds herself slapping a fire glyph onto Belos’ arm.
He screams, arm bursting into flames. She’s dropped to the ground.
She skids around him, grabs the tablets broken pieces, and backs away from Belos. His scream shifts into a furious roar, the rest of his body morphing to goop until he’s changed into a monstrous resemblance of himself.
Uh oh.
His body twitches and jerks, moving in an unnatural manner as he looms over her and rears up a strike. She dodges the swing. In a flash of movement he lunges for her and hits the table when she runs out of the way, sending it flying into the wall.
“Okay, I-I know you’re mad, but—” She yelps when he lunges again, narrowly missing.
He ends up hitting the portal. It sparks and shakes, electricity crackling up it before it stills, just easing her terror it was about to collapse. His eyes land back on her. She reels back and slaps herself with an invisibility glyph.
The tablet sits heavy in her hands. She’s going to fix this. She’s going to fix this.
She grits her teeth and runs for the door.
King blearily opens his eyes.
Gah, his head. He groans and squints through the blur. They… crashed? There’s a ringing in his skull, amidst vague sounds of shouting.
“Willow, are you okay? Come on, I’ll help you up.” Hunter’s voice is muffled like a film of wax paper.
“Dad, Dad!” Amity’s voice is even fuzzier. She runs up to Alador. “Dad, are you—”
He says something and hands her a small object.
“Dad, no! We’re not gonna leave you—”
He kisses her head and turns, fighting off a crowd of abomatons. Willow and Hunter drag Amity away, yelling at her to go.
“King.”
He startles, looking up at Gus’ face, suddenly close. “King, are you okay?”
Everything blinks out for a moment. When he opens his eyes again, he’s being carried. Witches scream in what sounds like agony, thick, darkish goop coating the ground. The platform holding the coven heads come into view. They lay on the ground, shaking as the same goop trickles out of their mouths, skin darkened to sickly colors.
“Darius! Darius? Darius, wake up!” Hunter yells.
“Eda! I’ve got her!” Willow says, somewhat alerting his attention.
His mom is unconscious, arm gray-ish, but looks far better than the others. Screaming fills the air.
“She’s not waking up.” Willow’s voice grows more distant.
“We have to get to the head,” Amity says. “Luz could be in trouble.”
He closes his eyes.
When he comes to again, he’s far more aware. He blinks, finding himself held by Gus and flying in the air. Darkness surrounds them. He groans and rubs his skull.
“Eh… eh?”
The Titan’s odd looking brain comes into view with a platform extending from it. They must already be in the skull.
“King!” Gus exclaims. “Are you okay?”
He can hear better. “I… think so. Are we… are we going to Luz?”
“Yeah, she’s definitely in trouble. And we gotta see if Belos can stop the spell.”
They fly farther up. The tall doors swing open, Luz running through them with a goopy monster hot on her heels. It jerks around in a way that’s uncanny. Luz skids to a halt as it rises behind her.
“We. Don’t. Belong here!” it hisses through a deep voice that he realizes is Belos.
They land on the ground. Willow slams her hands down.
“I’m not like you!” Luz yells.
Belos rears up. He’s halted by Willow’s vines and falls hard.
“We’re here to help!” Willow says.
“Did you really think we wouldn’t follow you?” Amity’s angered expression turns to a smirk.
Gus clutches him tighter. “Yeah, girl. Get with it.”
Luz holds something. “You guys are literally the coolest!” Belos raises a little. “We have to get him to stop the Quietus Spell, but he’s all… beserk mad!”
Willow ties him down with more vines. The bridge rumbles as he struggles, then breaks an arm free, hand slamming into a few pillars. Rocks tumble down from the crash. Gus leaps away from one and bumps into Luz.
“King!” she says.
The eclipses red glow illuminates her face. Shadow snakes dance across the bridge, together combining for an eerie look.
“I—” She looks down at what she’s holding, then presses it into King’s claws. “Belos… he broke it.”
He holds out the object. It’s like cold water douses him when he notices the moon symbol broken in half. The feeling sinks deep into his bones and shakes his claws.
“I’m—I’m gonna figure out a way to fix it, I swear.” Her voice trembles. “Hold onto them, okay?”
He can’t say anything.
Gus set him down, somewhere between talking to Luz. Amity calls for her and she’s off.
He reaches out a claw, words on the tip of his tongue, but falls short. Desperately, he looks down at the silent tablet in his hands. The eclipse can’t be stopped, Belos has turned into a monster, The Collector isn’t here—every worst case scenario has just unfolded before his eyes. He tries and fails to still his shaking claws. This can’t be happening.
That’s when he sees the portal through the doors.
You’d need to be with my tablet, or actually in this place, but you don’t have a portal for that…
An opportunity.
He jumps up, clutching their broken tablet. It’s not too late. It’s not too late!
A rock lands beside him. He jumps. The movement propels him into a run, each shake of the bridge stumbling him closer to the portal. He runs through the double doors and stops in front of the glowing, crackling portal.
Gently, he sets down the broken tablet. He steps up to the door.
With a deep breath, he swings it open.
Thunder booms. Rain pelts oddly green grass, trees looming over. The human realm. He puts his claw on the hinge of the door. How does he get it to go to that in between dimension?
Very Titan-y magic.
He must be able to do something. He has to. Think.
The scenery mocks him. He grips the door from both sides “Take me to… the in between dimension?”
Nothing.
“Come on! What do you want me to do?” He shakes the door.
Panic nearly grips him. He catches it before it does and shuts his eyes This is his magic. He must have some control over it.
He just… needs to… make it bend to him.
There’s a tug. He feels the strange sensation of grabbing something, and opens his eyes to see the image of the human realm flickering out, being replaced by browns and greens and whites. Yes! He reaches farther, mentally pulling as hard as he can, until the image sticks.
With no time to waste, he leaps in.
It’s like jumping into the lake. Water rushes around him, dark and murky. Unlike the lake, instead of sinking farther, he suddenly finds himself sticking out of the water.
He looks down, half expecting a transparent, shimmery body again, but he’s still corporeal. He looks up. It’s a bit different. There’s no jagged spikes, or much of a visible ceiling. It’s just endless dark and whirring, floating cubes.
“Collector?” he calls.
The ground shudders. He jolts when water swirls at his feet. “Weh—”
Suddenly, a large, gaping hole opens up beneath him. He yells. There’s two terrifying seconds where he’s in the air, waterfalls rushing past him, before he slams into something.
He scrambles to keep his footing as he slips down the round surface before ultimately falling, this time being caught by a floating cube.
He groans. Realizing what he landed on before, he jumps up.
It’s The Collector’s prison. Up close, he now sees colorful stars on the glowing blue orb. It has four pieces of gold metal that all end just before a golden plate. Light blue lines cover its surface, creating a shape that resembles… a glyph?
“Collector!” he shouts.
There’s a shakingly long moment, enough time King almost thinks of hopping on there and figuring out how to break the prison himself, before The Collector’s voice comes.
“…King?” Their shadow comes into view, curved in way to indicate them being on the opposite side of the orb. “Wh—what—” Their voice is thick. They wipe their eyes and subsequently the misery off their face. “King! How—why… w-wait, is Luz—”
“Luz is okay! I used Belos’ portal to get here,” he says. “There’s, uh, not a lot of time to explain. Listen, we need your help to stop the Day of Unity. I’m getting you out.”
“What?” they repeat, eyes scrunching.
“You know, the—”
“Aren’t you mad at me?”
The non-sequitur jars him. “Huh?”
“You were… you were, right?” they ask. “I don’t know why else you were like that. Why would you be getting me out?”
“Collector, that was days ago. I’m not gonna still be hung up on it,” he says, for lack of something better.
“But I kept something really important from you!”
He’s losing the thread. “Do you want me to still be mad?”
“No! I just don’t—you don’t make sense!” They hold their head. “Are you upset or not?”
“I was,” he emphasizes. “It really hurt that you didn’t say anything about the Titans, or the war. But I said something hurtful, too, so I’m… I’m really sorry. I just think,” he whispers, “that I’ve been scared maybe my dad left… me for a reason. And I took it out on you. I promise I’m not mad anymore.”
They seem stunned. Their almost blank, slightly surprised expression shifts as they look away, turning to doubt. “Why… why are you only freeing me now?” they ask.
He’s confused for a second, thinking maybe they didn’t understand what he said before, when their emphasis hits him.
Oh.
It’s hard finding the right words.
“Because—because I trust you now,” is what he ends up saying. “I didn’t before. And I, well—you’re literally, like, a powerful person that’s been imprisoned. I didn’t know what I’d be getting into! But… I think I get it now. You’re not some dangerous god that should be kept from people.” He looks at his claws. “I’d let you out even if the world wasn’t about to end.”
The doubt almost breaks before coming back tenfold. They cross their arms and pointedly look away. “You’re… you’re just saying that.”
Some of his patience wears thin. “Why are you being so difficult?! I want to free you!”
“I’m not trying to be! I just—I don’t get why—” Their face crumbles. “I don’t…”
Right.
He sighs. “Just try to understand where I’m coming from. And I promise I’ll try to understand you. I can’t say that I’ll always get you, but we have to try, right?” He holds out a claw. “No more getting left behind.”
They give him a wide-eyed, almost desperate stare. They look down, then slowly lift their hand. “Do you pinky swear?”
He holds out his pinky and touches the surface of their prison. “Pinky swear.”
They reach back.
His claw snags their finger and he pulls back, blinking in surprise at the yellow hand.
The Collector’s prison cracks. It breaks open like an egg, the once dull rocks orbiting it glowing bright, then exploding into stars that spin faster and faster until a brilliant white light envelopes it. Their hand raises up. Light poofs out into shapes of starry fabric and wraps tighter into something that begins to resemble a person.
He stares at the display, leaning forward.
And his claws slip.
He tumbles off the cube with a strangled shout. His heart lurches at the sight of jagged spikes below him. He winces and squeezes his eyes shut, bracing for impact—
A hand grabs him.
“Got youuu.”
He blinks. He’s raised up, meeting face to face with…
The colors are all changed. Gone is black and gray, replaced with a yellow and blue face. Their previously less defined shapes make more sense now, with their long sleeves and what he can only describe as a night cap with earflaps. Actually, their whole outfit resembles purple, celestial pajamas.
It’s different, but seeing their same smile and wide eyes, all he can think is of course they look like this.
The Collector grins. “Let’s go save everyone!”
This fight’s been going on far too long.
Luz’s energy is fading fast. She can tell the others are stumbling too, and it brings the group crowded against the wall, Belos as bloodthirsty as ever.
He shifts his hand into a sharp edge and raises it. She flinches, squeezing her eyes shut.
The blow never comes.
Hesitantly, she opens her eyes.
There’s a familiar looking kid who’s grabbed the end of Belos hand-sword-thing like it’s harmless. King sits on their shoulder, looking relieved.
“Hi Luz!” The kid waves with a cheery smile.
She knows that voice. “C-Collector?”
Belos steps back. “Collector! You’re… free…”
The Collector turns to glare at him. “Oh, right. You. Hey, you were just about to attack my friends, right?” They barrel on before he can respond. “I’m not angry though. Say, you wanna play tag?”
They twirl their finger and Belos is suddenly shoved toward them.
“I’m it.”
They tap his nose. Belos is launched into the wall and splatters into goop.
They laugh. “Too slow!”
Her jaw drops.
King looks similarly startled as The Collector turns and brushes past Luz.
“D-did you just kill him?!” he exclaims.
She gets her limbs to work after that surprise. Haltingly, she follows them to a small hole in the skulls wall, brilliant red light spilling from it.
The Collector pauses at King's remark. “Uhhh…” He squints back at Belos' splatted form. “Oh. Maybe?”
“Maybe?”
“Well, he was tryna kill everyone else!” They throw out their arms.
“Uh—I—you’re not… exactly… wrong? But—”
“Can you stop the spell?” she blurts out past the million other questions in her mind.
The Collector cranes his head back to look at her. “Yeah, duh. Just give me a sec.” They peer out the hole. “Hmm.” They point a finger at the eclipse, and with a swipe, move the moon. “Boop!”
Her jaw could not get any lower.
“Did… that work?” King asks. He hops off their shoulder and onto the ledge.
“I still need to get rid of the goop,” they say. “Which, umm… King, I need you for that.”
“Weh?”
“The spell’s earthy magic. You have more power to stop it than I do.”
“What?” he asks. “But—but I don’t know how to—”
They grab his claw. A surge of blues and pinks transfer from their hand to surround King’s body in a colorful glow. His tail fluffs up in surprise.
“You do. Look.” They point at the crowd below. “You know the place we were just in? Focus on the goopy stuff from there. Now think about pulling it. Concentrate it”—they guide his claw over the crowd—“into your hand.”
With a flick, an amorphous globby shape forms just in front of King’s claw. He jumps back and it splats onto the ground.
“What is that?!” He reels away.
“The spell,” they say.
“Can we just leave it there?”
“Well, you can do whatever you want with it—”
Luz stumbles forward and pulls The Collector into a hug.
He freezes under her.
She’s caught between sobbing or laughing, an explosion of too much building in her chest as she thinks, I thought you were gone.
In the span of a minute, he waltzed in and solved all their problems. Everything she was terrified of for a month, the adrenaline rushing from her pounding heart, her near grief—it expands like a bubble, suddenly with nowhere to go as relief tries and fails to wash it over.
Her arms tighten around them.
“Mmm,” she lets out, then picks him up. “You’re so cute!” she exclaims with a spin.
“Wah!”
“¡Mi estrellita!” She puts them down and cups their face. Their white hair is tousled around a split face resembling a moon against the night sky, with eyes similar to King’s—red on yellow. “Oh my gosh, you even have star freckles,” she says.
He giggles, grabbing her hand, and he plops his head against her chest. Her heart is going to explode.
“Is… is it over?” Amity asks quietly, coming up beside Luz.
“I think it is!” she says. “Everything’s okay now. I’m pretty sure, at least,” she tacks on, despite being unwilling to believe it’s not fine now. She’s not doing this again, no sir.
Gus tentatively comes closer. “Err, is uh, is he—?” He gestures vaguely behind him.
She looks at the Belos goop on the wall. “Uhhh.”
“Well,” Willow says. “No one has to know we were involved.”
Hunter’s been hovering around her and Gus like a worried mother hen. “What?!” he exclaims. “You guys are just—you’re just fine with that?”
“I like to think of it as one less problem.”
“His body seemed really… unstable,” Luz says, unsure if she’s trying to reassure herself. “I don’t know if he was going to last long either way.”
She’s not quite sure how she feels about it. On one hand, she doesn’t believe murder is ever deserved, much less the right option. There’s always a better way. On the other hand, if she’s fully honest with herself?
She wanted him to burn.
“It was either that or prison for life,” King says. “I think, uh, it’s probably fine? He kinda had it coming.”
Hunter opens his mouth. He closes it. He tries again, “But we can’t just—they just killed someone!” He points at The Collector.
“Hi,” they say.
“Who even is that?!”
“This is The Collector,” she says. “They’ve been living with us for almost a month. Collector, this is Hunter. Don’t mind him.”
“Oh, great, you live with them. No wonder.” He crosses his arms.
“I think we should focus on the fact we’re all mostly alive, emperors aside.” Amity says. “And on that note, I’d really like to check on my dad and siblings. Could we…?”
“Yes!” She jumps. “Uh. How do we get out of here?”
“Well, you could ride with me on my staff,” Amity offers with a light blush.
“Or I can just take you guys down,” The Collector says.
She ruffles his head. “And how are you gonna do that?” she asks teasingly.
They laugh again and bump into her hand. “Easy!” He flicks a hand.
Suddenly, she feels lighter, and then she floats a few inches off the ground. She makes a noise of surprise.
“What is happening—” Hunter squeaks.
“Uhh, woah!” Gus spins around. “This is so cool!”
The Collector make a fist and the skulls wall collapses into a larger opening. Oh, okay, sure. She’s not sure why she’s shocked anymore when they already demonstrated they have the power to move the moon—which is crazy awesome, by the way, and a little terrifying.
He waves his hand, bringing the group closer. “Come on!”
They pick up King and step off the ledge, simply floating instead of falling. He takes Luz’s hand and spins her around him.
“Wah!” She laughs. “Oh my gosh, this is so weird.”
Her heart nearly melts again at the sight of their smiling face. “I’m free! I’m finally free!” they exclaim, grinning bright. “I haven’t felt fresh air in so long! And your hand is really warm and I forgot how soft my pajamas are and, and King your fur is nice but you don’t smell that great—”
“Hey—”
“It’s like the whole world is singing!” He spins again and shoots out a few stars. “Aahh, I can’t believe you came back for me!”
“Of course we did,” she says gently, cheeks beginning to hurt from how hard she’s smiling.
They all land gently on the ground. She takes in the collapsed witches. Most are waking up with various groans of confusion or possibly pain, but seem relatively fine.
“Dad!” Amity yells.
Alador is near a few destroyed abomatons. He rubs his eyes and looks up, a bit shocked, then relieved upon seeing Amity. “Amity—”
He cuts off when she hugs him. “O-Oh.” His arms splay out awkwardly. “Am I…”
“Just this once,” she murmurs.
He smiles and wraps his arms around her.
She pulls away after a moment. “I’m so glad you’re okay.”
His smile dims. “Yes, I… how did—?”
“Oh!” She straightens. “Um, The Collector stopped the spell.” She gestures to them. “Thank you for doing that,” she tells them.
“You’re welcome,” they respond. Ah, they remembered their manners.
Alador adjusts his goggles. “What a peculiar looking—no, you couldn’t be a demon…” Amity jabs him. “Oh, right, I apologize. Thank you for ending the Day of Unity and saving us all.” He bows.
“You’re… welcome…?” They look up at Luz, seemingly asking if that was the right response. She gives a thumbs up.
She steps forward and takes Amity’s hand. “Go find your siblings.”
“Are you sure?” she asks. “If you need me here—”
“It’s okay. I’ve got Willow and Gus! And Hunter too, I guess.” She smiles and kisses Amity on the cheek. “Call me.”
Amity blushes. “Thank you.”
She kisses Luz on her cheek, causing her to flush.
“Wait, Luz.” Alador holds up a hand. “I just wanted to say you are always welcome in our home. I am sorry for the trouble Odalia caused.”
“Aw, it’s no problem.” She waves a hand. “But thanks. See you, sweet potato.” She winks at Amity.
With that, she heads up the stairs. She breaks out into a sprint, hops up the last few steps, and her heart soars upon seeing Eda, awake and safe.
“Eeedaaa!” she yells and barrels into her.
“Waugh!” Eda catches her. “Luz!”
“And meee,” King says and hops up, joining the hug.
Eda gasps, voice going watery. “King! Kids, you’re okay!”
Luz feels tears building up. “We’re okay,” she says around the tightness in her throat.
An lack of something becomes apparent. She raises her head a bit, trying to find what’s causing this odd feeling, when she notices it.
She jumps back in horror. “Eda! Oh my god, where is your arm?!”
King startles. “Wha—ah! It’s gone!”
“Kids, it’s fine—”
She whips her head to Raine. “Did you do that?” she says through gritted teeth.
“Luz!” Eda baps her. “They saved me. My curse was going to overtake my body, so… they did the only thing they could do. It’s alright. I’m not hurt, in fact, I feel better than ever.”
Raine gives a hesitant smile. “I’m sorry I couldn’t do more,” they say.
She softens. “No, it’s… sorry, I overreacted. Thank you for watching her,” she says.
“You little goober.” Eda ruffles her head. “Hey, how did you guys stop the spell? I could have sworn the moon just moved?”
“Uh, about that.”
She points to The Collector.
They hold up a hand in a half-wave. “Hi,” he says, almost timid.
Eda’s eyes go wide. “Wha… Collector, it’s you?”
“It’s me.”
“I let him free,” King says. “He stopped the spell and also kinda maybe splatted Belos?”
The tears in Eda’s eyes finally fall. “Oh, I’m so proud. Kid, I—I’m glad you’re okay.” She tries for a smile. “Come on, there’s room for one more.”
The Collector takes a bewildered expression. Still, they step forward and let Luz drag them into the hug pile. He tenses up, then, after a moment, finally relaxes into the warmth.
“Did you get another kid when I wasn’t looking?” Raine asks teasingly.
Eda shushes them. “They were stuck in this little tablet. I, uh, I think I mentioned him to you…”
“Ohh, that Collector. I remember.”
“Luz?”
She looks up at Willow’s voice.
“I’m gonna leave to find my dads. Will you all be okay?” Willow asks.
She smiles. “We will, thanks. Good luck!”
“I’m… going with her.” Hunter scoots behind Willow like he can hide, despite being a head taller. Hmm.
“Me too!” Gus jumps up. “I gotta find my dad and make sure he’s okay.”
“Bye, you three!” She waves. “Text me later!”
“I will!” Willow says.
“You already spam my messages even when I don’t respond,” Hunter says with a frown.
Willow leans in conspiratorially. “He still doesn’t know how to block people.”
“Never tell him how,” she whispers.
“Oh, I won’t.”
“I can hear you!” Hunter yells.
Willow laughs. “Come on, you two.” She grabs his hand and drags him away with her.
Hunter’s face goes a bit red as he stares at their intertwined hands. Ohhh. Luz is so going to tease him later.
“Well, I don’t know about you four, but I’m beat from the whole trying to save the day thing,” Eda says. “How about we go back home?”
She thinks about the portal Belos built.
Sleep first, she tells herself. Then nothing’s going to get in the way of seeing her mom.
“I’m not tired,” King says, immediately ruined by a yawn.
“Yeah, yeah.” Eda stands. “Don’t suppose we could stay in your little hideout until I can refurnish the Owl House?” she asks Raine.
“Of course you can stay,” they say. “I’ll—I’ll even help you with refurnishing later, if… you’ll have me.”
She grins. “I already got you, Rainestorm.”
Ohoho. Luz wonders how long it’ll take for them to get back together.
The Collector bounces up with a floatiness to their weight. “Well, I’m not tired. I could do anything right now! Like… like finally make the Boiling Isles look better! Get rid of all this red, make it starry and bright and blue and pink—”
“Oh, that’d be pretty,” Luz says, picking up King.
“And make a castle and blow up the school and make a better one—”
“Wait, what?” Raine says.
“But I like Hexside,” she frowns.
They stop. “Mm… blow up only… part of the school?”
“No blowing stuff up, kiddo,” Eda says. “Unless it’s funny. Let’s go and get some rest, alright?”
“Okaaay,” they sigh. “But I’m not tired.”
“I’m also strangely full of energy?” Luz says. “Maybe it’s the adrenaline.”
“That adrenaline crash is gonna hit you hard, Luz,” Eda warns.
“Pshh, I’ll be fine,” she says.
Only ten minutes into being back, and her kids have fallen into a sleeping pile on the floor.
Eda smiles at the sight. She pulls a blanket over the trio. Here she thought everything was over, and now she’s finding a strange sense of peace.
“They’re an interesting bunch, aren’t they?” Raine says.
They hand her a mug. Apple blood, of course.
“I really didn’t think we’d make it this far,” she admits. She sips from the mug. “It’s like a miracle, huh?”
They give her a soft smile. “Well, I’m glad it worked out.”
Her face heats up. She hides it behind her mug.
“I’m glad it did, too. They’ve been through too much,” she mumbles. “What are we gonna do now? Belos is gone, there’s no leadership, people are going to be restless.” She leans against the wall. “Jeez. I never thought about the aftermath to all this.”
“I can convene with the other coven heads, but I’m thinking we cross that bridge when we get there,” they say. “Right now, I just want a moment of peace.”
They give her another soft look that makes her heart jump.
So badly, she wants to blurt out all she’s kept from them, impulsively shout I never stopped loving you, or, perhaps, if she thought about it more, would you like to go out sometime?
Now’s not the time. Emotions are running high, only exacerbated with exhaustion seeping in.
But for once, she can rest assured knowing there will always be tomorrow.
Notes:
we are finally out of canon territory! and weve hit 500 kudos and over 100 comments!!! i am so surprised and happy this fic got any amount of attention, much less what it has now. thank you all SO much :D hope you enjoy sticking out for the ride bcuz i have lots more planned
on "estrellita", estrella is a fixed word where its gendered suffix doesnt change regardless of whos being referred to, so its accurate for luz to call the collector it. also, even if it wasnt a fixed word, the collector doesnt care abt any gendered terms being used for him! so no misgendering here ^^
Chapter 11: Moment Of Peace
Summary:
Luz and the others prepare for a finished portal
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Luz flops back onto the couch. After an exhausting amount of hours, they’ve finally moved most of the furniture back into the Owl House. Her arms are sore, she’s out of breath, but man, is it worth it to sit back in the living room.
In everyone’s haste to get moving and Eda’s distraction by her long conversation with Lilith on the scroll, everyone forgot about breakfast. She’s facing the consequences now with her poor stomach pangs, but luckily Eda called for a food break, so a salivating scent wafts through the air. It adds to her quiet relief. She could almost close her eyes and go back to sleep right here.
Thwump. Thwump. Thwump.
“Collector, stop terrorizing King,” she says.
The Collector pauses from their spot on the floor, a pillow raised over King where they’ve halfway pinned him down. “Does this look like terrorizing to you?” they ask.
“What do you think this is?!” King exclaims, muffled by the floor.
“If I wanted to terrorize you, I’d be doing a lot worse,” they say with a huff. He thwacks King with the pillow again.
“How many times are you going to do this?” King groans.
They hold a finger to their chin in thought. “As many times as it takes,” he says.
“As it takes for what?”
They smush his face with the pillow.
King grabs it and hurls it back at The Collector. They gasp and giggle as he keeps hitting them with it.
“This is what you get!” King yells and topples them over.
“Nooo!” they whine through laughter.
She smiles. The Collector could have been more helpful moving furniture, but he kept getting distracted by various sensations, sounds, and of course, bugging people. Mostly King. She can’t bring herself to mind when they’ve been beaming all day. If she thought he was lively in the tablet, it’s nothing against him with a body and magic.
They notice her staring and sit up, accidentally sending King onto the floor. With a leap, they grab her into a tight hug.
She ruffles his hair. “Hi there.”
“Hiii,” they giggle.
That’s another thing: it seems he hugs her every time he remembers he can. She’s had more in three hours from them alone than the past three years—and she gets a lot of hugs from Mom.
Speaking of which.
She looks to the kitchen. Eda and Raine have been speaking in low tones over the stove for a bit now. She’s been waiting for a good time to tell Eda about the portal, but it’s starting to feel like there won’t be one.
“Hold on a moment,” she tells The Collector. She raises from the couch and just peels them away from her.
“Luz, you can’t leave me with him,” King protests. “He’s going to suffocate me in pillows.”
“You’ll be fiiine.”
She leaves her siblings to it. Eda looks up from the stove as she approaches and gives her a smile.
“Hey, Luz. You need something?” she asks.
“Umm, well.” She holds her hands. “Belos kinda… had a finished portal up in the Titan’s skull. And I, uh, I want to try and see Mom. But we—we don’t have a key, or a lot of Titan’s blood left, and I don’t know if Belos’ door is even that stable but I—”
Eda holds up a hand. “Hey, hey. Slow down a little bit. So Belos has a portal door, but you can’t use it?”
She runs a hand through her hair. “I—I don’t know. The Collector said, um, for the portal to stay open you need something to contain the Titan’s blood, like the key, and the door itself needs blood too. But the key was broken, so I don’t think it works like that anymore?”
“Then we can make a new one!” Eda says. “Easy peasy. Or modify an old key, I prolly have one laying around.”
“Really?”
Eda places a hand on her shoulder. “Luz, of course. I know how important it is for you to see your mom. And if it’s as easy as just getting a darn key, we can do that.”
The back of her eyes burn. “Thank you so much.” She hugs Eda.
Eda smiles and pats her back. “You can go look around if you want, we’ll be done cooking soon.”
“Okay!” she says.
She hops back to the living room. Immediately she’s given whiplash by the display. The Collector’s rolled King up into a blanket burrito, and sings while rolling him back and forth.
“Little baby Titan with a skull like chiton, little baby Titan how you’ll grow to reach the skies, but right now you have a small pair of eyes, little horns and a cry that warns.” They pause. “Usually they’d scream after that line.”
“Aaaaaa,” King says.
“There you go!”
“Watcha guys doing?” she asks.
King responds with a suffering groan.
“Singing a Titan lullaby,” The Collector says, nonplussed.
He perks up. “That’s really a lullaby they’d sing?”
“Uhuh. There’s more, but a lot of times they wouldn’t get past the first part.”
“Do you know a lot about Titan’s?” he asks. “Or, uh, anything about them, I’m not picky.”
The Collector’s smile takes an uncomfortable edge, how it always does when Titan’s (and especially other Collector’s) are brought up. She imagines it’s difficult for him to speak about the long extinct species.
She scoops up The Collector and King under her arms. “I have a job for you two!”
“Wah!” The Collector laughs and kicks his feet.
“How do you guys feel about some scavenging?” she asks.
“Scavenging?” King looks up at her.
“Yes!” The Collector says. “I love scavenging! What are we scavenging for? I know every kind of rock and I’m good at finding bugs and whenever someone loses something I can always get it in like, thirty minutes tops.”
“That’s a lotta scavenging skills you got,” she says.
“It’s the same thing as collecting, of course I got skills,” he says breezily.
She spins and beams at their laughter. “Wellll, I need help finding a key around here. Eda said she might have one and it’d be good to have a replacement for the old one.”
“I can do that!” They squirm out of her arm and hop onto the floor. “Waaait. Am I allowed to touch stuff?”
“I don’t see why you wouldn’t be,” she says.
They frown at her. “Okay, but if you’re lying to get me in trouble, you’re gonna regret it.”
She waits for them to run out of the room. Then she unwraps King from his blanket and sets him on the floor.
“Are you two good?” she asks.
She noticed that The Collector’s actually talking to King again, even showing him affection in their own weird way. The air’s lighter around them.
“Mhm,” King affirms. “I don’t actually mind his bullying,” he says, somewhat misassuming her reason for the question. “In fact, it’d be weird if they stopped? But don’t tell them that.”
“That’s good, but I’m asking if you guys made up.” She pets his skull.
“Oh! Yeah, we did.” He twiddles his claws. “I think everything’s gonna be okay now. But I still wish he’d tell me more about our species,” he adds.
“You gotta let them go at their own pace, buddy,” she says. “They’re probably grieving too.”
He leans into her hand. “But we could do it together.”
She softens. “It can be difficult to realize that.”
There’s a series of thuds from down the hall which end in a loud crash. She and King share a wide eyed glance, then unanimously decide to book it out the living room.
“Collector!” She skids to the open basement door.
Oh, no, she’s almost fallen down those stairs several times. She opens the door, and in not remembering they have a basement, steps into empty air. She really should—riding through the tunnel of love is a memory burned into her forever, but she always forgets the basement is connected to it. She’s lucky enough to have caught herself each time.
Just like she feared, The Collector was not.
“Oh my gosh, are you okay?” She runs down the stairs.
They push themself from the pile of boxes they landed on. “You guys have a basement?!” he exclaims.
She gently grabs his head and examines for any bruises or bumps. It’s then she realizes she wouldn’t know what a bruise would look like on them.
“What color is your blood?” she asks.
He grabs her hand and pushes into it like a cat. “Red,” they say eventually.
“Huh, really?” She pushes his hair back. “I would have thought it’d be like, purple or blue.”
She pulls up their sleeves. There doesn’t seem to be any marks, thankfully, so she drops her check over.
“Blue is Titan’s blood. That’d be weird.” The Collector clearly still wants physical affection, because they hold onto her hand and push it back onto his head.
King treads down the stairs. “Are you calling my blood weird?”
“Yes,” they say. “Why does it make portals? That’s weird.”
“What, your blood doesn’t do anything like that?” he asks.
“My blood is normal.”
“Define normal,” he says flatly.
“It doesn’t do anything!” They stick their tongue at him. “You Titan’s… store all your magic in your squishy inside parts and blood. My magic comes from my core.”
“Core?” he echoes. “Like, your heart?”
“No, my core.”
“Like how stars have cores?” she asks.
“Kinda.” They duck under Luz’s arm and float over the boxes. “My fleshy parts aren’t really fleshy, they’re more for show cause I’m a purely magical being. ‘s why I’m immortal and you’re not. The core’s where it’s all at.”
She steps over the boxes and surveys how many are in the room with a feeling of despair. How are they gonna look through all of this?
The Collector turns to the boxes in contemplation. Then he lifts them all up and shoots out every object from them, turning into a spiral of objects around him.
That works.
“Ah! I found a key!” They pick one from the object tornado and subsequently drop everything with an assortment of crashes.
He simply moves everything back into their boxes within a second. They skip to Luz and present the key.
It’s long and bronze, with a small owl attached to the end, its eyes hollowed out holes.
“This is perfect!” She takes the key. “Hmm, I wonder where we could store the blood. Maybe in the eye holes?”
“Eda never fails to astound me in how she’ll get owl themed anything,” King says, squinting.
“She’s the Owl Lady, she’s gotta,” The Collector says. “I’m glad she lives up to her title. So many people barely try these days.”
“Do I live up to mine?” she asks.
“Are you still a human?”
She looks down and touches her chest to feel her beating heart. “Yes.”
He gives her a thumbs up. They take her hand and drag her up the stairs.
At the top, she closes the door with a kick. “We should really put a sign on this thing. ‘Basement Door: Stop Forgetting This Exists’. You know, Hooty built a whole tunnel under it. Or the tunnel always existed and he just put in the romantic stuff.”
“Ooo, tunnel!”
“Why do we have a tunnel?” she wonders aloud.
“To put things in?” King suggests.
She shrugs and heads down the hall. “Well, whatever was in it is long gone now, cause Hooty turned it into a tunnel of love.”
“Eugh.” He shudders. “Hooty has the strangest ideas.”
“Tunnel of love? What do you do in that?” The Collector asks. “Why not a tunnel of… I dunno, treachery?”
“It’s supposed to be romantic, but I don’t think Hooty’s idea of using one for a confession is how they’re normally used,” she says.
“Tunnel. Tun-nel. Tun-nel,” The Collector repeats in different intonations. “Tunnel, Tun-nel, that’s fun to say.”
“Tunnel,” King says. “Hmm. I kind of see it?”
“Tunnel, tunnel, tunnel—”
“Tunnel, tunnel, tunnel, tunnel…”
She tunes out the two and walks up to Eda, who grins at Raine, bearing a loving expression.
“Edaaa,” she draws out. “Guess what we found!”
Eda turns to her. “A nuclear bomb?”
“No, a key!” She waves it out. “It was in the basement. I think the eyes could be sockets for blood?”
“Ooo, nice find.” Eda momentarily takes the key and looks it over. “Sorry I didn’t help, kid. Someone’s been distracting me.” She glances at Raine.
“I’m helping you!” Raine defends, head resting on their hand. “You can stop cooking anytime you want, I’ll gladly take over.”
“Keeping me here against my will.”
Raine sighs. “We’re almost done, Luz. Sorry about the wait.”
“It’s no problem! You guys are down an arm. I can help set out the plates,” she offers.
“I may have one less arm, but I think I’m adjusting pretty well.” Eda’s boast is counteracted by the visible pile of burnt eggs, no doubt her first attempts.
She deigns not to point it out. She opens the cupboards, finding a somewhat difficult time managing her space between the small kitchen and two other people, but she successfully gets out enough plates onto the table.
“King! Collector!” she calls. “Brunch is done!”
They both shoot up from their spots on the floor. The Collector gives King a run for his money, in that they beat him to the table in their enthusiasm for food.
“Excited, aren’t you?” she says and sits.
They sit in their ‘usual’ spot beside her with a bright smile. “I haven’t had food in sooo long! It’s fun trying the weird stuff you guys make and there’s so many new foods now! And fruits! I want to eat all of them.”
King climbs onto his high chair. “Fruit is bad.”
“How could you say that,” they say flatly with an expression of disgust.
“It’s bad,” he says candidly. “Meat’s better.”
“Meat gets all tough and weird! Then you can’t swallow it cause you’re just chewing it forever and the chewing never stops,” they say while gesturing.
“But fruit gets squishy and it’s gross, how can you stand that?” he asks, baffled.
“I’ve never had a squishy fruit.”
“I’ve never had tough meat!”
They point a fork. “Look, one of us has the objectively correct experience, and it’s not you.”
She holds out a hand. “Okay, there isn’t any objectively right opinion about food—”
“Yes there is.”
“—except that vegetables are the best,” she finishes.
“NO!” The Collector and King yell.
She laughs.
Eda comes over with a pan and heaps on two pancakes and scrambled eggs onto Luz’s plate. “Okay, settle down, kids,” she says. She adds food to the others plates. “We can all agree on one thing and that’s breakfast.”
“Brunch,” she says.
“Brunch, whatever. It’s basically breakfast.” Eda sits down. “Raine is joining us since they helped. If the food is bad, blame it on them.”
“Hey,” Raine says. “Though, um, sorry if it is bad. I don’t cook a lot.” They smile sheepishly and hold the back of their head.
“I’m sure it can’t be that bad,” she says.
Just to confirm, she spoons a bit of goreberry sauce on and takes a bite. Oh, wow. “This is really good!” she exclaims.
“Ah, really? Thank you.”
“You’re welcome,” Eda says around a mouthful of food.
“Oh, so it’s my fault if it’s bad, but your doing if it’s good?” Raine asks with a wry smile.
Eda swallows. “Yes,” she says.
Luz smiles into her cup. She looks over to The Collector and blinks at their untouched plate. They smile slightly, but keep glancing around, seeming… unsure?
“You can eat, you know,” she whispers.
They stare at her. Slowly, he grabs the jar of goreberry sauce. He still glances around, but when nobody does anything, his movements become more confident and he dumps half the sauce onto his pancakes.
She waits until they take a bite. “Do you like it?”
He nods vigorously. Hesitance abandoned, they tear into their plate with the speed she originally expected.
“So…” She swings her legs. “What happens now? With Belos gone, people are gonna stop upholding the coven system, right?” she asks.
It’s been on her mind. She didn’t realize until early this morning the repercussions of suddenly no emperor and abandoning a system that’s been instated for thirty years officially, hundreds non-officially.
Raine shrugs a little. “We don’t really know yet. It’s hard to say this early, but I imagine there will be a slight state of… chaos to come, so to speak, as people scramble to be the new person in charge. Some people might not take kindly to overthrowing the coven system. I plan to speak to some of the more reasonable coven heads and sort out a plan of action.”
“It’s basically anybody’s game right now,” Eda says. “Most likely, someone’s gonna try to uphold Belos’ image, but there’s sure as heck gonna be protest against that. We just have to hope things settle down sooner rather than later.”
“Hmm.” She frowns. “It’d really suck if we overthrew Belos just for a Belos 2.0 to come on in.”
“I could squish ‘em,” The Collector says.
She pats their shoulder. “Please don’t squish anymore people.”
“Aww.”
“Belos is a rare example where the violence method isn’t exactly terrible,” Eda says. “But—and I can’t believe I’m saying this—usually you should just try talking to people. Find a peaceful option. So like Luz said, no more squishing, okay?”
They sigh deeply. “Okaaay. I don’t really like doing it, anyway. But he was mean.”
“Good riddance,” King says.
“Do you think we could move the portal over here?” she asks. She realizes how sudden her question is. “I mean, it’d be a lot more convenient, but I don’t know how we’d get it out of the skull. It was kinda big.”
“I could move it!” The Collector says.
“Without breaking it?”
They tap their fork against their empty plate. “Mm… yes.”
“Do you think we should do something with the Belos goop back there?” King asks. “Like, I dunno, chuck it into a volcano?”
“Throw it into the boiling sea!” she says.
“Crush it into an infinitely small point and make a very tiny black hole,” The Collector says.
“The boiling sea idea’s probably the easiest,” Eda says. She leans over to Raine. “Sooo? Are you too busy to join us?”
They push her head away. “Unfortunately, yes. I should really work sooner than later.”
“Aww,” she pouts. “I see how it is, only staying for breakfast.”
“I did help you move the furniture,” they say.
“Hmm, really? I don’t remember that.”
“Eda, that is the whole reason I came over.”
She sighs and leans back. “Alright, you scammer. But don’t think I’m done with you! You better call me later, okay?”
“Of course,” they smile.
The Collector leans toward Luz. “Why are they acting weird?” he whispers.
“It’s looove,” she whispers.
They all finish eating (or in some people’s cases, flirting) soon enough. Eda forgoes washing dishes in favor of immediately getting the portal. Luz doesn’t have much patience herself, too nervous and excited at the prospect, but she does think about how the dishes aren’t going to get done for a week now.
It’s strange going back to the Titan’s skull after yesterday.
Gone is seeping red light and her heart pounding. Yellow sunlight filters in through the destroyed wall, particles of dust visible in its rays, giving it a softer atmosphere. The sound of them landing echoes endlessly through the cavern-like skull.
She can see the large double doors at the end of the somewhat ruined bridge. Through them, the portal.
“Is it just me, or is this kind of eerie?” King hops down onto the stone.
Eda wields Owlbert in a slightly defensive stance. “Kids, be careful. I don’t trust any place Belos spent his time in.”
“I don’t think anyone would be in here. Everyone thinks it’s too sacred,” she says.
“There’s nothing sacred about a dead guy,” The Collector says. Instead of walking, they float a few inches above the ground.
Eda snorts. “True. I’m not worried about that, just watch out for any traps or something.”
She watches her every step, partially due to what Eda said, and also because the bridge looks like it could collapse any moment. The closer they get, the more a missing something becomes apparent to her.
“Hey, guys?” she asks.
The others look at her with questioning faces.
“Umm, I didn’t imagine Belos being splattered against that wall, right?”
She points. The wall above the door is stained green, but glaringly lacks any goop. She pulls out a light glyph and holds it up. The wall remains the same, clear evidence of Belos having been there, but now suddenly gone. A disturbed feeling sinks into her.
The Collector taps onto the ground and looks up. “No, I definitely splatted him there.”
“Wait, so his corpse is gone?” Eda asks.
“I… guess?” She shrugs. “I don’t know how that could have happened. Did someone move it before us?”
The Collector hums. He floats up and examines the wall. They make a fist and the stained part breaks out, then he pulls out the floor in front of her. She steps back as he smashes both chunks together into a compact greenish gray ball.
“He probably just melted into the stone. I’m gonna throw it out now,” they say.
He floats to the walls opening, Luz following behind. They reel back their arm, pause, and then hurl it out.
She watches in slight terror as it flies away so fast it bursts into flames. She quickly loses sight of it. The Collector presumably doesn’t, since he keeps watching intently, until dropping his hand in satisfaction.
“He’s sleeping with the fishes now,” they say brightly.
Eda looks out the opening. “Jeez, kid. You’ve got some arm strength.”
“Really?” he gasps. “I’ve always been bad at that.”
“That’s what you call bad?” King asks.
“Well, my aim isn’t really good and I never use enough force…”
“Kid, I never would have noticed, you did great.”
It’s basic praise, but The Collector looks at her like she’s hung the stars. They giggle and run down the bridge.
“Ah, wait up!” She runs after them.
She has to step around the newly made hole, and comes to a stop in front of the portal. It’s no longer lit, nor is electricity crackling around it. It’s not working, she knows, but she still opens the door.
Of course she doesn’t have the luck to be met with her home.
“Well, having a portal base is still better than nothing,” she says, more for herself.
The Collector hops up beside her. He looks at something on the ground. She follows their line of sight, stopping at their broken tablet laid beside the door. Oh.
He slowly picks it up. She hesitates, not quite finding the words as they float down the short set of stairs.
Then he smashes the tablet against the ground. They stomp on its shattered remains furiously, ignite their hand in blue flame with colorful stars and set the thoroughly destroyed tablet on fire. Despite it being dust at this point, he stomps on it again and sends it flying into the wall with a kick.
Wow.
“I needed that,” they say. He turns back to Luz. “Okayyy, time to move this!”
“Oh!” She scrambles down.
With several creaks, the portal lifts up. She winces when dust rains down, fearful the portal will collapse any moment, but it holds firm.
The platform it was built on looks familiar. In fact… that’s where The Collector was buried, isn’t it?
Her inner treasure hunter has her examining the circle of dirt. She’s not actually expecting anything, yet is surprised by a blue gleam in the earth.
She picks out three pieces of frosty turquoise glass, caked in dirt. Huh.
“Luz, you coming?” Eda calls.
“Yep!” She stands and jogs over to the group.
“I’m gonna ‘teleport’ the portal over and also you guys cause it’s easier,” The Collector says, air quoting the word teleport. “It might feel weird. Possibly painful? We’ll see!”
“Wait, what?” she asks.
“You’ll be fine,” The Collector says instead of explaining anything.
They wave their hand and—
She gasps and stumbles onto the ground. Augh. Her stomach lurches as bile rises than falls in her throat.
“Ohh god, my body does not agree with teleportation,” she chokes on another wave of nausea.
Thankfully, it wears off pretty quick. She blinks and looks around, seeing they’ve ended in front of the Owl House. Eda and King look similarly startled and woozy.
“Please don’t ever do that again,” King gasps.
“No promises,” The Collector says.
They gently set the portal down.
She bounces on her heels. “We just need to modify the key and door and hopefully I’ll have a portal on my hands!”
Eda pats her. “Looks good. Do you think we should hide this somewhere? I wouldn’t want anyone being able to go to the human realm.”
She deflates a little. “Oh, yeah. How would we…?”
She jumps when The Collector tugs at her hair. They pick a strand from Eda’s and a tuft of fur from King, then pluck a strand of their own hair. He lays them around the portal, stands and claps his hands. A blue-pink sheen washes over the portal before fading.
“There! No one can see it now except for us,” they say.
“Thank you!” She ruffles his hair.
They grin and hug her side. She then remembers the rocks in her hand.
“Oh, these were at the place we found your tablet.” She holds them out. “I don’t know if they were there for a reason…? But I thought you’d wanna keep them.”
He blinks and slowly takes the rocks. They stare at them a moment longer before pocketing them.
Eda taps her. “So, what do say about fixing up the portal now?”
“Wait, right right now?” She gasps.
“Yes, right now, silly,” Eda says with a fond smile. “Let’s get you to your mom already. You know where the glove is?”
Her cheeks hurt from smiling. “Yep! Oo, Collector, do you think you could like… extract the Titan’s blood from the glove so we can put it in the key?”
He looks up. “Mhm.”
“Nice, nice.” She bounces. “Alright, let’s do this!”
With that, they get to work.
Notes:
"theres nothing sacred about a dead guy" the collector denies christianity with one of the top ten most controversial statements
i am gonna get to that pinky swear eda made earlier in the fic!! just need to do a bit more immediate plot first. btw that trailer for the finale... SOO excited and terrified for it. i think its funny how well adjusted swa collector is in comparison. guess thats what having actual family and friends + skipping out on 400 years of manipulation from belos will do to you
Chapter 12: Human Family, Meet Demon Family
Summary:
Talking to her mom goes a lot better than Luz could have ever anticipated
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The portal’s done.
Luz looks over their work. It didn’t take long, all things considered. They took off the glass eye, intending to use it as a socket for blood, only to find Titan’s blood was already in it. All that was left was modifying the key (The Collector mostly took care of that) and ensuring it’d fit into the lock.
Wind ruffles her hair. She feels it rise in her chest, making her tremble in anticipation.
Eda places a hand on her shoulder. “You ready?” she asks.
She nods. Taking hold of all her nervous energy, she grabs the doors handle and with baited breath swings it open.
Luscious, beautiful, familiar green pine trees meet her.
The Collector walks up beside her. “Is that the human realm? It looks… nice,” he says, sounding disgruntled by the observation.
She bounces on her feet and lets out a noise combining her anxiety and excitement. “Yes! Yes, it is!” She hops around and throws out her arms, grinning at everyone. “I did it! Guys, we did it! I—”
She blinks and stares back at the portal, looks around, then hefts up a suitable rock to use as a door stopper. “There.” She wiggles it in place. “Nooo closing.” She smiles back at the group and pulls them all into a tight hug.
“Come back soon,” King murmurs when she pulls back.
“I will!” She kisses his head and smiles up at Eda when her hair is ruffled. “Really, a few hours tops. I’ll figure out a way to convince Mom.”
“Don’t forget thiiiis.” Hooty drops a vial of blue blood in her hand. “In case you get stuck in the human realm!”
“I still don’t like that you just had my blood, Hooty,” King says.
She puts the vial in her bag. As she turns, there’s a tug on her sleeve. The Collector opens their mouth, closes it, looks down. She kisses his head. Reluctantly, they let go.
Seeing everyone’s melancholic faces, The Collector’s hand raised in a wave, it feels like…
It feels like she’s saying goodbye.
She pushes down the feeling and looks out the door with new determination. She’s not saying goodbye, and she’s going to make sure of it.
With renewed vigor and one last look back, she steps out.
She takes the familiar path back home. It’s disorientating and welcoming to see green trees again, silhouetted against a brilliant blue sky with no hints of red or orange. Pinecones crunch under her shoes. The grass is wet with dew. She takes a few deep breaths and inhales the petrichor and wood-y scent around her.
The closer she gets, the faster her legs take her, until she breaks out into a sprint the last few feet.
Just like that, home is in front of her.
She can almost imagine Mom’s face. The only thing between them now is a door. She just has to raise her hand and knock.
It takes an agonizing moment to move, but she manages to do it.
She steps back and holds her hands.
Muffled voices. Footsteps.
Camila opens the door.
A trembling smile forms on her face. Words spill out like nature. “Hi, Mom,” she says and holds out her arms. “I’m back.”
Camila’s hands fly to her mouth. Her eyes glisten and then she throws her arms around Luz in a tight hug.
An explosion of warmth cradles her, and she hugs back, leaning into the comfort of finally being in her moms arms. Tears prick at her eyes and she pushes her head into the crook of Camila’s neck.
“Oh, mija, you’re home,” Camila says thickly. “You’re home, you’re safe.”
She sniffles and clutches tighter, tears spilling over. “I-I tried so hard to find a way back, I can’t believe—I can’t believe I finally—”
Camila gently shh’s, dispelling Luz’s impulse for explanation . She holds Luz’s head and kisses the side.
She doesn’t want to let go.
Camila pulls away just enough to cup Luz’s face, wiping a thumb against her tears. “Baby, are you okay? Oh, what happened to your brow?” She touches the bandaid.
She weakly attempts to wipe her eyes and holds Camila’s hand. “It’s just a scratch, Mamá,” she says, leaning into the doting.
Camila pats her over with her free hand. “Have you been eating enough? You don’t seem any thinner… is that muscle? Oh, you’ve grown so much!” she says, choking up again.
“M-om,” she says around the block in her throat. “You’re gonna make me cry again.”
“I’m sorry, Luz, I’m just so relieved.” Camila smiles gently and squeezes her. “Come inside, come on, you must be hungry. We can talk at the table.”
She lets herself be led in, taking in the familiar walls. “Well, I had brunch—”
“It’s la bandera,” Camila sings.
“Yes please,” she says, turning straight to desperation for the tantalizing taste of braised chicken, rice and beans! She hasn’t had edible beans in months!
There’s lots of things Luz missed from home, but standing in her home with its familiar smell has her remembering just how much she missed human food. Oh, plantains, mangoes and stews here she comes.
Vee’s voice comes from the kitchen. “Who was at the door, Mom—?” She stops and blinks in surprise at Luz. “Oh, hi, Luz.”
“Hi!” She waves.
“Vee, can you heat up lunch?” Camila asks. “I should put on the kettle, sit down, Luz.”
She does. At the table, surrounded by the comforting waft of meat and rice, humming sound of the microwave and the faucets rushing water, it’s like she never left.
But she did.
She stares at the scuffed table. Her hand brushes over a mark, caused by the stab of her fork when she was younger. Just say something, she tells herself, anxiety rolling at the thought. Avoiding this will only make it worse. But how does she start? Small, maybe? Butter Mom up to the idea of the Boiling Isles. Or she has to come out strong: she has friends now, more family, even a girlfriend! Well, no, she should save the girlfriend thing for later.
Her leg bounces. Come on, she’s had so long to think about this. Yet suddenly all the words have left her head.
Vee sets a steaming plate in front of her.
Luz opens her mouth to thank her, but hesitates when Vee turns and begins to leave. Wait. She makes a grabbing motion toward Vee. Don’t leave me here alone!
Vee shrugs at her. She makes her escape from the impending conversation.
Luz sags. Abandoned.
She startles when Camila sets down a cup of tea. Camila gives her a patient, though still worried look, clearly expecting her to start.
Oh, no. Come on, come on, think. Say literally anything! She can’t possibly do worse than how their last conversation ended so she just needs to—
“MomIdon’twanttoleavetheBoilingIsles,” she blurts out in a rush of words.
Shoot.
“I—I mean!” She waves out a hand. “I don’t wanna leave you either! And I’m not going to! I love you, it was never you who made me feel…” She rubs her face. “I-It’s just, I really found my place in the Boiling Isles, like, I have these super cool friends and Eda and King and—”
Camila steps forward as she speaks and kneels in front of her. Seeing her mom’s face, still so patient in a way where Luz can tell she’s listening, it breaks the dam behind her eyes.
“A-and I don’t wanna leave them forever,” she sobs. “I-I’m sorry!”
Camila hugs her. She clings on and cries into her moms shirt. Camila softly hums and pets her hair, slowly easing her into a sense of calm.
“Luz, it’s okay,” she says. “It’s okay.”
“It’s—it’s not, I-I was being dumb, but I met so many important people and I—”
“Luz.” Camila wipes her tears. “Slow down a little, honey. Why are you afraid you won’t be able to see your friends again?”
She sniffles. “I thought you wouldn’t want me going back if I stayed here,” she whispers.
Camila’s frown softens. “I… I was scared you were going to walk out my door and never come back. But I never meant you had to leave anyone important to you. I said things were going to be different now, and I mean it, so if this… Boiling Isles means a lot, then I’ll try to accommodate for that.”
Her terror comes to a halt, intercepted with disbelief. “R-really?”
Camila gives a slight smile. “This is all a little bit confusing, but I can see how important this is to you. Though I do want to meet these friends of yours.”
She straightens. “Y-yeah! They wanna meet you too! Wait, can I eat first?”
“Of course, you’re a growing girl.” Camila kisses her head. She slides out a chair and sits at the table. “Can you tell me about your friends?”
She wipes her eyes and nods. “Mhm. Um, the first person I met was Eda…”
Eda stares at the open portal.
It’s a feeble, though useful distraction, watching like a hawk for any disturbances or signs of closing.
No one’s said anything since Luz walked out the door. The silence has been tense, heavy, weighed down by a question she’s desperate not to answer.
Of course, someone grabs hold of it and brings it to the light.
“Is she coming back?” The Collector asks quietly.
“She said it’d be a few hours, tops. She, uh… she wouldn’t lie,” King says, unsure.
“But… what if she likes it there more?”
Eda winces. She inhales. Here we go. “Then we’d have to respect her decision,” she says slowly, to ensure nothing else comes out of her mouth, certainly not the gnawing worry in her chest.
The Collector recoils, then glares. “I don’t want to respect that!”
“It’s not fair if we tried keeping her here—”
“It’s not fair if she leaves!” they shout.
He picks up King from her shoulder and stomps away. They sit on the ground to sulk, making clear an invisible barrier between her and them she knows not to cross.
“Kid—” she tries.
“You’re being mean,” he hisses.
King looks at her from over their shoulder. “Yeah, you’re being mean,” he says.
She rubs her temple. Great, now they’re both mad. “Kids… not everyone stays forever, and if someone you care about decides to leave, you gotta let them go. I’m not saying Luz is going to, but if she did, it would be better to accept that.”
“Well,” The Collector says after a moment, “I’ve decided she’s not going to leave. So you’re wrong.”
The sudden confidence makes her pause. “Really?”
“Yeah, cause Luz isn’t a liar, and even if she was I would just go to the human realm,” he says.
“You can’t just follow her everywhere.”
“I can! Watch me!”
She scratches her head. “I guess I don’t have a good counter argument for that.”
“You don’t really think she’s going to leave us, do you?” King asks. “I mean… I know I was worried she would, but maybe… that wasn’t fair to think either?”
She stills.
“She’s our family too,” King whispers.
She works her mouth until something comes out. “I don’t know what’s going to happen in the future,” is what she lands on. “But, you are right, and it’s that Luz isn’t a liar. She said she’s coming back. I guess we’ll just have to trust her on that.”
“Hmm.” The Collector sighs and flops onto the ground.
King squirms out of their arms and hops to sit beside them.
“It sure is green over there,” they note, staring forlornly at the portal.
King hums.
“Real pretty,” he continues, “much prettier than this red.”
“You really don’t like red, huh?” she asks.
“No.”
“I like red,” King says.
“Well, we’re all wrong sometimes.” They grab a fistful of grass and drop it on King. “What if… I made a lot of little holes that went straight through the world? What would happen?”
King retaliates with more grass. “Erm, don’t do that.”
“Why nooot?” They throw more grass. “It could do nothing! We don’t know.”
“What if it, like, crumbled too much of the ground and then the world split in half?” he asks.
“Then we build a bridge between the two halves!”
She’s pretty sure that’s not how it works.
“But there’d be sinkholes everywhere straight to the center of the world and it’d kill people,” King says.
They wave a hand. “People die all the time, cycle of life.”
“It’s not the cycle of life if you do it on purpose!”
“Have you heard of the predator and prey food chain?” they ask.
“Are you calling yourself a predator—” King stops. “No, no… that makes sense, actually.”
The Collector swipes the grass off them and onto King, then bounces up. “We should do something while we wait for Luz!” he suggests. “Like a game.”
“Only if it doesn’t take us away from the portal,” she says. “I don’t wanna miss Luz coming back.”
“What can we even do in that small of an area?” King asks.
The Collector grins deviously. “I have an idea.”
“He wanted to ask her out?” Camila asks, a hand over her mouth. “All of that, and he thought she’d say yes?!”
Luz sips on her ginger tea, food mostly gone. “Yeah!” She leans forward. “So then I knocked him out and got us out on Owlbert! But Warden Wrath caught up to us, so I had to rally the prisoners into helping.”
“My daughter, starting a prison riot…”
“They trapped him long enough for me to hit him with a firecracker! He’s fine, but we got him to leave. And after that, I, um…” she trails off, realizing the part of the story she’s gotten to.
She grips her mug. It wasn’t a logical decision, she knows now, she just can’t regret it when it led to some of the greatest things in her life. But trying to say out loud and then I stayed with this total stranger on an impulse! makes her feel really dumb. She didn’t have the best idea of safety, huh? Not in the face of her greatest fantasy unfolding before her eyes.
“Well… when can I meet them?” Camila asks. “I have some reservations about you staying with a couple of strangers for months.”
She nearly laughs at Camila saying her thoughts. “They’re not bad people, Mom.”
“I just need to make sure of that myself,” she says.
“We can see them right now!” She stands. “They’re waiting for me to make sure the portal didn’t screw up.”
“Ah, right, the… portal. Between our… dimensions?” Camila holds her head. “To think there’s been another dimension this whole time. Scientists would have a field day with that, I’m sure.” She pauses. “I’m not going to tell anyone! I understand it’d be a bad idea.”
“Not with people like that Jacob guy existing,” she agrees.
“I will get ready,” Camila says. “We should really talk about your education after, though.”
“Aah, okaaay,” she groans. She is not looking forward to school again.
Camila peers down the hall. “Vee? We’re leaving for a bit!”
She hears a faint, “Bye!” and then, “I’ll do the dishes!”
“Thank you!” Camila goes to tug on her shoes in the hall. “How far is the portal? I hope you didn’t have to walk for too long,” she says.
“It’s actually pretty close,” she answers. “You know that old shed around the back of our house?”
“Yes, I found Vee there.” Camila pauses, then asks with a note of horror, “That’s had a portal this whole time?”
“Sort of. It’s not open all the time, which is why you and I never noticed it before.” She steps onto the porch and slows her pace for Camila. “Um, look, the Boiling Isles—it’s a great place! But it’s also kind of intense.”
Camila raises a brow, following Luz down the steps and onto the trail.
She sweats. “Like, um, just like this world, it has its own kinda scary or dangerous stuff. But the earth has loads of scary and dangerous stuff! So the Boiling Isles really isn’t that different. It just has a different flavor of problems?”
“Sweetie…”
“It’s not a bad place, really!” She waves her hands. “I just want you to know it might take some getting used to.”
“Yes, of course. This demon realm,” she says.
“With cool and nice demons also that are my friends.”
“Like your little friend King?”
“Yes! Exactly like him!” The thicket peters out as they get closer to the shed. She glances at Camila. “Can you wait here a second? I just want them to be um, ready for you.”
Camila quirks her mouth in a frown. “Luz…”
“It’ll just be a minute!”
“And you’re not leaving?”
Camila isn’t trying to be mean, but it still feels like a stab to the heart. “I’m not,” she says. “Just a few minutes.”
Camila relents. “Don’t get into too much trouble, okay?”
She nearly laughs. “What could I even do in three minutes?”
“You underestimate yourself.”
She sighs with a smile. Maybe that was deserved.
She quickly walks the rest of the way, Camila staying in place. Interest piques at the sound of voices. She pushes the door open farther.
The place has been washed over in pink. Various toy weapons and small platforms of different scenery are scattered across the ground, along with, shockingly, two whole miniature castles. Most grabbing is Eda in a princess-esque dress holding a squirming King, and The Collector with a dagger raised over Hooty, who wears a royal cloak.
“Your reign ends here!” The Collector yells. He opens his mouth to speak again, but his demeanor drops completely when he notices Luz, face lighting up.
They chuck the dagger behind them, perfectly nailing a tree. “Luz!” he cries, bounding over to her for a hug.
“Hello!” she says. “I’m not interrupting something, am I?”
“Nah, we were just playing a game,” Eda says, also wearing a party hat for some reason. “Glad to see you’re back. How did—”
King hops out of Eda’s arms. “Luz, you’re back!”
“Of course I am!” She holds out an arm to grab King too.
“We were just about to win,” he says. “You missed all the best parts.”
“Umm, you weren’t about to win, I was in the middle of assassinating the fabricated ruler,” The Collector says, frowning.
“Yeah, yeah, but remember in the third turn when I got that ring? It was actually—”
“The time ring, and you were gonna turn back time to before the assassination?” they interrupt.
“Yes,” he says proudly. Then, “Wait, how did you—”
“Everyone gets really smug and secretive when they get the time ring cause they think they can use it to get an end game win,” they say. “But I didn’t use any magic slots the whole game, even when Hooty betrayed me, because I was maxing out my magic—”
“Wait.”
“Since I knew one of you were gonna try that—”
“Wait, no!”
“So I was going to cancel out your spell as soon as you tried it! Which MEANS—”
“NO!” he wails.
“I WIN!” They punch the air. “Sorry, King, but you can’t beat the master. Shoulda defected onto my team.”
King makes a miserable sound. He jumps up and points at The Collector. “I demand a rematch!”
“Like, right now? Oh, Luz, you could play with us!” He grabs her sleeve. “But we’d need a sixth player to make the teams even…”
Eda walks over. “Luz, how did seeing your mom go?” she asks.
She startles. “Oh, uh, good! Really good. And speaking of having more people here, I well, kind of brought her over. So you all could meet each other and she could make sure you’re not all secret serial killers. So maybe if you guys could… tone it down a little?” She pushes her hand down in the air.
They all stare at her.
“You MOM’S here?!” The Collector yells.
“Well—”
Horror descends upon everyone’s faces, as they then look at the mess around them. Panic mode visibly hits. “Ah, I’m not ready!” The Collector peels away from her and begins to frantically fix the surrounding area.
“Luz, we coulda cleaned up!” Eda says, discarding her accessories.
“Umm, I don’t think she’s going to mind some mess,” she says and ducks under a plastic sword being tossed aside. “Really, you guys don’t have to go all out, I just want to ease her into this instead of hitting her with all the crazy stuff upfront.”
“Are you crazy?” The Collector asks, restructuring the ground. “You have to look nice for people’s parents! King, take off the crown, she’s not supposed to think you’re royalty.”
In less than a minute, any traces of chaos has been purged and everyone stands in front of her with mild, polite expressions.
The Collector looks down at his clothes. With a swish of his hand, his pajamas turn into similar looking robes with white leggings. Seeing the surprise on her face, they explain, “Robes are more professional.”
She holds her hands together. “So cute. Okay, I’m getting her now!”
It’s a quick run back to Mom. “Mom! Mom, we’re ready now, come on!” She grabs Camila’s hand and tugs her along.
Camila stumbles after her. “Slow down a little!”
“I’m just so excited!” she says. She halts in front of the door. “Okay, okay, okay, are you ready?”
“I’m ready, Luz.”
She smiles, pushes down her lingering anxiety, and swings open the door.
Everyone’s right where she left them. Their eyes collectively widen at the sight of Camila, who also seems surprised, blinking at her surroundings.
“I thought there would be a lot more… fire?” Camila questions, looking up.
She laughs nervously. “Um… well, um… Mom, meet Eda, King, The Collector, and Hooty! Everyone, meet my mom!” She clasps her hands together.
Camila blinks at the group. “Oh!” She squints at Eda. “You have been taking care of my daughter?”
Eda walks forward and holds out her hand. “Edalyn Clawthorne. Nice to meet you. I, um, understand if you might be upset, but yes, I kept her under my roof for a few months. Kid was insistent on being a witch, you know?”
Camila shakes her hand. “Camila Noceda. No, I… I am not mad at you, if you kept her safe.”
Eda winces a little. “Well—”
“She did!” Luz interjects. “Keep me safe! Very safe. Anyway, um, thats King there, I told you about him, I couldn’t get to The Collector yet but they’re a more recent addition the house, that’s them… and, uh, Hooty’s the… owl. Thing. On the door.” She presses her hands outward.
“That’s King?” Camila turns to look at him, sitting on The Collector’s shoulder. “Ay, que lindo,” she whispers. “Hello there!”
“Hi,” King says. “Miss Noceda?”
“Please, call me Camila.”
The Collector stares at her outstretched hand. They shake it. “Hi Luz’s mama!” he beams. Then, “You’re not gonna keep Luz in the human realm, right?”
It had to be asked, but she still grimaces.
“Why don’t we talk about that inside!” Eda interrupts before Camila can answer. “Get to know each other, have a nice talk over drinks, you know, before making any big decisions!”
Camila straightens. “I’ve already decided to give this whole… thing”—She gestures vaguely—“a chance, so yes, that sounds nice. I have many questions for you.”
“Yes, yes—wait, you’re giving us a shot?” Eda asks, any pretense of formality dropped.
“Well, this is important to Luz,” Camila says. “Do I need any other reason?”
Everyone glances at each other. She didn’t realize a spark was missing from their eyes until it reignites, brimming hope clear as day on their faces. The Collector whispers, “I told you so,” at Eda, who sighs and shrugs, smile now genuine.
She finds herself smiling so wide her cheeks hurt. Seeing her mom and the Owl House standing in the same place, talking, and for everything to be fine, it feels unreal. This was something out of her wildest dreams, in the midst of her anxiety ridden nights, wondering how she would keep both worlds.
The answer turned out to be very easily.
Don’t get too excited. Something could still go wrong. Camila could be a bit too disturbed by the realm, or Eda could get over zealous, or, or… ah, whatever, she can’t bring herself to feel any less happy over this.
“Is there anything I should be worried about?” Camila asks, letting Eda lead the way inside. “Any, uh, traps in here…?”
“Traps?” Eda laughs. “That’s so old school. Besides, I got a top notch security system.”
“You do?”
“Hooty, of course!”
“It’s fine, Mom,” Luz says. “Nothing super dangerous is in the house. I would know, I’ve been staying here for months.”
“But you didn’t know there was a basement for two of them,” King says.
“Besides that.”
Eda rummages through the cupboards. “Tea? I’m sure there’s a human safe one somewhere.”
“Human safe?” Camila questions, nervousness rising dangerously close to horror.
“It makes sense for another realm to have their own food and stuff that may or may not be inedible for us!” she exclaims. “Like, we have different chemical makeups, that’s already how different species can work on Earth.”
Camila frowns at her. “Hmm. And you have been eating?”
“Yes, just fine. Eda always makes sure to get stuff that’s good for me.” She holds out a chair for Camila to sit in.
“Well, that’s good.” She touches Luz’s cheek. “I know you’re worried. But I would like a discussion with Eda alone. Is that okay?”
Underlying dread seeps into her chest. Still, she keeps her smile. “Um, yeah!” She glances at Eda, hoping to convey please act normal with her expression alone.
Eda gives her a thumbs up.
With that, Luz reluctantly exits the kitchen. She spots The Collector and King peering at her from the stairs.
“Come on, we’re gonna hang out in my room,” she says. “The adults gotta talk.”
“About what?” The Collector asks.
“About these past few months, probably.” She enters her room.
They close the door and sit on her sleeping bag. King follows suit. “So you’re not leaving?” he asks.
She gets out her glyph notebook. “Um, hopefully it’ll be like, a shared custody thing? Even if I’m not allowed to stay the night here anymore I still wanna visit as often as I can. But Mom’s willing to have an open mind, so things should be fine.”
The Collector leans against her. “Your mama isn’t upset?”
“She doesn’t seem as upset as I thought she’d be,” she admits. “This is all going a lot better than I feared.”
“That’s good, right?” King asks.
“It is.”
“But you’re still worried,” he says.
She sighs. “Yeaaah.”
“Why?” The Collector asks.
“I dunno.” She opens her notebook. “Mom is like, super great, really nice. She’s been there for me my whole life. But I keep thinking…”
Camila should be mad. Luz left her for months on a whim and is throwing so much at her, insisting Camila change her whole life just for one impulsive decision, yet she hasn’t shown a hint of anger. She can’t wrap her head around it.
“Nevermind,” she says.
A moment of silence.
The Collector makes various shapes with his hands. “What’s it like in the human realm?” they ask.
“There’s seasons, for one,” she says.
“Seasons?” King asks.
“Yeah! Like summer, spring, fall, winter…”
It must be at least three hours of story telling when Luz finally hears a knock on the door.
The Collector and King startle out of their half-sleepy states, blinking wide. She jumps up and leaps for the door.
Two faces greet her. “Mom, Eda!” she exclaims. “Sooo, how did your talk go?”
They glance at each other. “For starters, you are going back to human school,” Camila says. “I heard from Eda your… witch school needs to be restructured, anyway. And that it doesn’t tend to be in session during ‘boiling rain season’?”
She nods. “And…?”
“And I want you to live at our house. But I will let you continue visiting the Boiling Isles—”
She throws her arms around Camila. “Oh, thank you, thank you!”
Camila laughs lightly. “I will let you do so, preferably with me chaperoning the first couple of times. I want to make sure you are safe here. If I feel like you are, perhaps in the future, you could stay on the weekends… we are still figuring things out.” She leans down. “But we’ll figure it out together.”
She couldn’t ask for anything more.
Eda is exhausted.
A whole day of not only physical, but emotional work. Moving everything back, meeting and talking with Luz’s mom for hours, handling three kids the whole time and Hooty. It’s barely turned night, and she’s about ready to pass out for twenty four hours.
Except she can’t, because even though Luz has left to spend her night with Camila, she still has two kids in the house.
The Collector and King sit on the couch, having gotten over their sulks of Luz not sleeping over. The Collector’s been showing him a trick with a bunch of string between their hands, forming them into different patterns and shapes.
For the past month, The Collector’s ‘slept’ on the couch, but with their physical body she feels weird keeping it like that. Even if it’s been cozied up with blankets and pillows.
She sits on the arm rest. “Hey, kids. It’s about your bedtimes.”
King drops his string with a frustrated sound. “I don’t know how you get it,” he mutters, then looks up at Eda. “It is?”
“It’s, like, ten o’clock.”
The Collector looks at the window. “Oh, it is. Welp!” He claps his hands together, dissipating the strings. “You’ll get it eventually, King.”
King crawls off the couch. “So… no Luz, huh?”
“Think you can sleep without her?” she asks.
“Of course I can,” he huffs. “I did that for years before she showed up.”
“Uhuh.” She grins. “Speaking of sleep, Collector, uh… we gotta figure out a better sleeping arrangement for you. You and King could take Luz’s room.”
They perk up. “Really?”
“You gotta be all rested up for tomorrow. Cause we’re going to the lake,” she says.
“Really?!” he repeats, far more excited.
“Yep. Might have to get swim stuff for you first, not sure if any shops will be open after the Day of Unity, but, hey, I got a lot of junk laying around that could probably work.” She waves a hand. “Go and move your stuff upstairs. My room will always be just down the hall, if either of you need me.”
“Thanks,” King says.
The Collector gathers up their blankets and pillows, then picks up the Azura book on top of the pile. “King, you gotta read the next chapter to me, since Luz isn’t here.”
“Agh, fine. But I’m not doing voices.”
“You’re doing voices.”
“I’m not good at voice acting! It’s gonna sound bad and you’ll hate it.”
They follow after him. “But then it’s funnier!”
She steps back, giving them both room to head upstairs. Their conversation grows quieter the farther they get, until she hears the quiet click of a door shutting.
Immediately, all energy drains from her.
She sighs.
Just one day at a time, she tells herself, in attempt to assuage her growing worries over the future, the state of the Boiling Isles, and most importantly where her little group of amazing kids and one weird house demon will end up.
One day at a time.
Notes:
kind of a chaotic chapter. kind of very nervous about it. i need more practice juggling more than like, 3 characters in any given scene. also a bit of a later chapter than usual cause i kept procrastinating and had to finish at the last minute whoops!! dont be like me!! anywayyy, i still hope this chapter suffices :] also i have no idea if itll ever become relevant again but i did figure out exactly out the collectors game works in this chapter and i know All The Rules. for fun. im normal about the stuff i write
Chapter 13: Making Good On Promises
Summary:
Eda and the kids go shopping, The Collector and King attempt to drown each other, and everyone generally has a fun day
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Eda stops in front of the small, lit store, one of the few lively places in the streets of indefinitely closed shops. Sun rays just peek over the Titan’s skeleton, early enough to be quiet, but late enough Skin N’ Linen could be open—that is, if it wasn’t closed for obvious reasons. The silence would be eerie, if not for The Collector and King’s bickering filling it the whole way here.
“I’m just saying, if you really wanted to make sure your henchmen don’t betray you—” The Collector bumps into Eda. He scrambles back and peers around her. “Skin N’ Linen,” they read the sign.
“I can’t believe it’s open. Woulda thought everything would be closed,” she says.
King hops off her shoulder. “Yeah, after everyone almost died. Who keeps their shop open?”
She shrugs. “Work is distracting for some people.”
“Do they sell skin?” The Collector asks.
“They sell a lotta clothes made from animal fur and other materials. This is where I get most my clothes.” She places her hand on the doorknob. “Remember, no magic without a spell circle, and nothing really flashy, okay? We’re not trying to draw attention to ourselves.”
The Collector gives a thumbs up.
Given his penchant for following rules, she’s tentatively going to trust him. They’ve been fairly amicable during their one and a half days of freedom.
The doors bell jingles as they step inside. The store owner, Wyn, looks up from where she’s organizing a rack of clothes.
“Oh, Eda!” she says. “We’re low on red dresses, so if you want any…”
“Nah, I’m getting clothes for this guy.” She gestures toward The Collector, then says to them, “Kids clothes are near the back, look for like… swim shorts and a shirt you wouldn’t mind getting wet.” She thinks. “Do you have anything but that robe and your pajama’s?”
“I don’t really wear much else,” he says.
“Go get regular clothes too. Uhh, let’s say, three shirts and three pants or skirts or whatever you want. Just make sure they’re not too pricey,” she says.
They seem surprised, but comply, bounding off with King. She waits until the kids are out of earshot.
“How are you handling things? Is your sister alright?” she asks Wyn.
“We’ve all been pretty stressed since everything happened. She said I didn’t have to keep the store open, but I feel too jittery not to do something.” She shrugs and brushes back her hair, then frowns. “You’re missing an arm?”
“It happens.”
“I could tailor your clothes to better fit that.”
“Oh, really? Sweet. Might take you up on that if I don’t just chop off the sleeves.”
“I noticed you ripped the hem of your dress. It was a good hem.”
“Hey, I gotta make it fit my style.”
The doors bell jingles. She and Wyn look over, and she nearly stumbles at the surprising sight of Raine.
“Wh—” She clears her throat. “Raine! Didn’t expect you to still be in Bonesborough.”
Raine’s brows raise. “Eda! I stuck around to regroup with the other coven heads, or at least Darius and Eberwolf… er, I’ll tell you more about that later. I thought I’d stop by here to get another formal outfit since my previous one was stained.”
Wyn nods. “That stupid goop is disastrous to wash out.”
Eda looks down at her somewhat ruined dress. “You know, maybe I will buy something for myself.”
“What else would you be here for?” Raine asks.
“The Collector needed other clothes, I’m taking him out today—” She’s cut off by a resounding crash from the back of the store. “Aaand that’s probably them.”
“Please don’t make me have to re-organize everything,” Wyn says.
“Yeah, yeah, hold on.”
She weaves through aisles of clothing until she reaches the sounds cause, expectedly The Collector and King by a knocked over display for accessories. They don star and heart-shaped sunglasses respectively, The Collector somehow getting on ten bracelets and two more necklaces in the time she was away.
They both jolt when she comes into view. The Collector looks at the mess. “That was always like that,” he says.
She picks up and rights the rack. “Have you found anything you like?”
They, along with King, pick the jewelry off the floor. “Your guys clothes are weird,” he says, taking off his bracelets and putting them back. “No robes or capes or I dunno, I’d take tunics. Where are the long sleeves?”
“Oversized ones?” she asks.
“No, like…” They throw out their arms and gesture at their hanging sleeves. “Like these ones!”
“You’d probably have more luck with the blouses,” she says. “I can help you look.”
King squints. “I think those are called bell sleeves.”
“Why bell?” they ask.
“Cause they look like half of a bell, I guess?”
“Hmm.” They wave out their sleeves again. “I don’t see it.”
She examines the shape. “Oh, huh, it does sorta look like one. Okay, let’s see what we’re working with.”
She looks at the smaller aisle of kids clothing, colorful with bright and loud patterns. Like The Collector said, there’s not much flowing capes or robes, since mostly adults wear those. She picks through the rack. The Collector likes blue, pink, probably purple, no red, likes bell sleeves and their attire is already space themed so she bets that’s a safe pick.
“Oh!” She pulls out a blue blouse with a bloodberry (which is dark blue, despite its name) surrounded by two rings and stars. Hmm, not the right kind of sleeves, but hopefully The Collector isn’t that picky. “How about this?” she asks.
They grab it from her. “Ooo, I like it!”
“And those are bishop sleeves,” King says.
“How do you know so much about sleeves?” she asks.
“The Azura books. I’ve learned more words from them than anything else in my whole life.”
The Collector jumps up to grab a shirt from the top row of clothes. It’s a white blouse with 3d stars, and miraculously they’ve found bell sleeves. “Yes!” he whispers. They look around and put a hand on their chin. “What do swimming clothes even look like?”
“Never been out in the water before?”
“Ehh, the ocean’s boring,” he says. “Don’t ever really go there. But lakes are better!”
She directs them to where she’s spotted swimwear. “The ocean? You can’t do much there with it boiling, true.”
“Right, you’re not fire resistant. But it’s still boring even without that—” They jump back.
She halts in front of the shorts. “What? What is it?”
He stares wide eyed at the clothes. “Why are they designed like that.”
She looks over them. They seem normal, most sporting sea creatures or the ocean itself, given they’re swimwear, so she doesn’t understand why they… oh. Ohhh.
“Are you scared of the ocean?” she asks.
“No,” they reply defensively.
“Right, yeah. I’ll just pick some non-ocean ones.” She sorts through, finding a blue shirt with pink and mint sleeves. “How do you feel about lemons?” she asks, holding up blue shorts with said pattern on them.
He keeps staring, like the overwhelming amount of ocean patterns could come to life any moment.
“Lemons it is,” she says and gestures for them to turn.
His sigh of relief doesn’t go unnoticed. There’s another crash and King’s yelp from around the corner. She picks up her speed, finding him on a toppled over rack.
“Were you climbing it again?” she asks.
King’s wearing a feather boa. “I was trying to get a necklace from the top… sorry.”
She rights the rack. “Which one?”
King glances at The Collector, seemingly checking if they’re watching—they’re not, examining another line of clothes—then points at a three piece heart necklace.
That is adorable. “For you three?” she asks
He nods. “Also, it’s felt kinda weird not wearing anything around my neck for over a month.”
“We can get it,” she says. Really, who could say no?
The Collector makes a gleeful sound. “Moon bunny!” they exclaim. He turns and presents a hooded cape with rabbit ears and a moon on the center, outlining the vague shape of a rabbit on its darker markings. “I can’t believe you guys still have this myth, it was one of my favorites. Can I get it?”
She checks the price and winces. She prepares to say no, but at their smiling face finds herself unable to. “Y-yeah, we can.”
King looks at the price tag. “What?! That’s like—”
She covers his mouth. “A super reasonable price! Now, uh, just make your next few picks really cheap.”
They beam and go back to looking for clothes.
“You’re just as bad as Luz,” King says.
“He said it was his favorite,” she sighs. “What was I supposed to do?”
“Say no.”
“Now, if I said no to everything I should, then you wouldn’t be as spoiled with your stuffed animals.” She puts her hand on her hip.
“Hmm, that’s true. I retract my statement, keep falling prey to our puppy eyes.”
The Collector gets a pair of overalls with rainbows and stickers, another bell sleeve blouse, these cool black pants with holographic moons and stars, and a blue skirt with constellations and moons. That, plus the outfit she got for herself (a maroon button up with a red vest and, shockingly, pants) racks up to more than she planned to spend.
They give her outfit pick a sour look.
“Red is my favorite color, you know,” she says.
“Mmm.”
“I think it’s pretty cool.”
“Mmm.”
She dumps their clothes onto the counter, for Wyn to count up how many snails she has to pay. Shortly after, Raine emerges from the right of the store, carrying a few folded up pieces of clothing.
“Hey,” she says. “How’d we finish before you? You only needed to get one outfit, didja get lost or something?”
Raine flushes. “I had to make sure it was perfect. Sizing is so different here.”
“Hi,” The Collector says. “What’s your name again?”
“Raine. Er, and what’s yours?” they ask, notably embarrassed by forgetting, despite The Collector not remembering theirs.
“The Collector.”
They pause awkwardly, no doubt racking their brain for a question to continue this unprecedented conversation. “Do you like collecting things?” Is what they land on.
“No, I hate it. It’s one of my top hated things to do,” he says sunnily. “Do you like rain or something?”
“Oh, uh, it’s Raine with an ‘e’. I just liked how it sounded.” They shrug with a faint smile.
“Wait, did you name yourself?”
“Yes?”
“You can do that?!” he exclaims.
“Anyone can change their name, if they want to. No one’s stuck with what they’re born with,” the say.
“No one told me.”
King looks in thought. “If I ever changed my name, it’d be funny if I went with like, Queen.”
“Or Prince,” The Collector says. “You got demoted.”
“No! My reign!”
Wyn pushes the bags of clothing toward her. “One hundred and sixty one snails,” she says.
“Thanks.” She fishes out the correct coins and slides them over, then takes the bags.
Raine quickly takes her spot. She finds herself hesitating.
“You know,” she says to them, “we’re going to the lake. If you’re not busy… it’d be helpful having a swimmer with enough limbs to properly teach the kids.”
Raine blinks and looks around, as if she could be talking to anyone else. “R-really? Are you sure? I wouldn’t want to intrude on—”
“Raine.” Her smile softens. “It would be nice. Please?”
They must see something in her face, as they tentatively smile back. “Okay. What time?”
“In like an hour, Lake Lacuna. Be there, kay?” She winks.
She turns before embarrassment can get the best of her and herds the kids outside.
“Okaaay, we’re gonna go home, put this stuff away and eat,” she says. “Anything specific you’ve been wanting to try, Collector?”
He looks up at her with assumedly surprise. It’s hard to tell with their near-perpetually wide eyes. “I get to pick?”
“Yeah, you haven’t eaten much in who knows how long. Me and King aren’t that picky.”
“Except King thinks fruits are squishy,” they say sullenly.
“As long as there’s something else, I’m fine if we have fruit,” King says.
They blink and hold their hands together. “Umm… I dunno, I just want what you guys usually have. Trying more fruits would be nice, if, like, it could be a side thing…” he finishes quietly.
She nearly pats their shoulder, then stops upon remembering she’s carrying a few bags and has one hand. Not to mention, they’ve yet to initiate physical contact with her, and she’s worried it means they wouldn’t take it positively.
“We’ve got some chokeberries, monster fruit,” she says, “I could show you how to make jam—”
“Jam? Like when you crush up the fruit to goop?” they ask.
“Exactly like that. It’s really fun.”
“I can get behind jam,” King says. “Doesn’t have the weird texture.”
“Let’s make it!” The Collector says with renewed cheer. “I’ve never cooked before, well I have a couple of times but that always ended with explosions so I don’t think it counts, but it’ll be different this time!”
“You’re in luck for teaching, because I’d say we’re all pretty good cooks,” she says. “Even Hooty, somehow.”
“His baking is on point,” King agrees.
They keep discussing Hooty’s strange cooking abilities as they walk back, devolving into cooking mishap stories from Eda, to The Collector’s rambly list of food they’d like to make, her mentally noting each one to save for later.
Roughly an hour later, with only minimal damage to the kitchen, they’ve come to the main event of the day: Lake Lacuna.
“Here it is!” Eda gestures across the lake.
It’s surrounded by beautiful red trees and bushes, arches of bone overhead with sunlight streaming through the large spaces. The lake reflects the sharp blue sky. It’s the most idyllic place on the Boiling Isles, lacking its harsh features and bustling noise.
With how little time she’s spent here since childhood, it’s almost like she’s seven again, being brought here with Lilith to have a fun day in the water.
Now she’s in her thirties bringing two kids for the same reason.
“Ooo.” The Collector cranes their head out to look across the water. “Pretty!”
“The water’s probably cold,” she warns. “But you two can step in while we wait for Raine, if you want.”
King touches it with his claw and jumps back. “Auh, that’s really cold!”
The Collector hops into the water with a splash. He experimentally kicks it around. “It’s not that cold. I wonder how it formed… I guess rainfall? But then why isn’t the water boiling?”
“Whatever makes our sea and rain boil must be an outside source causing it,” she says. “So when it forms a lake like this, we get safe to swim in water. Pretty fun, not really useful, though. No one’s gonna be swimming out in the sea.”
“King could,” they say.
“I could?”
“Yeah, you and me aren’t really affected by the boiling sea all that much.” He makes a small wave within the water, then gets a mischievous look. “You’d just have to wear goggles.”
“Huh, that’s—wait, why are you making that expressio—”
They splash a huge wave of water onto King.
She cackles at the sight of poor King, sopping wet with his fur shrunk down, making him appear so much tinier.
The Collector laughs behind his hand. “Got youuu! Aw, man, your face—”
They cut off with a yelp when King barrels into them, crashing them both back into the water. The Collector resurfaces with a bewildered expression. King pops out of the water and leaps onto their back.
“Wah! Mercy, mercy—”
“No mercy is in this land!” King yells, dragging them back down.
“Try not to drown each other,” Eda says.
“I can’t drown,” The Collector says, right before King pushes their head into the water.
They flail and grab King’s arm, then shove him down with them. They break out of the water, laughter intercepted with shrieks when King continues to retaliate with waves of water and shoving.
She keeps a close eye on them, in case their tussling turns too aggressive, but they both seem to be enjoying themselves.
She’s alerted to soft crunching behind her.
Expectedly, though she still finds a swelling bubble of joy in her chest, she turns to see Raine.
They carry a few towels and a water bottle, along with their glasses case, and give a small wave. “Am I late? Sorry about that,” they say.
“No, we haven’t been here long.” She grins. “Looking good.”
They look down at their band t-shirt, the one they’ve always worn to the lake—it must be a decade old by now—and red shorts. They huff and smile at her. “You, um, you look nice too.”
She’s wearing her red swimsuit and side skirt, and her face must turn a similar shade at their compliment.
“W-well! You gotta help me with the kids, teach them to swim, all that.” She waves a hand and gestures them to the lake.
King’s gotten The Collector in a chokehold. They look up from their predicament and wave happily at Eda and Raine. Easily, they remove King and march back to the shore.
“You’re here!” they exclaim.
“I’m here,” Raine says. “You look like you’re having… fun?”
“I am! I haven’t been to a lake in sooo long, the water feels great and playing with King is great and it’s a really nice day!” He swings King in his arms.
“I’m glad you’re enjoying yourself,” she says, instinctively ruffling their hair.
They tense under her hand and she immediately pulls back. Right. She tamps down her shame at forgetting The Collector isn’t as fond of her as they are of King and Luz.
They give her an odd look. She looks away and clears her throat. “Sooo, swimming! Let’s do that!”
“Yes, of course.” Raine sets their supplies down. “Do you two know any basics, or are we starting from scratch?”
“I know how to tread water,” King says.
The Collector shrugs. “I don’t know a lot.”
“Treading water is good for beginners, actually, so we can start with that.” They step into the water and shiver, becoming more tentative upon realizing how cold it is.
She pushes them farther in and laughs at their indignant expression. “It’s just a little water,” she teases.
“It’s cold,” they defend. “But I bet you’d be fine just canon balling in, wouldn’t you?”
“Hey, that’s not a bad idea.”
They roll their eyes fondly. “We haven’t even started and you’re already getting distracted.”
“You’re the one who suggested it!”
The Collector and King share a look.
She self consciously stops, then decides she doesn’t care, remembering how she’d react to adults flirting as a kid. “Alright, alright,” she says. “Collector, walk in until your heads just above the water.”
“Okay!”
King has to start treading before anyone else and stays around her and The Collector, keeping up quite easily. She feels a swell of pride.
“So, you hold out your arms like this.” Raine guides The Collector. “And you wave them back and forth, in and out. If you feel the water resisting against you, you’re doing it right.”
His first attempt is with so much force water splashes onto everyone.
“Oops,” they say.
She spits out a strand of hair. “Hey, you’ve got the spirit!” she encourages.
“Just be a bit more gentle,” Raine says and wipes their face.
“Gentle…” they mutter. He repeats the action, slower this time, and makes a noise of surprise. “Oh! I feel it!”
“There you go. Next is peddling your legs,” she says.
“Peddling?” they repeat.
“Like a bicycle,” Raine informs.
“Bicycle?”
“It’s just what I’m doing,” King says. “Kinda like you’re walking, but you extend your legs farther.”
“Ohh.” They look down. “Hm, how do I do that when I’m touchin the ground?”
Raine lifts him up from under his arms and pulls him farther into the deep end.
“Ah!” he says in shock, worrying Eda, and then giggles. He kicks his legs out and seems very pleased with their new floatiness.
“Do the same stuff as before. I’ll slowly let go of you, but if you’re not floating, I’ll hold back on,” Raine says.
“I don’t care if you drop me. King already tried to drown me like three times,” they say.
“Lies and slander,” King says.
The Collector looks at King’s motions, then repeats them. Steadily, Raine eases their hold, until fully letting go. They successfully stay afloat.
“Kid, you’re doing it!” she exclaims.
“I am?” They notice Raine’s let go. “I am! I did it!” He swings out his arms in joy, which disturbs their careful motion and immediately has him falling into the water.
She and Raine dart forward lightning fast to catch them. They pull him out of the water, him bearing a startled face as he clings onto Eda’s arm.
She exhales, reducing her brief panic. “Jeez, you’re gonna give me a heart attack one day,” she says.
He laughs weakly. “Sorry.”
Reluctantly, she pulls away. “Once you get the hang of treading, we can show you how to swim.”
“I can learn now!” he says. “Treading is really easy!”
“You just fell,” Raine says.
“That was one time.” He crosses his arms. “Look, let go, I can do it!” True to their word, they stay afloat when Raine lets go. “See? Can I swim now?”
“Let em do it, it’ll be funny,” King says.
He blows a raspberry. “It won’t be cause I’m gonna be great at it. In fact, I bet five snacks I’ll learn to swim before you.”
“I’ll take that bet!”
“Yes, free snacks!” They grin.
He squawks. “You don’t know if I’m gonna lose yet!”
“But you wiiill,” they sing song. “You’re gonna lose so bad and it’s gonna be hilarious.”
She holds her face. “Okay, we’ll teach you swimming now. But don’t be discouraged if it you don’t get it today, alright?”
“Don’t worry, I’m totally getting it today cause I have to beat King,” he smiles.
“Is foul play allowed?” King asks, contemplative.
“Do your worst!”
Turns out, teaching a kid to swim while another one actively tries to sabotage them is a bit difficult. Harder when you’re lacking an arm and have to relearn swimming yourself. She’s lucky to have Raine by her the whole time.
She should stop doubting The Collector’s capabilities, as a few hours later they’ve managed to swim—their victory thusly reigned over King.
Eventually, the skies taken over by orange and pink, and the four of them are wrapped in towels.
She ruffles King’s towel around him. “Aww, your furs all poofy,” she coos.
The Collector shakes their head, droplets flying off their hair. He clings to his towel, smile bright as ever. “That was fun!”
Raine drys their hair. “It was nice. Thanks for inviting me, Eda.”
“Of course. Kinda needed you anyway, with this and all.” She gestures to her stump.
Their smile dims and they open their mouth, but stop when looking at the kids. “Well, I’m glad you wanted my help, specifically.” They rub the back of their head. “I should probably get going now.”
“Right.”
“See you?”
Her mouth quirks up. “See you around, Rainestorm.”
Each time they leave, it feels less and less like a permanent goodbye. She still has their towels, after all, and things like that mean people stay in your life a little longer.
“Remember, Luz and Camila are coming over for dinner,” she tells the kids.
King climbs onto her shoulder and The Collector sits behind her on Owlbert. “Mhm!” they hum. “I’m excited to see her!”
“It’s been a thousand years,” King says dramatically.
“A million.”
“A billion.”
“We’re so old now,” they sigh.
“You two are still babies. Just wait until your backs give out,” she says.
“Nooo,” King groans.
“You still have a while before that!” The Collector says.
“Oh, yeah…” King frowns. “I guess I am gonna live a pretty long time.”
“Looks like you’re gonna be stuck with me, huh?”
“Great.”
It’s crossed her mind quite a few times how King’s going to long outlive everyone around him. It’s already difficult imagining him all grown up, much less hundreds or thousands of years old. The thought makes her gut twist. She understands now how kids growing up blindsides their parents. But with The Collector around, she’s just glad they’ll have each other.
They land in front of the Owl House. She scritches Owlbert as thanks, and the kids bound onto the grass.
There’s noise from the portal and she looks up just as Luz and Camila burst through the door.
“Guys!” Luz cheers. “I’m back!”
The Collector and King immediately stop what they’re doing to barrel into her for hugs.
“Luz!” they both cry.
She laughs and hugs them both. “Oh, you guys are wet.”
“We went to the lake!” The Collector says. “Eda and Raine taught us how to swim and I learned faster than King and now he has to give me some of his snacks and we also made jam earlier, it’s in the fridge now!”
“That sounds great!” She squeezes both of them and pulls back. “I’m glad you two had such a fun day.”
Eda walks forward and ruffles Luz’s hair, then turns to Camila. “Hey, you brought dinner?”
They already agreed on Camila and Luz sharing human food with them, partially so Camila wasn’t forced to eat Boiling Isles food, but admittedly Eda’s curious as to what it’s like.
Camila hefts up a bag. “Yes, I did. We’re not interrupting anything?”
“Nah, we just got back from the lake.” She waves her arm to the door. “Come inside! You can try the jam we made if you want.”
“Er, maybe…”
She and Camila follow behind the kids, who excitedly push themselves inside, chattering about all of their days. King drops his towel on the floor and The Collector uses theirs as a cape while they gesture energetically.
She smiles at the scene and shuts the door behind her.
Notes:
no this chapter isnt late what are you talking about haha..... :dead:
anyway 50k words and over 10000 hits oh my GOD!! thank you all SOOO much for your support!!
Chapter 14: Top Ten Things To Do In a Nightmare
Summary:
The Titan Trapper's spell didn't wear off, and consequently King finds himself in The Collector's dream
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
King wakes up on sand.
It takes him a moment to process. His thoughts blur together, fuzzy and not quite comprehending. How did he…?
He blinks up at the shifting blue sky, then shoots up, eyes wide.
That’s not the sky, it’s fire.
He whips his head around. A floating, crystal like castle in the sky crashes into the ocean. The impact sends a huge wave rushing straight toward him.
He jolts and holds an arm over his eyes, bracing for the splash of cold to hit him.
It doesn’t come. The wave passes seamlessly over him, which is a lot more surprising. He realizes with a start his body is slightly see through, fuzzy at the edges… he looks out again. The skyline blurs together.
Oh. He’s dreaming.
The realization isn’t as relieving as it should be.
He stands up and instinctively brushes his fur off, despite no sand sticking. Okay. He’s lucid dreaming of a… beach and castle? And he’s transparent again?
He waves his hands, like it’ll bring his opacity back. It’s strange. He’s only looked like this when seeing The Collector through their mental link, and he’s only had this lucidity in the same moments.
A heavy feeling sits in his gut.
“Collector?” he calls.
The ground rumbles. He yelps when he’s pulled through the trees and stumbles, not managing to catch himself. Something crunches under him.
He screams upon seeing the littering of bones and skulls.
He scrambles up and presses himself against a tree. It’s night suddenly, pitch black darkness seeping in through the trees canopy, the barest of moonlight illuminating what he desperately tries not to focus on.
It’s just a dream. It’s just a dream.
He squeezes his eyes shut. He blinks away his terror and steels himself. Titan corpse forest, okay, whatever! He can handle it! It’s not even real!
“It’s a dream, it’s a dream, it’s a dream,” he mutters and trudges through.
Thick foliage blocks his view, a blessing and a curse for how it blocks the gruesome scene and his vision. Cold wind blows by and he shivers. He could turn back and try to find the beach, yet he keeps walking farther in.
But as long as his gut feels heavy, he can’t bring himself to turn around. He just feels like… if The Collector is here…
He needs to find them. He’d feel a lot better knowing they’re together to figure this out.
Something hops out of the bushes.
“Waugh!” He skids to a stop.
A rabbit blinks at him, sniffing. He holds a claw over his racing heart. Oh, Tita— whatever. He heaves out a sigh. Just a rabbit.
It stares at him a moment longer, then hops through the bushes.
Hmm.
With renewed curiosity, he follows it. Trees and bones clear out to a small circle. He doesn’t see the rabbit, but he does see a rippling, shadowy figure sitting in the center.
He squints. Hesitantly, he steps forward and touches their shoulder.
With a swoosh the darkness slips off.
His surprise turns to complete and utter relief upon The Collector being revealed.
They startle and snap their head up. He pulls his claw back, watching them hesitantly.
“Collector—?”
They reel back and scramble against a tree. Something glimmers in their eyes, unfamiliar, but it makes his gut roll all the same.
It… it almost looks like fear.
Their hand touches a stray bone. They flinch at the crunch, eyes darting to the noise, and pale. Quickly, he looks back at King and raises an arm, pressing farther against the tree.
He doesn’t know what to say. He’s not sure he can say anything.
After what could be a minute or year, they open their mouth.
“Wh-why are you just standing there?” they ask. He lowers his arm, fear turning to frustration. “At least do something! This is weird, even for a drea—”
They stop.
They look up and around. Clarity lights their eyes.
“For a… I’m dreaming!” they exclaim.
He steps back as The Collector shoots up, pep back in their step.
They laugh with a deranged edge. “It's a dream, take that!” They punch the air. “Woah, I’ve never had a lucid dream before,” they say to themself. “How do you wake up from those? Pinching your arm…?”
He finally strangles his tongue into making words. “Collector!”
They jump. “Oh, right, you’re still here.”
“Collector, I think—”
“If you’re gonna try to yell at me or something, I really don’t care, cause I’m gonna wake up soon,” he says and puts their hands on their hips.
The statement throws him off farther. “What?” he asks, befuddled. “No, I’m not gonna yell at you.”
“Huh.” They frown at him. “You’re so responsive.”
“Collector, I’m not part of your dream! I’m actually King! I think we’re dream sharing, or something?” he questions. “I don’t really know, but I thought you would.”
“And so elaborate!”
“Collector!”
“Ugh, okay, I’ll humor you dream King,” they say, like this is the most suffering task he could possibly give them. “But us dream sharing is impossible without a spell and I’d remember doing one.”
He tries to think. “Last time this happened was because of those trapper guys, right?”
“Right.”
“Did the spell never wear off?”
“Ohh. Oh!” They jump. “Wait, you’re right! So that means—”
Their movement stutters to a halt.
“King…?” they ask.
“It’s me,” he says.
They stare at him a moment longer. Then they lurch forward and pull him into a tight hug.
“King!” they exclaim, squeezing him. “I’m so glad you’re here!”
“Crushing… me,” he wheezes.
They pull back. “Oops. King! Aw, I totally thought you were part of my dream for a second there.”
“I could tell. How do we get out of here?” he asks.
“Hmm.” They stand and snap their fingers. He frowns. “Yeah, my dream magic’s never been that good.”
“Is there a way to wake up?”
They pick up a stick and point it. “Probably not, it’s hard forcing yourself to wake up. Guess we gotta take the long way out.”
They scoop King up.
“Weh!”
“You can close your eyes,” they tell him.
He remembers the graveyard of Titan skeletons. Gratefully, he keeps his eyes shut.
“When we wake up, I’ll undo the spell. Probably shoulda done it in the first place,” they say.
His first instinct is to agree, but he thinks of how, without it, he would have lost all contact with The Collector when they were kidnapped. As distressing and vague as they were, he doesn’t think he could have handled losing all connection with them.
“Maybe we should keep it?” he suggests.
“What? Why?” they ask, incredulous.
“It’d let us keep talking, even if something happened to either of us,” he explains. “That’s pretty useful to have, right?”
“Umm, but you’re gonna have these dreams sometimes. Not every time, I think…”
“I can deal with a couple of nightmares!”
“Aw, but you’re so baby.”
“Luz never should have taught you that word.”
“Anyway, I can deal with this myself,” they say. “It’s better to undo it.”
He climbs up their shoulder, guessing at where their face is. “But I don’t want you to! It’d be helpful, besides, you have to respect me and my decisions at least a little bit, right?”
“Hmm…”
They go silent for quite a bit.
“You don’t have to think about it so hard!” he yells.
“I guess I do.”
“Great. Thanks,” he deadpans.
“You’re welcome.” Their footsteps turn crunchier. “You can open your eyes now,” they say.
He blinks them open, assaulted with bright blue in place of darkness. He rubs his eyes as they slowly adjust.
The Collector sets him down.
The skies fire suddenly burns out to a dull sunset. It casts harsh shadows, darkening the looming castles front, giving it a much more intimidating appearance. Soft glows of blue emit from its windows and doorless entrance.
It’s almost pretty.
He looks at The Collector.
They clutch their piece of the heart necklace he gifted them and Luz, staring out with pinched eyes.
It hits him, now, how The Collector had a whole life before this.
Most days it’s easy to forget they’ve had hundreds or thousands of years to live, physically that is, until their eyes go distant and they seem to remember something that could have been billions of years ago. It’s jarring to imagine. Even now, he knows so little about them.
They look down at him, then lean over with a grin. “D’ya wanna see my old room?”
“Weh?”
They reach a hand out and make a grabbing motion, jerking the castles broken half to sit in front of them.
Water crashes over them both. The Collector flicks his hand and pulls the water off him into a bubble, then chucks it off to the side.
“I lived on the left tower there!” They point with their stick. “And this is the entrance, usually it’d have these big doors with suns and moons.”
“Huh.” He follows them inside the crystal or marble like structure, looking up and down.
It’s big. The walls extend so high the ceiling is dark, decorated with glowing pink, blue and purple stars. Various animals he’s never seen, plants and objects are on display, more than he can count, lit to show their best sides. Pillars support the structure, framing beautiful depictions of stars, galaxies and planets mounted on the walls. He realizes the paintings are moving, shifting ever so slightly.
“Collectors sure knew how to decorate,” he says.
“What, this stuff?” They pause to look at a fossil on display. “Eh. Mine’s better.”
“Yours?”
He looks up at a swirling depiction of space, in colors he never knew it could have. A crack to his left alerts him.
The rest of the hall’s crumbled into a swirling, black void that seems to grow closer at the edges. He gasps and stumbles back. Quickly, he runs around the corner and skids to a halt in front of two, large doors.
Above reads The Archives in big text.
One of the doors is slightly ajar. He can’t see anything but inky darkness.
There’s a tug in his chest, beckoning him to walk closer. Slowly, he steps forward.
Someone grabs his claw.
He looks up to find The Collector. “Come on, silly,” they say.
They drag him from the doors. He whips his head around, suddenly startled out of a strange, fuzzy feeling.
The Archives and subsequent hallway is gone.
The Collector doesn’t seem to have noticed anything weird. They drag him to the foot of a spiral staircase and gesture up.
“This one’s mine!” they say proudly.
Low and behold, a huge skeleton of a deep sea creature crawls up the middle. The sheer awe it brings wipes his previous anxiety.
“Woah!” he exclaims.
“The animal washed up on the beach some time ago 'n I put its bones here. I don’t remember what it was called, but it was really big!” he says and throws out his arms. “And had these weird teeth! Anyway, my room’s up there.”
“Uh, I think we should hurry…” He nervously checks behind him.
“Pshh, I wasn’t gonna make us walk up all those stairs.”
They grab King’s claw and with a burst of air they both shoot up to the top.
He yelps. As soon as they touch the ground, he quickly grabs the wall to ensure he won’t fall over the stairs.
The Collector steps around him and he hears a door swing open. He looks up, seeing them gesture for him to come inside.
If you asked King to imagine The Collector’s room, he’d think it’d be a complete mess. Unorganized and loud with color to match their personality, the floor barely seeable.
He missed the mark. While filled with more stuff than he could imagine fitting in a single room, it’s completely neat. The walls are lined with shells, coral, small winged things that look like ancestors to bloodyflies and bones at the bottom. Jars of rocks sit in rainbow order, their gleam only challenged by blue beads hanging above their bed.
A handwoven yellow, deep red and blue rug stands out against their cerulean room.
They step over it and hop onto their bed. A breeze blows in from the window, billowing sheer curtains. Tentatively, he crawls onto their bed with them.
“Pretty cool, right?” they ask, smiling.
“Yeah…” He looks down at their sun and moon quilted blanket, then to the jars. Huh. There's few orange rocks and no light blue ones. “How’d you get all this ocean stuff if you’re scared of the ocean?” he asks.
“I’m not scared of the ocean!” They groan and look away. “Most of that stuff washed up on the shore, anyway. Some were gifts—like this!”
They grab a bone by their bed and heft it up.
He scoots forward. “What’s that from?”
“One of the people in the village had to get their arm amputated. Something about a big fish.” He shudders. “I asked em if I could keep the bone after and they let me.”
“That’s someone’s bone?!”
They giggle and hold it out to him. “You wanna touch it?”
“I don’t want to—” He stops.
Their smile brightens.
Slowly, he touches the end of the bone.
They laugh and pull it back. “Cool, isn’t it?”
“Ehh, I’m never gonna get into collecting bones like you and Luz.”
Wait.
One of the people in the village.
The only other intelligent species at that time were… Titan’s. They have to be talking about Titan’s.
He never gave much thought about The Collector’s and Titan’s. There was war that ended both species, leaving him and his Collector, the end.
But what’s before a war?
He grips the blanket.
Luz said to give The Collector time, and he’s trying, but it’s so hard when all his answers keep being just out of reach. Can’t he ask at least one thing? They already showed him their old room, maybe they’re in a nostalgic mood.
If he gets one shot, he’s gotta set his priorities.
“You look funny,” they say. “Are you thinking ‘bout something?”
He blinks. “Uh, yeah, actually. I wanted to, uh, maybe ask you a question?”
“Mhm.”
Here he goes. “You… knew my dad, right?”
“Hmm? Yeah.”
“Uh, well, could you—could you tell me what he was like?”
Their grip tightens around their stick. They turn, holding a hand to their chin. “She was liiike… you!”
“She? Wait, really?!” he gasps.
“Uhuh.” They tap their stick. “Cared too much about stupid things, kinda stiff, super boring—”
“You can stop insulting me now.”
They grin back at him. “Fun to tease.”
He rolls his eyes. A realization strikes him. He thought The Collector might know a handful of things about his dad(?). Even that was a longshot, given their relationship of him imprisoning them. But they almost sound…
Fond.
A rumble is his only warning before the room jerks, then crashes.
Ocean water floods in from the window. He yells and stands up. “What’s going on?!”
“Oh.” The Collector is unbothered. “Don’t worry, this is always how it ends,” they say, watching the water.
“Always?” he repeats.
The water swirls at his feet and darkens deeper and deeper, until it’s a familiar blue.
“Collector—”
They stand, water lapping at their ankles and his knees. “Well, this was fun. See you when we wake up!”
Their wave is the last thing he sees, before water overtakes his vision and everything
turns
black.
King shoots up with a gasp.
He grabs his chest, gulping down air. Black spots crowd his vision. He blinks them away until soft light fills his vision, lighting up Luz’s old—now The Collector and King’s—room.
Slowly, his heart calms.
The blankets rustle behind him and he turns just as The Collector sits up. They rub their eyes, then stare at him, tilting their head.
“Uh,” he says eloquently. “Did we actually dream share or are my dreams just getting weirder?”
They blink, eyes widening.
“You were there!” they cry. “That’s good to know… bad to know? Are you sure you don’t want me to unmagic what those other guys did? You’re gonna have to keep dealing with all my…” He gestures a hand. “Stuff.”
He brushes himself off. “Erm, no, I stand by what I said. Besides, now we can deal with it together.”
They pause in pulling away their blanket and give him a blank look.
“What?” he asks.
“You’re weird,” they say.
“Huh?! No I’m not!”
They hop up, bonnet falling off their head. “You’re super weird. But that’s okay, cause we’re all weird.”
He groans. “You’re weirder.”
“Am not.”
“Are too.”
“I don’t say confusing stuff like you do.” They poke his snout. “I’m gonna get dressed, leave.”
“Half of what you say is confusing! That’s like, your whole thing!” he argues.
They push him out of the room. “Goodbyeee!” they sing song.
“Hey, this is my room too, you know—”
“Uhuh!” They slam the door shut.
He sags in defeat.
He must be standing there stewing in annoyance for longer than intended, because eventually, Eda pokes her head around the corner.
“King!” she says. “You both doing alright? I was just about to get you for breakfast.”
“I got kicked out of my own room,” he says sullenly.
“It happens.”
“Does it?”
She shrugs. “Wanna come down and eat with me?”
He brightens at the thought of delicious food. “Ooo, what are we having?”
“Leftovers. I tried cooking, but I just kept burning everything…”
Notes:
kings dad he/she intersex (all titans are) and bigender btw. since the collector never elaborates upon things kings going to lay awake at night wondering if hes been misgendering his dad this whole time
Chapter 15: It's Really Easy, Totally, For Sure
Summary:
King learns more magic, romance is discussed, and Eda has a moment with The Collector
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“WAKE UP!”
King screams.
“Wh—what?! What?!” He whips his head around, heart pounding.
The Collector lowers the pot and pan they banged together. “It’s almost noon! You gotta get up!”
He rubs his skull to dispel the ringing in his ears. “Gah. Why did you do that?” he hisses.
“Luz and her mama are coming over for lunch, remember? And we gotta clean! Clean, clean, clean. So get up or I’m gonna hit these again.” He waves the pot and pan.
“I’m up, I’m up!”
Why they think the house needs more cleaning after they've already done so much the past week, he'll never know. His groan turns to a yawn and he stretches. The Collector bounces on their feet, watching him.
He yelps when they lose patience and push him out the room. “Hey!” He glares. “What’s up with you today?”
They drag him to the bathroom, place him on his stool and hand him his berry flavored toothpaste. The Collector uses mint because it makes them ‘feel cleaner’, but the taste is too strong for King.
“I’ve been up for hours!” They throw out an arm and begin brushing their teeth. “‘n Eda’s person has been over just talkin’ with her the whole time and you can’t interrupt adults when they’re talking so I’ve been sooo bored.”
“Eda’s person?” he asks. “Like, Raine?”
“Raine, whatever.” Impossibly he brushes faster. They’re done before King’s on his bottom canines. “So let’s play before everyone comes over!”
“I’m not done brushing.”
They throw their head back and groan. “You’re so slooow.”
“You’re way too hyper this early,” he says.
“It’s not early! It’s noon!” They lean onto the counter and bounce. “And Luz’s friends and girlfriend are coming over too, cause she wants to introduce them and her mama, so we’re gonna have no time to play the whole day cause everyone’s gonna be too busy, so we gotta do it now!”
He keeps brushing.
“Kiiing,” they whine.
“Hold on!”
He goes quicker just to get out of their scrutiny. “Alright,” he says when he’s done, “we can go now—”
The Collector yanks him up. Clearly without a seconds thought, they skid out the bathroom and run down the stairs. He can only be thankful for their secure hold as they bound outside, King only catching a glimpse of Eda and Raine in the kitchen.
“What should we do?” they ponder and spin on their heel.
He wriggles out of their arms and climbs onto their shoulder. “I dunno, not anything too exciting? I’m still tired.”
They hum and point a finger out, all the way til landing on the shed. Their eyes brighten and they grin.
“What are you making that face for?” he asks slowly.
“Okay”—They clap their hands together—“I know it’s not playing, but maybe I could teach ya more magic!” They throw out their hands with an explosion of glitter and stars.
He squints, skeptical. “I don’t have more magic.”
“Yes you do, silly.” They boop his snout. “Three of the main glyphs are under your domain! That’s a lot of stuff! Plant, fire, ice.” They count on their hand. “Your magic is all earthy and watery. Like mud.”
He looks down at his claws. “I have mud magic?”
“Basically. Then light is my stuff and everything that comes from space.” They point up.
“So Titan’s are… the ground, and Collector’s are space,” he says. “The sky?”
“Uhuh!”
“Aren’t you more powerful than me? Why do you only have one kind of glyph?” he asks.
“Glyphs aren’t the only typa magic, they’re just the most, ummm… accessible! Like, they make it so everyone can use them. We chose to give you guys light. Or, the others did… it was a long time ago,” they say, quieter.
He tosses the new concepts in his mind. He knows Titan’s were powerful, especially when living on the corpse of one that sprouted life itself. But he never tied that to himself. Being told directly this is his power, that he can do things like that, is… a lot.
In attempt to move his mind away from it, he asks, “Can someone’s domain be earthy magic and sky magic?”
“Not really… you’d just be like a god, then.”
“You wouldn’t call us gods?”
They laugh. “Us? No way! We’re normal people.”
He frowns. “But if people act like we aren’t…”
They point at a pot. “Hey, if everyone said that pot was actually a thirty feet tall griffin, would it be true?”
“Uh—”
“It wouldn’t, cause that’s not how it works,” he says plainly. “So it doesn’t matter if some people say you’re anything other than King, cause they’re not you, and they don’t get to decide that.”
Oh.
Stunned by their eloquence, he doesn’t register them opening the shed and walking in until they’ve stopped.
“Now,” they start, “let’s resurrect Jean-Luc!”
“What?!”
“I said I was gonna teach you more magic. This is me doing that,” he says.
He realizes they’re standing in front of Jean-Luc’s decapitated body, left in the shed by Eda and Luz.
“Didn’t he try to kill you?!” he half yells.
“I’m over it.”
“That’s not the point!”
They pick up Jean-Luc’s head. “I don’t understand the problem. Don’t you want your weird stone guy back?”
He has to admit, there was comfort in Jean-Luc’s presence, but… “What if he tries doing that again?” he asks. “I can’t control him!”
Instead of realizing the gravity of the situation and acting accordingly, The Collector turns to him with a sly grin. “Are you worriiied about meee?”
“No,” he deadpans.
“Look, you could drop an anvil on me and I’d be fine. This is nothing,” they say.
“Have you tried that before?”
They ignore him. “And the point of this is so you can control your magic! It’s weird he didn’t listen to you before, even with a failsafe he should have been under your command, but we can work on it.”
Doubt permeates his mind. “Isn’t this too high level? Shouldn’t I start with something, I dunno, simpler?”
“This is simple! Makin' and controlling life is Titan 101.”
“Right. Just… making life. Super simple.”
“Jean-Luc’s already been made, anyway, so you’ve taken out sooo many steps. All you need to do is command him to turn off,” they say and wave his head. “Once I put this on.”
“I don’t think this is a good idea,” he says in case it’ll make them change their mind.
“All my ideas are good ideas.”
He’s not sure why he tries. Maybe he can stall until Luz gets here and she can convince them out of this. “What if I can’t figure it out and he wrecks the place?”
“I can just fix everything.” They twirl a finger. “Don’t you wanna learn more magic, King?”
“I do, but—”
“Okay then let’s do it!” They place his head.
“Wait—”
Blue eyes light up.
Oh no.
Luz has been sweating since she woke up.
Her nerves over Camila meeting her friends has kept her jittery and worse for wear. It’s not just about good impressions, but also the fact she’ll be… well, coming out. She knows her mom will react positively, just based on a handful of conversations they’ve had, but it’s different knowing versus experiencing. She and Amity agreed it’d be best to get it out of the way, both so they didn’t have to hide anything (they’re terrible liars) and so Luz could rest easy.
She clutches her laptop. She even made a whole cheesy presentation to help with coming out. Thankfully, her mom accepted her vague reasoning of ‘needing to show her something’, so she got to bring it along.
First she has to get through lunch.
“Are you sure I made enough?” Camila asks her, looking at the tupperware she holds. “I’ve seen how much King eats.”
“Mamá, they won’t starve,” she replies.
“Everyone deserves a big lunch,” Camila says resolutely.
She laughs. It’s a good sign Camila is worrying, she must like the Clawthornes.
She’s a little concerned when they draw closer to the portal door and she hears what sounds like yelling. With trepidation, she opens the door.
Of course, she can’t be met with normal, calm scenery.
The Collector casually holds back an active Jean-Luc, who’s desperately trying to get a hit on them, being stopped each time by a simple block of their hand. King holds his claws out frantically.
“You gotta focus and tug!” they say, throwing up a hand to catch Jean-Lucs weapon-like hand.
“I don’t know how!” King yells. “This isn’t natural to me like you!”
She dashes forward. “Collector! What’s going on?!”
“Oh, Luz!” The Collector smiles and waves. Jean-Luc strikes their shoulder. They wince and grab his arm and twist it back. “Ow.”
Shoot. She slaps down an ice glyph and sends it to Jean-Luc, effectively trapping him in a sheet of ice. She skids to a halt in front of The Collector.
“Oh my gosh, are you okay? Why is Jean-Luc here? What are you guys doing?” she asks rapidly. She touches their shoulder, then pulls up their sleeve to check for bruising.
The Collector is unbothered. “I’m trying to show King how to use his magic, but he’s really bad at it.”
“Couldn’t you have trapped Jean-Luc before doing this?” King asks, tail smoothing down.
“You know, I didn’t think of that,” they say.
She sighs and pats their head. “Please be safer next time.”
“What is going on?” Camila asks slowly, staring at Jean-Luc with a perturbed face.
“Umm,” Luz says.
“He’s my weird stone guardian,” King explains. “We had to decapitate him a month ago. The Collector thought we should re-activate him so I could learn more magic, but it’s not working.”
Camila doesn’t look any less unsettled.
“It’s not normally like this,” Luz says quickly.
“It would work, if you could just… grab onto your magic!” The Collector says.
“I told you, I don’t know what that means,” King complains.
They groan. “It’s just—you just feel it build up, like it’s in your chest and hands and you reach out to that feeling and you pull it. Shape it into what you want. You gotta notice the way magic—your magic—feels. So if you keep practicing, noticing that will be second nature.”
Camila takes her grimace off of Jean-Luc, looking in thought. “Like meditation?”
“Huh?” The Collector holds a hand to their chin. “Oh, yeah, I guess that could work. I always found that boring.”
“How’s that supposed to help me?” King asks.
“Well, when you meditate you’re trying to ground yourself and notice all the little sensations around you,” Camila says. “So if I understand correctly, magic is like that? And you have to do that to, er, control this little stone man?” She stares flatly at Jean-Luc.
“Yes!” The Collector shakes their fists. “Exactly like that!”
King looks at the ground. “Meditation, huh? If it works, then…”
He sits in front of Jean-Luc. He closes his eyes, holds his claws together and takes a deep breath.
Everyone waits in anticipatory silence.
King stands. With purpose, he strides forward and places a claw on Jean-Luc. He breathes out. Narrows his eyes. And…
Jean-Luc’s eyes fizzle to darkness.
King blinks. “I… I did it?”
The Collector bounces on his feet, then squeals and tackles King. “YOU DID IT!”
“Weh!”
They spin with King in their hold. “You did it, you did it, you did it!”
“I did it!” He throws out his arms. “You’re right, it is like—like a buzzing in my chest and then—”
“And then it goes to your hands!”
“And then I pulled!”
“Aaah!” They laugh and spin again.
“Oh my gosh!” She claps her hands together, then hops forward to join the hug. “King, congratulations!”
Camila smiles. “Good job, I… think? I’m glad it helped.”
“It did!” King exclaims. “It—augh, ow—!” He holds his head.
“That’ll happen the first few times,” The Collector says. “Dizziness, fatigue, black spots in your vision, usually for a few minutes.”
“It doesn’t mean anything bad, right?” Luz asks.
“Nope! He’s just so little that using stronger magic can take a toll. He just needs to get used to doin’ it,” they say.
“This didn’t happen with my sonic scream,” King groans.
“That’s not something you need to put a lotta focus on.”
“You know what can help with exhaustion?” Camila holds out the tupperware. “Food.”
King brightens. “Lunch!” he cries.
“Lunch!” Luz echoes. “Lunch, lunch lunch…”
The three of them parrot lunch as they head inside. The Collector ensures to excavate Jean-Luc so they can put him in his and King’s room again, because ‘the shed is so lonely’.
Eda looks up from the table where she and Raine sit. Her eyes widen. “Woah, what’d you guys get into? And why’s Jean-Luc here?”
“King fixed him by doing more magic!” The Collector declares.
“Eda, I did it!” King runs to her. “I learned how to control him better and I finally understand what The Collector was talking about with the buzzing and feeling your magic thing!”
Eda gasps. “You did more magic? Ohh…” She makes a choked sound and pulls King into a hug. “I’m so proud of you!”
King laughs and bumps into her jaw.
“They grow up so fast,” Eda sighs.
“I’m not that old yet!”
“Aww.” Raine grins, then bears a startled look upon seeing Camila. “Er, hello miss… Noceda? It’s nice to meet you.”
“Camila Noceda.” She reaches out to shake their hand.
“Yes, I’m Raine Whispers.”
Luz’s smile widens. She looks to the hall and waits until The Collector comes back. They hop in, notice her staring, and reach up to touch her nose.
“Boop!”
She giggles and touches theirs. “Boop!”
“Alright everyone, come sit at the table,” Eda calls.
She goes to her usual spot. It’s interesting that Raine is over today. Even more interesting they and Eda have been talking… she shoots a grin at Eda, subtly gestures to Raine, then tilts her head questioningly.
Eda blushes and waves her hand, either telling Luz to back off or indicating she’ll talk about it later. Works for her.
“What’d you make this time?” King asks Camila eagerly.
Camila sets the tupperware in what’s functionally a microwave, technically a box with fire glyphs. “It’s mofongo—Collector, you’ll like this—made from mashed plantains, garlic, salt and oil.”
“Plantains!” The Collector exclaims, leaning over.
So far it’s his favorite human food, Luz guesses because it’s technically a fruit. Camila’s picked up their preferences fast, along with King’s liking to meat and Eda’s odder tastes. It makes her chest feel warm.
“I should really make you morir soñando sometime,” Camila says.
“Ohh, what’s that?” they ask
“Orange juice and evaporated milk,” Luz answers. “It’s really good.”
“I dunno what either of those things are, but I want it!”
“What’s the meat?” King asks when Camila sets down and opens the tupperware.
“Chicharrón,” she answers, “and there’s a chicken broth in this one.”
As Camila serves the food, Luz notices The Collector ducking under the table. She looks down, curious, then with amused confusion as they take off her shoes.
“Watcha doing?” she asks.
He crawls back up from under the table and chucks her shoes at the front door.
At her expression they say, “You don’t wear shoes inside.”
“Luz! We are guests,” Camila chastises.
“Augh, but it’s so inconvenient!” she complains. “Aren’t you wearing shoes?” she asks The Collector.
He looks at his. “These are slippers. You’re supposed to wear them inside.”
“Good thing I don’t wear shoes,” King says around a mouthful of food.
“But you wear those outside, too,” she says, less to argue and more for clarification.
The Collector sits back in their chair. “Slippers are versatile.”
She laughs. “Alright, whatever you say. Sorry I keep wearing my shoes inside.”
“Thank you.”
He pokes at his food. They always do that, as in wait for the go ahead to eat. She’s not sure if it was a custom in his old home, or maybe he did something similar to human prayers before eating so now he’s thrown out of loop on when to eat, but either way it leaves her disconcerted.
“You don’t always need someone’s permission to start eating, you know,” she whispers.
“Mm.” Is their noncommittal response. Still, they begin eating.
It’s a, all things considered, normal lunch. Camila and Eda talk a lot about adult stuff she doesn’t get yet and Camila’s job. She hopes it’s a sign they’re getting along.
Soon enough Hooty barges into the kitchen.
“Luuuz, your friends are heeere,” Hooty sings. “And the scary purple one!”
“Oh!” She jolts up and winces at her chair screeching back. “I’ll get it!”
She dashes to the door and swings it open.
“Guys!”
“Luz!” Her friends cheer.
“Is your—”
“Did your mom—”
“Can we see your mom?!” Gus asks loudly over the crowd of questions.
“Yes!” she says. “She’s just in the kitchen. How are you guys?”
“Good,” Amity smiles. “The library’s still really busy with us trying to upheave everything and get more reliably sourced historical books, but we’re making progress. Lilith’s been helping a lot, actually.”
“That’s really cool!” she says. “If you ever need any help…”
“I know, but you’re already so busy,” Amity says.
“Did you hear the rumors about the remaining heads plans for school?” Willow asks. “They’re gonna reshape the whole education system!”
“Oh, wow.”
“It’s probably for the best, but I’ll miss the illusion track,” Gus sighs.
“I hope they keep the sports,” Willow says.
“Yeah, I’d really like the chance to actually join flier derby next year,” Hunter says, in his usual place of keeping near Willow and Gus. Luz looked away for a week and they formed a trio.
Wait. “Hunter! You’re gonna go to school next year?!” she exclaims.
He looks embarrassed. “I was thinking it’d be nice…?”
“We’re gonna force him to,” Willow says.
“Luz?” Eda calls.
She jumps. “Gus, you can ask my mom as many questions as you want after I do my thing, uhh, I guess that goes for the rest of you too.”
“Right, your human ritual. Don’t worry, I’m ready for celebration.” He poofs in two bi flags.
“Oh my god,” she says, delighted.
“We’ve been studying the book you lent us in preparation,” Amity says. “A lot of our terms are similar, but, you know, just in case. It seems like the flags are mostly different.”
“I totally would have put something different on them without that book,” Gus says.
She laughs upon remembering how dramatic the Boiling Isles pride flags are. “I love your guys flags. Okay, okay, come inside!”
She waves them in. They all squish through the doorway, clearly impatient.
“Mom!” Luz bounds into the kitchen. “Mom, come meet my friends!”
Camila looks up. “Oh! Yes, of course, I’ve been so excited to meet you all!” She stands and faces the group.
“Hi, miss Noceda!” Gus extends a hand. “I’m Gus. It’s great to meet you! I had a whole human club back in school, so I’ve been really excited.”
“Oh, a… human club?”
“I’m Willow!
“I’m Amity. Thanks for agreeing to meet us,” she says politely.
“Uh, and I’m… Hunter.”
“These are my friends.” Luz gestures across everyone. “And, um… hold on!”
She skids to the living room, picks up her laptop and rushes back.
Eda rises. “You doing it now, Luz?”
“Mhm.”
“We’ll give you some privacy,” she says.
Eda and Raine stand, then King realizes the situation and follows suit. He pokes The Collector until they follow. “Come on,” he whispers.
She watches them go. Camila looks puzzled now. “What are you doing, Luz?” she asks.
Oh boy. Here goes nothing.
She opens her laptop and hits play.
Eda shuts the door behind her.
“I should go now, anyway,” Raine says, twiddling their thumbs. “Um… thanks for having me,” they smile.
Her cheeks heat up. It’s hard to believe they actually talked about anything, harder to believe Raine agreed on giving them another shot.
It’s just one date, she reminds herself. It hasn’t even happened yet. Raine could decide their feelings truly have faded, or she could screw up the evening, or someone much more put together and better than her could whisk them away and she'd be happy for them but damn if it wouldn't hurt.
That’s not now, though.
“Anytime,” she manages to say. “I’ll… see you next week.”
For their date.
Oh jeez.
They leave with a flushed face and smile.
King squints at her. She rolls her eyes and her smile dims to something more comfortable.
“Why do we have to be outside?” The Collector asks.
She leans against the house. “Luz is doing something very important right now, so we can’t bother her too much,” she says. “We’ll come back in when she’s done.”
“Hmm… okay!”
“She’s ‘coming out’, right?” King asks.
“Yep.” She pops the p. “It’s a bigger deal for humans, but Luz said it should go fine.”
The Collector flops onto the grass. “Coming out of what?”
“She’s coming out as bi,” King says.
“Bi?”
“When you like, uh, everyone?” King says, unsure. “Pan is also like that.”
She debates how to explain attraction. They’re too young for the talk, and oh boy, it’s just hit her she’ll have to deal with that someday, but she could explain other parts.
“Romantically like,” she clarifies. “Like when you enter a relationship with someone and kiss em and stuff. But you got it right.”
They stop rolling. “Ohh. I don’t get it.”
“I don’t really either.” King shrugs. “Why does love matter so much?”
They point at him. “That’s what I’m thinking!”
“Eh, you might understand when you’re older, you might not.” She waves a hand. “Lily’s like that too, cause she figured out she’s aromantic. But you two have a lot of time to decide on that stuff.”
“Ugh, Lilith?” they grimace. “I don’t want to have anything in common with her.”
“You know, you already have lots of things in common. You could get along with her,” she says with a toothy grin.
“Pshh, no way.” He continues rolling in the grass.
“Lilith isn’t that bad. We ate ice cream and talked about parental issues,” King says.
That must be why five cartons of ice cream were bought and gone in one day, she wondered about that.
“I can do that without Lilith!” they declare. “What’s ice cream?”
King sits in the grass beside them. “It’s like this frosty sweet treat, melts in your mouth.”
“Ooh!”
“We’ll get you some next time I shop,” she decides.
Turns out, Luz coming out went really well. If her cheer and Gus’ illusions of bi flags and a rainbow are anything to go off of.
Camila and Luz stuck around longer than usual, so Camila could have more time to get to know Luz’s friends, but it wasn’t long until Camila checked the time and said something about needing to get home.
Eda respects Camila’s wishes, but she does hope Luz will be allowed over longer and more often sooner rather than later.
She waves Camila and Luz away as they leave through the portal.
Twilight rapidly descends from the setting sun. In a few hours, she’ll be putting the kids to bed. But for now…
She heads back to the living room. The Collector’s trying to lead King through cat’s cradle, with little avail due to him having less fingers.
“Collector,” she starts, “you gotta have a bath. You’re dirty from rolling in the ground earlier and you’re overdue anyway.”
He blinks up at her with wide eyes.
“A… bath?”
She mentally grimaces, remembering how King didn’t take kindly to baths when he was younger. There was a lot of yelling. Hopefully The Collector isn’t as fussy—
The Collector shoots up, flings open a window and crawls out of it in the blink of an eye.
She almost doesn’t process it. King stares wide eyed at the window. Thankfully, mom mode kicks in packed with fast reflexives.
“Wh—get back here!” She runs out the door.
The Collector brushes himself off, then jolts, looking back at the window, to her, then the trees.
Of course, he makes a break for it.
Why. She grits her teeth and runs after them. Parenting sometimes means chasing your kid down when they don't want to do something that they have to.
“Kid!” she shouts. “Come on, baths aren't scary!”
“I’m not taking one! I’m clean!” they yell.
She groans. “You liked the lake so much, what’s wrong with a bath?”
He dives into the trees. She estimates his direction and swerves to cut him off. They yelp, try to course correct, only to be caught by her arm.
“Kid—”
“NO! No, no, no!” He squirms in her grip and pushes at her.
“At least just try it today—”
Quicker than she expected, they fall limp in her grip. “Nooo,” he whines, “you’re gonna make me do it again next week and the week after that and the week after that and it never ends!” They stomp their foot.
“I’m sorry, Collector, but it’s important. I see you clean the house for fun! What’s different with yourself?” she asks.
“Ughh, but I’m not touching the water when I clean other stuff,” they say, leaning back.
She doesn’t understand why this is an issue now but not at the lake.
“You’ll feel better after a bath,” she says. “It won’t be long—”
She makes the mistake of loosening her grip, foolishly assuming he would comply now.
Instead they blink once, clearly realizing their chance for escape, then darts out of her grip in less than a second.
She stares at her empty hand.
“Oh, dammit,” she mutters.
It takes twenty minutes of struggling, kicking, yelling, even some magic, but Eda manages to get The Collector in the bathroom.
He makes it known every step of the way how much he hates this. Even now, she can hear them kicking at the floor and huffing frustrated breaths.
She nearly collapses against the tub. Hard part done.
With a deep sigh, she turns on the faucet.
“Don’t even think about going out the windows, Hooty’s on watch,” she warns.
The Collector hmphs behind her.
She waits until the tub is filled. After, she pours in soap for bubbles, hoping it'll make the experience more enjoyable. Once she’s satisfied, she closes her eyes and she gestures them over. “Okay, come on.”
She strains to listen for them sloshing in the water. After a minute, she decides it's been long enough to open her eyes.
Immediately she laughs.
They look like an angry wet cat. Soap bubbles have somehow gotten in their hair, adding to their disgruntled expression and stiff posture.
They glare at her. “What?”
“Nothing.” With some awkward maneuvering she manages to squeeze shampoo onto her hand. He might be too old for assistance, but she doesn’t trust him to actually wash himself, much less correctly. Who knows what bathing was like thousands of years ago?
Slowly, she touches their hair. His shoulders rise. She winces. Don’t freak out, don’t freak out…
They don’t relax, but thank whatever, don’t stiffen further. With mild anxiety and much hesitation, she wills herself to scrub the shampoo into their scalp. Maybe if she acts casual they’ll realize she won’t do anything bad.
“If it makes you feel any better, King’s gonna have to take a bath too,” she says.
“Mm.” They touch the soap bubbles.
Nerve induced rambling kicks in. “He didn’t like baths either. Still doesn’t, actually. My first time trying to get him into the tub left the bathroom half flooded.”
“Heh.”
She smiles. “I found him when he was really small. Gave him his old collar, I didn’t realize he was sentient until he spoke, but in my defense, he looks a lot like a beast demon. Then I wasn’t sure how his aging worked, so—get a load of this—I was calling him my roommate the first eight years.”
They laugh. “You called your son your roommate?”
“He’d act so mature sometimes, then like he was five!” she says. “Oh, I’d never raised a kid before. I didn’t know what I was doing.”
He hums and tilts his head. “Do you have more stories?”
“Plenty.”
She regales them with every funny or crazy tale she can remember, starting when King was nearly a baby up to his current age. It takes her a bit to get into the groove of storytelling, but once she’s got it, she thinks she does a fantastic job.
They hum and nod through it, occasionally laughing and making her chest swell. It’s nice knowing she has a shot at connecting with him—that maybe she could help them take down these walls.
Being imprisoned in a tablet must have dealt a large blow to his trust. It certainly explains a few things about him. It just doesn’t explain everything. Sometimes the way they act…
She wishes she could find who did this and give them a good punch.
But they must be long gone now, and all she’s left with is too many questions and a scared kid unable to answer.
“We’re almost done,” she says. “Sorry it took so long, you were a lot filthier than I realized.”
She places her hand back on their head, intending to do one more rinse. She stills when he falls limp against her.
Their eyes are closed.
Oh.
She smiles softly.
Getting him dried off and into clothes is a lot harder when he’s asleep and she’s down an arm, but she can’t bring it in herself to wake them up. No, nothing would make her do that, not when it’s the most content she’s ever seen him.
Luckily they’re light enough to carry with one arm. She nudges open his bedroom door and as carefully as she can, sets him onto the sleeping bag.
She pulls their blanket over them. He doesn’t stir a bit. It’s been a long day, huh?
A strong part of her wants to kiss their head, or something like that, but they’re not at the point where she can mother them all she wants. Not when he still barely lets her be affectionate.
Maybe someday.
“Goodnight,” she whispers.
Notes:
ALMOST 1000 KUDOS??? :EYES: HELLOOOOO?? this has blown up since the finale aired so hi new readers!! i hope you enjoy your stay!! thank you all for reading :D i really appreciate it
very excited to be dropping more world building stuff espc about magic ESPC about titans and collectors. always rotating them in my head
Chapter 16: We Didn't Die Celebration
Summary:
Amity gets a try at being a big sister when she takes The Collector to the marketplace
Chapter Text
Amity has a soft spot for little kids.
Even before Luz, reading to the little ones and keeping them entertained at the library was one of the few joys in her life. Kids don’t care about the complicated weave of trying to hold yourself as steady and perfect as can be under social and familial pressure—those things haven’t been ingrained into them yet. They’re silly, much simpler in ways she’s found to be profound, and she’s given the chance to feel like an older sister.
So can you blame her for voluntarily saddling herself with The Collector for a day?
“They’ve been sulking the whole time I’ve been over,” she tells Eda, “did something happen?”
Eda twists her wrench. She’s been under the sink for the better part of an hour, trying to work out a pipe issue. “Ah, I dunno, not even Luz could get anything out of him.” She hisses under her breath and mutters this would be so much easier with magic. “King said they’ve been like that since they woke up. I tried helping, but… they’re not very receptive to my help.”
She glances to the living room, where The Collector lays on the floor. King continues stacking a pile of toys on them.
“Maybe he needs something to do,” she says.
“They won’t play,” Eda sighs. “Or read, or clean, or do anything he usually likes doing.”
“Something new. Like…”
Since Luz and Camila left, Amity planned to head out and buy something for Camila. She wanted to have a gift their first meeting, then their second, but not enough stores had been open each time. Today, though, there’s been a boom in businesses re-opening, staging their comeback after the mess of the Day of Unity.
Without thinking about it, she suggests, “I could take them out.”
Eda raises a brow.
She flusters and tugs her skirt. “It might be good if he gets out of the house? I was going to shop anyway, it’s not any trouble.”
“I trust you, boots, but you don’t know each other very well. I don’t know if it’s a good idea,” Eda says.
She’d let it go any other time. She’s an acquaintance at best, barging in during a low mood, it’s a recipe for being blown off. But The Collector is so small, probably nine, she feels wrong leaving when she could do something.
Admittedly, she also has a strong motive to bond with Luz’s family more, The Collector included. She’s been… not great about that. She needs to do better if she’s going to be King and The Collector’s future sister in law! Showing they can depend on her is a good first step.
Her face heats up at the thought of marrying Luz.
“Anyway,” she says, then realizes that doesn’t make sense to Eda. “Er, I mean… I know how to handle kids. I promise it’ll only be a few hours. I can even update you every twenty minutes if you’re worried.” She waves her scroll.
Eda scoots back to properly give her a look. “You’re not backing down, are you?”
“No,” she says.
Eda hrms. “You really think it’ll help?” She considers this, then sighs. “Alright, fine. But you better keep me updated!” She points her wrench.
“Don’t worry, they’ll be in good hands.”
She spins on her heel and walks to the living room with determination. King looks up as she kneels by The Collector. “Hey,” she greets.
They look up. “Luz’s girlfriend?” he asks, eyes squinted behind his hair. “Why are you still here? Luz left.”
She holds out her hand. “I’m gonna take you shopping with me. There’s a boom in re-openings today, so it’ll be fun! A lot more celebratory than usual, at least.”
They stare at her outstretched hand. With visible confusion, he takes it, letting her pull him up.
“Hey, why don’t I get to come?” King asks.
Eda walks in, wrench in hand. “Because I’m gonna teach you plumbing! About time you started learning basic skills like this, anyway.”
“Aw, I don’t wanna do plumbing…”
He sullenly follows Eda. The Collector watches them go, then gives Amity a suspicious look.
“Why are we going out?” they ask.
“Do you not want to?” she frowns. It’d be a hit in her plans.
“I just mean, we don’t really know each other…”
“And I’m going to fix that!”
With that declaration, she drags him out the door. The Collector yelps and stumbles to catch up, falling into step beside her with a bewildered expression.
She figures a gentle push is her best shot. If he really gets upset on the outing, of course she’ll take him back, but sometimes you gotta help someone out of their comfort zone.
She summons Ghost. “You’ve ridden a palisman before, right?” she asks.
“Mhm. Only your guys small ones, though,” they say.
She gestures for him to climb on. With a kick, they’re in the air.
“Small ones?” she echoes.
“Yeah, the other ones were too big to fly on. And none of them were mine.”
Weird. Were palismen much bigger all the way back then? She thinks The Collector’s been alive a long time, anyway, but the fact she isn’t sure of the specifics only proves her point of needing more time with them.
She decides to focus on the second part. “You could have a palisman if you wanted,” she says. “I’m sure we could find you one.”
He scoffs. “I don’t need a palisman.”
“Sometimes it’s more about having a friend.”
They don’t respond, keeping their irritated expression at her daring to suggest such a thing. She used to be like that. The realization strikes her—that’s where her confidence on what they need came from. She needs to stop assuming everyone works the same as her. But nothing else helped, according to Eda. Maybe her idea will turn out?
She touches down. The Collector gets off with her, then gasps.
Colorful streamers fill the sky, fluttering in the wind with balloons, confetti and the uplifting sound of mingling crowds. Along with open stores, stalls have been set up far and wide, their bright roofs gleaming in the sun. She squints to see the plaza. Belos’ statue has been demolished, now with a banner high above it, reading, ‘WE SURVIVED!’
The Collector runs forward. He catches some confetti and looks around in awe. “Is it usually like this?” they ask.
She de-transforms Ghost, letting her cat sit on her shoulder. “It’s not always this celebratory. Now that most have adjusted—or, are adjusting—to Belos’ fall, a celebration for our survival had to be held. It might become a holiday?”
“It’s like a festival…” they say.
She slows down so he has time to view everything. “If you want a festival, autumns equinox is coming up this month.”
They turn to her. “You guys still celebrate the seasons?! The longest night is my favorite!”
“That’s my favorite too!”
He bounces on his feet. “What’re we shopping for?”
“I need to buy a gift for Camila.” She surveys the stalls. “Since she’s a veterinarian—that’s a human job where you take care of animals—I think… maybe an animal figurine could be good? I thought about flowers, but it felt too personal.”
A stand full of jewelry catches her eye. She pauses to examine them. “She wears earrings, maybe…”
“Ooh!” The Collector peers at the display of earrings. They wave their hand through them and giggle at the jingling. “Earrings are the pretty things you and Luz have, right?” He brushes his hair back to tug his ears for emphasis. Huh, they’re round, not pointed. “I like em. Kinda want em.”
She touches her bleeding heart earrings, a gift from Willow. “You’ll have to ask Eda to get your ears pierced. You’re not scared of needles, are you?” she asks.
“Nope.”
“Just make sure you go to a reputable place. No piercing guns,” she says firmly.
They point their hands into ‘finger guns’ (what Luz calls them). “Pew pew!”
Earrings are too superficial, she decides, it’d only highlight how little she knows about Camila. She moves on from the stall.
Wind chimes dangle in another stall. A breeze ruffles her hair, a welcome feeling under the blistering sun—she can’t wait for cooler weather. As if reading her thoughts, the wind picks up to a sudden blast.
“Woah!” She hears The Collector say over incessant wind chimes. “Your skirt went all twirly.”
She looks at her pleated, old mauve colored skirt. She smiles and steps back. “Watch this.” With that, she spins in a circle.
He gasps. “Spinny! Do it again, do it again!”
She obliges. “Just one of the many joys of wearing a skirt,” she says.
“Aw, my overalls can’t do that.” He waves his bell sleeves. “This is the best I’ve got.”
“Try it when you’ve got a skirt! And if you get your ears pierced” —she leans in conspiratorially—“get dangly earrings.”
They giggle. “How do you make hair purple like yours? It’s pretty. Your whole thing is, I like it, cause you got the moon stuff going on too! We even have similar necklaces.” He tugs his top necklace, a half moon face painted into a brown gem.
“That’s just hair dye,” she answers, then holds out her own necklace. “Huh, they are similar.”
“What’s yours made of?” they ask.
“Amethyst, I think. I got it custom made, since, uh… well, it doesn’t matter—”
“It looks like Hecate’s necklace from The Good Witch Azura.”
She halts in her verbal tracks. “Er.” She was going to mention The Good Witch Azura was her reason for buying it, but chickened out at the last second, assuming he’d be uninterested at best. “Wait, you’ve read the Azura books?”
“Mhm. Luz read them to me and now King does,” they say, unaware of the floodgates they’ve opened.
Desperately, she struggles to close them. Don’t ask followup questions, don’t ask them, don’t ask them—“Um, uh, do you… like the books…?”
Dammit.
“Yeah! They’re fun!”
She can feel her brain going at terminal speed. “Oh, you do? I happen to also really enjoy them… um, you know, so…” Stop talking! “What’s… your favorite scene?”
She’s really bad at keeping on track, isn’t she?
“Hm, I dunno, I like most of the fight scenes like—oohh, like near the end of book three!” He punches the air.
“I love that too!” she exclaims. “The fight scenes are so artistically written, the pacing is amazing and it’s full of emotional beats that back up the characters and story! Since Azura and Hecate never really got to properly duel, no limitations, I’d always wondered what it’d be like, but with Hecate’s arc I assumed the chances for it happening were long gone so for it to be brought back in such a twisted way—”
Inhibitions abandoned, she doesn’t even think to stop running her mouth.
In the midst of her critiques on the middle of the book and how she felt the pacing could have been better, something brushes across her hand.
She pauses. The whole conversation The Collector hasn’t looked at her, but now they seem to purposefully keep their gaze to the side. His hand has edged considerably closer to hers.
“…all in all, I think it’s a solid book, but I see why the ending sticks out the most in comparison to the beginning and especially the middle,” she continues and with an air of causality takes The Collector’s hand.
They jump. Her anxiety spikes, insistent she assumed wrong—after all, he’s quick to constantly hug Luz with a brash energy most kids hold, perhaps he’d simply take Amity’s hand if he wanted to—but then he grips her hand fiercely.
Aw. She returns her focus to the marketplace, realizing she hasn’t been paying attention a while now. “Maybe we should loop back around,” she says, more to herself.
“What’s that?”
She follows The Collectors hand, pointed to a shop. “That’s ice cream,” she answers. “It is kind of hot…”
“Eda said she’ll buy some cause I’ve never had it before,” they say.
“You’ve never had—? Alright, we’re getting it.”
She marches across the street, narrowly avoiding a crowd, though she still bumps into someone.
They stop in front of a small, antique looking shop with beautiful wood and an overhang roof, giving reprieve from the sun. She overlooks the menu. Chokeberry, fire honey, flesh… oh, fairy dust! That’s been her favorite since she was little.
Pleasantly surprised she won’t have to try a new flavor, she turns to The Collector. “What do you want?”
“Umm…” He bounces on his feet and peers at the menu.
They take their time reading every option. After some minutes he points to the last option, held as flavor of the day. She squints at the ingredients. Goreberry and vanilla ice cream topped with… candied bloodyfly wings?! No wonder the price is higher.
“Can we get… oh, do you want a cone or cup?” she asks The Collector.
“What’s a cone?”
“It’s a crunchy shell that holds your ice cream.”
“I like crunchy things,” they say.
She looks back to the shop owner. “Can we get two cones, one fairy dust, the other bloodyfly?”
They give her a nod and head farther in, getting to work.
“Do you grind up fairies or something for that?” The Collector asks her.
“It’s just their blood. It has a sweet flavor and a sort of grainy texture, but that’s barely noticeable when integrated into food,” she says.
“Cool!”
When the shop owner comes back, she fetches snails from her abomination bag and exchanges them for their cones.
“Here.” She hands The Collector theirs.
Bloodyfly wings dazzle beautifully in the sunlight, gleaming a brilliant red. He bites it with a loud crunch.
“Do you like it?”
“Yeah!” They smile, then bear a confused expression. He tilts his head and bites the ice cream. “Waugh—” They jump with a pained face. “Cold, cold, cold, owww—”
“You’re supposed to lick it!” She demonstrates. “See, like this? Teeth are too sensitive.”
He grimaces. “I don’t wanna do that ever again.”
She can’t help but laugh. “Try not to eat it too fast, you might get a brain freeze.”
“A brain freeze?”
It’s then she catches a place of interest.
She takes The Collector’s hand and tugs them with her, toward a stand with books and animal figurines. Just as she hoped, they’re all books on fauna life in the Boiling Isles. Ones of the current age, records on things far older, some books geared to kids with fun facts and some more in depth documentations.
She scours the items, carefully examining each one. One should do, as a good start for Camila to learn more of the Isles, and hopefully pertain to her interests.
Hmm…
“Do you need help?” The shopkeeper asks.
“Oh, uh, no thanks—well, maybe?” She sets a book down. “Do you have something on medical treatments and procedures for animals?”
“Let me see what I have.”
They duck under the counter, pulling aside some books. She holds her hands and waits.
For a few minutes, they continue pulling out books and muttering no, not that, until they set a book in front of her. “This should do,” they say. “Thirty snails.”
“Thanks.”
She fishes out a snail from her bag and hands it to them, taking her book. It’s glossy, a little worn, but she finds no significant damage. Sometimes an older book has the best information.
“Okay! Mission completed,” she says, satisfied. “Now let’s…” go home, is what she intended to say.
There’s just one problem.
Where The Collector previously stood is now empty space.
She takes a pause and looks around.
Nowhere in sight.
Horror rears its head, descending upon her.
Eda’s gonna kill me.
The Collector spotted the most glimmering, beautiful stones just across the street. In his attempt to get there, he got spun around by a few sudden crowds, then subsequently distracted by other tantalizing stands with beautiful displays and trinkets.
It’s only halfway into their cone do they realize their surroundings have turned unfamiliar and Amity’s purple hair is nowhere to be seen.
Hmm.
He bites the last of his cone and shields his eyes from the sun. Where to…
They point a hand, spin around, then stop. Having no better ideas, they decide to walk a straight line that direction. They’ll run into her eventually.
Maybe he’s supposed to stay put, actually. Shouldn’t he also be looking? Which way is faster?
In their contemplation, they spot another glimmering object.
He beelines to it. There’s many powerful looking items, potions, scrolls, cursed tomes and rare ingredients. Ordinarily they’d take his attention, but he’s zeroed in on a barrette with a gold moon, dangling from it purple gems.
It looks like Amity.
She was nice enough to take them along, even though she didn’t have to… and she’s buying a gift for Camila, apparently something you do when meeting people. The Collector’s never done that before. Should he have been getting gifts? Should he get something for Amity?
They don’t have snails. He could… steal it…?
“Have you taken interest in that jewelry?”
They startle at the shop keepers sudden entrance from the shadows. They’re shorter than The Collector, yellow furred with big ears and a curly tail.
Feeling caught red handed, they freeze entirely.
“Ah, sorry!” They wave a hand. “I’m Tibbles. That one’s a hefty price, you know, five hundred snails.”
Slowly, they relax. Maybe he doesn’t think The Collector was about to steal from him.
They frown. “I don’t have snails.”
“Well, I guess you can’t afford to pay.” He shrugs. “Hurry on, then.”
Franticness increased, he leaps up. “Wait!”
The barrette is perfect for Amity, they’ve decided, it looks like her necklace and surely she’ll like the gift. He can’t leave without getting it.
“Can I give you something else for it?” they ask. “Like, uh, we could trade! I have lots of stuff!” He leans against the counter.
“I doubt you’d have anything of interest to me. Now stop wasting my—hold on.” He adjusts his glasses. “What’s that necklace you have?”
They touch their heart piece necklace. “Huh? This one?”
“No, no, the other one.” He hops onto the table and leans uncomfortably close. “Is that a real griffins blood stone? Where did you find that?! Exceptionally rare, and for it to be in such good condition…”
“Oh, that’s what you guys call it?”
“Yes, I’ll gladly offer you this barrette in turn for your necklace.” He reaches out.
They reel back, clutching their necklace. “Don’t touch it!”
“It must be real then.” He grins. “Not like you’d understand the worth of it. Come on, give it to me.”
They glower. “I’m not giving you it. Take something else.”
“That’s the only thing I want. I guess you didn’t really want that barrette, if you’re not willing to make the exchange,” he sighs.
Their shoulders rise, frustration bristling. “Why’s it so expensive anyway?! It doesn’t look that valuable!”
“I’ll have you know, its made of the finest sea glass! Its color is extremely rare—”
“That’s not sea glass.”
“Wh-what—?”
They grit their teeth and snatch the barrette. “I know what sea glass looks like, this isn’t it! It’s way too smooth and every shapes the same.” He points at the obvious flaws.
“It took me ages to find matching shapes!” Tibbles says, daring to act offended. “You don’t know the work I put in to make this!”
“Stop lying! Lavender sea glass isn’t even that rare, I’ve found hundreds!”
“You accuse me of lying? This is harassment—”
They cast a spell circle. “Tell me the truth!”
“—you’re right, it’s just some junk I’m claiming is sea glass for more worth,” Tibbles finishes, then gasps. “H-how did you—”
They hop with renewed cheer. “I knew it! I knew it, I knew it, you’re a liiiaaar!” they declare.
Sea glass never looks like that. Tibbles must be an idiot if he thought he could fool them, not with that. At least make it rough if you wanna convince people.
He scowls, face flushed. “So what if it’s fake?! I’m running a business here, it’s not like you can do anything about it.”
“Hmm, I could do lotsa things about it. Maybe I will. Maybe I won’t!” They hold a hand to their chin.
“And how did you do a truth spell, successfully no less?” Tibbles asks suddenly. “That stone… who are yo—”
A gust of wind slams into them.
Jewelry clanks together and papers go flying. Their vision is briefly impaired by hair, which they quickly brush back, patting down their billowed sleeves.
Tibbles stares at them.
“Round ears,” he says.
They blink.
“You have round ears,” Tibbles continues slowly. “But you can’t be like that human girl, I saw you cast a spell circle.”
It takes them a moment to catch up. Then panic surges through them.
Eda told them to keep their ears hidden, to do spell circles, all for the sake of strangers not realizing they’re something other than a witch or demon. The cautiousness is undeserved in his opinion, no one’s a threat to The Collector. But if Eda finds out they didn’t follow her rules well enough—
“You’re not a human, witch, you can’t be a demon.” Tibbles laughs. It’s not a good sound. “And that necklace… no, your face, even, its just like the myths. How curious…” He leans forward with a darkened expression. “What are you?”
In a fit of alarm, he doesn’t even think, piloted by pure instinct.
They punch him in the face.
Tibbles goes flying and crashes through the back of his stand. It slants awkwardly, falling under its weight now that it lacks a wall.
They stumble back. They didn’t… they didn’t… oh no, no, no—
He jumps when he runs back into someone. Their skin crawls at the sensation, screaming from the heat exploding under it. He spins around, faces blurring together into dizzyingly bright colors, accompanied by a cacophony of noise.
Where’s Amity?
They look through the crowd, increasingly frantic as more people brush past and ignite that same horrible feeling, Amity nowhere in sight.
This is bad—what if she tells on them, should they book it now while they have the chance? No, she’s Luz’s girlfriend and Luz is nice so Amity should be too, right?
He needs to find her. He needs to find her, he needs to find her, he can’t see past the piercing sun and swirling sky and suddenly it’s all too hot and bright and loud and he needs to get out of here.
A scream rises in their chest, blocked by the lump in their throat and resulting in a pathetic wheeze. He staggers through the crowd, then sprints, legs following his clawing animal need to get out, get out, GET OUT.
Eventually, they come to a stuttering halt behind a store.
He collapses.
With nothing better to do, they curl up, head in knees, and wish they could scream.
Amity’s definitely not panicking.
Yes, she looked away for a moment and subsequently lost The Collector. Yes, she hasn’t been able to find them. But it’s fine! She’ll find him before she has to update Eda, she won’t have to lie about anything because by then he’ll be safe and sound with her, and she can escort him back home, no damage done!
At first, she just ran around, hoping they’d be nearby. Then she switched gears. What would The Collector find interesting enough to run off for?
This would be easier if she knew him better. She relies on the scrap of preferences she’s aware of, mixed with a few assumptions, and has been darting around the marketplace since.
She starts to lag under the suns swelter. Overcast would perfect todays temperature, but as it stands few clouds mark the sky.
She’s seriously considering a break when, by chance of looking down, she notices trampled grass. It’s at just the edge of the marketplace, where worn roads form back to foliage.
She has no better leads. With tentative hope, she follows the trail.
Spotting white hair, she gasps.
“Collector!”
They’re curled up behind a store, head in knees. She skids to a halt in front of him. “Collector? Are you—” She stops with a frown and gulp of air. “Collector…?”
They’re visibly shaking. She processes his position, curled as small as he can be and hands pressed over his ears.
Shoot. She bites her lip and looks around. What can she…
Her hand brushes across her bottle of abomination goop. Oh!
She uncaps it and with a spell circle, maneuvers it out until it forms an umbrella. She plops beside The Collector and holds it over them both, granting relief from the sun.
Suddenly they startle, peering up at her.
“Hi,” she says.
He stares with wide eyes.
“Can you hear me?” she asks.
They visibly process her question, until nodding.
“Good. I want you to hold out your hands.” She holds out hers to demonstrate, him flinching when she gets close. “I won’t touch you, don’t worry,” she’s quick to reassure. “Just hold them out, like this.”
It takes him a moment to move, much less go through the hesitant, jerky process of holding out his hands. They’re shaking like a leaf in the wind, no wonder.
“Now shake them as hard as you can,” she says.
He manages to give her an incredulous look.
“Just try it,” she pushes gently. “Like this.” She flaps a hand.
Their expression doesn’t change. Still, he tenses his hands and shakes.
She waits until they’re done. He’s visibly more relaxed after, looking quite confused about it.
“See?” she says. “Now—”
They ball their hands and shake them so fast she barely sees the movement. He finishes by throwing up his hands and shooting out stars, which float idly into the air.
They look more frazzled than ever, hair a mess and overalls skewed, but the shakings slowed to a barely noticeable tremble.
She fetches a water bottle from her bag. After taking a sip herself and wiping it, she hands the bottle to him.
They stare at her flatly.
“Don’t give me that look,” she says, pushing it into their hand. “You need water, it’s hot.”
He rolls his eyes. They snatch the bottle and, proving her point, downs it in a few seconds. He gasps, taking a few deep breaths, then sets the bottle down.
“Do you feel better?” she asks.
They stare at their hands. “…yeah,” he whispers. “How did you…”
“What I showed you is something called self-stimulation, stimming for short,” she explains. “When you get too overwhelmed with others, noise, even happy things, it can help release your emotions. People like us feel too strongly a bit more often than others, so it’s a helpful tool.”
“People like us?” he echoes.
“Er, autistic people. You know what that means, right—?”
Their blank face says it all.
“Oh.” She grimaces. “Um. Hm. I’m surprised no one’s told you, uh… talk to Luz or Eda about that, okay?”
She may not know him well, but she’d eat her non-existent hat if The Collector was allistic. Stimming even worked!
He looks away, frown quirked with discomfort.
She holds her skirt. “Do you want to tell me what happened?”
“Nothing happened!” he says.
It's far too fast, defensive, to be the truth.
“Collector…”
“Nothing—” They grit their teeth and stare at the grass. “Mm.”
“I can’t help if you don’t tell me what’s wrong,” she says gently. “Please?”
He groans, tugs at his hair, then sighs. “You can’t tell Eda,” they say.
“Huh?”
“Pinky swear you won’t!” They shove out their pinky.
“Uh…”
Eda won’t be told either way, she reasons with herself. This way, at least she knows what happened.
She intertwines their pinkies. “Pinky swear.”
Mellowed from a measly promise, though it must hold significant weight to him, he fiddles with the grass. “There was someone sellin’ fake stuff. He tried saying something was sea glass, and it’s not, I got him to say so, but he… uh, he realized I’m not a witch or demon.” They hold their hands.
She doesn't understand why that's an issue, until remembering the Day of Unity. Where he moved the entire moon. Right, this is someone very powerful, and power attracts idiotic people. Not to mention, they're a child. If someone dangerous tried going after him—no, she knows now. She can prepare, keep an eye out, and tell Luz. Maybe convince them telling Eda is by far the safest option. She may not be the most powerful witch anymore, but Amity trusts in her abilities.
With resolve, she asks her next question. “Can you describe him?”
“Mm. Kinda short. Yellow, big ears, glasses…”
It sparks familiarity, selling fake stuff, and she reaches an unfortunate conclusion.
“Tibbles?!” she outbursts.
“Yeah?” he says. “Do you know him? I kind of, um, punched him.”
“I’m sure he deserved that.” She crosses her arms. “He’s just—ugh, he’s just a really annoying scammer. Don’t worry about it. Look, um… I feel like that’s important for Eda to know—”
They scramble up and grab her arm. “No! You swore, you pinky swore, you can’t tell her!”
“Collector—”
“No, no, no!” He shakes his head. “You can’t, please, please, I’ll do anything, I promise, just don’t tell her,” their voice cracks.
She takes a pause at the near fear in his eyes.
Reflected back, she sees herself.
“You… know Eda wouldn’t hurt you, right?” she whispers.
Their hand digs into her arm, desperation lined in their near statue stillness.
It takes all her will to set aside her newfound dread, confusion and want to reassure them. No, nothing she could say would help, except for:
“Okay. I won’t tell her,” she says.
The effect is instantaneous. He drops his hand. Their previous desperation is carted behind careful blankness, and she’s not sure how she didn’t see it before.
“Just… consider telling her, sometime,” she tries. “I’m sure she won’t be mad—”
He hugs her.
She flounders, then gets her bearings enough to hug back.
“Do you want to go home?” she asks.
They shake their head.
She looks around the umbrella, up at the wavering sun.
“Let’s find somewhere to sit down, then, preferably a place with food,” she says. She’s exhausted.
He pulls back. “Um, wait…” They twist around and pick something from the ground. “Here.” He presents a barrette. It’s got a moon, with dangling purple gems.
She takes it, admiring how it catches the light. “How did you get this?”
“I stole it from the Tibbles guy.”
“Ah.” She laughs. “Maybe don’t try that again, but thank you. It’s really beautiful.”
She pulls her hair into a ponytail and clips it with the barrette. It’s been awhile since she’s had her hair up. The style made her feel suffocated before, but admittedly, now she just feels… cute.
It’s nice.
“Alright.” She hands them the umbrella, then leans over. “Climb on, I’m giving you a piggyback ride.”
“Huh?”
They climb onto her back and she stands, hefting them up. He makes a surprised noise.
“Now let’s go find food!” She spins and runs back into the marketplace.
“Wah!” They laugh.
It’s a great day after that. She sends a picture of them together as an update to Eda, The Collector gets to try street food, and she feels like she really connects with him, through good and bad.
She hopes she’s proved to them and herself that she’s dependable, but most of all, she’s glad to properly consider him a friend now.
Notes:
who would win? a scammer vs someone with a special interest in what theyre being scammed about. fight!!!!
edit 5/5: no chapter this friday!
Chapter 17: Really Great At The Emotion Thing
Summary:
The Collector has a troubling outburst
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Collector picks at the couch.
Luz sits close him, scribbling her human homework out on the floor. That basilisk came with her, with a name they definitely remember, facing the same problem of school work. Something, something, she impersonated Luz and now they’re sisters. It doesn’t matter. What does is the news Luz can stay the night soon.
And the fact he can’t feel happy about it.
Their gut squirms. He tugs at a small tear in the couch, just stopping himself before he can rip the whole thing off.
Luz will stay the night. They hammer the thought into their head, expecting any moment for a burst of joy so they can stop feeling weird.
She’ll stay, but she’ll always go back to the human realm.
He bites his nail. Nearly everyone’s been there at this point, delighted by whatever’s beyond that door, whatever is sooo much more interesting than here. Pshh. It can’t be that cool. School sounds so boring. Okay, maybe watching her put all those numbers together in strange ways is kinda fun, and human history isn’t as plain as they expected, and Luz has pretty cool ideas for her short stories—
But it’s boring!
He sighs.
It’s not fair. Everyone else gets to see it, why can’t they—
He shoots up.
They roll of the couch and drop next to Luz. “Luz!”
She looks up from her homework. “What is it, Collector?” she asks.
“I’ve decided what your favor to me should be,” he says matter-of-factly.
Expecting a signal to continue, they’re just as confused when she gives them a perplexed expression.
“Favor…?” she echoes.
He glares. “Remember, cause I helped you with the portal last month? So you said you’d do something for me and I just decided what that is!”
Recognition lights in her eyes. “Oh, that’s right!” She stacks her homework so each page neatly lines up. “Is this a reasonable and non-dangerous favor?”
“Take me with you to the human realm!”
She fumbles and drops her homework, then looks at the basilisk.
The basilisk shrugs. “You’ve already taken your friends.”
Luz, for whatever reason, doesn’t look any less conflicted. “I know, but…” She sighs. “I guess you deserve to, Collector, I just think it might be a, err, a bad idea?”
What.
“Why?” they manage to ask through the sudden blankness in their mind.
“You’d have to use no magic.”
“I can do that!” he exclaims. “That’s easy, what do you take me for?”
“And you’d have to act like a regular human kid…”
They cross their arms, buzzy feeling increasing. “I can do that too! All your friends have gone, why can’t I? What’s different about me?”
She waves her hands. “Wha—n-nothing’s different with you, I just meant—”
“Meant what?! Aughh, I knew it, you don’t trust me!” He leaps up. “What’s so special about that stupid place that I’m not allowed to see it?! You can’t go back on what you said, otherwise you’re a liar, liar, liar!” they yell, ugly feeling twisting their chest and bursting under their skin. She’s been looking at him less, she must be mad, he must have done something.
“Ah! No, wait—”
Their will crumbles at her expression, averted eyes with an awkward smile people wear to hide they’re angry.
A twitchy feeling courses through him. No, no, no, she’s… she’s mad. That’s how people act when they’re mad. The feeling turns heavy and sick. She doesn’t spend much time around anymore. They didn’t realize how everything was building up. Does she hate them now? How is he supposed to fix this, what did he do?
The question is like a jolt. It tumbles out any guilt, anger resurging through trembling fists. Why is she mad? They haven’t done anything wrong, they’ve been good, it’s not fair.
“Collector, someone else could take you,” the basilisk interrupts.
“I don’t want them to,” he snaps.
“Me and Luz,” she addendums. “Let’s just ask Mom and Eda.”
Luz looks relieved. “Y-yeah! Yeah, great idea, Vee.” She stands, clutching her homework. “Um, Collector, I wasn’t trying to go back on my favor, I was just… worried. But if they say yes, I’ll take you with me today.”
They bite their tongue, then scoff. Worried’s the same exact thing as distrust, just said softer.
“Edaaa, Mamá.” Luz slides into the kitchen, where the two and King sit. “I had a question…”
“Shoot,” Eda says.
“Can I take The Collector to the human realm today?”
Eda chokes on her apple blood. “Uh—” She coughs into her hand. “Ehh, what brought this up?”
“I promised him a favor and this is what he wants,” Luz says. “Mostly everyone’s gone at this point, so it’s only fair.” She holds her head.
Camila surveys The Collector. He holds his hands behind his back and gives an air of politeness.
“Hmm.” Camila frowns in contemplation. “Your friends didn’t cause too much trouble, so I suppose…”
Eda blinks, eyes wide. “W-wait, what if something happens?”
“I assure you, I know how to handle kids,” Camila says, more peeved than The Collector’s ever seen her.
“I know that, I just—” Eda sighs. “I’m not tryin’ to keep you here, Collector, but if the wrong person found you, that could mean bad news.”
“I’m literally the strongest person here!” he complains. “What could anyone even do?”
King looks up from his massacred cupcakes. “Yeah, I’ve seen him pick up the entire couch. While me and Luz were on it,” he adds.
Eda holds her hand to her head. “That’s part of the issue. Humans aren’t like that, so if someone saw you do something weird, well… let’s just say that people are scared of stuff they don’t understand. Even worse, they might wanna use it for their own benefit,” she scoffs. “And you know a lotta powerful magic.”
They kick the floor, feeling—what’s that word? Patri… patron… feeling dumb and annoyed. “I don’t know that much,” he huffs. “What does it matter?”
“Thought you knew more than the teachers?” She grins.
Well, that’s true… “It’s not my fault you guys forgot all the old magic. It’s not that hard to learn! Luz figured it out and she’s not even a witch,” they say.
Luz startles. “The old… do you mean the glyphs?”
“Duh.”
“Huh, I thought those came from the Titan’s magic, like”—she waves a hand—“the guy we’re standing on.”
“Glyphs have always been around. Do you think Titan’s arranged the stars?” he asks, incredulous at the very thought.
“Fair point,” she concedes.
“Collector’s did that,” he says casually.
“Wait, what?”
“Mud magic,” King mumbles under his breath, likely remembering their conversation from the other day.
“Believe me, Eda, I’ve had my fair share of gray hairs from raising Luz,” Camila interrupts, turning the conversation back on topic. “The Collector will not be a problem. I can chaperone them for a day. Besides, they’re only, what, eight?”
Annoyed he’s being talked about when he’s right here, he interjects, “I’m millions of years old.”
“Like, nine,” Eda says. “You’d have to be older than King.”
They gasp. “Authority! Yes!”
“What? No!” King protests. “No, why does he get to be older than me?!”
“Uh, cause I was born before you, dummy.”
“You sure don’t act like it.”
It’s barely the worst thing King’s ever said. Normally it’d incite banter they find fun.
Instead a well of hot anger explodes in their gut. He can’t even speak. Suddenly they’re rooted in place, trembling from mind numbing fury.
“Collector—?”
A frustrated scream tears from his throat. “You’re all being stupid, I’m going by myself!” he shouts.
Before anyone can do anything, they’re out of the house in the blink of an eye.
Camila’s hands are clammy.
“Come on, come on, where is it,” Eda hisses, rummaging through the living room mess.
Luz bounces on her feet, looking from Eda to the door. “I can look for him—”
“They’re gonna need a concealment stone, I just need to find one,” Eda says. She tosses aside a ukelele, racket, even a carton of eggs at one point?
She doesn’t know The Collector very well; from her own kids, she knows how hard Eda must be resisting the urge to run through the portal and find them herself. She’s not sure if it’d be the safer option. It’d feel better in the moment to frantically search instead of staying rooted in one place, but it’d do no good running off without the tools they need to fix this.
Luz holds her head, groaning in misery. “This is all my fault, I upset them earlier!”
“Luz, it is not your fault,” she says firmly. “We can’t control other people’s feelings.”
“But if I—”
“They’re always like this,” King interrupts. “Well, not always this bad, but you should see him in the mornings. He probably just woke up on the wrong side of the bed, so stop blaming yourself.”
Luz hugs herself. “They usually don’t get this mad, something has to be wrong.”
Her creeping anxiety spikes at Luz's observation. If only she'd paid more attention, knew them better, she'd have a plan to help.
Logic drives a wedge through her thoughts before they spiral. She can help, can't she? She's a mother, and just like she said, she knows how to handle kids. The Collector may not be her Luz or Vee, but surely she should give it her all to help a child in need. Perhaps it's time she repay Eda's generosity.
“Aha!” Eda lifts up a blueish looking gem. “Found it.”
“Good, I can look for him,” she says, oblivious until the last word how her thought process wasn't spoken aloud.
“What? Hey, I know you know your way around the human realm, but that’s my kid. I’m looking for them too,” Eda says, indignant.
“Let’s just all split up to find him!” Luz says. “It’ll go by quicker and we won’t have to argue!”
She frowns. Eda’s lamented her parenting troubles before to her, she knows quite well The Collector’s skittish behavior around Eda, and equally knows Eda approaching him while he’s upset might do more harm than good.
She stares down Eda. “We shouldn’t overcrowd them. One person is the safest option.”
“Then it should be me—”
“Eda.”
It pains her putting Eda in this situation, when she understands the feeling exactly.
Upon realizing the gulf between her and Luz, her daughters connection with Eda was only salt in the wound. Why did a stranger manage to do what Camila couldn’t? She tried so hard to keep Luz close, she blinded herself, unable to step back and see what Luz truly needed in her haste to protect her.
A third party like Eda was perhaps needed. It didn’t change how horrible she felt.
Eda must feel similarly now: jealous, but most of all, terribly inadequate.
“They’ll open up to you someday, I’m sure,” she says, softening her tone. “Just let me try helping him this time.”
The words seem to resonate with Eda. She hesitates, anger dissipating, then sighs, defeated.
“Get them back to us, please,” Eda whispers.
She shoves the odd-looking stone into Camila’s hands.
“I promise I will,” she says.
Luz and Vee are delegated to staying by the shed in case The Collector comes back. Camila has no leads to follow, fallen leaves giving nothing away, but she has a few guesses based on past experience.
She doubts they went into town, too many people and sounds for someone aggravated. Most likely he went and holed up somewhere to hide.
With that in mind, she clutches the stone and marches steadily into the thicket.
Autumns in full swing and with it bare branches scratch against her. At every turn twisted bushes and naked trees prove as obstacles, reminding her exactly why she doesn’t spend much time in the forests depths. It’s far from big, but Luz has given her enough heart attacks getting lost in it, expansive enough you can lose your way.
Doubt seeps through her steely determination. If The Collector isn’t here, if it’d really be better for everyone to search… worse yet, if she doesn’t find them—
She’s going to find him.
They can’t be far, she reasons. Children are smart, having enough instinct to stop eventually. Runaway attempts don’t get them far unless they’re quite serious about it. She presumes he’s not.
She stumbles when the forest suddenly clears.
Burnt branches crunch under her feet. She gasps and swivels her head. The trees are smoldering.
She coughs, holding her nose before smoke fills it. Burnt branches crunch under her feet. A fire? This doesn’t look natural, disturbingly recent, yet no traces of flames. She squints at the blue sky for smoke. No, it’s only in this area. The grass is equally blackened, with what looks to be… imprints?
There’s a shout, unmistakably The Collector’s.
Instinct melded with pure panic grabs hold. Without a seconds thought, she dashes through the area, until finally, relievingly, seeing white hair.
Oh, thank goodness they’re okay.
“Collector!” she calls, then gasps, kneeling over. She hasn’t run that fast in years.
The Collector swivels, staring at her. He sits near a smashed rock. Judging by their outstretched hands and hand-in-a-cookie-jar expression, it, likely most the scenery, was their doing.
She knows magic exists. She’s gotten accustomed to many of the Boiling Isles and its inhabitants eccentricities. Seeing it laid out in front of her just how powerful this single child is, though, that’s completely different.
She tears her eyes off the ruined scene and focuses on The Collector. They’re still a kid, and she’ll handle them like one.
“Collector,” she repeats, taking a tentative step forward. “H-hello. You had us all very worried. I’m glad you’re…”
Fine, she intended to say, but she realizes they’re very much not so.
“I’m glad you’re not hurt,” she says instead.
He stares at her, wide eyed and completely still like a deer in the headlights. She’s just contemplating how to calm them down, when they tense.
Oh, no you don’t.
She leaps forward and grabs him before he can run away. They yelp, the two of them unceremoniously falling over in a pile of awkward limbs. He doesn’t help the matter by pushing and kicking at her, eventually giving up on the pretense of a cleaner escape by biting her arm.
“Ow—” She pulls them both up, leaning back to evade unnecessary harm. “I’ve dealt with animals worse than you, you are not making me let go!”
He squirms in her grip, positively seething. “Leave me alone!” he wails. “Let me go, let me go, let me go!”
“Collector, please calm down—”
“I don’t need to calm down!” they shriek.
This isn’t working. With no time to think, she makes a hasty guess, spins him around and hugs him.
They freeze.
She rummages through decade old memories, desperate to find something before The Collector can register the situation and escape. In a minute too long, she at last lands on years spanning memories still ingrained into her.
Lullabies after nightmares, in times of stress, when words weren’t enough. Luz has long since grown out of it. She only hopes this memory helps now.
She opens her mouth and sings.
It’s nostalgic now, holding someone so small, hoping her voice could soothe. Her voice surely wavers, unsure and unsteady, but she focuses that anxiety into her voice so her hold is steady as ever. They need a rock. If not anything else, she can be that, at least.
Though unpracticed, she feels her words lull The Collector to relaxing.
She lets the notes drift out to the songs end.
The Collector’s grown heavier in her hold, near imperceptibly leaning into it. She hopes he’s calmed enough to speak now. Taking her chances, she pulls back enough to kneel.
They blink at her, looking far less frantic, much more… subdued. He makes no move to run.
“Are you ready to talk now?” she asks gently.
He briefly looks guilty, then turns his head in irritation.
She tries again. “Did something happen? It’s okay if you just feel upset, but if there’s a problem, it’d be helpful to know. We want to help you, Collector.”
Irritation turns to a conflicted expression, carefully averting their eyes, until the silence evidently is too much.
“Luz hates me!” he cries.
“What?”
She suddenly feels completely out of her depth with several missing pieces.
The Collector and Luz have never fought, not to her knowledge, and they seem completely taken by her, delighted by her mere presence. It’s obvious who their favorite is. Yet now they’re convinced she hates him?
They hug their arms. “I know she’s at least mad! She—she barely looks at me anymore, and we don’t get to play any games, and she doesn’t let me in on any of her human stuff!”
He looks absolutely devastated. Her heart near breaks. Her kid or not, she’d never want them to be this upset.
“Collector, she doesn’t hate you,” she says, unable to keep confusion out of her tone.
“Don’t lie to me!”
With that, it hits her this is a bigger problem than she thought it was.
This is completely serious for The Collector. She needs to treat it with the weight he feels.
“She doesn’t hate you,” she repeats firmly, tone giving no room to argue. “Luz… she’s very busy with her own life. But I’m sure if you talked to her, she’d make some more time for you.”
He makes a frustrated noise. “You don’t—you don’t get it! I don’t wanna talk to her.” They cross their arms.
“I don’t think you mean that.”
“I do!” he bursts out. “This is all dumb anyway, just leave already—”
“It’s never easy trying to talk things out,” she interrupts. They still at that. “But it’s important to try. Otherwise we just—we hurt each other more than we meant to.”
He opens his mouth, then closes it, looking down.
She softens. “It’d be difficult to make Luz hate you, of all people. I have no doubt she cares about you very, very much, Collector. If you’re ever feeling unsure about that, it is okay to ask people for reassurance.” She cups their face, a familiar gesture she’s given Luz. “I’m sure you’ll feel better doing that instead of stewing out here.”
He scoffs a little. “…that’s a funny word.”
“Stewing?”
“Mm.”
She smiles. “Is it alright if we go back?”
“Why are you asking?”
“Because we can stay out here if you want a little more time.”
They fully pull out of her grasp. He surveys their surroundings, definitely less than an idyllic landscape, more nightmarish than anything with its singed edges.
“Mmm. No,” he says. “I’ll look at this place later.”
She nods and straightens. “I’d prefer we go the longer way around, too much smoke inhalation is bad for your lungs. That means running into other people, though, so…” She holds out the stone. “You’ll need this, I think? It’s er, a concealment stone?”
They snatch it from her hand and put it on like a bracelet.
She understands immediately what a concealment stone does once the effects wash over. Yellow-blue skin turns tan, eyes amber with white sclera. With his already eclectic though less witch-y taste in clothes, he looks just like—
“You look like a human,” she says in surprise.
They outstretch their hands and stare wide eyed at them. “This is weird,” he says, sounding much more in awe than freaked out.
“Huh.” She tilts her head. Their hair’s even got brown roots. “I didn’t realize magic could look so convincing. That’ll work great next time you’re here.”
He blinks. “N-next time?”
“You wanted to visit, didn’t you? I’ll pen it into our schedule.”
“What… but, aren’t you—aren’t you mad?” they ask, increasingly befuddled.
“Mostly I’m glad you’re okay. Let’s get going, shall we?”
He blinks at her. They startle at her waiting look, stumbling after her.
“Um,” he starts. “Did you mean it when you said—when you said Luz doesn’t…”
She pushes back a branch and lets them go through. “I meant every word.”
“And, uh, you don’t think anyone… else is mad?”
“They’re just worried.”
“Even Eda?”
She pauses at that. “Does Eda get mad at you often?” she asks.
The Collector looks briefly stricken. He swings his clasped hands, eyeing the ground as if it’s a very interesting painting. “No. Yes?” They look everywhere but Camila. “I don’t know.”
Vague. She shouldn’t be surprised, The Collector probably doesn’t even notice his habit of confusing phrasing.
Trees break out into a familiar street. On the other side of it, someone passes walking their dog, immediately having her feeling grateful for the stone. It’s likely most would take it as face paint, even up close, but after what happened to Vee, Camila is not taking chances.
“I’m sure Eda is just as worried, too,” she continues when he doesn’t. “She doesn’t seem the type to get angry for no reason.”
They walk up beside her. He gives no response, instead staring out across the neighborhood.
Silence falls.
Then, “What’s that?”
The Collector points at her houses mailbox. They climb onto it and peer inside. “What is this, a little house? Who’s it for? Oh, there’s paper!”
“It’s a mailbox—don’t open strangers mailboxes, please, that one was thankfully mine.”
He snaps up and looks at her house. “That one?”
“Yes. I’d invite you inside, but that must be saved for a later date.”
The questioning doesn’t stop there.
“What’s that?”
“The road. Does the Boiling Isles not have… I suppose you wouldn’t need cars with magic,” she breathes out a laugh.
“What’s that?”
The Collector drops to the ground, peering at a worm inching across the sidewalk.
“That’s a worm.”
“A worm?! But it’s so small!”
She kneels beside him. “Worms are important for soil. They help decompose matter and provide more oxygen and water—”
The Collector squishes it.
“Collector!”
“It looked squishable,” they say by way of explanation.
She sighs. She stands and waves a hand. “Come on, now, the path back is just by my house. We should get back before anyone has a heart attack.”
He hops up, noticeably with more pep than ten minutes ago. “Heart attack? What’s that?”
“Err, I’ll tell you another time…”
The Collector is brought back safe and sound, much to the overwhelming relief of everyone else.
Luz is on the verge of tears, something that, almost funnily, causes The Collector great confusion and mild discomfort. They readily accept her apology, likely so she stops blubbering, and don’t say anything else on the matter.
Camila was hoping for a more heartfelt discussion. He was visibly uncomfortable by the mere idea of ‘talking things out’, so perhaps she shouldn’t have hoped. This will have to do.
The kids then quickly moved to Luz’s room, leaving her and Eda down in the kitchen.
Eda immediately takes the opportunity to talk.
“Hey.” Eda scoots up with a toothy grin. “Uh… thanks for helping.”
“Of course. You did the same for me, even when I didn’t know it yet,” she says.
It’s meant to be a lighthearted joke, but Eda winces. “Right.”
Oh.
Oh, this is one of those conversations.
She grimaces. “Um. Eda—”
“No, no, I know,” Eda sighs, twisting her hair. “I know. It’s not your fault. I just wish they trusted me, you know?”
She is pleasantly surprised by Eda cutting down the bullshit and getting straight to topic. Eda’s always been more blunt than others, saving herself and Camila from dreadfully awkward talks.
“He’s still so scared around me, it makes me feel… augh, I dunno. I wanna do better. When he stormed off, I kept thinking, maybe this was my chance to show em I can be—whatever he needs me to be. A parent, maybe,” she mutters. “Like I could swoop in and make their problems better. But I can’t.”
Like most things, The Collector’s issues run too deep for a bandaid fix.
Eda confiding in Camila is more recent. She’s become acquainted with her concerns over The Collector, the two of them even touching on the possibility of abuse, something Camila’s not sure she’s ready to discuss deeply, but mostly Eda’s rambled on about her perceived failures in building a positive relationship with him.
Devoid of advice in something she should know like the back of her hand, yet finds every day she still doesn’t understand parenting herself, she tries to find a silver lining
“Sometimes tantrums are a good thing,” she says. At Eda’s skeptical expression, she explains, “If a kid is always having them and getting into trouble every day, they’re not in a good place, of course. But the opposite is true too. Children should feel safe enough to express anger, sadness, jealousy. The fact they didn’t shut down those emotions today, even around you… might mean they’re starting to feel a little more free.”
Eda blinks.
She holds a hand to her chin. “Huh.”
“That’s just my thought.” Camila pushes herself off the wall. “It’ll be a bumpy road. None of this is going to be easy, for you or for him, I know that. But I will try my best to help where I can.”
Eda smiles genuinely. “Thanks.”
She smiles back.
Notes:
when the rsd hits. the collector having an actual meltdown was a long time coming, but this isnt "resolved" or even close to the worst itll get. gaining and subsequently feeling the safety to express his more complicated feelings is only the beginning. its a constant difficulty of life, handling your own and others emotions, especially made complicated by trauma. suffice to say, theres a long road ahead
sorry there wasnt an update last week! i got lost in the sauce yknow how it is. normal weekly updates will, ideally, continue with minimal issues if family coming over doesnt mess with my schedule (it probably will) (next chapter will likely be late)
Chapter 18: Most Bullyable Person Around
Summary:
The Collector joins Willow and Hunter in reforestation
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“This is another polynomial. So you gotta find the smallest number all of these can be divided by, that’s their monomial…”
Willow leans toward King. “How long does this usually take?” she asks.
She’s been watching in amusement as Hunter and The Collector crowd around Luz, staring intently at her human homework. Luz was doing it when they swung by, and of course Hunter and his need for knowledge immediately got roped in.
“I dunno, like an hour?” King answers. “This started a few days ago as a compromise for Luz being so busy. The Collector likes it for some reason. It’s math! Who likes math?”
“Seems Hunter does too.” She smiles. It’s kinda cute seeing him so engaged. “Nerds.”
“Nerds,” King sighs.
She blinks in realization. “The new school might have higher math courses. Oh, no, what if they’re mandatory?”
“Thank something I don’t go to school. You’re on your own.”
Luz looks up. “Oh, right, how’s that going?” she asks. The Collector takes her pencil from her hand and starts scribbling something down.
Willow uncrosses her legs and leans forward. “My dads have volunteered to help so I’ve been able to see a lotta stuff up close. Raine, Darius and Eberwolf are leading the project. Some people still don’t trust them, but it’s mostly working! There’s a lot of historians on the team to look at how schooling was done before the Emperor, they’re getting advice from teachers, people who work with kids… there’s a lot to figure out now that we’re not just throwing people into a couple of tracks.”
“It’s not that hard. I was a great teacher,” King says.
She fiddles with a braid. “There’s still confusion on how we’ll appoint new leaders. In the old ages they didn’t have one at all! Some people like that, but others say we need more structure.”
“Oh, jeez. What do you think would be best?”
She waves a hand. “Ehh. As long as things stay pretty communal, it’ll be way above what we had before. Maybe it’s a bad idea giving one person all the power, just in general.”
“Well, power corrupts.” Luz shrugs. “If you try democracy, don’t do it the way we do.”
“With your presidents? It sounds so weird.”
“One president. America and Costa Rica do it, which, I’m pretty sure they do it better than us.”
“Two x one,” Hunter says suddenly.
Luz diverts her attention back to the sheet of paper.
“It’d just be two x,” The Collector corrects.
“What? No, it needs to add up to x squared.”
“The one is invisible! It’s shy.”
Luz squints. “The Collector’s right. Sorry, Hunter, I forgot to mention you don’t write an exponent if there’s just one.”
Hunter’s brows furrow. “That’s dumb,” he says, crossing his arms.
“Don’t be mean to it,” The Collector says.
“It’s numbers on a paper! There’s nothing to be mean to!” He throws out his arms.
“Those are the words of someone who will never get it.”
“Why are you even doing math at this level?” he asks, indignant. “You’re like, six.”
“Hunter…” Luz says.
“It’s just multiplication and division,” The Collector says hotly. “That stuff’s easy! So putting them together makes it even easier.”
“That’s not how adding things together works.”
They stare flatly. “Um, I know addition.”
“Okay, okay!” Luz waves her hands. “You both get a sticker this time. Now please stop arguing.”
She peels off two star stickers and hands them off. The Collector snatches his in excitement. Hunter methodically sticks his to his shirt, where a couple others are in a line.
“You know, it’s gonna hurt when you take those off,” Luz tells The Collector.
They pause in figuring out where to place their sticker, the rest scattered across their face and arms. “Pshh, no it won’t.”
“That’s why you should put them on your shirt,” Hunter says, far less gentle than Luz.
The Collector leans over Luz. “What if I put this on your face, huh? See how much it hurts then!”
Hunter nearly falls over in backing away. “Don’t, don’t!”
They giggle. “Yeah, I don’t want you having it anyway. Hmm…” He looks around. “King, get over here.”
“Why?”
They cling tighter onto Luz’s arm. “I’m not moving!”
“No, like, why do you want me… whatever.” He hops off the couch.
The Collector waits until he sits beside them. They place the blue sticker on King’s skull, right over its crack. “Stick! Now we match.”
King touches it. “That’s a lot less worse than what I was imagining.”
“Aw! Sticker buddies!” Luz smiles. She stacks her homework. “Okay. And we’re done!”
“Already?” The Collector frowns.
“I don’t get why you’d want more problems. Math’s always been my worst subject.”
“It’s mentally stimulating,” Hunter says.
“Then why does it suck so bad!” She pushes her homework off to the side. “Oh, I kinda held you both up, huh? What are you getting up to after this?”
Willow takes the opportunity to join the conversation. “We’re doing a job for the Bat Queen! Since there’s not as many palismen trees, there’s been efforts to conserve what’s left and help with regrowth, all that stuff… Hunter wanted to volunteer, and I’m coming with cause I’m good with plants.” She grins.
“Ooh! I didn’t even think about that. Well, good luck!”
The Collector turns their perpetually wide-eyed stare to Willow. “The Bat Queen?” he echoes.
“She’s a biiig bat palisman that lives in the woods,” she says. “Luz went through her trials once. They were all super grueling but you know, we made it out, convinced her not to trap us forever.” She shrugs. “Easy peasy.”
“Eda and King also helped with her babies once and now she’s got some, like, debt to us,” Luz says.
The Collector holds a hand to his chin. They jump up. “I wanna go too!”
“What?”
“What?!” Hunter exclaims. He waves and crosses his arms. “No, no, you’re not coming with—”
They glare. “Why not? I won’t even touch anything! Most things. Maybe some bugs if they look cool. But that’s besides the point! I’m coming with!” he asserts.
“I don’t want you to!”
“Hunter—” Luz starts.
“Sure, he can come,” Willow interjects.
Hunter stops. “Why.”
“It’s more opportunity to teach people about it, right?” she says, giving a sweet smile. “It’ll be fun!”
He huffs and crosses his arms. “Yeah, it’s nice and all to do that, but why him?”
“I could punt you,” The Collector says helpfully.
Hunter jumps back. When he realizes The Collector’s mostly just saying that, she thinks, he eases back down. Then he gestures at them. “See?!”
“Hmm.” She takes off her glasses. “Nope.”
“Willow.”
“Come on, Hunter. For the community!” She pumps a fist and puts her glasses back on, returning to high quality sight.
“For the community!” The Collector cheers.
“They could help, with their cool powers!”
“Yeah! I can help!”
“Are we really taking them…?” Hunter asks, grimacing.
“Yep!” she chirps.
“Great.”
The Collector sticks their tongue out at him. “We’re taking you. Be grateful.”
“Wh—this was my idea!”
“It was my idea first,” The Collector says.
“It clearly wasn’t,” Hunter seethes.
“I’ve had a bajillion years to think about doing something like that! I totally coulda thought about it before you were even born!” He throws out his arms, falling onto the floor.
“That’s just a guess you’re making!” Hunter’s voice raises. “It’s not a fact!”
“Hmm, I think it is,” they say, from the floor. “Yeah, I’ve decided I thought about it before. So I win.”
“That’s not how it wor—!”
King nudges The Collector from the floor. “You literally can’t win an argument with them. Just let it go,” he says.
Hunter’s teeth click together and he suffers a groan. “This is just like Luz,” he mutters.
“Thanks!” Luz says. “Make sure you guys ask Eda if you can take him.”
She gives a thumbs up and spins around. Where would Eda be… her room? The shed? She’s not in the kitchen, there’s no telltale screaming or crashes or anything like that either.
“Where’s the Owl Lady?” Hunter asks.
“She’s cleaning upstairs,” The Collector says.
He makes a face. “The Owl Lady, cleaning?”
“A week ago she said I shouldn’t have to do all the cleaning, I said I like doing it, she said yeah, but I probably don’t know how to do things like plumbing, I asked her what that was, she said something about pipes, so I remembered when I saw a bent pipe and I put it back where I thought it was, and she got, like, paler?” They pause, probably wondering how white as a sheet Eda could get more pale. “And now she’s been cleaning!” he finishes brightly.
That’s…
Hunter leans toward her. “Is that… a bad thing…?” he whispers.
She decides to not unpack that. “Now that we know where she is, let’s just go talk to her!” she says, brushing past them both to run up the stairs.
Sure enough, Eda is miraculously cleaning up the hall. She sits beside a disassembled cabinet and several cleaning potion brands Willow recognizes, furiously scrubbing down the drawer.
“Hi, miss Eda!” she says.
“Hey, Willow,” Eda says without looking up. “Ya need something? I’m kinda busy.”
“Can we take The Collector with us to the palisman forest?”
Eda looks up then, squinting at Willow and further squinting at Hunter. “Ehh… don’t trust golden boy over there as much as you. Not gonna cause any problems?”
“Like you’re one to talk,” Hunter says, reverting back to his natural state of ‘grumpy cat’.
The Collector subtly kicks him. They squeeze past her and him, holding their hands behind their back. “Um… can I please go?”
Does he sound nervous? Probably just worried she’ll say no.
Eda doesn’t do this. She gets a briefly stricken look instead and sighs. “Yeah, kid, of course. Uhh, hold on.” She looks at the light seeping in through the window. “You’ll need a sun hat. Hang on a second, I’m sure I have one around here somewhere.” She stands and opens the door to her room.
“Wouldn’t the sun burn the hat?” The Collector asks, right as Hunter remarks, “I don’t think the sun can wear a hat.”
They stare at each other.
The Collector bursts into a fit of giggles.
“Stop laughing!” Hunter hisses.
They cackle louder. “No one everrr says the same thing as me! Do that again!”
“I’m not doing it again!”
Eda steps out, holding a straw hat with a red ribbon. She brushes dust from it. “Jeez, I haven’t used this in a while… well, it’ll work.”
She sets it on The Collector’s head. It’s a little big, nearly flopping over his face, but he holds it in place and it shadows his face perfectly. “Is this why it’s called a sun hat?”
“Yep, keeps your eyes blocked from the sun. Should get you sunglasses or something, honestly…” Eda puts a hand on her hip. “Willow, you have my penstagram, keep me updated. Hunter, be nice.”
Hunter glares at her. The Collector looks between them both with a difficult to read expression, one she decides to take as confusion or discomfort, so to lighten the mood she salutes at Eda’s request. “Will do, miss Eda!”
The three of them head back downstairs, where Willow finds Luz discreetly gesture for her to come over. "I'll be there in a second," she tells Hunter.
Luz waits until the others leave. She shoves a sheet of paper into Willow's hands. "Have fun!"
Ooh, what's this? She brushes back a braid and squints at Luz's swirly lettering. Aw, it's an instruction guide for handling The Collector. Helpful! Especially since she barely knows him. They're about on the same level as King, in that she's technically known them for a while, but never personally interacts with him.
Give them water even if they say they don’t need it, If he goes silent for a while make sure he’s not upset!!, Don’t startle them from behind (They will punch you) (Don’t ask)…
Most interesting is the note at the bottom: DON’T LET ANYONE SEE HIS EARS!!!
There’s a story behind that. She folds the sheet and tucks it into her pocket. “Thanks,” she whispers, giving a wave before heading out.
“—can’t exist.” She hears the end of Hunter’s sentence as she steps into sunny outdoors.
In the minute she was gone, The Collector and Hunter have already gotten to point c in a conversation, complete with both of them looking agitated.
“It does!” The Collector exclaims, stomping a foot. “Ughh, why would I even make something up like that?! It’s too cool to be fake!”
“Watcha two talking about?” she asks. She adjusts her flipflops and summons Clover.
“Black holes,” The Collector says.
“Seriously, why would a star even implode?” Hunter asks.
“Because it gets too big and it can’t hold itself together so it shrinks down real small and explooodes!” He waves out his hands with a pshhh sound. “Sometimes they make super fast stars with radiation beaming outta both ends.”
She gestures for The Collector to sit behind her. “I’ve heard Luz talk about those. Something about spinning a gazillion times a second?”
Hunter pulls Flapjack into a staff. “Wait, those are real?”
“I told you!”
“But it makes no sense! How do humans even know they exist?”
“Ugh, I dunno. I just know cause I can see it.”
“They use really big telescopes,” she says. “There’s one that looks like a honeycomb. It moves around all weird, like, with each of its panels, it’s kinda freaky.” She waves her fingers with a grin. “You should ask Luz for a video.”
“Big telescopes? Huh, maybe, that sounds kind of cool—” He shakes his head. “No, no, why do some make the spinny stars and some make black holes?”
“It makes a black hole when it’s bigger.”
“That makes no sense.”
“Your face makes no sense.”
“What’s wrong with my face?”
“Your face is fine,” she intervenes before Hunter gets into a dizzy about an unthought comment. “It’s cute.”
“H-huh?” Under the suns glare, his blush is even more obvious. “Uh, er, th-thank—I mean, you too—?” he squeaks.
She rolls her eyes fondly as he fumbles through his words.
It’s only a minute longer til they’ve reached their destination and she steps onto soft soil
She de-transforms Clover, scritches her palismans chin, and looks on to the colorful forest. Long, winding trees in muted shades mark the land, few bright ones popping out like dandelions. Their leaves give welcome shade, sunlight glittering in gaps. She smiles at the plentiful amount of volunteers, grouped into smaller sections across the damaged forest. Some she recognizes, Amelia, Angmar and Jerbo from the plant track, others are completely new faces, most she’s acquainted with through community forums. Excitement flutters upon seeing the leaders of the project, particularly the notable Aster Verdure.
“Alright, boys!” She points ahead. “Let’s get to reforesting!”
“Yeah!”
“Or, Collector, do you mind being called that?”
They hop next to her. “I don’t really care. I like being part of your guys gender game,” he says.
“It’s not a game,” Hunter says, batting Flapjack away from tugging his hair.
“Yes it is. Games—you make up games and you play by the made up rules, and you guys made up gender and its rules. It’s a game.”
Hunter seems frustrated by his lack of rebuttal to that damning definition. “Fine,” he groans. “I guess it’s like a game. Mostly it’s just weird.”
“And where would we be without weird games?” she asks with a cheeky smile.
“Less confused.”
She leads the three of them closer. “Confusions an important part of life, Hunter. Gotta have it for the excitement of knowledge. And making your brain stronger!” She raises a fist.
“I’d rather just not have it,” he says.
“You’d rather not have knowledge?” The Collector asks.
“That’s not what I meant and you know it!”
“Guys, c’mon!” She waves a hand and bounds to a lanky demon holding a clipboard.
They look up at her approach and adjust their monocle. “Oh, er, are you a volunteer?” they ask.
“Willow Park,” she supplies.
“Yes, let me see…” They flip through a few pages. “Ah, Willow and Hunter. And the third person?” They point at The Collector with a pen.
“They didn’t sign up, but they’re with us. Is that okay?”
They stare at The Collector. He smiles at them. “Suuure,” they say slowly. “You’re over there, in the green square. Advisors are nearby, make sure you handle all seeds carefully, and be respectful when the Bat Queen turns up.”
With her ‘exceptional’ talent and older age, she hasn’t been sequestered off to carefully monitored groups and was instead given more independence in the project, under the assumption she’d have as much, if not more knowledge than the advisors. She suspects her dads strongly advocated for her. It’s a bit much, she’s confident in her abilities, but she can’t be that good.
Unless she is? Hmm…
“I think they mean over there,” Hunter whispers, gesturing to an area marked off with green poles.
“Right!” She squares her shoulders and marches to it.
Leaves crunch under her boots, signifying autumns turn. Soon it’ll be rainy season. That’s when school break would normally occur, no one wants to go out in the boiling rain, but her normal’s been quickly up-heaved by Belos’ fall and new plans put into motion. It’s an era of change. She’s mostly excited for the new school, it’ll be great having diverse education, even if it means she might be in school longer than she planned for.
The Collector picks up a branch and gives it a swing. “So what are we even doing? Planting trees? That seems easy.”
“We also need to bring in biodiversity and carefully plan out how and where we plant stuff,” she explains. “Reforesting isn’t as easy as it sounds on paper. It’ll be a long while until the forest is completely healed.”
“Oh.” He frowns. “Why can’t you just make the trees grow?”
She steps around a few shrubs. “Forcing them to grow too fast isn’t healthy for them. Plant magic is for understanding plants and their needs. And the occasional assistance in battle.”
They look up at the forest around them. “Does it make them, like, worse? Do you make bad trees?”
Hunter scoffs. “Willow only makes good plants.”
“I’m just askin’, golden boy!”
“It’s fine, Hunter,” she says. “It’s more like… hmm… giving something time to grow into itself is almost always better than rushing it. Then it has time to figure itself out, and how to be itself, instead of coming into something it wasn’t ready for yet. Plants are like that too. We’ll get the best, healthiest forest out of letting it take time.”
They hit their stick into their hand and grip it. “Mm. I don’t get it.”
“You just need to know we’re planting stuff,” she amends. “Speaking of which…”
She walks to the wooden platform holding various potted plants and packets of seeds. She helped carry most of the supplies here yesterday with another group and her dads, and the second group finished prep this morning. Feeling half dead in the mornings prevented her from double volunteering.
She hefts up a comfrey. “Let’s start replanting these first.” She sets it by a tree. “And then we’ll get to the seeds. Hunter, Collector, get the other comfreys.”
Hunter follows lead and picks up the second biggest one. The Collector raises his hand and nearly completes a spell circle, stops halfway through, looks between her and Hunter, then marches to a pot and picks it up manually.
She’s about to suggest they choose a smaller one, only they carry it with ease. Alright.
“Make sure you guys put on gloves,” she says, tugging on her own. She flexes her hand. It’s always fun how gardening gloves have little claws on them.
“Why do ya need gloves?”
“So you don’t get pricked. Or diseased.”
“Diseased?”
“Plants have a lot of them!” She picks up a trowel.
“I bet it wouldn’t happen to me.”
“That’s what they all say.”
“Who’s they?” Hunter kneels beside her and starts digging too.
“Oh, you know.” She shrugs. “They’re not around anymore.”
“Willow!”
“I’m joking, it’s not usually that bad. But you should still be careful. Specially with thorny plants. I’ve got a few small scars from handling those, you wanna see?”
The Collector plops onto the dirt beside her. “Ooh, yes!”
She holds out her palms. “See? This one’s from a holly plant I got when I was seven, this one’s from a devil’s walking stick…”
She rattles off stories for her hand-ful of scars, all while replanting comfrey. The Collector mostly follows her like a duckling and moves pots when she asks him to, but they always get distracted by something before replanting, thus never quite helping on that part.
She doesn’t mind when she only planned for Hunter’s help anyway. A few more hands to carry over pots is welcome.
“All this comfreys for good soil,” she says with some effort, carrying a much bigger pot. “And these flowers are to deter pests and animals from damaging the trees.” She sets down the hyssop. “We’re gonna be spacing out some dogwood trees for that, too.”
They set down chives. “This is taking foreverrr,” he complains. “Why are there so many things to plant? It’d be way faster just using magic.”
Hunter shoots them a glare. “You didn’t have to come.”
“I didn’t know it was gonna be so long!” they defend. “When’s the Bat Queen coming, anyway?”
She digs out a weed. “Soon? She might be taking care of her babies.”
“She has babies now?” They make a face bordering on disgust. “How’s that even work? Gross.”
“It doesn’t matter!” Hunter bursts out in irritation. “You could at least help a little more if you’re going to be whining.”
“I am helping!”
“You’re barely doing anything!”
He groans and stomps a foot. “Why do you even care about this?! It’s just a stupid forest that could die any moment from a little lightning! Then everythinggg you put into it was for nothing and all of your work is gone forever and ever!”
“Why are you being so—”
“That’s kinda why we care,” she interrupts.
They both swivel to look at her.
She blinks under their sudden attention, then quickly gathers her thoughts. “Well, it could all be destroyed some day. A fire, a flood, some new jerk that wants to tear down the forest. It probably will be destroyed! But when that happens, I can be content knowing I cared now, while it was still here; cause you don’t get that chance again.”
She holds out a trowel. “So?”
They stare at her.
He huffs, kicks at the dirt, and crosses his arms. They don’t look at her for a long moment. Then he snatches the trowel from her hand.
She smiles.
“These have to be planted in a tight circle, so dig a hole right next to mine,” she says.
“Mm.”
“It should be about this big…”
Willow leans against a tree with a big, heaving sigh.
“That was fun, but I’m really glad we’re done now,” she says, sliding back against it. She wipes sweat from her brow.
“We still have more to do next week,” Hunter reminds her.
“Shh. Just let me have this.”
The Collector looks as if he hasn’t done any labor, the only indication being their grass stained knees. “You’re doing even more?” they ask, incredulous.
“Like I said, this stuff takes a long time,” she says.
“It’ll be, like, a hundred years.” Hunter picks at some peeling tree bark, before realizing and retracting his hand.
“Oh, that’s not that long.”
Hunter’s face has been in a permanent state of skepticism and harrowing disbelief this afternoon. “So a few hours is forever but a hundred years is nothing?” he asks.
“Yes.”
“That’s not how time works.”
“Umm, time is relative.”
She digs out the last of her water bottles. “Gotta stay hydrated, you two.”
“I don’t need to stay hydrated,” The Collector says.
“Everyone needs water.”
“I don’t. I don’t even need to breathe, why would I need water?”
“Willow, if he doesn’t want it just don’t bother,” Hunter says, opening his bottle.
“Wh—hey!” They ball their hands into fists.
“You said you didn’t need it.”
“You’re the one being mean about it!”
She starts, “Collector—”
Apparently fed up with the whole ordeal, in nine year old fashion they do a complete 180 and snatch the bottle from Willow’s hand, then down it in a second flat.
“Oh,” she says.
“Oh,” Hunter echoes.
They throw the bottle at Hunter.
He yelps. “Hey!”
They laugh. “That’s what you get for bein’ a jerk.”
Hunter suffers the most despairing groan yet today. “What is wrong with you?”
She decides this is a good time for a subject change. “Well, um…! The Bat Queen should be here soon!”
Hunter goes back to twisting his hands. “Yep.”
“That’ll be nice, right?”
“If she doesn’t decide to actually be mad at me, yeah.”
“Hunter… you know she just cares about you trying to change. She’ll definitely see all the effort you’ve put into this,” she reassures. “You’ve already done great helping!”
“Maybe… you think so?”
“Come on, you’re like a natural with plants. I find that to be a very good quality myself.” She winks.
The Collector frowns. “Hmm.” It deepens. “Are you two girlfriends?”
Hunter splutters as Willow’s face grows hot. Oh no. Oh no, she shouldn’t have been flirting so obviously.
“Whuh—we’re not—wait, do we act like… no!” Hunter clearly wants to shriek, but his words end up strangled. His face is blooming red. Even his ears, it’s kinda cute. “That’s—that’s not even the right word,” he mutters.
“Oh. Why not?” he asks. “That’s what Luz and Ami are called and you act like them.”
Or just the right amount? This is a step in the right direction. If Hunter realizes she’s doing this on purpose, then they could get somewhere…
“It usually means two girls,” she answers, smiling through her slight embarrassment. Well, Hunter can’t get any denser. She’ll take too obvious over getting no acknowledgement of her efforts.
“Huhh… and you’re… not two girls?”
“You literally call me golden boy!” Hunter says.
“I thought it was like when Luz calls herself a boy! Or how plant witch called me a boy!” he exclaims, pointing at Willow.
“Er…” Hunter’s fast twists as he seems to realize calling someone a gendered term, surprisingly, isn’t actually a great indicator for their gender. “Well, the point is I’m not a girl.”
They take this answer with a thoughtful hum and hand to their chin. Then, “Why?”
“Because—” Hunter stops. He holds up a hand. “Because…” He works his mouth, then looks at his hands, movements slowing.
The three of them sit in contemplative silence.
“Why does it matter?!” Hunter bursts out. “You’re not a girl! Shouldn’t you get it?”
“I get the gender thing! I’ve had a really, really long time to get it!” They shake their fists. “You’re just being confusing.”
“It’s not my problem if you don’t understand—”
“Kinda is your problem… be more clear?”
Willow claps her hands. “Guys!”
“What? What?”
“Look, there she is!”
She points to where the Bat Queen has finally emerged from, caught in a conversation with another group.
“Oh, finally,” Hunter says.
“Let’s go say hi to her!” she exclaims.
“She seems busy, though, we should wait for her to come to us instead…”
“She’s coming to us.”
“Already?!”
The Bat Queen, like she pointed out, has already turned from the group and begun heading to Willow and the others. She adjusts her glasses and hopes she looks presentable.
“Hiya, Bat Queen!” She waves.
The Bat Queen smiles. “Willow. Hello again. The process has gone well?”
She nods. “All the plants will help with the soil and pests, and I sprouted up the palisman tree seeds to give them a little help. We’re letting them grow naturally from here.”
“Good. Hunter, you’ve helped?”
Hunter bows a little. “U-um, yes, I’ve been helping. It’s an honor to be allowed. I promise I’ll do my best to restore what used to be here.”
“No need for formalities. As long as you repent.”
“Yes, ma’am!”
She didn’t notice The Collector staring at the Bat Queen with an odd expression until, suddenly, he cries out, “It is you!”
The Bat Queen blinks. “You’ve heard? Many have. I am here to oversee regrowth.”
They don’t stop staring at her in that strange way. “No, no, I mean it’s you! You’re the same Bat Queen, from—from this same place! Don’t you remember me?”
What?
The Bat Queen looks lost. “Remember you? I do not know who you are.”
“What do you mean?! It’s me, The Collector? The—don’t you at least remember the Titan’s? Anyone?” they near plead, and she realizes then the expression is desperation.
The Bat Queen frowns. “I apologize. My memory… it is hazy. It’s been so long. If I knew you, I cannot recall.” She shakes her head. “It is lost to time.”
“No, no, no, what are you talking about? It’s been just as long for me and I still remember you! You couldn’t have forgotten—”
“I am sorry, little one. I cannot give you the person you’re looking for.”
He stops at that, mouth open. “That’s not—” They grit their teeth. “That—you can’t just forget everything while I have to be stuck here remembering—that’s not fair! That doesn’t make any sense! You’re lying, you have to be—”
“I do not lie—”
“Collector, leave her alone—”
“SHUT UP!” he screams, and with it the ground cracks and shakes.
She topples over with a yelp, wincing as she hits the dirt. Her glasses tumble off who knows where, vision effectively reduced to disorientating blobs, only heightened by her panicked state.
“Collector!” she calls, trying to sit up and immediately falling when dizziness hits her.
“Where are you going?!” she hears Hunter yell, somewhere behind her.
She succeeds in sitting up this time and frantically pats around for her glasses. Come on, come on, come on…
Someone puts her glasses back on.
“Willow, are you okay?” Hunter asks, cupping her face.
She blinks, startled at how clear everything is now. “Y-yeah. Where did…?” She looks around.
“He ran off,” he says flatly.
The Bat Queen, clearly unaffected by the physical outburst, seems troubled. “I did not expect this. I feel confused.”
“I’ll say.” Hunter pulls Willow up. “What is up with that kid?”
“He seemed really upset,” she says, looking around again as if The Collector will pop up. “Eda will be worried if they don’t come back with us. Hopefully they went to the Owl House anyway?”
“You could ask?”
“I just didn’t want to face her potential wrath. Even worse, her potential anxiety,” she frowns.
“She’s basically powerless now, there’s nothing to face.”
“True…” She pulls out her scroll.
Eda presses as much as possible about what happened, but thankfully, doesn’t seem upset at Willow, just upset The Collector’s done this ‘again’ (whatever that means) and understandably worried about them.
She’s relieved when after just fourteen minutes of back and forth, does Eda say they turned up back at the Owl House and simply went straight to their room without conversation.
“This could have gone worse,” she says.
It really could have. She was prepared for agonizing hours of waiting for good news, fretting over what she could have done.
“It could have gone a lot better,” Hunter says.
“Let’s focus on the bright side of today,” she says. “The Collector’s physically fine, we helped the forest, and now I… get to take a nap.”
He breathes out a laugh. “Hope it’s a good one. Don’t stress out too much about this, I know you’re going to.”
She smiles. “Yeah, I probably will. I just don’t like how all that ended. Maybe I should come back again soon to have a better hanging out time with him. Oh, I could teach him how to forage!” Her voices raises in excitement.
“When is foraging going to be helpful where we live?”
“Maybe it’ll be helpful in other places…”
Notes:
HELLO. so. a relative visiting completely threw off my schedule and took all my mental spoons, and then i had to prep for my birthday, and then it was my birthday, and then i got terribly sick... and you can see why this update took longer. im very sorry for the wait, espc since im feeling insecure about the writing on this one, but i still hope you enjoy it anyway. i am going to try my hardest to steer myself back onto a consistent schedule. thank you all for being so patient and kind in the mean time!
some of this is not accurate reforestation stuff and more so added for my own convenience but i did actually research to add in what details i could. dont think about it too hard tho
Chapter 19: Poisonous Pits Are Really Nutritious
Summary:
Eda, accepting bonding with The Collector will be an arduous task, goes for a smaller approach
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Eda winces when she drops a pan. She grumbles children-friendly words and leans down to pick it up. One arm takes some getting used to, that’s for sure. Rainy days have become even more of a pain. A prosthetic could be nice… she’s been so busy, she’s barely thought about it. Besides, she’s doing alright without one right now. But if she did get one, it should be cooler than a regular arm, who is she to waste this opportunity?
She could go for a more claw-like look. No, a hook! A pirate getup would look fantastic on her.
In her contemplating, she's alerted to rustling. Normally a panic-inducing thing, now she only briefly glances behind her to confirm who she thinks it is.
Yep.
The Collector, per his odd morning routine, is cleaning the living room. Luz always makes a mess of papers and forgotten books that they tidy up later. Even when there is no mess, she’ll still catch him reorganizing stuff out of… boredom? Fun? A nervous habit?
She’s glad the house is cleaner than ever, but she really doesn’t understand why they do it. Some people say cleaning is, what, relaxing?
She doubts a nine year old (or whatever their age is) would hold that opinion.
It's still a minor relief seeing their schedule unchanged. After the other day… The Collector never brought up how reforesting went with Willow and Hunter, but she knows through her and Willow's messages it ended, well, bad for The Collector. Yet after a night of moping he seemed completely fine. She knows how kids can jump from emotion to emotion, seemingly forgetting what just bothered them, but she has the feeling they didn't forget. Kids, like anyone else, still hold troublesome events inside in the hopes they'll go away.
What can she do, though? He's so… unresponsive to these things, especially after the fact. She can already see their confusion and short responses if she tried pressing them.
So as much as it pains her, she leaves him to it and opens the cabinets for ingredients. It scared her the first couple of times, how he’d come downstairs quiet as a vole and suddenly appear in the living room. The Collector is a loud kid, basically draws all attention to them, that it’s an odd characteristic.
Or he doesn’t do this with anyone else and it’s another out of place thing between her and him.
She grimaces. Come on, me, now you’re over thinking it.
Hard not to. The Collector, abrasive and emotive as they are, seems to only truly communicate in little details. It’s easy running herself in circles trying to decipher him.
Because when she thinks about it, The Collector is amicable toward her, receptive of her small talk, and doesn’t act as on edge as someone might expect. Looking at the big picture, he really doesn’t seem bothered by her.
Looking at everything else, it feels so fabricated.
She knows The Collector isn’t exactly polite, yet they (almost—seems bath time will always bring protest) always appear that way around her. The stilted sentences, like he’s pre-planned everything he wants to say, and seems lost if she expects the conversation to continue. It’s not just a quirk, he thrives in conversations with everyone… everyone but her.
She kept thinking, maybe if I give him space, maybe a bit more time, he’ll feel more comfortable, yet all it’s done is leave things stagnant.
She’d honestly take open anger, no, even fear over this, because then she’d have something to work with. The issue is there’s no gaping rift, merely a wall quietly built. The issue is that there’s not one without her appearing anxiety-ridden and out of her mind.
Maybe this is comfortable for him, she worried. They could be completely content leaving things like this.
Then there’s moments where he tenses, when his smile looks forced, and she thinks this isn’t someone who feels safe.
Back to square one.
She thinks back on her conversation with Raine.
“Maybe you need to… I dunno, talk to them about it?” they said after a stretch of silence, no doubt considering Eda’s options.
She stared at her hand with a frown. “They barely open up to Luz or King, what chances do I have? He wouldn’t know what to do if I started talking about feelings with him.” Just imagining it nearly has her cringe. “Might make it worse, honestly, I’m already having a hard time figuring them out.”
“You might be over complicating this.”
She put her hand over her chest. “Me? Over complicating things?”
They gave her a flat look. “I know, it’s a shock to me too.”
“You’re probably right,” she sighed.
She leaned back in her chair and stared up at the diners dim lights. Dating when you’re thirty turned out to be a whole lotta talk about mundane problems—maybe part of the point is finding someone you wouldn’t mind doing it with the rest of your life.
“How am I supposed to make this simple, though?” she asked eventually. “It’s not easy talking to people.”
“Oh, don’t I know it…” They hold a hand to their mouth, looking off to the side. “Well… if what you’ve been doing isn’t working, maybe… try doing the opposite?”
She quirked a brow. “What, like not giving them space?”
“I didn’t mean it like that, exactly, just, maybe try spending more time with him instead of less?”
Huh.
When they put it like that, she felt silly. Of course, if you wanna connect with someone you gotta, you know, actually spend time together. Bond. It’s not like she didn’t! They live in the same house for Titan’s sake, but… she hadn’t been trying for much one-on-one time.
She hissed through her teeth. “Augh, but what if they don’t want me to?” she voiced her gnawing thought. “What if forcing myself into his life just makes him more freaked out? I don’t want to mess this up.”
They placed their hand on hers. “Eda, they could handle a few mistakes. Kids aren’t completely fragile. And especially not yours,” they smiled.
Now she stares at a stick of butter in contemplation.
What’s a good bonding activity? She knows what he likes, but it’s usually stuff they’re already proficient in and she knows nothing about, and sure, just talking can be good, but wouldn’t it be better having something to do with your hands? Then if you get nervous you have something to focus on.
Space… people do astronomy observations, she could take them to one. He’s pretty outdoorsy, had a lot of fun at the lake, so they should go there again. Maybe look for some nature trails and take them on a hike, ohh, they haven’t been to the Knee yet, and there’s a lot more volunteer work happening around the place, she should try participating in more—damn, now she’s having too many good ideas!
Focus on one thing, what can she do right now?
She looks at her layed out cookware.
Oh, duh.
Trying to actual casual, she leans back and looks over her shoulder. “Collector?”
He stares at her from the living room. Man, she’s never going to get over how fast they cleans, it already looks spotless. He walks over with a questioning tilt of the head.
“Ya know how to cook?” she asks, gesturing to the counter.
“Mm… it always turned out wrong,” they say with a thoughtful expression. “I don’t think people can eat explosions.”
“We missed out on that one, huh. Alright, everyone should know how to cook, so why don’t I teach you something?” she proclaims her idea.
“You want to eat explosions?” he asks.
“I mean I’ll teach you better than that. Just need a little patience and precision. Never been good at that myself, but that’s what practice is for.” She pulls aside a goreberry jar. “I’m thinking, uhh, goreberry-almond pancakes. Sounds good.”
“Goreberry pits taste like almonds,” they say.
“Aren’t those bad for you?”
He shrugs. “I don’t get poisoned by stuff like that.”
She rummages for a pitter. “Do you get poisoned by other things?”
“Emotionally.”
“Emotionally.”
“Like some things just feel like poison even if they’re not. And it’s bad. Have you ever had really bad meat? Like that,” they say with a very serious expression.
She remembers his strong opinions on meat. “Ahh, psychic damage,” she says, despite not exactly understanding. Food is food, and meat is good. “Oh, here it is.” She holds out the pitter. “Kay, we need to pit them first, you remember how to do it from when we made jam?”
They jump up to grab the pitter and screw open the jar. “Pit, pit, pit,” he mutters and dumps out the goreberries.
“Wash your hands,” she reminds them.
He swerves to the sink just before touching the berries. She gets out a bowl, one of those ridged glass ones, and works on finding the other ingredients.
Just like before, The Collector is immediately delighted and entranced by the repetitive method of pitting. He giggles and smashes them in the pitter harder than necessary, juice spewing out and leaving the goreberries sad mushes. She was going to simmer them down anyway, so as long as he’s having fun she can deal with the mess.
She moves the pan over the stove. “Once you’re done with those we gotta actually cook them. We need a…” She squints to read her pancake recipe before remembering goreberry syrup isn’t on it. “Some amount of sugar, I guess. You know, there’s a cooking scale better bakers use, and then you’ve got a handful of deranged people who can measure it completely by eye.”
They pile the goreberries together. “Aren’t you doin’ that?” he asks.
“Sauce isn’t that hard to figure out, more like a by taste thing. But you need a recipe for pancakes,” she says.
She takes a moment to kick her nerves and revel in how The Collector, too focused on her instructions, is barely fidgeting or tense. Maybe this bonding thing could work.
“Pour those into the pan—careful—gotta get some fire going now.”
She intends to get a sticky note and draw a fire glyph. The Collector apparently has different ideas and ignites a blue flame in their hand, then chucks it at the pan before she can frantically tell them no.
She jumps back as a burst of flame shoots up from the pan and nearly singes her face off. “Not in the pan!” she yells.
“What?! Where does it go?” He waves out his hands.
“Under the pan, hold on—”
Again, she’s about to get Luz’s water glyph combo under the counter saved specifically for stove fires, but The Collector corrects their mistake and with a swish of their hand the fire simply moves under the pan.
“Oh,” she says, hand right on an emergency glyph. “That works.”
“Are they bad now?” He leans up to look at it.
She looks over the slightly smoldering goreberries. The tops are singed with a sparse black coating.
“Ehh.” She waves her hand. “It’s—it’s fine, they were barely on fire. Look, lesson one of cooking, and life in general, don’t set something on fire unless you know why you’re doing it.”
They hold their hands behind their back, then switch to in front of them, looking off to the side.
Just try talking to them. “I’m not mad,” she blurts out, wincing at her own abruptness, but she hopes her genuinity comes across. “Just be a little more careful. This is pretty salvageable, anyway, it’ll just taste a bit burnt. And I like my food a bit charred.”
He looks at her with a disbelieving smile, like, you can’t possibly think that. It’s honestly mocking. She’s elated seeing him direct an expression like that to her. “What? Then it just tastes burnt. That’s not good.”
“It adds a punchy flavor!” she defends. “You never want that?”
“It doesn’t add anything, you can’t taste anything but ash. Just eat leftover firewood at that point. Or rocks—no, rocks taste better.”
“Oh, so you think rocks are better than perfectly good, burnt, edible goreberries are?” she teases.
They open their mouth, then snap it shut, teeth clicking. Reality kicks her over the head. Right. She’s not Luz or King.
Hoping to salvage the conversation just like her burnt goreberries, she tries not letting it get to her. “We, er, we need to stir in the sugar. Maybe a half cup so it’s not too bitter.”
He seems annoyed by the sugar not laying flat in the cup. They shake it a little, try tamping the sugar down, then in a fit of frustration punch it down and in a blink the cup shatters.
“Ah,” they say, staring at the sugar in his hands and plastic shards.
She keeps forgetting how strong he is, jeez. “Oh, kid, don’t move—”
Stay calm! She’s the adult, it’s just some shards, they’re completely fine. She carefully picks out the cups remains from their hands, then sweeps aside the counters mess. From what she can tell, there’s no cuts, just The Collector’s startled face and stiff posture.
“Okay… I think that’s all of it. If you see any bleeding, tell me,” she instructs. She sighs. “Second thing, be gentle with appliances, they break way easier than you think they will. Specially when they’re cheap like mine.” They still have cups left. Less sugar? Less sugar. “Get the, oh, I dunno, the third cup instead.”
He makes a noise, somewhere between an um and er, staring at her with wide eyes. They look completely befuddled, an unfamiliar expression for them that she’s confused herself.
Then he blinks and wipes his hands on his pants. They fish out another cup without incident.
She stirs in the sugar. Crisis adverted. She shouldn’t think that, actually, fate likes its irony.
“You see the glass bowl and sieve?” she asks.
“What’s a si—sie… what’s that?”
“The like, uhh.” She points at it. “That thing. Meshy. Measure the flour into it and then you like, gently shake it back and forth over the bowl. Supposed to get rid of clumps. Then do it with the baking powder, sugar and salt,” she reads from her recipe. “Those are what people call the dry ingredients. You want a demonstration, or—?”
“I can do it,” he says determinedly.
“Don’t shake too hard.”
“I won’t!”
She still watches them to make sure. She gets her own sieve for the sauce, pushing goreberries through it, then returning it back to the pan for syrup, almond extract and a squeeze of lemon juice.
“Something I’ve learned is you add lemons to basically everything,” she says. “Makes it taste better nine outta ten times.” She sets it aside for eating after squeezing enough out, then checks The Collector’s progress. Doing good… “Hey, why don’t you pick out the flavor?” she suggests.
“Huh?”
“Like, what’d you wanna add to the pancake mix so they’re not just plain. We’ve got a lot of options.” She nods her head toward their various fruits and spices.
“Are rocks an option?” they ask immediately.
“No.”
He frowns. “You guys are missing out on that.”
“Unfortunately, rocks are inedible.”
“Huh?!” His mouth falls open in shock. “They are?”
What? “You didn’t—?”
“But birds eat them!” they say, bouncing against the counter.
She sees now. “Oh, they’ve got different biology, lets them do it. Not us, though.” She pats the goreberries with her wood spoon, testing their softness.
“But… you’re a bird.”
“I—” Huh. “I—well, I guess—you’re right, but.”
“So you could eat rocks.”
Huh. “Could I? Man, that’d be really cool. Aww, I wanna try it now.”
“You should,” he says. “There’s a whole world out there.”
“Yeah, maybe. So about the pancake flavor you want?”
“Can it still not be rocks?”
“Not today.”
They groan and lean back. “What’s a crunchy thing you people can eat?”
“We have seeds?”
“Seeds.” He hastily moves jars around, knocking some over in the process until they pull one out. “Poppyseeds!” they exclaim. “Can you eat those?”
“Oh, yeah, poppyseeds work great in baking! Good choice. Add in as much as you want. Barring the entire jar. Or even half of it, actually, most people don’t want to be eating eighty-percent seeds unless you’re me.”
“Mhmm.”
Baking goes as smooth as she could of hoped given their stellar preface of previous attempts ending in explosion. They dump the dry ingredients in too fast and get a flour explosion if that counts, and they struggle with flipping to the point most pancakes end up weird unevenly cooked piles, but they’re still pancakes; if you don’t count being circular as a defining feature.
“What are you two doing?”
She turns around at King’s voice. He blearily rubs his eyes, clutching a stuffed animal in one hand. “Is the Collector cooking with you?” he asks skeptically.
The Collector leaps from the counter. “King! King, King, we made pancakes!”
His eyes go wide. “You did?”
“Yeah, come onnn!”
They pick him up, swing around and plop him in his chair. They nearly fall into their own and scoot it up with a screech, place their hands on the table and impatiently tap it, smiling bright.
“I really woulda thought the kitchen would, like, be in flames,” King says, looking around as if he’ll find scorch marks.
“It could be,” they say.
“Set someone else’s kitchen on fire.”
“Don’t set anyones kitchens on fire.” She sets out everyone’s plates and sits. “Try aimin’ for their shed, it’s less damaging but still sends a message.”
“Oohh.”
King stares at his plate with screwed eyes. “What—what is that? Massacred bread?”
“It’s a pancake,” they say.
“That isn’t a pancake!” King shouts.
“Yes it is. Now eat it.”
King gives Eda a pleading look. “What if he poisoned it?”
“I’m pretty sure I’d notice that,” she says.
They roll their eyes. “Pshh, you can have poison, it’s fine.”
“That’s not making me feel any less worried!”
Ignoring King, they look up in thought. “Do you think poison would taste good…?”
King sighs. “No, it’s poison. It’s not supposed to be good in any way.”
“Cyanide smells like almonds,” she says. Not the same thing as taste, but hopefully enough to satisfy curiosity.
She took a test bite before, it’s still a pleasant surprise when it simply tastes like a sweet, fluffy poppyseed pancake. The burnt syrup adds a sharp edge. If she ever just makes it for herself, she might purposefully burn it.
“It always comes back to almonds,” The Collector mutters.
“Almonds,” King echoes.
“Goreberry pits taste like almonds and they’re also bad for people,” they explain.
His eyes widen. “They are?”
Oh, Titan. She holds her face. “Please don’t tell me you’ve eaten the pits.”
He stares at her. “Uhhhh.”
Oh, Titan.
“See?” The Collector glares. “I told you, it’s fine if you get poisoned.”
Somehow this doesn’t reassure King. His tail fluffs up in alarm. “I didn’t know it was bad! I’ve eaten so many of them! It can’t be that awful, right?” His stares at the table. “Does that kill people?”
“No, no, no—”
She waves her hand. “If it wasn’t recent and you turned out fine, then you’re fine, you won’t die, The Collector’s probably telling the truth about the poison thing. Just…” She pinches her nose. “Don’t do it again. We don’t want to be tempting fate.”
“It’s the best part of goreberries,” King says sullenly. “Why is it poisonous?”
The Collector leans in. “The goreberry is the best part of goreberries.”
“I don’t get your fruit obsession.”
“They’re good!” His eyes go round, then narrow as he gets a devious smile. “Heyyy, you should have the syrup too. It’s goreberries. And almonds.”
King stares at them for a long moment. “Why are you looking at me like that.”
“Come on, come on, come onnn, try it!”
“You eat it first!”
“Okay!”
They finally tear into their food, previously untouched. She wonders if it’s a cultural thing, how he waits for permission.
King immediately voices her thoughts. “Why do you always wait to eat?”
“Hmm?”
“Like, just now. You’ve done it before, too. Is that a thing you’re supposed to do?” he asks.
Surprisingly The Collector doesn’t suddenly change topic. Instead they stare at him for a moment. Then they say, with zero intonation, “Sure.”
What does that mean?
“What does that even mean?!” he protests.
“It means sure,” he says breezily. She can’t tell if it’s confirmation for a cultural practice or them evading the question. “Since I ate it, now you have to try it!” They point their fork at him.
He doesn’t look any less distrustful.
“It’s pretty good,” she says to throw him a bone and dumps more onto her pancakes.
“Ehh…” With her vote of confidence, he reluctantly grabs it. Even more reluctant, he stares between The Collector and it, then pours.
They watch with rapt attention through his tentative bite.
King’s face screws. “Is this burnt?”
“No,” The Collector says, knowing full well it’s burnt.
“You burned it!”
They laugh.
Notes:
baby steps are still steps!! the little moments count!!! most of us want to think communicating is easier than it is and that you can do it at any time, but sometimes, with things like this, you have to chip away at everything but The Big Issue, so that The Big Issue eventually becomes less daunting, easier to face and easier to deal with. the collector has 379 cans of worms to unpack and before unpacking even one of those without severe consequences you need to be at like level 10 friendship with him
a note from my side of things: i *want* to update swa on fridays. ive also accepted i will not always manage this and sometimes it will be on a different day. sorry for the unpredictability, i hope the change isnt too weird! thanks for reading!
EDIT: IDK when next chapter is coming summer depression hit me hard umm i am trying to work on it and hopefully it will come out soon, thanks for being patient
Chapter 20: Shopping and Screaming
Summary:
In a trip to the market, Lilith manages to get mostly trivial (but important to her) answers out of The Collector
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The house got a lot more crowded overnight.
Namely by Lilith. The Collector scowls at her from across the table. She and person-whose-name-they-definitely-remember came over to talk about, like, boring adult stuff with Eda. If you ask, he didn’t eavesdrop because it was so boring… but it was something about the coven system and who to put in power now.
Cause Belos is dead, witches need another guy to tell them what to do. A vote’s been held on the system people want and it’ll be ‘workshopped’ from there.
It’s kind of stupid. Why do people want another leader? Can’t they just do things themself?
“Edalyn, they’re staring at me again,” Lilith says.
“He does that,” Eda replies. She’s been messing with the stove after The Collector put a dent in it by the tail end of breakfast; now fire glyphs aren’t working on it.
They didn’t mean to. She doesn’t seem irritated, but she probably is, right? He doesn’t want to look at her to check. It’s—whatever! It doesn’t matter if they broke something! He focuses his attention back on giving Lilith a death glare.
“Why are you orange now?” they ask, squinting at Lilith’s hair.
She touches it. “Oh, uh, Edalyn cut it.”
“Fantastically, I may add.”
“Sureee,” King says.
“Hey, a one handed haircut is hard!”
“It’s quite alright,” Lilith says. “I’m over the pristine look.”
“Any look is great on you, Lulu!” Hooty says, twisting himself around her.
“Does your hair change colors when you cut it?” he asks, equal parts curious and annoyed that his doesn’t.
“Change colors?” She makes a face they don’t like. “This is just my natural color. Edalyn practically cut all the dyed parts off.”
“That’s way less cool—it was dyed?!”
Oh no, he wanted to dye his hair! It looked so cool on Amity. But if Lilith dyes hers that’s one more thing in common with her, and basically unacceptable. Though she’s not doing it anymore, so maybe it’s okay?
“I’m surprised you didn’t re-dye it,” Eda remarks. “Finally out of your emo phase?”
“Oh, shut up.”
“Heeey, where’s your partner, Eda?” Hooty asks.
“Sleeping, probably. I didn’t wanna wake em up, but it’s getting late.” She does something with the stove. “Maybe if I do this?” she mutters.
Fire explodes from it.
“Eda!” Lilith shouts.
“Augh—it’s fine—can one of you get Raine?!” Eda yells. “They’re in my room!”
“Not it,” King says right before The Collector can.
“Ahh!” They throw their head back. “No fair!”
“Ha! You’re the oldest, you should be doing it anyway.”
“No one ever said being older came with responsibilities,” he mutters, stomping away.
Oh well. This is an opportunity to figure out Raine, most importantly, if he wants them to stick around any longer. It’d suck if someone slimey started mucking up the place.
They hop up the stairs and twirl at the top. He wanders the halls, unintentionally taking the path to Luz’s old room, before he spins around and takes an unfamiliar one. They’ve been around the whole house a gazillion times… except for one place. He reaches his destination: an imposing door.
They hesitate.
She asked, he reassures himself. They push open the door.
He slows inside her room. It’s kinda pretty, dark wood and orange light seeping in from her giant window. The sight feels familiar.
And messy. They grimace, stepping over clothes. He can’t see a bed anywhere in here! Where does Eda even sleep? Where would Raine be? In her closet? They look around, increasingly agitated as, for some reason, they can’t find a noticeable closet either.
His eyes stop glazing over the brown mess beside the window. What he thought was unimportant turned out to be a… birds nest?
With Raine sleeping in it!
Jeez, if their hair wasn’t that color, he wouldn’t have seen them. They beeline to them, then nearly trip over something. He swings out his arms to steady himself. They wouldn’t be tripping over stuff in their room—
Wait. They pick up the offending object. He holds it in the light; a flute.
He looks at Raine. Looks back at the flute. Hmm.
He quietly scoots to Raine, holds it close to their face and…
FWEEEEE!
“AUGH!”
Raine jumps awake, flinging themself against the nest. “Wh-what—” They scramble for their glasses. “Who—” They squint, panicked breaths slowing. “C-Collector?”
“Hi!” they smile. “Nice flute you’ve got.”
They stare wide eyed. “Er…”
“Can I keep it?”
“N-no?”
He frowns. “Can you get me one?”
“What…” Their breathing finally settles. “…are you doing here?”
“What are you doing here?” they parrot. “This isn’t your house.”
They sigh. “What time is it?” they mutter to themself.
He answers anyway. “Like, 8:45.”
“That late? I should have been up already!” They rummage for their scroll, pulling it out and eyes going wide with dismay at the time. He’s not sure why they didn’t just believe him. “Did my alarm not work?”
He shrugs and stands. “Eda wanted you to get up cause it’s morning. We made breakfast.”
We includes himself, because of Eda’s weird insistence he learn to cook. Even weirder, she doesn’t seem to care if they’re good at it. Mistakes are bandaged with ‘good enough’. What’s the point? Is she just… doing it for no reason…? That doesn’t make sense.
“Can you put that down?” Raine asks, staring at the flute.
“Sure!”
“Carefu—” They wince when he drops it. “Carefully…”
“If a flute breaks from a little dropping, then it’s not a good flute,” they say. “Now let’s go! Cause the kitchen’s prolly on fire!”
“What?!”
The kitchen turns out to be fine, if you count a smoldering oven and blackened marks etched outward as fine, which The Collector does.
Lilith leans against the wall, out of breath. Eda turns at their arrival.
“Heeey, sleepyhead!” She waves, a smudge of ash on her cheek. “Ya just missed the best part!”
“Eda!” Raine darts forward. “Are you okay? What happened?”
“Oven just exploded a little, you know how it is.” She waves a hand.
“She’s done this before,” King says.
He doesn’t dare remark it’s his own fault the oven broke.
Raine sighs. They cup Eda’s face and wipe the ash, her turning pink at the gesture. “You nearly gave me a heart attack.”
“You should go to a hospital for that,” they say. “Luz’s mama said they’re really serious.”
“Er, I meant it as a turn of phrase.”
“Oh.” He pauses. “Well don’t do that.”
“Use a turn of phrase…?”
Deciding they’re done with this conversation, they walk back to the table and sit. For some reason Raine looks confused.
“Do you really have to leave? It’s only morning,” Eda says to Raine.
“You know I’m busy.”
“Stay for breakfast?”
“Of course.” He can hear their smile.
Breakfast is somehow calm. They let conversation pass over them, far more interested in stacking fruit, then making little people with it.
King joins in eventually, not as good as The Collector at precise stacking, so he starts making castles instead for fruit people to inhabit. Soon they’ve got a whole tiny fruit army marching across the table.
“And then a dragon comes,” The Collector says, raising his hand, “and kills them all.”
Their moment of glorious squishing is interrupted by Hooty slamming into the table and eating all the fruit.
“I was the dragon!” Hooty cries, beak red.
He and King yelp.
“Nooo!” The Collector wails. They drop their head dramatically. “I wanted to squish iiit.”
“You shouldn’t play with your food, you know—er, I mean—nevermind,” Lilith immediately backtracks at his look of scorn.
“My castle… hey, wait, why were you gonna squish it?!” King exclaims.
“I thought it’d look like blood.”
“Ohh. Hmm, yeah, that’s a good reason.”
Raine stands. Eda gives them a pleading look.
“Eda…” they say.
“C’mon?”
“Not today. I’m free in a few days, I promise.” They lean down and kiss her cheek. “I’ll see you soon.”
She sighs. “Don’t have too much fun!”
“That’d probably be impossible, but I’ll still make sure not to.”
“See you around, Rainestorm.”
He watches them go.
Raine was nice at the lake, is nice when they hang around at the Owl House, and they seem to make Eda happy. So they’re probably good. They’d be better if they let The Collector use their instruments, but no one’s perfect. He’ll accept their presence.
Speaking of presences.
“Weren’t you gonna leave in the morning too?” they ask Lilith.
She rolls her eyes. “Edalyn needs an extra pair of arms. I’ll be out soon.”
“For what?”
“To go shopping. Didn’t you hear?”
“No,” he answers honestly.
“And this is the perfect time to go back to sleep.” King moves to hop off his chair.
“Nope,” Eda says. “You’re coming with.”
“What? No!” he whines. “People always coo at me like I’m a baby.”
“Too bad, you need more experience.”
“I don’t need experience, I’m like eight!”
They flop across the table and kick their legs. “What’s shopping again? Like when you exchange stuff?”
“Yep! Snails for goods. You’re coming too, cause I need more than three arms.”
“My magic’s like… infinite arms.” He holds up his hands.
She and Lilith exit the kitchen, King trailing behind despondently. They hop along and bounce at the door. The adults take a moment putting on their shoes. Lilith tried coming in yesterday without taking hers off! Evil.
“Sunglasses,” Eda says.
He spins around and grabs his from the living room table. They’re really, really good for when the sun is feeling mean, frustratingly most days.
At least they’re cute. Blue and star shaped, as all things should be.
“Everyone ready? Let’s go!” Eda swings open the door.
Wind breezes past refreshingly. It doesn’t bring that prickly too much sensation he’s come to find many types of weather do, or even softer kinds, where everything is somehow still… whatever. Point is, it’s a nice day.
They sit behind Eda on Owlbert, King joining them, and they’re off in the air.
Eda slows down as she lands. Her heels touch solid ground, and she steps onto stone. She waits for her kids to hop off before de-transforming Owlbert.
“Alright, we’re here,” she says.
“You know, while I’m still with you all…” Lilith begins. “Collector, I wanted to ask you something.”
Uh oh.
“Me?” he asks, just as skeptical.
“Yes. I know you weren’t keen on cooperating the first time we met, but that was months ago. So do you feel up to answering some historical-esque questions? I’ve even decided I’ll only ask three, as to ensure it won’t be an endless barrage.”
She’s clearly pleased with her offer. The Collector opens their mouth, closes it, then shockingly seems to consider it.
“If I say yes… you have to do something for me!” he declares.
There’s the catch.
Lilith’s pleased expression turns sour. “That’s vague. Well, what do you want? I’m all ears.”
“Umm, umm.” They bounce on their feet. “Uhh…” He looks around. “Oh! I’ll answer your questions, if you get me my favorite ice cream!”
“Ice cream? That’s not so bad—”
“His favorite costs two hundred snails,” she interrupts.
Lilith pales.
Turns out when Amity took them out, she bought them the most expensive ice cream on the menu—and really, how does she have that much just for an allowance? Rich people. Now The Collector’s disappointed by basically all other types of ice cream. Ones with adequate crunch can suffice, but just ‘aren’t the same’.
“Bloodyflies are expensive, so we can never get it.” He frowns.
She eyes each passing stand, mentally going through what they were lacking. Hmm, eggs are nearby.
“Bl-bloodyflies?! Real bloody—in ice cream?” Lilith grows more aghast by the second.
“I’d tell you to try it, but I’m not sharing.”
Lilith’s face twists in pure dread. “Is there really nothing else you want?” she asks desperately, chasing the fleeting hope she’ll get a better deal.
“No,” they say.
Sensing this is a fruitless task, Lilith presses her hands against her eyes. The Collector is unrelenting in the face of her turmoil. He just smiles at her, possibly expecting a yes, and if Lilith’s stubbornness is any indication, Eda expects one too.
Lilith takes a deep breath. “Do it for history, Lilith,” she mutters to herself. “Okay, I accept, on one condition.”
“Actually this makes two conditions.”
Lilith groans. “On a second condition.”
She snrks. She stops the group at Cheesy Brain’s, a small, high quality stand for eggs, cheese, and fresh milk.
“I can’t believe you’re taking this,” King says.
Lilith ignores him. “You have to spare no details! This won’t be worth it if you’re vague. Then you’re not getting ice cream.”
They gasp. “What?! That’s dirty!”
“I’m just making sure I get a fair end of the deal.” Lilith crosses her arms.
He grits his teeth, then visibly gives up with a groan. That’s new, he must really want ice cream. “Ughhh, fine. What do you wanna ask?”
She suspects they were planning on giving vague answers for free ice cream and Lilth’s condition dashed the plan. What a little gremlin. She’s so proud.
Lilith brightens and pulls out a notepad and pen. “I hate wasting a question on this, but first I have to set the timeline straight. You didn’t recognize stonesleepers, yet you knew of humans. That doesn’t exactly add up. Luz told me humans started evolving around when witches did—some hundred thousands of years ago—but stonesleepers came far before both. Since you’ve been in the present a few months now, do you have a timeframe for when your life took place?”
She thinks assuming The Collector would know every living species in the first place is a flaw in Lilith’s reasoning, but doesn’t comment on it.
“I know what stonesleepers are,” he huffs. “I’ve seen them before.”
“Wh—then why did you refute my points when we first met?!” she asks, throwing out an arm.
“Cause you didn’t know what I was and you said Titan’s were extinct, which was wrong, so I stopped listening to you and assumed you were wrong about everything,” they say.
Lilith stares at them in shocked, furious silence. He beams at her.
“I—” she stutters, curls her hands into fists, then presses them to her face with a sound reminiscent of a tea kettle screeching.
Eda pats her.
Lilith takes a deep breath. She lifts her head, wearing a pained smile. “Could you… answer… the question?” she asks.
“Oh, yeah. Uhh…” They hold a hand to their chin. “There were lotsa land animals by the time I was born, so it couldn’t have been that long ago. And I heard about humans a little, but witches hadn’t formed from the dirt yet, so, like, whenever that was?” He shrugs.
The shops owner carefully packages Eda’s chosen eggs, slotting in wrapped cheese and two bottles of milk. She passes the bag off to Lilith, who slides it down her arm as to retain optimal note taking.
“I see…” Lilith scribbles their words down. “Formed from the dirt? That’s odd phrasing.”
“It’s just what happened!” Eda winces when they nearly knock over a stand. “Cause you came from Titan magic, so you’re all fleshy, like mud!”
“I would not call mud flesh-like.” Lilith frowns.
She can kind of see it. Maybe not your average mud, but in bogs? Totally. Speaking of flesh, they need meat.
“Well it is. And you are,” they say, final.
Lilith squints. “You’re acting as if you’re not also flesh.”
“I’m not.”
Huh.
“But you clearly have skin. You are walking in a body right now!” Lilith voices Eda’s confusion.
“It’s not like you,” he says. “You guys need flesh and the brain and stuff to be you, and your bodies decompose—it’s sooo gross—but mine doesn’t do that. It’s just made outta magic, no mud required.”
Lilith gives him a flat look. “Mud.”
“Mud.”
She never gave much thought about The Collector’s ‘celestial being’ status, but just made of magic, huh? What… are Collector’s? It doesn’t matter to her much, a kid’s a kid, even if the kid can move the moon, but—well, she wonders where he came from, if not from here.
“I guess if you’re simply magic, it would explain the immortality. Magic doesn’t die the same as a body,” Lilith says, writing it down. “But then how did the other Collecto—”
“WOW, LOOK, THERE’S WEIRD FRUIT ON SALE!” King shouts suddenly.
“What?!” The Collector whips their head, attention stolen. “Where, where—oh!”
He bounds to a display of familiar foods and then some Eda’s never seen before, a first for her, markedly on sale.
“Did they, what, make new fruits?” She picks up a spiky one. “Never understood how that worked.”
“They probably got it from a different island,” Lilith says. “That’s… surprising. People don’t travel far from the Boiling Isles, much.”
“Why not?” The Collector asks, climbing onto the stand.
Eda tosses whats interesting into a bag. “There’s not a lot out there, kiddo. Plant life is pretty scarce.”
They pick up a weirdly shaped, bright yellow fruit. “No it’s not.”
Lilith’s eyes go wide. “Was there more flora millions of years ago? Oh, that would be so exciting!”
“Yeah, and it should still be around.” He throws the fruit up and catches it. “Is this a skin? Do ya think it’s edible?” they ask King.
“Err.”
The Collector bites it. His face twists and he spits it out. “Sour!”
“You can’t eat something you haven’t bought!” Lilith says, appalled.
“I’ll pay,” she says, unbothered.
They hop down and bite it again, making another face.
“Why are you eating more?” King asks.
“I am gonna like this,” he says and resolutely chomps down.
“You have to elaborate.” Lilith steps toward them. “What was the flora like? Do you know any specifics?”
He spins around. “It was big! And—and way more colorful! It sucks how this place is mostly red. And there were trees that’d try to eat you! Are those still around?”
“I’ve only seen carnivorous flowers,” Eda says.
She fishes out the right amount of snails and passes it to the shops owner, who’s thankfully unphased by her family. Or they’re too tired to care.
The Collector’s all too happy explaining in great, confusing detail, each and every plant they remember. He verbally darts around, getting sidetracked by interesting stands or just forgetting what he was saying. Lilith takes notes like she’s a dying woman who only has one chance to write it all down. With The Collector’s inexplicable intolerance for her, maybe that’s true.
She gets a good amount of shopping done, eventually transforming Owlbert for easier carrying. Lilith is given the brunt of bags. By four she’s noticeably walking slower, though doesn’t say anything to Eda. It makes her heart pang in fondness.
“So, for my final question…” Lilith flips to a new page.
“I feel like you’ve asked way more than three,” The Collector says.
“Clarifying questions don’t count. Now, I’ve reached the conclusion verbal language likely hasn’t changed much, after all, the majority of witches live in one place, there’s little to introduce variety and not of a long lasting kind.” She adjusts her arms. “But there’s clearly a difference in written language, ancient texts share little similarity with our modern alphabet.”
“Uhh. What’s the question?”
“Do you know why there’s a discrepancy between verbal language staying stagnant, yet written language having this much of a difference?” she asks.
They stare at her.
Eda looks up from their final stop, a much bigger stand of frozen meat with an equally long line. “She’s askin’ why there’s two different alphabets if the way people talk hasn’t changed.”
“Ohhh.” He pauses. Their eyes light up. “Oh! It’s cause there was three languages! Titan’s, mine, and the one we’re speaking right now is a sorta mash of those.” He slams his hands together. “Titan's language must be what you’re seeing when you can’t understand some ‘ancient text’.” They air quote.
“Titan’s had their own language?” King asks.
“Yeah! It’s all like, rough and blocky!”
He leans closer, eyes wide. “What’s it sound like?”
“I can’t speak it.”
“Oh.” His disappointment is tangible.
They blink at him, then look away with a growing edge of discomfort. With a voice that for once doesn’t demand attention, he says, “ …um, but, I know how to write some words, so I could show you that?”
King brightens. “Could you? I mean, uh, that sounds good! Yeah!”
“You know some of the alphabet?!” Lilith exclaims. “Oh, can you show me—”
“It’s for King only!” he yells.
“Hrm.” Lilith gets a sulky frown. Eda’s about to poke fun at her when her face lights with another idea. “You said there was a third language, yours? Can you speak that?”
“You’re getting me ice cream after, right?” They cross their arms.
“Of course,” she says, pained.
“Umm… well, it’s like…”
What comes out of The Collector’s mouth aren’t words.
Ringing bells, or wind chimes fluttering, no, it’s a flute, almost. Ethereal and utterly strange as speech. It’s like music. The most beautiful she’s ever heard, not even the greatest musicians could compare to the short, melodic lift of what could be an orchestra.
She’s stunned to staring.
“That’s mine,” The Collector says after. “Are you done n—what are you guys looking at?”
King’s jaw is agape. Lilith works her mouth, at a loss for words.
“Jeez, kid, that was… really pretty,” she manages to say.
“I guess.”
“I-incredible…” Lilith marvels.
“How did you do that with your mouth,” King says.
“It’s easy! You just—” They do it again.
He leans back. “That’s so weird.”
“You’re weird. Why’s your head a skull?”
“Hey, that’s normal! Most things have skulls, just because—”
The Collector covers his ears and aaaa’s over King.
“—mine isn’t covered doesn’t mean it’s—” King gives up on words. “AAAAAAAAA!”
The Collector yells louder, then switches to his language and his scream turns into discordant screeching music.
King immediately stops, tail fluffed up, and The Collector does too with a grin.
“That was fun,” he says.
Her ears are ringing.
“Please don’t ever do that again,” Lilith croaks.
They stick their tongue out at her.
With her ear drums blasted, the four of them enter line. Some gave the group stares, though have since minded their own business and looked the other way. Must be the type of people who complain about babies crying.
Huh.
She used to be like that. Now she’s been towing around with two, up to three kids since a wandering human stumbled upon her.
She never truly imagined having children. Always seemed like too much work, the type of love Eda could never give someone, even if the thought was nice. Her rampant curse only isolated those thoughts, until she didn’t think about it much at all.
It’s funny. She raised someone for eight years and didn’t realize he was hers until it was in her face, all because she couldn’t think of herself as a gentle person.
Funny, as in regretful. If she got out of her own head sooner, treated him like hers from the start, could she have done better? Sometimes she wonders if King resents her for it. Oh, he loves her, she knows, but family’s always more complicated than that. She wouldn’t blame him if there was a seed of anger.
Jangling coins snap her to reality.
The line’s suddenly shorter. She looks up as the next buyer leaves, noticing how its turned overcast within minutes. Ah, rainy season. Always a pain.
Only one person stands in front now. Their head bobs up and down as they speak into a scroll, her ears only just catching their words.
“—right, it was like a walking corpse, or something. It couldn’t have actually been alive in that state.”
The Collector, with reckless abandon toward societal convention saying you shouldn’t talk to a stranger if they can’t swiftly make an escape, interjects, “Dead things can’t move.”
They jump. “A-ah, what?” Their eyes look all around, until going down and landing on The Collector.
“Dead things can’t move,” he repeats. “So whatever you’re talking about couldn’t have been dead. Unless it’s a zooombie.” They hold up their hands like claws, wearing a devious grin.
“Zombies aren’t real,” King says, possibly to reassure himself.
“Has anyone ever tried to make them real?”
“Don’t make zombies real.”
“Pshh, you’re no fun. Luz would love this idea,” they say.
“No she wouldn’t!”
“Yes she would.”
“No—”
“Yes!”
Their banter worms into her heart until her shoulders sag, letting out tension she just noticed was there. It’s shockingly reassuring seeing them act like… well, kids, serving to remind her she hasn’t only made mistakes.
Right. The past is fixed; she just needs to do better today. Her best, this time, will be enough.
Eda pays and is given her final bag to carry.
Lilith looks looks at the sky in trepidation. “We should hurry home,” she says.
“Um, you have to get my ice cream still,” The Collector says.
“What—oh, I can get it later! It’s going to rain!”
He doesn’t budge. “That’s why you should get it now.”
“Just do it,” she tells Lilith.
“Boiling rain,” Lilith rebuttals.
“We’ve got like, twenty minutes, it’ll be fine.”
“It’s probably closed!”
“Or it’s not,” is The Collector’s argument, which, not much of a better point against that.
“Maybe I want it to be closed—”
“You said you’d get me ice cream, you have to do it!” they yell, stomping their foot.
“Okay!”
It’s open.
The owner, clearly about to close in preparation for oncoming rain, rushes around to serve the last order of the day. She feels kinda bad, but what can you do? Everyone’s gotta be the annoying last-minute customer once.
The Collector notices Eda and Lilith’s bag carrying struggles and levitates them himself. She makes sure to thank them and elbows Lilith into doing so.
So they rush home, stumbling inside just as the first drops fall, barely escaping burns.
“Convenient,” Lilith says, watching as rain hits the houses shield.
It was fortified by Eda with expensive ingredients after her loss of magic. She’s surprised it’s held up so well.
“Finally home,” King groans. “That was too long.”
The Collector hops into the living room, dropping the bags. “It’s been raining waaay too much.”
She kicks off her shoes. “Wait til it’s winter. Gonna be almost non-stop rain.”
“It’s gonna keep doing that?! Aw, man.”
King eyes The Collector’s ice cream. “Can I try one of those wings?”
He pulls it away. “No, it's mine!”
“Please?”
“Ehhh…”
“Just a bite! I always wanted to eat one of those.”
They grimace in visible turmoil. “Mmm. Mmmm.” He frowns at his treat. Slowly, they break off part of a wing. “Okayyy.”
King jumps up and bites it out of his hand. The Collector sulks for about three seconds, quickly distracted by the remaining 99% of ice cream.
Man, she’s exhausted. She doesn’t know how kids keep their energy.
…and she still needs to put groceries away.
Drat.
Notes:
disclaimer: i LOVE lilith. SO fucking much. shes amazing and one of the best characters ever. the collector unfortunately for no reason at all hates her. look its really funny to me i love writing their interactions
will i ever post at a reasonable time? probably not. good morning or good night! also, 80k words!!! yippee!
little fun fact: collectors language is based on him being called the song of the stars in the transcript or somethin when philip gets them. id give a link to what it sounds like, but part of the point is its very beautiful in a very unnerving, inhuman (or non-witch ig) manner, nothing would really sound quite like it. so you can just imagine itedit: taking an unintentional hiatus to visit family lol. will be back next month
Chapter 21: Siblings
Summary:
The girls and Collector spend a day in the human realm, inciting mild disaster, and a much needed realization within The Collector
Chapter Text
“Humans have such innovative technology…” Gus says.
“This should be in a museum,” Willow agrees.
“The people need to know about it!” He holds up a fist.
The Collector stomps their shoe again. It lights up in a rainbow of colors, reflecting off its green and pink base. “They’re skechers,” he says with an air of pride. “Without a t, which is kinda weird. Sounds like it should have a t.”
Luz watches the three in amusement. “If you guys want light up shoes, I’m sure you could ask my mom.”
“Could I dare have this forbidden treasure?” Gus asks in wonder.
“How do they make it light up like that?” Hunter asks.
“LED lights. The L stands for light, and the E stands for…” she pauses. “I don’t actually know?”
“Ecosystem?” Willow suggests.
“That’s it!” Hunter hits his palm with a fist. “They put in tiny bugs that glow when you stomp on them!”
“Uhh, I don’t think that’s…” she starts.
“No, that’s right,” The Collector says.
Hunter stares at them. “Are you… messing with me?”
They smile at him.
“You’re messing with me.”
“I would never do that.”
“He’s lying,” King says from the couch.
“Lying is wrong,” The Collector asserts. “And I’ve never, ever, ever done it.”
“If I had a snail for every time you’ve said that—”
“We’re getting off track,” Amity interrupts helpfully. “You two have a movie to catch, you shouldn’t keep Vee waiting.”
Gus jumps up. “Right! Cosmic Frontier, here we come!”
The Collector makes a face, presumably remembering him questioning what Cosmic Frontier is, expecting it to be way cooler than he found Hunter’s explanation to be.
She secretly agrees. Nothing’s wrong with scifi! She just prefers a fantasy system over all the tech lingo. As weirdly into math and science-y stuff The Collector is, it seems even they have limits.
Or he was hoping for more action and cool space phenomenon over the character focus Cosmic Frontier has. Probably both.
Gus and Hunter are out the door in no time. She and the others wait for open door space, before hurrying out themselves.
She stops in the doorway, looking at King. “You knooow, you could come along sometime.”
“I don’t really want to be a dog, Luz,” he says, looking up from his demon-thology book.
“You’d be a cute bunny!” The Collector interjects.
“How would anything about me look like a rabbit?”
“Umm, your horns could be ears!”
“You like rabbits a lot, huh?” Amity asks.
They look at their rabbit themed poncho, then give her a look.
“Point taken,” she says.
“I meant you could have a human disguise,” Luz corrects when the conversation pauses. “Please?”
King’s face turns sour. “Ughh, pass. The idea of looking like a human freaks me out.”
“Aww.” She lowers her hands. It makes sense, but she was really hoping he’d say something different.
“Your loss,” The Collector remarks. “I like pretendin’ to be a human! It’s like I’m a spy.”
“Of course you’d think that.”
“And we’re on a mission,” Willow says.
“Yeah!”
As they head to the portal—her friends hairs taken so they can see it—her mind jumps through several tangentially related thoughts, before landing on a non-sequitur. “Do you think you should have, like… a nickname?” she asks. “So people don’t think you’re a government experiment if we call you The Collector.”
“But experiments are fun—” They pause. “What kinda nickname?”
“Maybe we just shorten it. Col?” Amity suggests.
She frowns, looking The Collector up and down. “I guess? You don’t really look like a Col.”
“Collie?” Willow says.
He shrugs.
“I think shortening the name isn’t working,” she says.
They hold a hand to their chin. “There was somethin’ you called me after I got unsealed.”
She remembers the day vividly, mostly because she was terrified for most of it. After he was unsealed… she sorts through her every action, until—
“Oh, estrella!” She claps her hands together. “Or was it estrellita…? It doesn’t matter, estrella’s the one that can be an actual name.”
“Is that Spanish?” Amity asks.
“For star,” she confirms.
“Hmm. ‘s still descriptive… I wanna do that one!” The Collector says.
“Okay, I temporarily decree you as Estrella!”
They stalled outside to converse, finally moving into the portal. It’s a weird sensation, as if she’s overtaken by a sludge, sight reduced to muddy browns and yellows, before suddenly she walks out and a different realm greets her.
At this point, she’s used to it. The Collector shudders with a shake of his arm, patting himself over like the sludgy feeling could still be on him.
“Concealment stone,” she reminds, handing them it.
He slips it on his arm. In a flash they have tan skin and human-looking eyes, golden shade being the only reminder they’re not one.
She’s seen it before, but she still can’t help cupping their face, giving it an affectionate squish. “Aaah, you’re so cute! I’m so glad you keep your freckles.”
He giggles. “You said that the first time.”
“Cause it’s true!”
The Collector’s only been here once—barring the technical first time—to hang in her house. Despite the mundanity, they were still jittering in excitement the whole time, making the day far more memorable with their constant energy. Her throat was sore just from explaining everything in their house.
“You know, you kind of look like Luz,” Amity tells The Collector. “More when she had straighter hair.”
“Really? I thought he looked like you, cause of the amber eyes.” She holds circles over her eyes.
“They look like both of you,” Willow says, squinting. “Stand closer together.”
The three of them oblige, scooting beside each other.
“Closer…”
She bumps arms with The Collector.
Willow suddenly whips out her camera and snaps a photo. “Perfect!”
“Gah—” Amity shields her eyes from the flash. “Willow!”
“Sorry,” she says, sheepish. “It was too good! You guys look cute together.”
“You’re cute too,” Luz says.
She brushes a braid back. “I know, but thanks.” She spins on her heel and raises a fist. “Alright, let’s go girls!”
“To town!” Luz cheers.
“To town!” The Collector parrots.
Town, as it turns out, is a bustling place of white, brown and red. Buildings squish together, banners and signs all vying for attention. A few groups walk the streets, doors jingling as one leaves a building, others sitting at faraway benches. Red-orange autumn trees sit in plots of dirt.
It reminds The Collector of the marketplace, but it’s bigger. He spins, looking up and around at everything grabbing his eye.
Luz points at store after store as she talks. “Over here’s a good smoothie shop, oh, thrift stores are super fun just to walk around in, I haven’t actually been to this restaurant, I think it’s more recent…”
“There’s a bakery downtown I like a lot,” Amity says. “It’s a little small, but I think it adds to the charm.”
“That’s where you had your date, isn’t it?” Willow asks in an odd tone.
Amity turns pink. “That’s not the reason I like it!”
“You made that exact face when I took a picture of you and Luz sharing a milkshake,” she says, and they realize she’s teasing.
“Aren’t dates a fruit?” he asks.
“Are they?” Amity asks.
“It’s like a raisin—Willow’s talking about a, uh, romantic date,” Luz says, a little flushed.
“I know. I’m just wonderin’ why they’re called the same thing. Is there a… a similarity with dates and fruits?”
“If you’re someone like us, sure,” Willow says.
Amity bats at her. “Willow!”
She snorts, giggling. “You were thinking it!”
The Collector swings theirs and Luz’s hands, locked together with her reasoning of not getting lost. He just likes holding it. “Why’s there a special word for hanging out when you’re dating? Is there a special word for hangin’ out with someone you hate?”
“I don’t think so?” Amity shrugs.
“What?” They frown. “That sucks. There should be.”
“Do you think it’d be useful?”
“Yeah, cause it’d be funny.”
“I probably could of used it a few times,” Luz remarks.
“We do have special names for them. Like arch nemesis!” Willow punches her hand into her palm. “I like how serious it sounds.”
“Oo, do you have arch nemesis-es?”
“Not really,” Amity says.
Luz holds a hand to her chin. “Err, maybe? I did?”
“Kinda,” Willow says.
He gasps, bouncing up in excitement. “Who is it?! Have you punched them yet?!”
“I’m not going to punch her… even if I’ve thought about it. Violence should be a last resort,” she says.
“Violence is a first resort and I’m booking a room.”
They stop. Across the street an orange banner sticks out like fire, bearing a hooded, grinning skeleton with the words Spirit Halloween.
Interest piqued, he points. “Can we go there?”
“What—what is that?” Amity laughs.
“Spirit Halloween!” Luz gasps, standing on her toes. “They always pop up in late September, early October, taking over a building you don’t remember and disappearing in a month. Mamá brings me every year so I can frankenstein a costume together. Uh, not so I can have a costume of the actual guy.”
The Collector tugs her hand. “I wanna see! Let’s go!”
“Wait, wait, you have to look both ways!” Amity holds out an arm.
“Why?”
“For cars.”
“You usually see them coming,” Luz says. “The street’s clear, so let’s go!”
Amity reluctantly follows, looking around. “I don’t know how you don’t find them weird. They’re so lifeless.”
“They look like bugs to me,” he says.
“Right, but they’re not. They look like they should be alive and then they’re just hunks of metal. You input everything yourself instead of telling it what to do! Their lights don’t even blink—” She notices Luz’s amused smile and raises her shoulders. “I’m not the weird one for finding it freaky.”
Luz waves a hand. “No, no, I just think it’s funny—in a good way! Like, it’s cute!”
Willow nudges an arm against The Collector, sharing a look with them. He responds with a flat face.
As they approach they take in the posters plastered across every window, depicting humans in various weird-looking, obviously fake costumes. Could put in a little more effort. Already unimpressed, they swing open the double doors, not expecting much.
A detailed, pumpkin monster is hunched over on a stand, along with a bird-skulled, cloaked creature wielding a scythe! There’s skeletons, rotting figures and a mini fortress in the center of the store. Past the spectacle is a myriad of costumes, creepy, ghoulish masks and—is that fake blood?!
He swings out his arms, looking around in gleeful awe. “Is that taxidermy?!” They run up to one of the stands.
“Unfortunately, no,” Luz says.
“Do human insects have skeletons?” Willow looks at a skeletal spider.
“That’s just for creep factor.”
“What’s this?” He slides to a barrel, pressing the red button on its lid.
He jumps as a skeleton bursts from the barrel, then immediately punches it before it can go through even one round of distorted laughter.
Its head soars across the room and clanks! against the floor.
“Oh, nice job!” Amity says. “That could have been bad.”
“Err,” Luz says.
Willow looks into the barrel. “Is it dead?”
“Guys, that wasn’t—you just broke the stores—” Luz sighs, visibly giving up as she pinches her nose. “Remind me to never take you to a haunted house.”
He darts to the fallen skull. Glancing around, they discreetly send it to Luz’s house with a glow of magic. He can get it later. “But a haunted house sounds cooool. Do they have ghosts? Do you exterminate the ghosts?!”
“Only in adults haunted houses. They get friendlier spirits for the kids,” Amity says.
“I still got so scared, I tried thwacking one with a vine,” Willow says.
“And you ended up just hitting the oracle instead.”
They bound up to a shelf of costumes. Lots of weird creatures he doesn’t recognize, all plastered with photos of people in costume. Even if a costume seems cool, the picture always weirds them out—why do the people look like that? And why are they always in white voids?
He catches sight of a familiar looking costume. “Hey, that one has my clothes!” They point, annoyed.
“Oh, that’s a wizard costume.” Luz makes a face, like when she looks at a math problem. “I guess they share a little similarity with you. Star-patterned robes, magic, white hair—hm.” Her face morphs into contemplation.
“Do they have to depict witches like this?” Amity frowns at a witch costume, the photo being a green lady?
The Collector stares at it for a minute, trying to parse out a few things, like, for starters, why in the world humans dress up as witches from another dimension they don’t know exists.
“Why are you guys dressin’ up as witches if they’re not real here?” he asks, after deciding he can’t figure out a reason.
“Eda told me—months ago, wow—that things from the Boiling Isles bleed over, one way or another, so humans have had a concept of witches for a really long time. Even if it doesn’t match you guys.” She smiles at Amity.
“It’s just kind of…” Amity holds up a grotesque witch mask, displeased.
“It’s cool, right? Why don’t we have tails? Or fangs?” Willow grins and holds out her hands like claws.
“Don’t you guys already have fangs?” they ask.
“Canines,” Amity says, still staring at the mask. “It’s not exactly the same, since ours are duller.”
And similar to solving a math problem, Luz’s face lights up. “Wait, wait, Estrella, open your mouth.”
“Okay?”
She leans down, scrutinizing him. She gasps. “You don’t have canines! Is that why you have a hard time eating meat?”
“I don’t hav’a hard time eating anything.” They snap their mouth shut, teeth clicking for emphasis. “I eat rocks! I bet you can’t do that.”
“Yeah…” she sighs longingly.
Amity peers to look. “You’re a herbivore? Huh. I would have expected carnivore, if anything.”
“Herbivore would mean I need to eat,” he mutters.
“Why do you if you don’t need to?” she asks.
Maybe it’s meant to be teasing. Lighthearted, or just a genuine question. Not judgemental. Yet it errs that way in their brain and it starts to feel like—
It starts to feel like—
“I think everyone has something like that,” Luz says. “Like, you know, all of hobbies.”
Like a rubber band snapping back, her voice re-orientates him to standing in the middle of a tacky store.
Its odd smell floods their nose. He blinks.
“I have hobbies,” Amity says.
“Didn’t say you didn’t!”
Sheepish, amused, smiling, no one looks mad. No one is looking at them.
His shoulders steadily lower, hands unclenching. Right. It’d be dumb if they got mad about it now. Luz and Amity always let him eat their food. They don’t care that it’s wasted.
From a rack of fake weapons, Willow hefts up a pitchfork. She smirks, mischievous, then pokes an unsuspecting stranger with it.
They’re quick to leave the store after.
A tight thread in his chest loosens once outside, the four of them standing under trees shade. Its a blue shadow, contrasting how sunlight glows off the sidewalk. He watches it sway, leaves fluttering, as Luz surveys the rest of town.
“Thrifting’s fun, but I’m trying to save my money to buy us lunch,” she says.
“Window shopping?” Willow says.
“Oh, yeah! My mom’s said window shopping is a good way to learn each others preferences. Though I feel like I know yours pretty well.”
They’re not sure how shopping for windows does that.
Something flutters near him. He nearly gasps, stopping short as a bloodyfly—are they called that here?—lands on a dandelion.
Ever so slightly, the slowest they’ve ever been, they lower to a crouch.
It’s mostly black, yellow dotting the edge. He hasn’t seen one like it before. Inch by inch, they shuffle closer. He holds out his hands, prepared to catch it—
“Estrella?”
They jump. The bloodyfly flutters away in the blink of an eye.
“Watcha doing?” Luz asks, craned down.
He watches it fly over a building. “Nothin.” They turn. “Where are we goin’ now?”
“Thrifting! Well, just to look at clothes. Come on!”
She takes their hand. He grips it tight, letting her lead the way, with one last glance back toward the long gone bloodyfly.
Window shopping has nothing to do with buying windows, apparently. On an unrelated note, people get mad if you climb clothing racks and hypothetically, accidentally, knock three of them over in succession. Still hypothetically, they get angrier if you try giving them snails for repair damages.
“That was fun,” Willow says brightly, glasses glinting in the sun.
“Dominoes…” Luz says quietly.
The Collector is glad none of them are blaming him for it, even though it was definitely his fault. They can’t even regret it. Watching those racks topple over each other was fun.
“I thought currency was the same,” Amity says, embarrassed flush having faded. “Isn’t it?”
“Nooo, it’s—it’s okay, they do look similar,” Luz reassures.
“It’s your turn to get us kicked out of the next place we see,” Willow tells Amity.
“I’m not doing that!”
“It’s not like we did it on purpose. It just gets you.”
He tears his attention from the group at the sound of rushing water. A fountain sits in the middle of spiraling brick, its showers of water glittering under sunlight. They make an excited sound, darting to it.
“A fountain!” Amity exclaims.
He leans over, examining the rippling water. “There’s snails!”
“Coins,” Luz corrects. “You throw one in to make a wish—”
They shoves their hands in and scoop out a bunch of coins.
She yelps. “Put them back, put them back!”
He turns, bewildered. “What? Why?”
“We’ll get in trouble!” She grabs his hands and tips them, coins cascading over into a splash.
The damage’s already been done. Their sleeves are soaking wet, puddles of water dripping onto concrete. He wasn’t that bothered, but her freak out suddenly brings a bad-feeling tinge.
“That has to be at least twenty-three wishes,” Willow comments.
“Mmghhh,” Luz lets out a sound of despair.
Amity pats her shoulder. “Luz, it’s okay. No one’s paying attention. Let’s just move on from this spot.”
Perplexed, they fall into line between her and Luz. “Why am I not allowed to take the snails? They’re right there.”
“They’re considered the towns property once you throw them in there,” Luz answers. “I think it’s illegal to take them. Either way, I know you’re not allowed, cause I tried when I was younger too.”
“Oh.”
A pause.
He holds out his hands, opening his fists to reveal a few coins. “Sooo… am I gonna go to jail for having these?”
“Ah—” She whips her head around. “Just—just put them in your pockets,” she whispers.
“Okay!”
They shove them into their skirt pockets. They’ll look nice in his small-growing collection of mostly useless, but cool stuff. Like all the odd rocks and bugs they’ve found! He’s even dug out bones from the forest. They’re not sure where skeletons should go; it’d be cool having them around the house, but they don’t know if Eda’s okay with that.
“Smoothie stand!” Willow proclaims.
They all follow her finger, pointed down the block. Sure enough is a stand for smoothies, familiar against a sea of buildings. The marketplace rarely has places you go in.
“Good idea,” Luz says, out of breath. “It’ll probably have food too. A pastry sounds so good right now.”
“What’s a smoothie?” he asks.
“It’s, umm, blended fruit, kinda. You’d like it.”
They do like fruit. His gaze wanders, catching sight of grass on the other side of the street. Something about it looks weird.
“Where did you get money, anyway? I know you don’t have a job,” Amity says.
“From babysitting! There’s a family on my street…”
Their voices grow distant, his focus lasering in on the odd grass, until it clicks.
It’s taller. Way taller. Delight surges through them. All the grass in town is short, but that stretch isn’t cut!
Without a seconds thought, he beelines to it. They nearly bump into several people along the way, before finally hitting endless, long, pretty grass.
Stepping into it immediately rewards him. They love the feeling. It brushes past his ankles, creating a pleasant, tingly sensation. Grass should be this long all the time. No, it should hit their knees! There was a field like that. Is it still around? It was nice laying in its softness during windy days.
It’s a little windy now. They watch the grass ripple as they walk. Why do humans cut grass short, anyway? It’s so much better this way.
He’s so transfixed, he doesn’t notice the obstacle in his way until he clips against it and nearly trips.
They stumble back. He hops onto the sidewalk, examining the sign he ran into.
Gravesfield Historical Society… under new management?
There’s a building behind it. It looks so old, overgrown with moss and vines, they would have assumed it was abandoned. Brick, a black roof, and a metal bird spins upon its domed tower.
He turns, intending to ask what the sign means, then stops.
No one’s here.
“Luuuz?” they call out. “Ami? Plant girl?”
Hmm.
He frowns, looking around. Luz said if they got lost they should stay put. That sounds… boring.
Just then, the clouds part, transforming pleasant shade into searingly bright sunlight. He ducks his head and stares at concrete. Ughh, they can’t even look forward like this. They should have brought their sunglasses.
He squints at the buildings stairs. Well… they could wait inside. No sun, marginally less boring (probably), and they’re staying put! In a different spot, sure, but same thing.
Decision made, he darts up the stairs and swings open the doors.
They rub their eyes, blinking away their burn. Inside is a whole lot of flat, neutral, boring colors. Fluorescent lighting only exacerbates the issue. To make matters worse, they’re accompanied by a faint buzz. He grimaces. It’s the lesser evil, just get through it.
A person sits at the front counter. They must have not heard him, because they don’t look up from their book.
They’re kinda pretty, the way Amity is, except not as much. They always want Amity’s outfits.
They look up when he takes another step. “Oh! Sorry. Welcome to the Gravesfield Historical Society. There’s maps beside me, and…” They pause, craning their head to look behind him.
He looks back. Whoops, the door’s still open.
“Is there no one with you?” The person asks, wearing an odd expression.
“No,” he says, confused at the random question.
“How old are you?”
He slowly shuts the door, giving them an owlish look. Oh no. Luz didn’t say what age they should be! What have other people called him again? Six? Nine? Ten?
“How old do you think I am?” he redirects back at them.
They frown. “You just seemed young, being here alone. If you’re lost, I can call someone.”
“No, I’m waiting.”
“Hm, well, you can wait here ‘til someone finds you,” they relent. “But if no one comes in an hour, I’m gonna have to call a family member of yours to pick you up.”
He doesn’t have family members, so he’s not sure what they’re getting at here. Or why they’d pick him up.
He hums and walks farther in. Immediately obvious upon noticing is a gold plate on the desk, reading Masha (they/them). Oh!
“I use those too!” he exclaims, pointing at it.
“Sick! They/them gang.” They reach over with a fist bump. He returns it with enthusiasm, causing them to wince. “Fierce.” They shake out their hand. “So, what are you doing here? Did you get separated from a group?”
He climbs onto the counter. “I got lost. Luz told me to stay put if that happens, so I decided to stay put in here,” they say.
“Noceda?” Masha asks.
“You know her?”
“Ehh, by proxy. I know Vee.” They wave a hand. “We went to summer camp together. Along with those two dorks.” They point to a photo behind them, picturing them and two other people. “It was mostly mundane, but hey, I got some cool friends out of it.”
He’s not sure what summer camp means. Speaking of things they don’t know, “What did the new man-age-ment thing mean outside?” he asks, giving his best guess on how to say the word.
“Management? It means the old guy running this place got fired, thank Goddess for that. He made some dumb, ego stroking edits to the exhibits. Not to mention raving about his demon conspiracy obsession.” They shrug.
“But demons don’t exist here.”
“Exactly, hence them being conspiracies. You know what that means?”
“Umm.” It sounds familiar… oh! “Luz was ranting about ‘em when we did math. She got so mad she flung her pencil and it stabbed into the ceiling.”
“The ceiling?”
“She gestures a lot ‘n forgets she’s holding stuff. Like when she threw out her hands talking about how evil math is and dropped the glass she was holding, and it broke into a million pieces!” they say, grinning, mostly because they thought it looked cool.
“Oh, man, that’s a worse memory than mine. She doesn’t wear glasses, does she?” they ask.
“No, but she’s said she might need them.”
“I was thinking about people who put their glasses on their head and forget they’re there. My little sister does it, it’s kinda the cutest thing.”
He leans forward. “One time Luz stacked her textbooks on her head to prove she’s good at balancing, and then Vee asked her about one of the questions on their homework, so I think she forgot her books were on her head and tried lookin’ for them,” they recall, remembering how hard not laughing was. “She finally realized when they fell.”
They laugh. “Your sister sounds like a fun person.”
He’s about to agree Luz is the most fun and coolest person ever, interrupted by a crash in his thoughts, burning through his head and leaving a sudden, disorientating chasm.
Sister?
“W-what?” is all he can utter, barely hearing his own voice.
“Hm? Oh, sorry, did I assume wrong? It just sounded like you two were…”
Their voice washes out, drowned in a sea of buzzing. The word sister catches, repeating as it transforms into something foreign, its sudden proximity now blinding him as to what it’d mean if someone was his sister. If Luz was his sister.
And then a resounding CRASH.
They whip their head, snapped out of it.
The doors have been flung open, banged against the walls and now swerving back, with none other than Luz, Amity and Willow in the doorway.
They all look geared up for a fight, only dampened by their smoothies and the bag Luz awkwardly carries under her arm.
“We’re—” She stops, skidding to a halt on the marbled floor. “Oh,” she says. “Ah! Estrella!”
Luz half-haphazardly shoves her items into Amity and Willow’s arms, the reason clear when she bounds to him and crushes him in a hug.
“What are you doing here?” she asks, setting them on the floor. “You disappeared when we were ordering!”
He holds onto her arms. “I wanted to walk through the grass.”
“The—oh, I guess it is taller here—whatever, I’m just glad you’re okay.” She sags in relief, letting go of them. “Please don’t wander off again. Strangers aren’t always gonna be nice.” She blinks, facing Masha. “Er, um… haha, sorry about all of that. I was expecting someone else.”
“Jacob? He got fired. It’s cool.” They wave a hand.
“Yeah, um. Sorry.” She cringes. “I’ll—we’ll be out of your hair now.”
She carts him off, Amity and Willow looking a lot less battle ready now.
Willow hands him a smoothie, being a desaturated purple, as Amity says, “Do you need a child leash? …actually, that might not be a bad idea.”
“It’s not my fault when things look cool,” they say. He tries the smoothie, eyes widening at the taste. That’s good.
“I just got you the all-berry flavor,” Luz says. “It was—I already started the order, and then we noticed you weren’t there, and I had to finish ordering but we had to go look for you, so I just tried doing it as fast as possible. Is it okay?”
“Mhm.”
“That’s good. I’m ready for a thousand year nap, now.”
Willow pats her. “Let’s go back to your house. We’ve had a long day.”
Instinctively, they go to take Luz’s hand. But—
Sister.
He stops, hand hanging limp.
Looking at her suddenly seems different. They try very hard not to think about it the whole way back.
“We’re baaack!”
Luz calls out as the four of them squish into the hall. Camila enters from the kitchen shortly after. “Kids! How was it?” she asks, setting down a book.
“It was mostly fun. I’m pretty tired now, though,” Luz says.
“Shoes,” The Collector tells Amity.
Amity stops before she can get far into the hall. “Oh, right, sorry.” She sits to pull her boots off.
“Well, I’m glad you enjoyed yourselves. I see you’ve spent that allowance well,” Camila says.
“It’s one of the best smoothies I’ve ever had. We should go there more often!”
Vee pokes her head into the hall. “Hey, guys, um… earlier this skull appeared on the table? Is it one of yours…?” She holds out the Spirit Halloween skull.
“That’s mine,” The Collector says.
“Do you want it?”
“Yeah.”
She stares at him. They stare back. Slowly, she puts it on a drawer. “I’ll just leave it there for you,” she says, hurrying back to the living room.
Camila squints. “Is that one of those—”
“Don’t worry about it!” Luz interjects.
“Oh, what have you all been up to today?” She pushes up her glasses. Then she frowns at The Collector. “And why are you sleeves wet? Well, no matter, you can get a change after taking a bath.”
He stops. “Bath?”
“You’re very dirty. I know taking one can be difficult, but sometimes—”
They spin on their heel and try running out the front door, only to crash into Luz.
“Nope!” she says, pushing him back.
“Wah—betrayal!” they yell.
He’s so wrapped in indignation, he doesn’t realize Camila’s grabbed him until he’s being hoisted over her shoulder. It’s the worst possible position to be in, because their arms and legs dangle off her, giving little purchase to kick themself off.
“Let me, go let me go, let me go!” he shrieks, hitting her back.
She’s undeterred, carrying them calmly. “I promise I’ll make it as short as possible. You could get a treat after. We have those M&M’s, do you like chocolate?”
“Chocolate isn’t worth—”
“Oh, I could make you morir soñando! That’s your favorite, right? Worth a bath?”
He halts in kicking her. Luz said the name means to die dreaming, because it’s a really, really good drink. They agree; he drank basically the entire jug when Camila made it.
They groan, rising in volume. “This is mean!”
“Making your favorite drink is not mean.”
“It’s mean putting it on a bath!”
“So you do want it?”
“Yeeesss,” he whines.
They hear her open a door. After, she sets him down. They’ve been placed on a tiled floor, the bathroom a bit small, with pretty wood.
She turns on the tubs faucet. He resigns himself to enduring these next twenty minutes.
“Why do you dislike baths?” she asks.
They hold their arms, feeling a grimace form. “They feel weird.”
She picks off her glasses, setting them aside. “Maybe you don’t like sitting in dirtied water. A shower could work better, but you’d have to do it by yourself.”
He considers the idea. But if they cleaned themself alone—he shakes his head vehemently.
“No? Alright.”
Bath time is a nightmare. They hate nearly everything about it, but, but. It’s the only time Eda runs her hands through his hair, and doesn’t pull away.
They’re not expecting her to be touchy. Even now, he tenses in surprise when she is, something that always has her six feet away in a blink. It leaves them relieved, kinda, but with a sour twist in their chest. As if the distance isn’t easier.
Camila’s voice draws them out of their thoughts. “Come over here. Is the water okay?”
He waves a hand in, then hums in affirmation. It could be warmer, but they quickly learned their idea of warm enough is scalding to other people, or Eda said so, at least.
“Good.” She scrutinizes him. “We should do something about your hair.”
Slowly, they climb into the tub. “What?” he asks. Is something wrong with it?
“It’s not being taken care of correctly. Eda must have not realized you have curly hair, but it’s alright, we can do something about it now.”
They stare at her. “My hair is… straight?”
“That’s what they all think,” she sighs. She holds up a section. “You see how it curls at the ends? It’s trying to be curly all the way, but it needs help sometimes. That’s why you use the right routine.”
She reaches over him, grabbing a few bottles. As they sink into warm water, they pick a strand of their own hair and tug it down to eye level. It’s a short wave, flipping up at the end like it always has. Now that they think about it…
“Luz had straighter hair,” he says.
“She and I weren’t taking care of our hair very well,” she answers their unsaid question. “Me, I had to straighten it just to get the curls out. Yours is more like hers. It goes flat easier.” Her hands scrub into his scalp. “I don’t know if her routine will match your hair perfectly, but it’s a start.”
They’re caught between her hands, a nice, warm feeling, and soap clinging to them, a sensation that makes them want to leap out of the tub.
He settles for staying very still.
Will their hair look like Luz’s after this? It’d be cool. Really, there’s no one better to look like. Except for Amity, maybe, but Amity isn’t Luz. Luz is just—
Your sister.
His reflection ripples, staring back with sullen eyes.
Something about it bothers them, and they don’t know why, which also bothers them. He’s more than fine not having siblings again. They’re fine with the relationships they have right now. But… if Luz was his sister…
His gut twists, hit with a sense of wrongness, contrasted by how very badly he suddenly wants that.
Luz doesn’t pull away if they show how much they like her attention. He’s taken advantage of it since day one, soaking up any time of hers he can get. She’s nice, and cool, and of everyone seems most likely to stay. Which is a dumb thought. Still. The point is, if it’s Luz, maybe they wouldn’t mind.
How is he supposed to tell if they’re siblings? They don’t want to ask. If he’s wrong it’d just be really awkward. At least he sorta has a point of reference, unlike with parents. Those are entirely out of their sphere.
An old memory surfaces.
As soon as he realizes what it’s about, he immediately tries shutting down the picture. They don’t want to think about before right now. Yet it slips through the cracks, water dripping past the dam he’s thrown up.
Putzing around at sunset, the time just bearable in summers heat. Conversation led to family, siblings, then parents, with it his proclamation he didn’t call anyone that.
She was baffled, clear in her tone. What do you mean? Surely someone raised—
A sharp sting goes through his head. Stop—
The memory skips through, a valiant effort to forgo it entirely. Why does it matter? he asked flippantly. Her bafflement turned to exasperation, and they can nearly see her face underneath the setting sun—
Stop stop STOP.
The memory sputters and dies like a burnt out flame.
Blurred shapes dance in the darkness. They didn't realize they squeezed their eyes shut, instinctual upon the icky, consuming feeling this has all brought them.
Then Camila speaks and he's torn back to warm hands and soap suds.
“I’m almost done,” she says, gentle. “Sorry, I know you must be uncomfortable.”
He kind of forgot she was there. No, they forgot they were here.
At some point Camila moved to scrubbing his arms, feeling oddly like nothing at all.
They could do it themself.
Despite that thought, he doesn’t move. Leaving their locked, stiff state, suddenly seems impossible.
He looks over his other, now clean arm. They left their freckles star-shaped, but they realize now they haven’t seen a human with those. Luz’s are round. Like suns. The sun is a star, but it’s different, because it’s more important.
“Alright, I’m done.” Camila holds up a towel. “I will leave you to dry off. Come to the kitchen when you’re done, okay?”
He nods absentmindedly.
She shuffles away, and the door shuts with a click.
It echoes into silence. There’s a minute where they just sit in the water. He wanted so badly to leave, but now he just stares at his reflection.
Another minute.
Slowly, breaking themself from this frozen state, they manage to stand.
He picks up the towel, left beside the tub, and wraps it tight around himself.
The bathmat is stripes of brown and white.
It feels itchy.
For some reason, that’s what makes the world suddenly click back into place. Lights brighten, and it’s as if everything sharpens, far more real than it was a moment ago. They didn’t realize just how fuzzy it became, until given a comparison between now and then.
A little shaken, mostly relieved, he goes to grab his clothes.
The Collector quietly walks down the hall. In their pile of clothes was a new top, their star-patterned blouse, previous shirt and poncho mysteriously missing. Camila might have taken them to dry.
He steps into the kitchen. Luz sits at the table, scarfing down some stew and rice. Camila’s at the counter, carefully adding sugar to a pitcher of an off-white drink. Probably the morir soñando she offered.
She looks up at their arrival. “Oh! I’m almost done, Collector. Come sit at the table, I left something for you.”
He looks at the table. There’s a brown packaged something, and as he gets closer he reads the label. M&M’s? No, lowercase m’s? They’re kind of surprised Camila’s giving them both things, but tactfully doesn’t say anything about it. He’ll take extra treats any day.
They sit beside Luz and scoot their chair in. He rips open the package, peering inside.
Ooo, there’s a bunch of different colors! Blue, brown, yellow—ugh, red. They dump all the m&m’s out and quickly holds them in place with magic.
Then, he sorts everything by color in a blur of motion. They get a nice feeling seeing it organized.
He slides all red m&m’s toward Luz, a few dropping and bouncing against the floor. Red things usually taste worse, save for few instances like fruit or those bloodyfly wings on their favorite ice cream, but they’re not taking chances today.
She blinks. “You don’t need to give me any—”
“I don’t want them,” he says.
“Er, alright. Why red?”
“They’ll taste bad.”
She looks at their assorted pile of separated colors. “They’re not different flavors, you know, it’s all the same chocolate.”
“They’ll taste bad,” he repeats firmly.
“Okay…?” she half laughs. “Whatever you say. Thanks.”
They smile a little. Sister, his mind supplies. It feels… wrong, but not. Like it could be right, yet something’s missing. Luz is nicer than a sibling. She’d be a sister, though, and maybe… maybe sisters and siblings can be like Luz.
Maybe that wouldn’t be so bad.
Notes:
IM BACK!!!!!! IM ALIVE!!!!! HELLO!!! im VERY sorry for the extended wait. i wasnt planning, expecting or intending to take this long to update. between summer (just, like, in general), family and school, ive been really busy and low on spoons, so writing took a backseat as much as i tried for it not to be. but im baaaack! with a... 6.6k chapter!!!! this ones kind of a lot, huh. consider it a treat for you all :) and as *another* treat, the next chapter(s?) will even develop the plot more! wink wink nudge nudge. im very happy to be back to writing and im so grateful to everyone whos still here. sincerely, thank you all so much for the support
Chapter 22: Uh Oh, The Consequences Of Your Actions
Summary:
It's the autumn equinox, a secret comes back to bite The Collector, and no one has a good time, really.
Notes:
cw: dissociation, sensory overload, panic attacks
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Winding corridors stretch into darkness, vaguely familiar as he walks through them. All the colors are muddied, dulled to dark browns, furniture and paintings just at the corner of their mind.
No one’s home.
Already dim lights darken the farther they walk. Every time they try to turn on a switch, it only gets worse, as if they’re taunting them. He walks faster, trepidation hammering in his chest, caught with the creeping feeling something is in one of the rooms.
No one’s home, but.
Rain beats down, louder and louder as they exit into a large room. Water ripples across the floor, flooded by downpour breaking through the destroyed roof. Faint moonlight shines on its waves like dots.
A beam of light centering on two figures in the middle—one hunched over, one on the ground.
The water is a dark blue, rising faster and faster. He steps back, hitting a wall.
The hunched figure slowly rises. Their entire body trembles as it looms over, taller and taller, like a mountain, like a closed door blocking any exits, the room darkening as water rises and their face turns to show—
The Collector’s eyes fling open.
Blurry shapes come into view. Heat wraps tight around him, boiling under his skin, and he throws himself up.
Dark, dark shapes, something soft on them, under their hands, they squint, shaking their head. It was a dream, it was a dream, it was a dream.
Slowly, his vision focuses.
Under soft light, they make out their pinned bloodyflies. Jars of rocks. Blanket held tight under his trembling hands.
Lump of fur beside them—King. King’s here.
There’s no reason he wouldn’t be.
Just a dream, they remind themself.
His grip loosens.
Ever so slightly, they lower themself onto their back.
Stars litter the ceiling. They were sent up by him the first night he slept here, finding a hard time in the dark, even with someone beside him. Darkness feels… suffocating. Too much like nothing.
Can nothing even be suffocating?
It was, in the tablet. Shadows don’t feel things. Shadows aren’t anything.
They brush their hands across their blanket, try to sink farther into their sleeping bad, try to feel it. It’s real. He’s real.
The dream—the dream wasn’t real.
They heave out a breath.
He’s glad his mental connection with King is shaky. It would have been a lot worse if he saw the dream, feeling shamefully open when King sees anything.
They should sever the spell already, huh? Pretend it didn’t exist. It’d be better that way. Easy, too, the magic isn’t strong and he’s stronger.
…King asked them not to.
He wouldn’t know. It’s a wonder the spells lasted this long anyway, he could just think it faded away, broke off, it wouldn’t matter.
King asked them not to.
He grips his head, holding back a groan.
So stupid.
They roll over. Now that he’s awake, restless energy tries to make itself known, wishing to propel him to action. They stubbornly hold still. It’s time to sleep, and it’s boring being awake when no one else is. He is going to sleep.
Sleep…
Gahhh. How do people even fall asleep? Just… close your eyes… and hope something happens. Or, hope nothing happens?
Their lineup of iridescent beetle wings shimmer at them unhelpfully.
“You don’t need to sleep. You’re dead,” he mutters.
Isn’t there something about counting stuff? Or lullabies? People do lullabies. They know that, because—
Do you want me to sing?
The memories shocking clarity dumps ice over him. It burns under their skin as the world seems to blur at the edges, narrowing down at the beautiful beetle just across the room, still and dead dead dead.
He isn’t ever going to hear that voice again—
They gasp.
The world snaps back to it’s standard fuzziness, only dark at the edges now.
He’s shaking.
They tense their muscles, trying to still. When it doesn’t work, he grips his blanket tight, so fierce he nearly tears into it.
Why… why does that matter now?
It shouldn’t. It doesn’t. He never—he never cared about that, so—he grits his teeth, pulling his blanket.
Stop thinking about it, they repeat on and on, until their eyes close, until darkness seeps in, until they well and truly don’t think about anything at all.
“It’s pretty sick, right?”
“It’s so cool.” Luz raises Eda’s newly made hook-hand, examining in awe.
Camila smiles nervously. “Now, Luz…”
“I don’t mind,” Eda reassures, giving a toothy grin. “It’s great, right? The person I commissioned said it might be ‘inconvenient’, but what’s more convenient than having a hook on hand?”
“Hook as a hand,” King corrects.
“You could open so many things,” Luz says, looking under it.
The Collector sticks close to her, eyeing Eda’s prosthetic himself. It does look cool. They want to hold it themself, but…
He doesn’t understand how Luz does stuff like that so freely. Maybe it’s cause Eda never really seems bothered. Would she be bothered if it was them?
Probably. He’s not Luz.
The innocuous thought shocks them to reality, not even realizing how distant everything became until they’re standing in the living room, air brisk and Luz’s jacket gripped tight in their fist.
He blinks, glancing at Luz. That’s not… they’re not mad at her for that—she’s just—she’s just better at… being where she’s supposed to.
His stomach twists. Ugh. This is just because that person had to drop the word sister, now every time they think about Luz everything gets weird. It’s like waves. He’s a coil, tense and unable to spring out, until he ruminates on how Luz as a sister really wouldn’t be that bad. Something they could want, even. Then the weirdness comes back again and he changes his mind, suddenly unable to see her that way without… without…
Really, they just want to stop thinking about it.
Except he never actually does that.
Make up your mind!
Lost in thought, they squeezed their eyes shut. So, naturally, he jumps when something touches his face, swerving around with a raised fist. They hit empty air, blink, and turn back to see Camila with her hands raised.
“Sorry, sorry! I just noticed you were squinting a lot,” she smiles sheepishly.
He pauses, realizing the worlds gone dim. Their sunglasses sit on their face. Oh. It’s not why he was squinting, but it’s still a relief.
“Alright, is everyone ready?” Eda asks, pointing a thumb to the door.
“Yes! Eee, I’m so excited!” Luz bounces on her feet. “The summer solstice was really fun.”
“The equinoxes aren’t nearly as flashy, so don’t get your hopes too high.”
“Too late, they’re already through the roof!”
“It’s just the harvest, right? That doesn’t seem too bad,” Camila says.
It’s been a long time since The Collector celebrated the autumn equinox. At surface level it seems the same, everyone ready to sell their crops before winter, turned into a fun celebration. Smaller, compared to solstices, but still bright. They’ve even kept the hand-wavey ‘let’s celebrate for a few days, the real equinox is in there somewhere’.
It bugs them—they know when the equinox is, people should be celebrating it then—but they also like having festivities drawn out. A dilemma he’ll never have a firm stance on.
Well, maybe they’ve decided their stance on it once they arrive at the marketplace.
Crisp air with a stark blue sky, highlighted against red, orange and yellow banners, bolded letters enticing you to sales only for the equinox. Stalls are overflooded with ripe squashes, gore-corn, bloody pumpkins, red lettuce, bright colors gleaming under the sparkling sun.
He cranes to look for stalls set up with games, bouncing upon spotting a few. They even look familiar! They’re not sure if they’re disappointed over the lack of new ones, or excited that it’s so much like—
The thoughts a prick. He shakes his head, blinking at his surroundings. For a moment, everything went fuzzy, now sharpened back to autumn’s air.
That keeps happening lately… they’re not sure what to make of it.
“Well, this seems tame enough,” Camila remarks.
“Not everything in the Boiling Isles is all aaah, blood! Nightmares!” Luz waves her hands. “Some of it’s just… nice!”
“Don’t tell her about the bloody pumpkins,” Eda snickers.
Luz stops. “The what?”
“I would rather not know,” Camila says, mouth pressed into a thin line.
King continues Eda’s thought, “What? You just cut open the pumpkins and there’s—”
Luz covers King’s mouth with a frantic SHHH!
Eda rolls her eyes with a smile. Standing tall, she leads the group through a bustling street, leaves fluttering out from trees. “I’m glad it’s clear today. Last year it rained for two days straight around the equinox, ugh,” she says.
He lets go of Luz’s jacket, swinging his hands behind his back. “What’s wrong with that? Rain feels nice.”
King levels The Collector a flat stare. “Does anything hurt you? You can’t literally be invincible,” he deadpans.
“I can be close enough.” They shrug.
“What about if someone hit your head?” King presses. “Is your skull reinforced too?”
“Umm…” He postures, holding a hand to his chin. “No one’s ever tried doing that before…”
It’d definitely work, but they don’t say that. It’s funnier if King doesn’t know.
“No, it probably wouldn’t work,” King acquiesces. “You’d need a brain to get knocked out in the first place.”
They stare at each other.
King scrambles away as The Collector lunges for him.
“Get back here!” he yells, chasing after King.
“You’ll never take me alive!”
“I can take you dead!”
King runs faster. Unfortunately he’s outmatched with short legs, and The Collector half-tackles half-scoops him up.
King squirms in their grip. “Wait, wait, wait, wait—”
“You should be grounded.” He shoves King’s head down. “That means getting buried alive.”
“NO IT DOESN’T!”
They giggle, cutting off when King bites their arm, dropping him. “Ack—hey! That’s cheating!”
“You’re cheating by being taller than me,” King says.
“I am not.”
“Yes you are.”
“Nuh-uh.”
“Yuh-huh.”
“Nuh-uh!”
“Yuh-huh!”
Eda slides between them both, waving her arm.“Okay, okay, break it up, or you’re both gonna be at this all day.”
They stop with a huff. He mouths nuh-uh to himself, ensuring he wins the argument.
“I’m not sure how long we’re gonna be here, but I know I want to look at everything I can. Sometimes you miss out on a really good deal because you just couldn’t find it,” Eda says.
Unbidden, they begin to tune her out. It’s just so… boring. He likes shopping sometimes, but not when fun games are right there.
Maybe they’ll be allowed to play some? That’d be—
His train of thought comes to an abrupt halt, intercepted by a feeling. A weird, bad feeling. It crawls up their back, an uncomfortable shiver, as if… someone’s eyes are on them.
He snaps to look behind him.
There’s only people meandering around and buying food at stalls.
Huh.
Unconvinced, they look around a bit longer. No one’s being suspicious or anything… they’re just doing regular festival stuff.
He decides to cut his losses after another moment bears nothing. Weird.
“Do you think we could check out some of those games?” Luz asks, hopping up beside him. “Or, is this just a strictly business thing, cause I understand if—”
“Luz, I wouldn’t drag you all here if I was just gonna make you watch me buy food. It’s a festival!” Eda pulls out a pouch and drops it in Luz’s hand, it making a rattling noise. “So go and do festival stuff. Me and Camila are gonna do the boring adult stuff.”
“Huh—whuh?” Luz blinks at the pouch, disbelieving.
Camila smiles. “I know you can handle watching King and The Collector for a few hours, mija. Go have fun,” she says, gentle.
They crane over to see inside the pouch as Luz opens it, revealing glittering snails. She gasps, then clicks it shut fast like it’ll disappear otherwise.
She shoves it into her bag with a bright grin. “Thank you, thank you, thank you!” She bounces, leaping over to hug Eda and Camila.
Camila squeezes back, while Eda somewhat awkwardly pats Luz’s head. “Alright, alright,” she says, prying Luz off. “Meet us back at the plaza when it gets dark, okay? I’m counting on you all to not get into some crazy adventure.”
“No promises,” Luz says with a laugh.
When the adults leave, Luz turns to the Collector and King with a bright smile. “Sooo… what d’ya guys wanna do first?”
The Collector’s had their fair share of festival games, so of course, they’re pretty good at all of them, even if it’s been a bajillion years. They haven’t changed much: fruit bobbing, ring tosses, mazes and carving contests—which he nailed all of them. They even ‘killed it’, in Luz’s words, at the high striker. He didn’t know those could be alive, but it definitely died after shattering under his one swing.
“ …so then she was banned for life. And me for some reason, I wasn’t even part of it!”
They idly chew their stick as King talks. It doesn’t taste very good, and the texture isn’t great, but it’s already in his mouth, so he keeps gnawing at it.
Luz nibbles her crab apple. She’s got a spiderweb painted around her eye, from one of the stalls. “Do you think all your guys criminal charges will be lifted, since… you know?”
“Have you seen the way Raine looks at Eda? Eugh.” King shudders. “There’s no way they’d keep the charges.”
“Yeah, but it’s not like Raine is the one running everything, or gonna stay in their more leadership-y role.” She holds her crab apple back when it tries to snip her. “These are not alive in my realm. Or crabs of any sort.”
They gnaw their stick harder. “Then why do ya call them crab apples?”
“I don’t know?”
There’s a feeling…
“Your naming conventions are so weird. None of them are straightforward,” King says.
“This place does take things more literally.” Luz finally figures out how to eat her crab apple, biting off a claw first.
The feeling of someone…
He quickly glances behind him.
Like the first time, nothing is out of the ordinary. Off-put, they stare a bit longer, before turning back to Luz and King. Neither of them seem to have noticed anything, so it’s probably fine.
Mid-chew, Luz’s face lights up and she points. “Look!”
He and King follower her pointed finger, to an… archery stand.
It’s a bit small, lit artificially with dusks turn. Targets are lined up beside it at various distances, bright rings of color narrowing down to small points. There’s a rack of bows and arrows in a barrel—fake.
“Aw, I suck at those. They’re always too tall,” King bemoans.
“I still wanna play it. Gives me the feeling of holding an actual bow, minus the danger.” She squints. “Unless the Boiling Isles uses real bows?”
“No, we use kid-y ones.”
The Collector shakes his head as they approach the stand, failing to dispel his fuzziness. All the lights narrow into the targets centers. Their hands twitch, as if preparing for hours of drawing back a bow and its subsequent ache.
Luz hops up to the stand. She says something to the owner he doesn’t really hear, slides over snails, then picks out a bow from the barrel.
“Alright, let’s see if I can get a first lucky shot.”
She draws her arm back completely wrong so, of course, makes a pretty bad shot. It just hits the second ring.
“Aw…” she chuckles. “Okay, maybe—”
“You’re holding it wrong,” they say, feeling they’ll combust if they watch her do that a second time.
She stops. “Huh? Oh, um, how am I supposed to?”
“Like… your arms have to be straighter—no, straighter, and you gotta have your arm up!” He gestures.
“It is up,” she frowns, trying to follow them.
“No, no, no, it’s supposed to raised more! You’re holding it too low, that’s wrong.”
King says, “I don’t think it matters a lot for a game—”
“Yes it does!”
With a frustrated hiss he snatches the bow from Luz’s hand, then snaps into position. They draw back and shoot an arrow. It whizzes past, straight and narrow, then hits the farthest targets center with a resounding thump.
“Like that,” he says, lowering the bow.
They pause when Luz and King stare at them in wide-eyed silence. Did he do it wrong? Augh, they probably did it wrong—
“Woah,” Luz says.
“You know archery,” King says. “Why are you good at archery.” It’s less of a question and more of an awed, perturbed statement. “Should I be worried?”
“Of course I know archery,” he scoffs. “Not really that good anyway, you were just doin’ it wrong…” They sling off the bow and hand it to Luz.
She takes it, trying to put her arms in the right position. “Up and straight?”
“Ehh…”
“You’ve had like, forever to learn this, I’ll be kinda bad at first,” she says, not unkindly.
He considers ‘forever’ as Luz attempts another shot. “It hasn’t been that long.”
“You’re immortal, you think, like, a million years is short,” King says flatly. “The birth and death of a whole species is basically a Tuesday to you.”
King’s words have a familiar taste. They open their mouth for a response, left without one as that fuzzy feeling creeps back in. It rises to an uncomfortable itch, burning in his hands, like a pot about to boil over and kept close under the confines of his body.
And Luz is holding the bow wrong again.
“Stop, stop, you’re doing it wrong!” They snap to push her into the right position, feeling that heat rise.
She blinks in surprise, trying to wave off his hand. “Hey—you don’t need to fuss!”
“You’re not gonna make good shots if you keep—”
“It’s not about making the best shots—”
“Yes it is! That’s the whole point of the game!” they retort.
“But it’s not fun worrying about it like this.” She frowns. “You know, games aren’t just about winning. You’re supposed to have fun doing them.”
“Winning is fun,” he near-hisses.
“You don’t… seem like you’re having fun—”
“I am!” they snap.
She seems taken aback, falling silent. Lights illuminate her from behind, face shadowed as she furrows her brows. He’s unable to read her expression. King squints at them, in a way they know is bad.
Finally, she speaks, words slow, “Let’s… regroup with the adults. It’s getting dark, anyway.”
They find any words left in them disintegrated.
The walk back is mostly quiet.
In giving up the argument, it seems Luz gave up on speaking at all. She was wrong, anyway, so it really just means he won the argument.
They don’t feel like they’ve won anything at all.
King’s the first to break the silence. “Oh, there’s Camila,” he says.
“Mom!” Luz greets, dashing up to her.
“Kids!” Camila smiles. She’s carrying a ton of bags, stuffed to the brim with food. “I’m glad you actually listened to my rule…”
“We weren’t gonna get into trouble,” Luz says.
“It’s just hard to tell with you three. Did you all have fun?”
“Yeah, it’s just like the festivals back in our realm! None of the food’s freaked you out, right? Wait. Where’s Eda?” She cranes her head around, seemingly looking for Eda.
“Oh, she told me she had something to do by herself, then waved me off to regroup with you guys.”
“Alone…?” King asks skeptically.
“I am trying to believe it’s something innocuous,” Camila says.
The Collector opts for silence, not feeling very present in the conversation. They let their mind drift as the others talk. It doesn’t hit anything in particular, thoughts blocked, like cotton’s been stuffed into his head.
They find themself looking at the night sky.
It’s washed in midnight blue, framing a crescent moon. Stars litter it in flickering points.
He can’t quite remember how the sky looked before, but he feels like it used to have more stars. The sky almost seems empty, now, in comparison.
Their legs begin to move as they stare at the moon. He walks, and walks, as if he could manage to get closer to it. A heavy feeling sinks into them, weighing on their entire being. He grips his necklace. They’re not sure what it is about the night sky, but something about it feels… sad to look at.
Maybe it’s just from his fried nerves today. They really wanna go back to the Owl House at this point.
…wait.
He pivots, glancing left and right. Wait, wait, wait. They look around again and again as if it’ll change the fact that, no matter how much they look, they only find unfamiliar faces, group suddenly out of sight.
His shoulders sink in disbelief.
How did they get lost again? No, why did he start walking?! They barely even realized they were doing it… ugh. Maybe he’s starting to understand the child leash idea.
But people always find them in the end, so it’s not that necessary. They just need to stay put.
He lets go of his necklace, opting to hold his hands. Yep. Just wait.
A conversation goes on near him, loud enough he could pick out every word. Somewhere behind them a child shrieks.
He rocks back on his feet, then looks around again as if the others will magically appear.
All the lights get hard to look at, blurring into hot white, so they stare at the stone they’re standing on. A few people get dangerously close to brushing past him, leaving his skin crawl. Laughing. Crinkling of bags, people fishing out snails, a discordant crash followed by a series of sorry’s and the air presses onto them oppressively until it feels their skin is about to burst and
He stumbles back, slamming into a group of witches.
Their skin screams. He rips away, swiveling to see blurry figures, lights smeared together with discordant sound ringing in his ears the feeling of eyes on him they’re watching him they’re watching and he needs to get OUT.
They run.
He swerves around colorful masses, instinctively trying to find the edge of the festival, somewhere quiet, alone. Everything is too loud, nothing looks familiar, it’s just sharp sound and color and there’s no Luz or King or Camila or—
White catches the edge of their vision and they stumble to an abrupt halt.
He gasps, swerving to find it.
White—white something, white hair?
They squint, standing on their toes, frantically trying to find the familiar image.
White, no, silver on red… Eda.
The blurry mass of color rights itself to a person once he has a name.
They take a deep breath. Slowly, looks around. What was sharp ridges of crowds and clawing sound settled down suddenly, leaving him standing at the edge of a fuzzy festival.
Everything’s… less, now.
They ball their hands into fists and, with a frown, maneuver their way toward Eda. She wouldn’t be his preferred person to be around right now, although he’s not sure anyone would be.
They slow as they approach. He heard Camila say Eda went off by herself, but it’s still strange seeing her alone, not to mention how, even weirder, she’s peering around to a dark alley in concentration. Her hook gleams under stringed lights, face pulled into a calculative frown. What’s she doing?
They tilt their head, trying to get a view around her. Nothing’s in the alley—
“GAH—fu—KID!” Eda jumps back. “You nearly gave me a heart attack! What—what are you doing here?”
He winces at her sharp movement. “What’re you looking at?”
“O-oh, me? Nothing.” She laughs. “You should be back with the others. Where are they, anyway?” She looks back into the crowd.
They look into the alley again, still finding nothing. “I dunno, I got lost.”
Her brows furrow. “Ehh… jeez, I really can’t see em anywhere…” A pause. “Okay, you stay with me. It’s safer. I mean, just in general it’s safer to be with—Collector!”
He started walking into the alley while she spoke. The alleyway looks pretty normal, albeit dark, so they’re not sure if what she’s looking for is farther down or what.
He doesn’t spare Eda a glance as she runs up to him. “You need bells. Just a whole lot of bells,” she says. “You’re way too quiet.”
“I can sound like a bell,” they offer, demonstrating.
In the brief moment he speaks his language, his feelings pour into the sound, foreign from lack of practice. They snap their mouth shut before it digs too deep. It was easier in the market, when all he had to say were feelings of happiness.
Eda wouldn’t notice, of course. “Yeah, just do that whenever you walk up to people. Or away from them.”
“Uhuh.” They realize they have no idea what their goal is. Aimlessly walking in dark alleys would be fun any other day, but he wants this to be over with. “What are we lookin’ for?”
She tenses.
“We’re not looking for anything. Actually, we should turn around and find the group—no, wait, that would be…” She groans. “I didn’t want any of you getting caught up in this.”
“In what?”
She rubs her face. They slow to a stop, waiting for her response.
Reluctantly, she whispers, “Someone’s been following us. Dumb of me to go after em, I know, but what’s even more dumb is leading them back to your house. I knew I could try and take care of ‘em, so figured I get it over with now.”
They pause. “Murder?”
“Wh—no, jeez, kid, I just wanna… I dunno, intimidate them, figure out what they’re up to.” She sighs. “Look, just stay with me. No wandering off, alright?”
He nods. That all makes sense; they’ve been feeling a presence the whole day, but without seeing anyone chalked it up to nerves. If Eda noticed too, though, then someone really is there.
Hmm. He holds his fist and cracks his knuckles. It should be fine.
Eda’s squinting, they notice, despite distant lights illuminating their pathway. Of course she is. She always lights candles inside, even when it’s bright and completely unnecessary. He tries not being bothered. She’d go through less of them if she didn’t always have them on…
Thus, they understand she can’t see well in dim light, even if that dim light is perfectly bright. Fortunately he has his most favorite shoes ever. He stomps harder while walking, ensuring they light up.
She squints less.
Autumn’s chill breezes by, ruffling their bell sleeves. It’s one of their blouses, desaturated purple with a pattern of eyes. He got it thinking the eyes were cool, and they are, but… now it sends a prickle up his neck, painfully aware someone else’s eyes could be on them.
At least their pants are cool in a non-eye way. Holographic moons and stars shimmer against black fabric, their rainbow still shown in darkness. He watches the colors move with each step.
Engrossed, they almost don’t pay attention to their surroundings.
A quiet crack still reaches his senses.
They jump. He and Eda immediately tense, swerving to find the source of the sound.
A wisp of wind blows through the alleyway, revealing nothing.
Kr-crack.
The sound echoes resolutely behind them. The Collector turns with a surge of magic, and Eda briefly checks too, before her eyes widen as she seems to realize something.
She spins, frantic, “Oh, not with the tricks—”
A net swivels out of the darkness and thwaps Eda. She yelps, falling as it traps her.
“Ah—Owl Lady!” They nearly pull the rope off with magic, stopped short as something touches their back and a shock travels across their entire body.
He swings back to hit whatever’s causing it just as it disappears. Their body trembles, then their legs abruptly give out, them just catching themself before they eat the floor.
What… it’s like his body has forgotten how to move, a prickly sensation buzzing all across. They grit their teeth, attempting to push themself up. He blinks away crowding black spots, world spinning, and he makes the mistake of looking up.
Eda’s trying to tear out of her net, overtaken by unmistakable anger, furious amber eyes white hair striking against the black sky the horrible smell of iron flooding their nose and
they
freeze.
Then something smashes against his head, and everything goes black.
Blurry shapes follow the shock of darkness.
“Co—”
They’re like weird animals, distorted blots of color without real form. It’s fuzziness matches how numb everything feels.
“—ector—”
But there’s something there, it almost feels like, if they just reach—
“Collector!”
They gasp.
A blurry yellow shape sits under his hands. They squint at the distorted sand, strangely lacking its grittiness… or, any feeling at all.
“Oh, thank—uh, whatever.”
“Earth,” he replies on instinct, then, properly startled, snaps his head up. “Whuh—King?”
King, somehow, is in front of them. He looks a little blurry himself, still sharper than the sprawling beach around them both, stretching out under an endless, fuzzy, gray sky. Trying to piece the illogical terrain hurts, so they let it be, something at the corner of their eyes without ever truly looking.
King grabs his attention, tail fluffed up and hands on their shoulders. “You and Eda disappeared!” he exclaims. “We’ve been looking everywhere for you both, where—what happened? Why are you asleep? This is your dream, right? I mean, I don’t think you’re actually at… wherever this is.” He cranes his head around, looking at the sky.
Oh. A dream makes sense.
They grab King’s claws, prying them off. The lack of feeling is a little disturbing. “Umm, I dunno?”
He glares. Yep, definitely King. “What do you mean you don’t know?”
“I mean I dunno! I got lost, but then I found Eda, and—”
Someone was following them.
“Hm,” The Collector says.
“What?”
They hold a hand to their chin. “I think we got… kidnapped,” he says, unsure.
King stares at them. Somehow, his tail fluffs up farther. “Start with that?!”
“Hey, I couldn’t remember! Do you know how hard it is to remember stuff in dreams?”
“I—” He sighs. “Okay, where are you?”
“I dunno, I haven’t woken up yet!” They throw out their arms.
“Then wake up!”
“Okay!”
They stare at each other.
King sags. “…that’s not how it works, is it?”
“Yeah…” They poke their fingers together.
King seems to think. “Maybe, uh—where did you get kidnapped?”
“It was in some alleyway at the edge of the festival,” he answers.
“That’s barely specific,” King says.
“Well when you’re kidnapped—”
“Don’t you mean if—”
“—you try remembering every little detail! Just be a cleric.” They cross their arms, then blink. “Wait, that isn’t the right word. Clearance? Clematis? Clepsydra? No, that’s a water thing…”
“What’s it mean?”
“Like… when you know things.”
King frowns, in that his eyes screw in some form of ‘being upset’. The Collector’s not sure what part of this is upsetting. For King, probably literally everything they just said.
He sighs. “We’ll, uh, try to find any signs of kidnapping, I gue—” He jumps. “What—where did the beach go?!”
Surprised, he looks down. Waves lap against their legs, stretching out beyond the shore to cover the whole world in endless, blue sea.
“What is with your dreams?” King looks at the sea in a mixture of disdain and apprehension.
It’s rising. He wants to look away. They can’t look away.
“I’m waking up,” he says.
“Wait, wait, what are we supposed to?” King presses, desperation in his voice.
Underneath them, the ground feels shaky, as if it’ll fall any moment. “Just look for signs or whatever, like you said. But don’t worry so much—”
He pushes himself up.
“—we’ll be fine.”
They smile. And with a sudden crack, the world falls out beneath them. Sea rushes up to meet them, blue to dark, dark, dark—
—and light hits their eyes.
He wakes up with a jolt.
They’d faceplant onto the floor, if it weren’t for a weight on their back keeping them up. Disorientated, he tries to make sense of his surroundings. The floor’s stone?
Then the weight shifts. “Kid!” he hears Eda’s voice.
“Whuh?” They swerve around, jerking as their lower half is halted.
He comes face-to-face with Eda. Her eyes are widened in a mix of surprise and something else he can’t identify.
“Oh, thank goodness you’re awake,” she says, brows pinching as she looks them over. “I was getting worried—I mean, I already am. These ropes won’t come unloose no matter what I do.” She gestures her head.
He blinks, following to the ropes tied at both their wrists.
Kidnapped… right.
“I even tried going harpy mode! It just won’t work,” she hisses.
Well, that’s alright. Her words go distant as they focus on the rope. His confidence it won’t take much strength to break out of is immediately shattered when, bizarrely, they stay firmly in place.
Huh.
They try again, putting more effort into it.
They don’t even budge.
“Kid, it’s not gonna work, I tried—”
Frustrated, a surge of magic pools to his hands, bringing a burst of energy that should surely rip the rope clean off—
and nothing.
“What?!” they exclaim.
Eda’s face falls ever so slightly, and the disappointment has him burning in embarrassment. “Ah… well, I didn’t think it was gonna work, but good to know, I guess. They musta done something—”
“No, no, no, no.” He shakes his head, struggling in earnest. “Aaaugh, it’s just rope! This is so stupid! Why won’t it break?!”
“Collector—”
“This is a trick,” they decide. No rope in the universe would be able to do this. Nothing would!
“Well, clearly. Gotta be tricky to capture someone as strong as you. Look, we should try to investigate the room, save our energy for the right opportunity,” she suggests.
Suggestions are more like saying you’re doing this now, so even though he’s itching with the need to keep trying over and over, he stops with a huff. It’s getting hard staring at the rope anyway. Something about it’s making their head spin.
He blinks up at the dimly lit ceiling. They must be underground, stone and jagged walls, shelves with weird objects adorning the room and not much else. Some glow, being the only source of light. It could be the rooms darkness warping perception, but something about it all looks off.
“Maybe one of those?” they ask, vaguely gesturing to the shelf of knicknacks.
“Ehh… I don’t see anything pointy enough. Probably shouldn’t be messing with magical objects all willy nilly, anyway.” She pauses. “Man, I sound old.”
“But then what do we do?”
Silence fills the air.
They try their best to wait. He resumes checking over each item as best he can without being able to touch anything. The shelves get harder to look at the longer they try. He squints, attempting to push around it. Why—
The wall begins to move.
Their attention snaps to it. It slowly slides open, fog rolling in from the pitch black. A cloaked figure appears in the doorway.
The voice booms, “Eda the Owl Lady… and her lackey… after so long, I’ve caught you in my trap. With you two completely helpless, you can do nothing to stop me in my quest to finally claiming—”
Eda’s face twists. “Wha… Tibbles, I swear on my life, if that’s you.”
Their dramatics come to an abrupt halt.
‘Tibbles’ pulls back their hood, revealing a yellow demon, unfittingly in glasses. His cheeks are flushed in embarrassment. “H-how did you know?!”
“Your cadence is so annoying, I have it burned into my memory,” she says dryly. “Look, what do you want? Times are changing, you could actually get arrested for kidnapping people. And I’m getting real sick of seeing your face around here.” She bares her fangs.
He pales, just regaining composure with a nervous smile. “Never fear, Owl Lady, I’m not after you. You were just a casualty.” He steps to The Collector, grinning. “I need you.”
They blink. “Who’re you?”
“Wha—y-you punched me!” Tibbles gestures.
“I do that to a lot of people,” he says, unsure of Tibbles point.
His franticness increases. “You accused me of selling fake products, you stole something from me!” He pinches his nose, inhaling through gritted teeth. “Calm down… it doesn’t matter. What matters is I know your secret.”
All of that’s starting to sound familiar, in a way that has their gut rolling. Still, he tries to say, “I don’t really have—”
“You’re not a witch or demon,” Tibbles interrupts with finality, “you’re not even a human. With that truth spell you did… you must be something a lot more powerful.” He steps back, pointing. “I’ll have you to tell me where to find power as great as that!”
Oh.
Oh. This is the marketplace guy who—
Oh no. Oh no, no, no, they broke Eda’s rule, but they hid it! He thought it was fine, she wasn’t going to ever find out, but now—
Eda’s voice pierces through. “What? Do you know him?”
“Uh,” they utter.
“I’ll let you both go if you just tell me everything!” Tibbles continues, undeterred. “What is it? A secret artifact? Your blood? That amulet you have…?”
Tibbles reaches for their moon necklace as he speaks, and The Collector snaps to bite his hand.
“Ack!”
“You got the wrong person, Tibbles, let him go! They’re just a kid,” Eda says. “Nothing special about his power or what have you.”
She’s lying through her teeth. The Collector knows what other people think of their power.
Tibbles waves his hand. “Pfff, like I’d believe that. Do you know how difficult it is, magic that forces people to do something against their wishes? Not to mention how easy breaking it is. A genuinely good spell is practically outlawed on top of being hard to obtain. But think of the possibilities…! I could have all the riches I’ve ever wanted! No more could people like you try and outsmart me!”
“You’re a creep,” Eda spits. “Let. Us. Go.”
“Or you’ll do what?” he taunts. “I know you’ve tried getting out of those ropes. They’re completely unbreakable, I’m afraid.”
“I know you’ve got a trick up your sleeve, and I’m gonna figure it out before you get the chance to try anything.”
“I’ve already tried something. Quite successfully, might I add, since I have you two tied up and me standing here, free.” Tibbles waves a finger as he points to their ropes.
Eda grits her teeth. “You’ll have better luck looking literally anywhere else. I ain’t telling you jack.”
“Hmm, that is really unfortunate for your freedom.” He turns to The Collector. “What about you? Do you think you want to give up the secrets to your power? It’s a small price to pay for freedom, really.”
They’d lean back if they could, frowning at Tibbles as they keep their mouth zipped shut.
“I really thought being kidnapped would be more urgent to you both,” Tibbles says with an air of disappointment.
“Can you leave now?!” Eda scowls.
He scoffs. “I’m going to leave momentarily, but not because you told me to. I have other incentives for giving up your secrets!”
“Yeah, yeah, sure you do.”
He backs away, creeping into the shadows. “You will take me seriously, one day.”
“No I won’t,” she half-calls as he leaves the room.
The wall slides shut, leaving The Collector and Eda alone.
He resists the urge to squirm.
Alone with Eda, and she knows they broke her rule.
He stares at the floor. Don’t say anything, don’t say anything, don’t—
“Kid, what—why—I don’t understand, what happened?”
They break. “Nothing!” he yells, defensive, too defensive, he just wants her to leave it alone.
“Look, I’m not mad, I’m just worried.”
They shake their head, stop lying stop lying.
“I know you’re a lot more powerful than me, but It’s still my responsibility to take care of you, and when—when something like this happens, I need you to tell me.”
He squeezes his eyes shut, trying desperately not to feel her eyes on him. “I didn’t do anything,” they try, caught as they are, a pinned bloodyfly.
“It’s not about if you did something, it’s about your safety, Collector,” she says, strained. “If I knew Tibbles found out, I coulda done something about it earlier, instead of us getting trapped like this now. I—” He hears her shift. “There’s a lot of things you don’t tell me. I’m not tryin’ to push you about it, but I want to help.”
They don’t know what to say.
“Even if it wasn’t me, you could talk to King or Luz—”
He flinches, pressure in his head pushing past his mental block on thinking about Luz, thinking about sisters thinking about siblings.
“I’m worried you’re closing yourself off from… from support. Maybe I’m reading into things, but you’ve been acting off today and—and it’s not just today you get like this. You gotta be fretting about something, right?”
They held it down so firmly, they thought it wasn’t there anymore. Yet it’s been unrooted like dandelions,
“I’m pushing, I know. I just thought—”
dead beetles and reassuring song in night and eyes distorted between cold and warm terrified to speak because he suddenly has no idea what will come from the aching chasm in his chest,
“I just thought this would go differently, I guess—”
until it all bursts.
“I MISS MY FAMILY!”
And all the air hisses out of them.
…what?
His words reverberate in his head, echoing to cold, dead, silence. They stare blankly at the distorted floor.
Why is that…
“Hah…”
A burn rises in his throat.
“…kid—”
They don’t understand.
“Hehe…”
He can’t feel the ropes around his wrists, air stagnant, something about the room terribly wrong resonating with the clawing agony in his chest and he realizes: it’s not real.
“Hehaha,” they giggle, “ahahaHAHAHAHAHA—”
He shatters the illusion, bursting up in a whirlwind of magic as the room fractures to its true form, ropes never having been there. Eda gasps, exclaiming something they don’t hear over the rush of magic in their ears, they are a collapsing star about to explode.
The wall in front of him shatters with his magic, revealing a wide-eyed Tibbles, just a few feet away.
“Wh-wh—” Tibbles fumbles, “how did you figure out—”
“YOU,” they seethe, enveloped in blinding rage.
Tibbles squeaks in fear. He barely skitters away before they squeeze him in a chokehold of magic.
In a blur of thought they punch him in the face.
They don’t remember moving closer, only white hot magic surging through them, cascading anger bursting out into a screeching world, colors blurred together as everything falls away like set pieces. He punches again and again, hoping any movement would dispel this horrible clawing feeling in his chest suddenly sure that if he stops he will never get back up again and he needs this screeching buzz in his head to STOP—
something touches their arm
he swings back
and the world flashes to dark dark dark trees towering above them a starless sky their hand tearing into skin blue blood on the ground
but then it’s
Dots of red splattered on the floor.
Someone’s cry rings in his ears, falling way to numbing nothingness.
Red on the ground.
It drips off their hands.
It’s dripping off Eda’s hand, too. Bold red against white, red dress, red nails, red blood.
Red.
Shaking violently, each breath ripping into his throat, all he can think is:
It’s not blue.
They’re not sure how long they stand there. He must look like a rabid animal, eyes wide, hands smeared with blood. They feel like one, suddenly without threat, unsure, left with the ghost of pounding energy.
No forest.
No sky.
No blue.
…but what there is is a very loud CRASH.
The world snaps back into place. He nearly stumbles in surprise, cardboard and numbness rooted deep in his body suddenly torn out.
A ringing’s in their ears.
“Guys!”
He jolts.
They manage to turn their head, seeing Luz, King and Camila skid around the corner.
“Wha… kids?” Eda’s eyes widen in relief. She attempts to step forward, but The Collector snaps to stare at her movement. She halts.
His eyes travel to her arm. She’s kept it behind her back, hiding torn skin.
Their hands are sticky.
“Cometa!” Luz’s voice is his only warning before she runs into him and picks him up.
They lock up, fear spiking to every inch of their body—it’s just Luz, it’s just Luz, it’s just Luz—he doesn’t manage to relax, but he doesn’t throw her off either, holding himself very, very still in her arms.
King bounds to Eda, Camila trailing behind him. “We found a secret entranceway in an alley and it led to here! Really creepy they just had that, geez…”
“What happened? Are you two okay?” Camila asks, coming to stop by Eda.
Luz sets The Collector down. “I’m so glad we found you two. You’re not hurt, right? You’re shak—ah!” She jumps. “Is that blood?!”
She reaches for their hand, but they snatch it away, panic leaping to their throat.
“It’s—it’s not theirs,” Eda says quickly, and that nearly has him collapsing to the floor. “Mine isn’t either, it was just uh, from… beating up Tibbles, mostly. Got a bit rough.”
…what?
“Tibbles?” Luz and King exclaim in disgust.
“Who is ‘Tibbles’?” Camila asks, getting a sour face upon saying his name.
“Ugh, he’s this dumb scammer guy.” Luz squeezes The Collector, and they try very hard not to move. “I can’t believe he was smart enough to kidnap you two.”
“Should we be worried about him?” Camila gestures to her bat.
“Nah, I’ll get the…” Eda sighs greatly. “I’ll get the authorities involved.”
He stares at Eda.
They hurt her. She knows he hurt her, yet she lied. Why? What’s the point of her doing that? Does she want them to fess up, is this a test?
He doesn’t… want… to speak.
A block sits in their throat, preventing them from even trying. He stops looking at her, opting for stone floor instead.
Stone floor flecked with red.
Red, red, red. Barely noticeable. Tibble’s blood. He must have gotten away.
They did it again. He lost control and hurt someone and—and—
And they did the same to—
Eda.
Reality crashes down horrendously.
He hurt Eda. They hurt Eda.
He’d fall from the weight if Luz wasn’t holding him, world spinning as his thoughts turn to one screaming line: they hurt her, they hurt her, they HURT her.
He’s shaking so hard he can barely feel his body, blinking at the stained floor. They can’t—they can’t—they can’t deal with the aftermath of that, she might be hiding her feelings now, but she’s going to be mad, she’s probably mad right now and they can’t—
He can’t be here, he can’t be here, he can’t be here, he doesn’t care what running away does he just needs to get OUT—
The pressure in their head pops.
He stumbles forward and hits the ground.
They gasp, pushing themself up. Grass sways beneath him. Grass, outside, they’re outside, they teleported?
He must have taken everyone with him, as their disorientated groans and shocked exclamations blur together behind him. They barely pay it any mind, forcing themself to stand on shaking legs, blinking away black spots.
The Owl House stands just steps away.
His mind sends a cacophony of noise, scrambling for him to hide, run, do something, do anything, and he doesn’t give a seconds thought before following instinct and bolting for the door.
Someone calls out to them, only furthering their drive to RUN. He dashes up the stairs, follows the hallway to Luz’s old room, skids inside and slams the door shut.
They manage to lock it with shaking hands, then lock it with their own magic.
Inside is dimly lit.
He steps back, staring at the door like someone could throw it open still and drag him back out. They skitter back and back, until they hit the wall. His legs immediately give out in response, and he collapses back against it, trembling, watching the door.
No one’s going to open it, they want you in here, their brain grasps for a straw of logic, impeded by how nothing fixes how their entire body is screaming.
He grips his necklace. Then he freezes, looking down at the moon pendant.
Their entire body flinches, boiling heat bubbling under their skin that propels them into the harsh motion of ripping off their necklace and hurling it at the wall.
It smashes into pieces, shards scattering across the floor.
He stares at it, burning behind his eyes. They want to scream, they want to scream, they want to scream. It builds in his throat, choked off as he only manages a wheeze. They duck their head into their knees, grabbing their hair and squeezing their eyes shut.
Desperately, he wishes he were anywhere but here.
Notes:
"where were you its been three months??" trapped in wizards cube. woe, 8k chapter be upon ye. goodbye now
edit: i forgor to clarify. TIBBLES IS *NOT* DEAD. tibbles will be fine. he was just beat up so he ran away lol
edit 8/16/24: ^^^ better clarified this within the chapter itself
Chapter 23: Don't Try This at Home
Summary:
The Collector finds help in an unexpected place.
Chapter Text
Darkness sticks for a long time.
They don’t fall asleep. Time passes like a blur, fuzzy shapes bouncing under his eyelids. They’re very good at waiting quietly, until it all passes by, until they can bear to move again.
So he sinks into the darkness
and
waits.
…
There’s sound, every now and then, someone at the door, they’re sure, but they never really hear what anyone says. It happens again and again, until the next time takes a while.
Until the next time takes even longer.
Until he doesn’t hear anything at all for a good while.
They wait.
…
Eventually, his hand twitches.
Sensation seeps its way back into their body. Everything’s… cold. He feels more like a doll with cotton spilt out over a real person, but, he feels anything, at least.
They manage to raise their head.
Hair sticks to his face. They slowly brush it away, eyes screwing when morning light hits them.
He turns to the window behind him, uncurling his body. Sunlight filters through the curtains, gentle yellow contrasting against blue shadows. Doesn’t look like the sun’s even fully risen.
They snap back to the door.
Closed. Still closed.
Still locked.
He chews his lip. They push themself up, feeling more than ever like an unstuffed doll when their legs are faint. Still, he manages to stay standing.
Locked door.
They stare at it.
He did it to himself. No one else did. No one else did.
So why… why can’t they push themself to the door?
He sags against the wall.
They don’t want to go out there. Then people… then people can be mad. Then he’ll be punished without choosing it. Better to lock themself in than for anyone to ever do it to them again.
His neck brushes against the windowsill as he slides down. They pause, looking back at it.
…maybe he has a third option.
Contrary to popular belief, The Collector can recognize when something is a stupid decision. And this, is a stupid decision. Running never accomplishes anything, not when they will always, always have to go back.
But between that or facing anyone in the house, he can’t even care about the consequences.
They pull aside the curtains. He fiddles with the lock, then, hesitating only for a moment, pushes open the pane.
Morning breeze hits their face. Peeking over the horizon, around trees stark silhouettes, the sun glimmers. Deep orange ripples to pink, to an ever lightening blue, clouds pink and purple against the sky.
He takes in the view for a good moment.
They press their hands onto the windowsill and haul themself up—
“Hello!”
“AH—” The Collector falls with a strangled yelp, biting his tongue.
They wince, holding their mouth as they level a glare at the offender who just appeared in the window: Hooty. Who for some reason has decided now’s the best time to bother them.
“Geez, I didn’t mean to scare you…” Hooty says.
Their magic quickly heals their tongue. “Wha-what do you want?” he manages to ask.
“I was just checking in on you! You haven’t been responding to anyone. You could have been dead!” he half-shrieks. Their head hurts.
“…I can’t die,” they say.
“Well, it’s a good thing I know that now! Say, what were you doing?” Hooty tilts his ‘head’.
He leans back. “Nothing. Go away.”
Hooty persists, “Everyone’s been really worried, you know. I think they’d appreciate it if you talked to them…” He pauses, weird owl face screwing up. “You’re looking at me weird.”
Their shoulders raise. “Cause you’re fibbing. People don’t actually mean ‘worried’ when they say they’re worried.”
“I think Eda does.”
They still.
Hooty almost sounds sincere. Almost, just almost, do they reconsider.
…he knows better.
“Yeah, right,” they mumble. He pushes past Hooty and pulls himself onto the windowsill.
“Hey, where are you going?”
They try to ignore him. “Out.”
“Where?”
“Just—out.”
He scoots to the edge, then hops down, softening his fall with a spark of magic. They land quietly on the grass. Hooty, annoyingly, follows him.
“I’m not talking to anyone right now,” they tell him resolutely. “You can’t make me!”
“But I reaaally think you should.”
They glare. “Maybe I’ll go hide ‘n a cave for a hundred years, then I really won’t have to talk to anyone,” he mutters.
“I’ll still be aliiive.” Hooty twists around.
“A million years,” they acquiesce.
“Wow, rude.”
“Ah… but King would still be alive,” he realizes. “Fine. Fine!”
“Fine what?”
They ball their hands into fists. “I dunno! I’m leaving now!”
“Hey, wait! As the protector of all inhabitants in this house, I can’t just let you go off alone. I’m pulling out my last resort!” Hooty inhales. “ED—”
They zip his mouth shut with a flick of their hand.
Hooty makes a muffled sound, flinging himself around. They quickly walk back, feeling the slightest hint of regret; not enough to undo the spell. He can’t have Hooty tattling on him.
Without much of a plan, only the thought they need to move, they spin on their heel and run into the forest.
It’s a blue morning, as crisp as the air, and Gus is about to be a reluctant participant in crime.
“I can’t believe we’re doing this,” he says, while the shopkeeper has gone to the back of the store.
“You can back out if you want,” Willow says.
Gus mmm’s, shaking his head. “No, if you go to jail I’m gonna go with you. For friendship!” he tries to sound excited, ending out more strained.
He would prefer not being arrested. The issue is neither of them have any idea if they will be. It’s not banned anymore, has been his assurance to himself this whole process. It’s not even a dangerous spell! But a lot of legal stuff has gone into a hazy cloud since Belos’ usurping, so he still feels a twinge of anxiety.
“Hunter can break us out,” she says.
“He’d freak out,” he responds.
She waves a hand. “He can do it while freaking out.”
The shopkeeper returns, the both of them immediately shutting up. They slide over a small bottle of oil. “Is this all you two need?” they ask.
“Yes, thank you!” He puts forward a couple snails.
Willow smiles as he deposits the bottle into his bag, nudging him with an arm. “Now we just gotta find the daaangerous plantsss.” She waggles her fingers.
“You’re on duty of not letting them eat us,” he says.
As he fiddles with his bag, a shock of white passes the edge of his vision. Focused, he almost doesn’t register who it is, gears turning until they finally click and he snaps his head up.
“Collector?” He double-checks. “Hey, Collector!” he greets upon confirming their identity, waving a hand to get their attention.
They stumble to a stop so abruptly he almost thinks they’ll fall, but they steady themself, swerving to give him wide eyes, like a prey animal caught.
Unlike one, they soften upon recognizing him. “Oh… hi—” He pauses. “Luz’s friend.”
“I’ll have you know, I’m also Willow’s friend.”
They continue staring at him.
He finally closes his bag and bounds over to them. “What are you doing here? Me and Willow were just, uh, doing totally inconspicuous stuff, really not important, like really, totally not illegal—you’re bleeding?!” he exclaims, jumping upon seeing their stained sleeve, flecked with blood.
It’s not a ton, but the small smattering is still concerning. They incline to look at it, vaguely surprised. “Oh,” he says. “It’s not mine.”
He sidles close to Willow, then whispers, “What’s that supposed to mean?”
“Maybe they get into nighttime crime?” she suggests.
He’s no expert on people, and certainly not someone he’s only spoken to in passing, but The Collector looks… off? He squints. They’ve got a look to their eyes, like they haven’t slept. And what are they doing out alone?
Willow voices his concerns with a succinct question, “Are you feeling okay?”
“Huh?”
She and Gus share another glance. He decides to take initiative. “Are you busy?” he asks. “You could come hang out with us. Actually, everyone has gotten to hang out with you except for me! That’s a shame, we’re the closest in age, so we should have done that way sooner.”
The Collector regards him like he’s a yapping hound instead of speaking their language. That’s it: they don’t seem very aware.
“…you’re the furthest from me in age,” they respond eventually.
“Mentally.” He waves a hand. “Like I said, me and Willow were just, uh… doing…”
“Doing crime,” she says.
“No! No, we weren’t! It’s not a criminal offense—”
“Crime?” The Collector echoes.
“Not crime.”
“Technically not crime,” Willow adds unhelpfully. “We were looking for ingredients for some ancient spell that was kind of banned when Belos was in rule. Buuut, since he’s not in power anymore… that means a lot of stuff isn’t illegal now. And I want to try it! Well, try what’s not super dangerous. I’m not actually looking to be a criminal.”
“You told them our secretsss,” he bemoans.
“It’s not a secret if it’s not a crime!”
“Hmm, you raise a good point.”
She turns back to The Collector. “So, do you wanna join us in our quest?”
They seem to mull it over. “Are you gonna go to jail?”
“It’s not a crime anymore!” Gus reiterates as Willow shrugs and says, “I guess we’ll find out.”
“Hmm.” A moment. “That’s okay. I could break us out.”
Gus looks at the blood on their hands. “You know, I think I believe you, for some reason,” he says.
“Weee should get you washed up first,” Willow says.
“Why…?”
They all stare at each other.
The Collector seems to finally get the message when he looks at his hands. “Oh.” Once again they seem surprised, like they forgot there was blood. “Yeah.”
“Oh, I know!” Gus hops with the spark of an idea. “My dad keeps a lot of my old clothes, we can just swing by my house, you can wash your hands, and I can get you a clean shirt to wear. Two birds with one stone!”
“Birds and stone?”
He judges The Collector’s body type. It’s not well defined in any aspect, more of a thin box, but is a tad heavier on the top, the same as Gus.
“My stuff will fit you,” he decides. “Okay, let’s go! Onwards!”
“To adventure!” Willow cries.
“To adventure!”
Well, maybe only as adventurous as clothes and a snippy child can be.
“What about… this one?” Gus holds out another shirt to try.
The Collector’s face sours. They’re stiff, awkward in his old blue shirt, visibly displeased in every inch of their being. “I can see that that’s tight,” he says. “Why are all your clothes tight?”
“It’s just form-fitting!” he defends.
“Form-fitting sucks, your clothes are bad, how do you do anything in them?”
He tries not to feel hurt. “I like my clothes. Isn’t it worse when everything hangs and can get caught on door hinges, anyway? How do you stand that?”
“At least I can move!” They groan. “Why do I hafta change too? Blood is fashionable.”
“Well, it’s too late now, your blouse is in the wash,” Willow says. She’s holding the other shirts The Collector nearly tore apart in his haste to rip them off.
“I could dry it in three seconds,” they mutter.
“Maybe if I get a bigger shirt.” Gus rummages through another cardboard box. He ignores The Collector’s dramatic groaning in response. There has to be something of his they don’t absolutely despise. “Uhhh, what about this one?”
He holds out a slightly-less-old blue shirt. He’s starting to realize how many plain blue shirts he wears.
They take it with a frown. “Don’t even have fun sleeves…”
Willow mimes patting them.
The Collector, like every other time, pulls off his shirt rather aggressively, having him wince at every audible rip of the seam. Good thing he’s not wearing those anymore, jeez. They toss it away and pull on the new shirt.
He pats it out, swinging his arms a little. Gus waits. The Collector bends their upper-half, seeming to test the shirts stretching limits.
“It’s… better,” they conclude.
He sighs in relief.
They look to his bed, eyes snagging on something. “What’s that?”
He tries to follow their eyes, to no avail. There’s, shamefully, a lot of stuff thrown on his bed. “You’re gonna have to be more specific.”
They walk over, then point at his jacket, slung over his beds frame. “It’s got spikes,” he says, picking it up in awe.
“Oh, that! It’s so cool, right?! I got it from the human realm,” he says proudly.
“Can I wear it?”
He considers the question deeply. “Only if you’re really careful with it,” he decides.
They’re quick to pull it on. It’s kinda big on him, his fingers just poking out from under the sleeves, small frame dwarfed in black leather. They twist around to look at it, then, eyes widening, slide to Gus’ mirror.
The Collector stares at his reflection.
“Looks pretty good,” Willow says, a hand to her chin.
They stare a moment longer. He pulls out the jacket a little, looks down at it, then back at his reflection.
“…cool,” The Collector says.
“Do you change your mind about my fashion sense?” he asks.
“No,” they say immediately.
“Alas!” He lowers his head dramatically with a raised fist.
“Sooo, plants?” Willow asks.
“Plants?” The Collector echoes.
“They’re the other ingredients for the spell,” she explains.
“And probably going to eat us,” he says.
“Not if I can help it!”
“What even is the spell?” The Collector asks.
“It called itself a flying spell,” Willow says. “It was part of this old book of recipes the library just got their hands on. Amity told me about it, which is why we’ve got the ingredients list at all.”
“Yeah, the conformatorium was only cleared out this month. That’s where the book and a bunch of other stuff Belos banned was. Real top secret stuff.” He holds his hands to his mouth.
The Collector follows the two of them out of Gus’ room. “What’s everyone even doin’ with the… the stuff. Belos bein’ gone.”
“So much.” He sags.
“It’s gonna be worth it, though,” Willow smiles. “You helped me and Hunter with reforesting, that’s one thing we’re still working on, and the whole education system is being overhauled… I told you and Luz a bit about that.”
He steps down into the living room from the hall, making a beeline to the front door. “They’ve also been giving students surveys to get opinions on what should be changed, or added, or kept,” he adds, as he swings open the door. “I filled one out! I heard they wanna reopen schools by spring. Which is usually when it’d be back in session, after winter break.”
After Willow and The Collector exit, he locks the front door. Morning’s blue has shifted to a bright day, sun shining as it raises higher into the sky.
“Spring…?” The Collector follows Willow down the stoop, shielding his eyes as he steps into sunlight. “But that’s barely any time.”
“Five months has gotta be enough time to open something, right?” he asks, suddenly questioning the idea.
“Ehh.” Willow shrugs, waving a hand. “I think they just want to try out what they’ve got, so they can workshop from there.”
“Anything would be better than our old school.”
“And they’ve been clearing out everything Belos had. The conformatorium is one thing, but trying to get everything out of the castle is a whole other task.” Her voice mellows with her next sentence, “Not to mention the people who were petrified…”
“My dad said they’re working to see if it can be reversed, but…” Gus fiddles with his hands.
Willow shrugs. “Maybe it could be. They’re saying the same thing about the coven spells.”
“And the big question everyone’s thinking about is, who’s going to rule us now?” He holds out his arms, looking at the big blue sky.
The Collector frowns at that. “Cause the remaining coven heads aren’t stayin’, right?”
“Exactly. Raine and Darius—technically Eberwolf, too—have made it pretty clear they’re just trying to help reform stuff, but then they’re passing the mantle to…” He waves his hands around to show his lack of knowledge.
“A lot of people agree a system more community-run would be better, instead of having one guy make all the rules, or one league of guys making all the rules,” Willow says. “But what would it even look like?”
“It’s a lot to figure out,” he agrees.
The Collector has a hand to his chin. “Why don’t you guys just do what you were doin’ before Belos?”
Willow waves a hand. “Well, they’ve been trying to reference that, but we don’t have a lot of details.”
“Caaause…?”
He jumps up. “Because Belos purged most of our history! Getting stuff from the conformatorium and castle will help, but who knows how much stuff is just lost to time? Or burnt to ashes, probably.”
“Burnt to ashes…?”
“Thrown into a fire to get rid of the evidence,” Willow says.
The Collector gets a look on their face. “But then it’s gone forever.”
“That was probably the point,” she says.
“But… but it’s… but then you can never…” He seems at a loss for words. “But—why would you ever do that?! On purpose?!” They hold their head.
“So if you were an evil dictator, you wouldn’t purge any information that makes it possible to overthrow you?” he asks.
“If I was an evil whatever I woulda done it way better than Belos.”
He thinks back on what The Collector did during the Day of Unity. “You know what, yeah—”
Willow pitches in, “Yeah, it’s really no contest—”
“Yeah, I agree, yeah.”
Their mouth presses to a thin line. “Doesn’t it bother you guys?”
“That a lot of our history was destroyed?” she clarifies. She looks up in contemplation. “I guess I never thought about it before.”
The same as her, Gus has never taken the time to seriously ruminate on that fact. Is he bothered? It’s an insurmountably big thing; hundreds of years, lives and stories, taken away that easily.
“It’s kind of sad,” he decides, after a moment.
The three of them stall, standing around at the edge of the street. It’s warm for late September, sun beating down at the back of his neck.
Willow breaks the silence. “So, where are we going?”
“I was following you,” he says.
“I was following you.”
Agitation bubbles in The Collector's face. “Can we go somewhere without the sun?”
“To the forest!” Willow declares.
“We’re gonna have to walk all the way to the main path. Sorry, Collector,” he tacks on.
“Or we can just cut through here.” Willow points between houses, a straight shot through yards into the forest.
“That’s trespassing!” he exclaims.
“Don’t care,” The Collector says, immediately following Willow’s pointed out path.
He swivels his head around, from The Collector and Willow blatantly trespassing, to his surroundings, trying to catch if anyone’s watching. When it becomes clear they’re set on this, he nervously runs after them.
“Guys,” he hisses.
“It’s fine! It’s just some yards,” Willow tries to reassure him.
“What’s gonna stop us? The Earth and Sky?” The Collector asks.
“No, but—wait, what?” he asks.
They gesture. “You know, the… the like, raw, rep… rep-re-sen… ta-tion of them?”
“Nooo…?”
“What everything’s made from? And then there’s the In Between, which…” He stares at Willow and Gus with a frown when it becomes clear he’s making no sense to them. “Have you seriously not heard any of this?”
“Uhhh,” he and Willow chorus.
The Collector throws their head back with a groan. “Seriously? An elder shoulda told you—whatever, I guess I can.” He inhales. “A long, long, long, looong time ago—” They stop with a bothered expression. “You should have visuals… hold on.” He marches faster toward the trees.
Despite The Collector’s height, he and Willow nearly have to run to keep up. They hit the forests edge, and Gus is immediately caught in a thicket, clothes snagging on branches. He hurries to de-tangle himself, while The Collector and Willow seamlessly move through.
They reach a break in foliage. Based on the run-down dirt, he suspects its a trail off-shot from the main path. He takes a second to admire dappled shadows as he pats himself down.
The Collector rubs their eyes. He blinks a few times, then shakes out his hands, hard enough a few stars burst out and swivel into the air.
They spin to face Gus and Willow. “Okaaay, I’m kinda doin’ this wrong, but you’ll get the gist.”
Magically, they pull out a small chunk of the ground. It’s shaped into a miniature world, complete with trees and mountains, though lacking the ocean. He transforms the stars into a blobby, abstract mass of color.
“As I was sayin’, a looong time ago, the Earth and Sky were separate. Cause of this, the Earth was really outta control without real seasons and weather, and without the ocean, it was overgrown with life. The Sky had no form, bein’ too big and heavy, collapsing into itself.”
Willow plops onto the ground, cross-legged. Gus follows her lead, leaning back on his hands.
“One day, though, they found each other. The Earth gave the Sky a form to hold onto, anchoring it.” They push the representations together, having the sky orbit around their mud ball, and morph into a blue color. “Happy for this, it wanted to give something in return… and from it, shed the ocean.” Rainclouds appear and upend a flood of rain, flooding into the ocean. “Which is the In Between—that’s why things of the Sky are immortal and things of the Earth are mortal—giving the Earth cycles of life and death, and the seasons and stuff. And it was a really good arrangement, but the Sky was too hasty. In its excitement, it tried to grab the Earth to hold.”
He pushes the sky down into his little world. Immediately, its mountains and trees begin to crush under the weight, fires razing the ground, and the ball cracks.
They continue, “But it nearly killed it. It saw the destruction it caused and, scared to destroy it further, moved back and back and back.” He pulls back the sky. “It became a shell, encompassing the Earth, without ever touching it. That was the only way they could exist with each other. But… um, there’s two versions of this story. One says the Sky loved the Earth too much, not able to take the distance; the other says it grew to resent the Earth, hating what it was forced into. So, either outta love or resentment, the story goes that one day, finally, the Sky will crash down into the Earth, destroying them both.”
And The Collector smashes the representation between their hands, a small explosion of dirt and pink-blue dust showering to the ground.
“Woah,” is the first thing Gus manages to get out. “I’ve never heard that story before.”
“It must be a pretty old tale… that was pretty, though,” Willow says.
He pushes himself up. “Do you think the story’s true?”
The Collector waves off the dirt from his hands. They shrug. “Ehh, some of it.” He looks up. “I don’t think the sky’s gonna fall.”
“It’d be pretty bad if it did,” Willow comments.
“Why love and resentment?” he asks. “Aren’t those pretty different things?”
“I guess,” The Collector says. Looking at the sky, they’ve got a distant expression. Then, he blinks, shakes his head, and refocuses. “What are we gettin?”
“Well, we already got oil, so now we just need bats blood—or just a wing—bitter flag, poison hemlock, deadly nightshade, and saving the worst for last, latex from a mimic rubus.” Willow holds up her hands in a claw-shape to emphasize the danger.
“Hmm.” The Collector leans down to pick up a stray stick. With that, they turn around and walk into the bushes.
Gus and Willow share a glance, then follow him into the trees.
“Where are you going?” he asks.
“Lookin’ for a stream.”
“We’ll be able to find bitter flag and poison hemlock by one, so that’s a good start!” Willow says. “Did you know that?”
They level her a confused look. “I’m looking for a disappearing stream. Those lead to caves.”
“Why a cave?” he asks.
“Bats.”
“Is there other stuff that leads to caves?”
“Umm, red soil is a good indicator for one…”
“You know a lot about this,” he remarks, curious.
“I know everything about everything.”
Right, immortal being that’s lived longer than Gus can comprehend. It makes sense they would—actually, maybe they were joking…
He squints at their blank face. It’s kind of hard to tell.
“Three things, then,” Willow says. “Most of the plants will be easy to extract with a little caution, though you two should probably let me handle them.”
He’s completely fine with that arrangement. Getting poisoned is not on his to-do list today, or any day.
They have to stop The Collector from mauling a poor bat with his stick, but that aside, gathering the ingredients is relatively painless. Willow is happy to talk their ears off about each plant and its characteristics, and Gus is happy staying a good few feet away from them. In a couple hours or so their trio has successfully gotten every ingredient… except one.
“The mimic rubus,” Willow says dramatically.
She’s waved the group to kneel behind a thicket, peering over leaves to spy a particular bush in the clearing. Gus has a hard time pin-pointing which one is the mimic rubus, but he supposes that’s the point.
“It looks like a berry bush,” The Collector says.
“That’s the trap! Unsuspecting prey will try to eat the fruit, and bam, the real plant traps it in its thorny vines and eats it.” Despite saying something horrific, she’s smiling. “We need its latex, that’s the milky stuff inside it. Buuut, this plant is dangerous all around, so even touching it can make people sick. Specifically, your—”
“I won’t get sick.”
With that declaration, The Collector throws aside all caution and hops out of the bushes.
“Collector!” he and Willow hiss.
The Collector picks up a rock and chucks it at the mimic rubus. Gus nearly has a heart attack.
Willow leaps up to pull them back by their arm. “What are you doing?!”
It’s too late.
The bush trembles; lightning quick, the ground bursts as its network of thorned vines shoot forth. They swivel straight toward the group and Gus flinches, prepared for one of the worst injuries of his life—
The Collector grabs the vines with his bare hands. They pull the mimic rubus, and, shoving its vines together into one thick stem, yank it entirely out of the ground before slamming it into a tree.
It screeches, mass of thorns writhing. The Collector doesn’t resist when it yanks him toward it, using the motion to propel himself into a leap. They dive to the center of the plant, where Gus can barely make out the live part controlling the organism, and strike it with one blow.
The plant explodes.
Its cry is cut off as plant viscera and latex showers to the ground. The mass of thorns slow to a halt, falling limp on the forest floor.
Somehow untouched by latex, The Collector casually pulls some from the ground into a blob. He turns, smiling at Gus and Willow. “I got it!”
His jaw could not get any lower.
“Whuh,” he says eloquently.
He swallows and opens his mouth to retry, caught between congratulations or shock. But then he sees—
Red drips down The Collector’s hands.
“Blood—blood—” he sputters out in surprise.
“Are you okay?!” Willow exclaims.
“Huh? What—” The Collector looks at his bleeding hands. Their palms are barely visible through the streaks of blood. Didn’t he just grab the thorns?! “Ohhh. I forgot people freak out about this.”
His brain finally works, moving his hands to open his bag. “I think I’ve got bandages—”
“Wait—”
Willow darts to The Collector. “Let me see—”
The Collector flings his hands out, blood splashing off them. They quickly raise them. “It healed, it healed! See?”
He and Willow stop, blinking in surprise. Their palms, as they said, look completely fine, not a scratch or even scar in sight.
Willow still takes his hand to examine it. “Is this an immortal thing…?”
“Injuries don’t really stay. I hear you guys bleed out if you get stabbed and take out the weapon,” they say. “That’s kind of weird.”
Willow drops The Collector’s hand and ruffles his hair. “You’re kind of weird.” They giggle. “Good job getting the mimic rubus! I was a biiit worried about dealing with it.”
Gus closes his bag. He hears his scroll ping—he’ll check that later. “That was so cool! Didn’t it hurt grabbing it like that, though?” he asks, equally concerned and curious. Maybe immortality prevents the feeling of pain?
They tilt their head at him instead of responding.
Willow’s smile takes an edge of concern. “Are you sure you won’t get sick? You didn’t let me finish, it affects your magic.”
The Collector blinks, snapping to look at Willow. “What?”
“Um, I don’t know how it works for you, but for witches it’s a magical disease. It hinders it, like… it makes it hard to use, or control, and that makes people get really strong fever-like symptoms,” she explains. “It’s not deadly, but, it still sucks to get sick.”
The Collector stares at her. He looks at the dead mimic rubus.
They raise their hand a little, then with a flick, the latex seeping into the grass splashes onto Gus and Willow.
Gus yelps. “Augh, why?!”
“If I hafta get sick, you’re getting sick too!” They declare. “That’s just—wah!” He jumps back when Willow retaliates by kicking latex onto him.
“If we have to be covered in goop, so do you.” She grins. “Get over here!”
“No, no, no, no—”
Gus tries to wipe off the latex as Willow chases The Collector. It’s so goopy, it feels terrible and just sticks to his hands no matter how much he tries to fling it off, and now it’s getting on his shirt… he gives up. He must become one with the goop.
Oh! “Hey, we’ve got all the ingredients now!” he calls out to Willow, who’s currently got The Collector in a chokehold.
“Oh, yeah!”
She loosens her grip, only for The Collector to immediately grab her arm and throw her onto the ground. Their giggling turns to a yelp when she grabs their ankle and gives them the same fate. She pushes herself up and adjusts her glasses.
The Collector hops up like a feather, grinning brightly. “That was fun! You’re a good sparring partner!” He punches the air.
“You have a lot of energy,” she notes with a smile.
“I feel alive!” they crow.
The Collector’s funk seems to have faded, usual pep back, shining in his bright smile. Gus didn’t realize how off they were acting until seeing the contrast.
“Let’s go make the potion now! “ The Collector pushes Gus and Willow forward, bursting with excitement. “Let’s go, let’s go, let’s go!”
They yelp, turning into laughter as they run to the forests path.
“How does this work?”
The Collector’s been watching closely as Willow makes the potion in a small pot, the three of them huddled around it in her dads potion room.
Gus has been in here a few times before, and it never ceases to look extremely cool. Pots of different sizes line the shelves, with spoons and ladles made of wood to various types of metal, racks and cabinets full of different common ingredients, and rarer ones stuffed behind hidden nooks and magical locks.
Neither Willow or Gus are experienced with potions, but the former, having a dad who’s taught her a few things, has taken the lead, mixing it with a small spoon.
“You’ve never made a potion before?” she responds to The Collector’s question, likely gauging how much she needs to explain to them.
“I’ve never needed to…”
“Oh, right, you could probably do this stuff without the middle steps. You’re pretty good at magic,” she smiles.
The Collector reacts in a way Gus isn’t sure how to place—embarrassed? “I’m not good at dream magic,” they say, staring intensely at the potion. “Or really tiny stuff.”
“Tiny?”
“Like getting one strand of fur off an animal.”
It takes a moment for Gus to realize why it sounds familiar. “Oh, precise magic! I’ve had to learn some of that. It’s tough to master, but necessary if you wanna be a really good illusionist.”
Getting the details right is the hardest part, and what makes most people realize your illusion isn’t real. He’d say he’s gotten pretty good at it.
The Collector’s eyes widen, and they snap their head to Gus. “Do you know illusion magic?”
“Yeah! It’s the track I was taking in school.”
He leans forward. “How do you tell when something’s an illusion?”
“Uhh… well, it’s meant to be hard to tell… but you can figure out a bad illusion! They’ll look fuzzy or blurred, and auditory ones will sound weird? It won’t echo enough, or it echoes too much. And you can never feel an illusion,” he adds on, remembering The Collector might not know the basics.
“He can figure out even good illusions,” Willow remarks.
The Collector’s eyes screw. “But… what if stuff looks and feels weird a lot… how do you tell when something’s an illusion then?”
Weird hypothetical, but Gus thinks on it seriously anyway. He holds a hand to his chin. How would you tell the difference?
“If you feel your magic resonate with it,” he answers. “Us witches can get a feel for when something else is magical, and that’s how you can figure out a good illusion, too.”
“I’m not a witch,” they say, a little indignant.
“Sorry—”
“ …can still feel my magic resonate with stuff.” He glances at Willow with a hopeful look.
Willow figures out what it means before Gus, and says, “My dad taught me potion making is like baking. You have to put everything together in the right order, with the exact right portions, mixing times and everything, for it to be what you want. Just small deviations can completely change the result.” She taps the spell recipe. “Luckily, it’s not that hard if you just follow someone else’s instructions.”
“Ohhh. Why does your dad make potions?”
“I think he just likes doing it.”
“Does Hunter make potions?”
“No?”
“Oh.” They press their mouth into a thin line, displeased.
Gus glances back at the potion, then gasps. “It’s thickening!”
Willow squints at the recipe, then goes from a leisurely spin of her spoon to mixing it aggressively. She holds the pot firmly to keep it from tipping over, and Gus and The Collector watch in awe as the mixture goes from liquid to a thick cream.
“Stop when it reaches stiff peaks…” She reads, then promptly pulls up the spoon. With it comes a peak, which stays firm. “That looks good to me!”
“Are you eating it? How do you know it’s not poisonous?” The Collector asks.
“Anything dangerous should have cooked out when it was over the fire earlier,” Willow says, scooping out a bit on the spoon.
“But what if it didn’t?”
“Then you’ll get my parents and tell them we got poisoned.”
The Collector does one of Luz’s human salutes.
Willow swipes a bit of the cream, then hands the spoon to Gus. “It’s gonna taste pretty bad,” she warns him.
He plugs his nose and takes a bite. Contrary to what people say, plugging his nose does absolutely nothing to soften the pungent taste. It’s like a mouthful of grass and dirt, except somehow worse. It’s an active effort not to spit it out—he swallows it as fast as possible.
“Bleh,” he groans.
Willow seems unbothered by the taste. Figures. “It should kick in any second now.”
“Why a flyin’ spell, anyway?” The Collector asks. “You can fly on your staffs.”
“It was one of the less dangerous recipes, more convenient, so that’s partly why.” She fiddles with a braid as she speaks. “But flying yourself is probably a lot more fun than a staff, too.”
“I guess…”
Suddenly, Gus feels something. It’s like air pushing up against him, breathing into his body; then with a strong gust through him, his whole body becomes weightless.
“Waugh!” He instinctively grips onto the table when his feet drift off the floor.
Willow’s done the same, wide-eyed as she glances around, likely having the same thought as him: what do I do now?
The Collector holds out his hands to them both. Gus awkwardly takes one, gripping tightly in his panic when he’s pulled from the stability of the table. The Collector floats up, dragging Gus and Willow with them.
Willow laughs, surprised. “Geez, this is weird.”
They slowly let go of Gus and Willow. “It’s silly you guys need a spell to do this.”
“Woah, woah—” He tilts over, feeling like he’s about to fall, but he just spins around.
Willow splays out her arms, twisting midair. “How do you move like this…?” She eyes a shelf, then gently pushes herself from it. “Woah!” She propels herself to the doorway, spinning in a circle.
Gus looks for something to push off of, but he’s having a hard time righting himself. The Collector tilts him correctly, grabs his arm and swings him to the doorway.
He gets a somewhat-harsh stop on the wall. He gives The Collector a half-hearted glare, who giggles in response.
Willow swings herself into the doorway. “I wanna show my dads!” she exclaims.
Her dads are very surprised by the recent development. The fun of that is cut short when they have to leave for a shopping excursion, but the trio redirects their attention to figuring out the best method of moving yourself about, how many spins you can do in one go, and trying several acrobatic tricks they usually lack the skill for; The Collector demonstrates how he can do most of them even without floating—at the cost of nearly breaking several things in the living room.
When The Collector teasingly spins Willow, and she retaliates by swinging them across the room, the game turns into ‘how much can everyone mess with each other?’.
After having the misfortune of being part of a pillow fight including Willow and The Collector, with midair physics, Gus decides the answer is: a lot.
“—so instead of making a simple growth spell, the plant turned into a giant witch-eating beast!” Willow holds out her hands dramatically.
“Ami’s brother did something similar,” The Collector says, holding a pillow and cross-legged in the air. “With a blabber serum thing… hey, is a potion like that that different from a truth spell?”
Somehow Gus spits out another piece of pillow stuffing. “Like, with a spell circle instead of ingredients?” he manages to ask.
“Mhm.”
He realizes he doesn’t know the answer. He looks to Willow.
“Umm, I think so? A blabber serum is lower level, so it can be more easily rejected by the person receiving it. Real truth spells are a lot harder to do. I actually don’t think I’ve heard of anyone being able to do one.” She holds a hand to her chin. “It’s just difficult forcing people to do things they don’t want to, with magic, and harder for it to be unpreventable.”
Gus nods, filing that into his brain. That must be why people aren’t clamoring for their kids to become bards; you can always just plug your ears.
“Huhhh…” The Collector mirrors Willow’s pose of contemplation. “You have weird magic limitations.”
“It’s a bit unfair, isn’t it? You should give us some of your magic.”
“No, it’s mine!”
“Come here!”
“No, no, no, no, no!”
Then Gus feels his stomach flip. The weightless feeling fizzes out, sudden, and it’s his only warning before he’s unceremoniously dropped.
He barely has time to yell before a shimmering net snaps into existence beneath him and Willow, The Collector snatching it just as they hit it.
They lay in the net, shell-shocked.
The net dissipates. Gus and Willow have a much softer landing of a few inches, him hitting the carpet, while Willow gets the couch.
“Ow,” he says, more for the principle of it.
Willow sits up. “I should write down that it does that.”
He pulls himself up by the wood table. “What time is it…?” He squints past the windows curtains. He can’t see the sun at this spot, but the sky has turned a darker blue. “It’s almost dinnertime! I gotta go.”
“Huh? You’re leaving?” The Collector asks.
Gus hurries past them, back into the potion room. “I can’t miss dinner with my dad. Where did I put my bag?”
“Over there.” Willow points at where it’s half-hidden under the table. He hears her pick up the pot. “I should put this in a jar, I think Luz would wanna try it too.”
Luz…
Wait, his scroll!
He fishes it out of his bag. He completely forgot he was messaged earlier. It’s probably Luz, since Willow is with him, and Amity and Hunter don’t usually message him—the former not finding a need and the latter finding it too difficult.
He’s pleased to be proven right when he sees her icon.
He’s anything but that when he opens her messages.
“Willow,” he whispers as he nudges her.
She leans over to read his scroll. Her expression pinches as she does, then she glances at him in worry when she finishes.
They both look at The Collector.
Willow starts, “Collector, did you… leave home without telling anyone?”
“Home?”
“The Owl House?”
“Oh.” His brows furrow. “Why are you asking?”
She’s further perturbed. “Because people will get worried if you do that.”
“People don’t notice that kinda thing,” they say with a startlingly amount of surety.
“But people have!” Gus holds out his scroll for them to see. “Luz and the others have been looking for you.”
They stare blankly at his scroll.
“Looking for me…?” The Collector repeats quietly.
“Yeah, so—”
Their face breaks in dawning horror. “Why… why are they—I didn’t—I didn’t do anything,” he mutters.
“Collector?”
“I didn’t, I didn’t, they shouldn’t be looking for me, I didn’t do anything.” His eyes squeezed shut as he spoke, but he snaps up in realization. “You’re gonna tell her.”
He doesn’t know what else to say, except, “Luz… asked—”
“No, no, no, no, don’t, don’t!”
“D-did something happen?” Willow asks.
“Nothing happened!” There’s a near imperceptible tremble in the room.
“I need to tell her something,” Gus says.
“She’s gonna tell Eda, you can’t!”
Eda?
“Collector, nothing bad is going to happen,” WIllow says, gentleness wavering under The Collector’s panicked state. “I know Luz and Eda are trustworthy people.”
“Yeah, we just need to let them know you’re fine, at least. So—”
When Gus goes to raise his scroll, The Collector, in a blur of movement, snatches it and smashes it against the ground.
“Dude!” he cries.
They look bewildered, then snap back to frantic terror. “Y-you can’t tell her! You can’t!”
“They’re not going to be upset—” Willow tries.
“Yes she is! She’s gonna be mad, I know she is, you can’t, you can’t, you can’t.” Their entire body shakes, movement turning stilted, less anxious and more and more like a caged animal, either about to bolt or bite your face off.
Gus has a funny feeling as to what The Collector’s fight or flight response is.
“I know this feels scary, but we promise nothing bad will happen,” Willow finally gets in. “You can’t avoid the Owl House forever, right? It’d be better to try and sort this out now—”
And she makes the mistake of stepping closer.
The Collector explodes.
“DON’T TOUCH ME!” he shrieks, with that the ground bursting, upending pots and jars into shattered pieces on the floor.
Willow acts fast, snagging her and Gus with vines to root them in place. Objects spin into the air and the ground shakes violently, centering in on The Collector who’s scrambled away, curled into themself as they hold their head.
“Collector!” she calls through the sound of harsh clanking, everything in the room rattling.
“GO AWAY!” A table crashes onto the ground, Gus and Willow wincing. “Go away, go away, go away!”
Willow opens her mouth to say something, falling short, and he sees exactly when she realizes she has no idea what to do. And if she has no idea, then he absolutely doesn’t.
He hasn’t researched this nearly as much as her, and it’s like everything he’s learned has suddenly fallen out of his head. The scraps he’s left with only work if the person is coherent enough to be listening—
So I have to get their attention.
Presented with his first sort-of-good idea, he snatches it with vigor.
“Collector!” he shouts over the noise. “What—” Say literally anything! It just needs to be attention grabbing! He grasps and lands on—
“What’s your favorite cloud?!”
“Wh—” Their eyes open to slits, and he sees they’re clouded over in amber.
He rolls with it, frantic, “What’s your favorite cloud! I really like the big fluffy ones!”
The Collector’s eyes clear.
And suddenly, everything crashes to the floor in discordant noise.
“What?” they get out, staring with complete dumbfoundment. “I… I dunno…?”
Gus feels just as shocked that work.
His brain works after a pause, propelling him into a stuttered response, hoping to keep their attention, “Uh—um, that’s okay, I wasn’t… really looking for one. I just, er… was trying to get your attention. Which I have now. So.”
He deigns to stop there.
The Collector’s still shaking, with wide, bewildered eyes, but they’re looking at Gus, instead of the dazed panic they were in.
Willow, hesitantly, draws a circle to dispel the vines. “Collector?”
He jolts, stumbling back as he turns his gaze to Willow.
She holds up her hands slowly. “Can you follow along with me? I have a trick, for when things get too overwhelming.”
She looks to Gus. Together, they begin to inhale, counting their hands from one to four. They exhale, counting back down to one.
Willow smiles encouragingly at The Collector.
They stare at her a long moment.
Then, shakily, lift a fist.
Slowly, they all inhale. Willow speaks softly, “One… two… three… four.”
Exhale.
Four… three… two… one.
They guide The Collector through each breath, over and over, until his body slowly untenses, loosing its tremble.
They blink at Gus and Willow.
“Do you feel a bit better?” she asks.
He nods jerkily.
“That’s good. Now… we’re going to talk about something a bit scary, but I promise, me and Gus won’t make any decisions for you.” She holds her hands together. “We can take it slow. Does that sound okay?”
After a longer pause, they nod again.
“So… Luz and the others are worried, because you left. We don’t want them to think you’re in any danger, which means, at the very least, telling them you’re safe with us. And the best option is you going back to the Owl House. Is… there a reason you don’t want to?”
He opens his mouth slightly, then shuts it, shifting uncomfortably to glance at the floor.
Gus tries. “Is there something that could make you feel better about it…? Like, uh, talking to one person first? Luz—”
“No!” they burst suddenly.
“Okay, not Luz. What about King…?”
They stare at him with gritted teeth, shoulders tense.
“We could just come with you?” Willow suggests. “If anything does happen like you’re worried about, you won’t have to fear. I’m pretty strong.” She flexes her arm.
“H…” He pauses at that. “Huh?”
“Yeah, we can help out!” Gus jumps up. “We’ll be your support. Or the frontlines, whatever you need.”
“I’m… strong by myself,” they whisper.
“Well, strength in numbers, right?” Willow says.
The Collector doesn’t seem to know how to respond. After another minute of staring, he manages to work his mouth. “Um. Okay.”
“Yeah?”
“Well… you’re gonna make me do it anyway,” they mutter. “I guess it’s better not doin’ it alone.”
Gus sags in relief. He tries not to let it show too much, but for a minute there, he was really worried they weren’t going to get through to The Collector.
The three of them jump when a pot tilting precariously finally crashes out of a shelf.
The Collector stares, wide-eyed, then seems to properly take in the state of the room. A flicker of fear passes over his eyes. “Um.”
Willow tries not to grimace through her smile. “It’s—it’s okay, we’ll… clean it up!”
“I-I can—I can… fix it. I can fix it,” he mutters, staring at the floor as he pushes himself up.
Everything knocked over or broken lift into the air, and with a whirring blur of color, are placed in their correct spots. When the blur settles, it’s complete with fixed shelves and unbroken jars. It’s almost as if the room was never touched to begin with.
Well, except for the cracks in the floor. The Collector has taken to staring at one, gaze blank.
“Oh,” Willow says softly. “Um… thank you.”
“Mm.”
“Are you ready to go?”
A pause.
The Collector stumbles forward. They get their footing, then silently head toward the door. Gus and Willow share a glance, before being quick to lead them out.
The walk is silent.
The Collector stares at the ground the entire time. Willow opens her mouth a few times before closing it with a bothered look. Gus imagines how the conversation with The Collector’s family will go, preparing a few responses in his head, and tries not to feel the airs tension.
The sun has long since begun to set, only a faint glimmer on the horizon. It gets harder to see as the trees grow thicker, blotchy spots of light making it through spaces in between. Normally, he’d find the wash of pink-purple to a dusty blue pretty, but he just feels a twinge of dread each minute they draw toward their destination.
He raises his head when the Owl House comes into view. They pick up the pace. After what was objectively a fifteen minute walk, and subjectively three months, they’re standing at the door.
“We’re here,” Willow says, finally breaking the silence. “Um…”
Hooty isn’t in the door, for some reason. Maybe that’s for the best. The Collector seems too jumpy right now for someone as loud as Hooty.
“I’ll just knock,” she decides.
They wait with baited breath.
Luz is the one who opens the door.
Her curls are astray, eyes tired. Her expression brightens with a burst of hope when she registers the people in front of her. “Willow! Gus! Have you guys seen The—”
She spots The Collector.
“Collector!” she cries.
Gus winces when she immediately scoops The Collector into a hug. He’s half-expecting it to set them off. Instead, they just go incredibly stiff, staring at Luz like she broke out into song and dance. Actually, that would be pretty on par with her—but that’s besides the point.
She doesn’t notice their confusion, fully picking them up. “Mi estrella, I’m so glad you’re safe!”
The Collector looks like a cat bewildered by the very act of being held, unsure of where to place its limbs. Slowly, though, he relaxes, thawing out in her embrace. They close their eyes, head thumping against her chest.
“I was so worried! Where—” She turns to Gus and Willow. “Where did you guys find them? Has he been with you the entire time?”
“I think so? We’ll give you the details later,” Willow says.
“Just, uh, you know how Hunter can get?” Gus whispers. “And, um… why he does…?”
“Yeah? What does—” Luz blinks. She glances at The Collector, still buried in her hold. “Oh.” Her eyes widen. “…oh.”
He grimaces. “I mean, we don’t know the situation that well—”
“No, you’re…” She bites her nail. “Why didn’t I realize—no, it’s—later, we’re talking about this later.”
With that, Luz swings open the door, half-dragging The Collector inside as she calls, “Willow and Gus found them!”
Eda, King and Hooty—in his backpack—are in the living room, surrounded by books and stray ingredients that must have contributed to the dubious looking potions around Eda; trying to find The Collector, Gus would guess.
Their eyes collectively light up.
“Collector!” King cries right as Eda says, “Kid!” Hooty just waves around frantically.
King runs up to them and practically launches himself into the hug. Luz oofs, quickly adjusting herself to hold him and The Collector.
Eda looks like she wants to join, and Gus expects her to—but she just stands back and holds her head. “Thank the Titan,” she mumbles to herself. “I’m really glad you’re okay, kid. You scared us all for a moment there.” She rubs her face, then directs her focus to Willow and Gus. “You guys found em?”
“At the market, this morning,” Willow explains. “He’s been with us all day. Sorry, we would have told you sooner if we knew they left without saying anything.”
“Nah, you guys did great.” Eda waves her hand. “Thanks for looking after him, seriously. I’m just happy they were in safe hands.”
King pulls back from the hug a little, glancing back at Hooty, then to The Collector. “Uhh, can you let Hooty talk again? He’s been freaking out all day.”
The Collector’s cheeks dust red with embarrassment. “Oh. Um.” They make a gesture, like unzipping something.
Hooty gasps loudly. “Finally! I can breathe!”
“You always could,” King says flatly.
“My speech is my breath!”
“…sorry,” The Collector says, cringing.
Hooty stops dramatically swinging around. “Hmm. You’re forgiven!”
The Collector blinks, faintly surprised.
Willow taps them. She gestures to the front door.
He looks briefly stricken, then mellows out to resignation. “Okay,” they whisper.
She smiles apologetically, then steps outside with Gus.
They both exhale a sigh of relief when they’re out the door.
“I’m glad that’s taken care of,” she says, sagging against the door. “I hope they’ll be okay, now.”
“Yeah…”
He still feels shaken. With his nerves, it’s almost like he had a freak out, and not The Collector.
Despite that faint feeling persisting, he walks with Willow down the path. The sky’s a darker blue now, gently revealing an array of stars with streaks of purple, which will soon turn into full-blown night.
And Gus is absolutely forgetting something.
“Wait…”
He thinks, very hard, retracing everything he’s done today, and then—
“I forgot my jacket!” he exclaims.
Willow laughs. “Oops. I guess it’s The Collector’s now.”
“Nooo!”
Eda eventually requests she wants to speak with The Collector alone.
Just a minute, she said, in response to Luz trying to hold onto him as long as possible. You need to tell your mom we found them, anyway.
Luz was reluctantly convinced. They wish she protested more. He wishes he wasn’t suddenly standing in the living room with Eda, alone.
They want, very badly, to bolt.
He holds his hands into fists so they don’t shake. They hate this, they hate this, they hate this. He knows what he did, he knows, and he doesn’t know how to explain himself, so she’s just going to be even more upset, and he doesn’t understand what the point of this is. It’s like people take them aside purely to get mad.
He tries feeling frustrated at the pointlessness, but it’s swallowed by the clawing pit in his stomach. They can barely think at all.
“Kid, um…” Eda sounds hesitant. He’s still staring at the floor. “You gotta tell me when… someone dangerous could have it out for you, or when you’re going to leave the house. Because I care about you being safe. I’m not… I’m not mad, I swear, I just… want you to tell me these things.”
They try very hard not to move.
She sighs a little. “And I’m not askin’ ya to trust me, I just want more… honesty. Communication. So things like this don’t happen again.”
Her odd demeanor casts enough doubt onto him that he, hesitantly, looks up.
She’s leaned down to meet them. Like this, she’s less a towering figure and more someone who looks very tired. They’re not sure how to take it. “Does… that sound alright?”
They blink, then look down again. This isn’t sitting right. Maybe she doesn’t care as much about her rules, maybe she’s just in a good mood, but—but he hurt her. They don’t even know why they hurt her. Out of everything to be upset about, he thinks she really should be, about this, so he doesn’t know what the catch is here.
They squeeze their eyes shut, knowing they’re pointing an arrow at themself by bringing it up, but they really can’t take it. “Your arm,” he mutters.
“I… you did hurt it a little, yeah, but I’m not gonna hold it against you when you were clearly freaking out.”
And—
“But that doesn’t make sense!” they burst, then flinch at their own volume. “I don’t—I don’t understand why you… why everyone… you don’t make any sense.” He grips his hair, eyes shut. They broke her rules, they hurt her arm, they keep doing things like this, why won’t she just be mad?
“Kid, I—” She pauses, a whistle of breath coming out. “I’m never going to… yell at you, or—or hurt you, or… anything you’ve been worried about. I care about you, I really do. I just want you to feel safe. I also want you to be safe. Part of that means talking to me a little more. But all of that necessary stuff aside, even though… I’d like to know a bit more about you… you don’t need to tell me anything about… your family, or, your life before this. I just need to know the next time something like this happens.”
He stares at the floor very hard. Her words blur into the stuffed cotton inside their head, and they try making sense of it, only to come up with nothing.
He tries to say something. “…you’re not mad?”
“I’m not mad, I promise.”
They bite their lip. “Um… okay,” they say, for lack of anything else.
“It’s… fine if you don’t believe me. But that’s all I wanted to talk about.”
Oh.
He hesitantly steps away from her. When she doesn’t say anything else, they slowly walk away. He’s expecting her to call out, that she’s not done yet, because—because it doesn’t feel like the ending of a conversation, really.
But she doesn’t.
He slips out of the doorway and up the stairs with the shaky feeling he’s somehow gotten away with something.
The door to King’s room creaks when they open it. King startles, holding a plush griffin at their shared sleeping-bag-bed.
“Uh. Hey,” King says.
They stare at him. They look at the window. It’s shut.
“Um…” King sets down the griffin. He grabs something on the sleeping bag. “Your… necklace was broken.” He holds out their moon necklace. It’s been glued back together, scarred with cracks running through. “I fixed it.”
…huh?
They slowly shut the door behind them. He steps forward, then sits, gently taking his necklace. King turns back to his stuffed animals.
They trace its cracks. He can faintly see his reflection in its polish.
Their gut rolls. A sudden and gaping feeling opens up in his stomach, threatening to tear away at him with a deep, festering, utter sense of loneliness.
Why couldn’t the universe have given them one other person? He wasn’t close to the Bat Queen, only spoke to her a couple times, but he would have taken her over nothing. Yet she doesn’t even remember them. She doesn’t remember anything about the old world! It’s like a cruel joke was played on him, ensuring he’d always end up like this, alone.
Their grip tightens as a tremble forms in their hands. It’s not fair. It’s not fair.
“Is that necklace, uh, important to you?”
He startles, looking up at King. He’s regarding them with pinched eyes, midway through fixing the arrangement of his stuffed animals.
“You just seemed like you were thinking about something. Kind of surprising, really, since you basically never do that,” he remarks casually.
And they’re snapped out of it.
He glances back at his necklace. They scoot to the corner of the room, where they’ve hidden the sea glass Luz found at their burial spot, behind a stack of books, and promptly shove their necklace there. He’s not ready to wear it again.
When they get back to their sleeping bag, they flop onto it. “I’m goin’ to sleep,” he mutters into his pillow.
“It’s six?”
“Don’t care. ‘m didn’t sleep.”
Silence drags out long enough they think he’s let them be.
Then: “You can, uh… sleep with one of my stuffed animals, if you want.”
That gets his attention. “You hate other people touching those.”
“Well, I don’t care this time.”
“Even if it’s your… your bunny?” Secretly, that one’s The Collector’s favorite. King is especially protective of it.
They’re expecting King to resign with the exception of how, yes, they can have pretty much any stuffed animal, but not that one. They don’t even care, surprised King would let them have any in the first place.
Something soft is pressed against his cheek.
They turn their head, then blink at the rabbit stuffie King has set beside them.
King’s already scurried off, picking up one of the many human-children's books Camila lent. They stare at him in bewilderment, half raised off the sleeping bag.
He looks back at the rabbit.
Something in their chest loosens.
Well… he’s not completely alone.
Notes:
-deeply important to me the collector Makes Friends during swa. dont worry about the everything else in this chapter. its fine
-also, since its been a bit, when the collector thinks abt the sea glass luz found at his tablets burial spot, that happened in chapter 11anyway if anyones ever gotten worried abt this fic being abandoned... its not! and it wont be until its done!!! thank you to everyone whos stuck it out with me
oh, and happy 100k!!!!! :DDD
Chapter 24: Can There Stop Being Consequences or Something
Summary:
The Collector gets sick.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
What Eda wants is a normal day.
No surprises, conflict, danger, kidnapping, no nothing. It’s weird for her to want, she knows, but after the past couple of days—weeks, really—it would be a nice break, right?
Somehow she feels she’s asking for too much from this family.
She sighs at her mirrors reflection. Her lack of sleep shows on her face, eyebags threatening to form. As she brushes her teeth, she has an internal debate about using makeup to cover them, eventually deciding she’s too tired for it.
She gurgles and spits out her toothpaste. After she twists in her gold tooth, she deems herself ready enough for today.
Once downstairs, she checks the doors and windows, then examines her faux treasure chests to see if their traps have been triggered. Everything’s clear. Satisfied, she moves to the kitchen and settles at the table with a cup of apple blood.
Wind blows through trees outside. Yesterday was hot, but she can tell it’ll be far colder today, if what her amputated arm is saying is to be trusted, anyway. She should get some pain relieving patches, or something. It’s even worse when it rains.
She sips from her mug.
The Collector, by this point, is usually cleaning the living room.
She is not relying on a kid to clean for her, but when she does take care of the living room, they always seem a little lost when they wander down. He paces around the table before fiddling with shelves and re-arranging things anyway, so she’s starting to suspect that, whether he’s doing it for fun or something else, it’s a needed routine.
So she lets them do it, the task they’ve been doing for weeks now without fail, suddenly gone this morning.
Alright, she’s being a tad paranoid. He’s had a rough few days, sleeping in after all of that is extremely reasonable. But she just keeps thinking of when a speechless Hooty frantically waved them to King and The Collector’s room, when they managed to unlock it, when it opened to an empty room with an open window.
It still scares her just thinking about it.
She sighs as she pushes herself up and goes to wash her mug.
These kids are gonna be the death of me, she thinks, pulling out a pan to start on breakfast.
Despite all her assurances to herself for the kids absence, she knows something is wrong when King comes down without The Collector trailing behind him.
“Hey!” she greets, trying to keep her anxiety out of her voice. “Breakfast’s ready.”
King yawns, rubbing his eyes as he slowly walks to the table. “Thanks…”
He pulls out his high chair and climbs onto it. After a pause, he beats Eda to asking her question at all, “They’re still sleeping.”
Oh. “That tired, huh?” she says, more to herself.
She sits down, nearly about to grab food, before remembering the little unsaid rule she set on announcing it’s time to eat. It’s solely for The Collector’s benefit, who currently isn’t here.
She’s noticed their oddity about eating ‘without permission’, something they’ve only broken scarcely. Old etiquette he learned, maybe? She’s not sure, but she eventually found a natural way to accommodate for it. It’s worked so far.
But that means waiting, now.
She taps her nails against the table. King stares intensely at the food.
“How are you doing, King?” she asks, suddenly enough she surprises herself.
It just hit her she hasn’t asked that in a while, with it guilt. Her mom is trying to make up for past mistakes, but Eda rathers that she doesn’t repeat the same ones herself. She hopes King hasn’t felt left at the wayside while The Collector’s been having more… obvious problems, for lack of a better word.
“I’m fine,” he says.
“Well, that’s good…”
“Hungry, though.”
“You know we have to wait for everyone to be here.”
He groans, thunking his skull on the table. “He went to sleep early, he should be up by now.”
“They shouldn’t be too much longer, then,” she says, grasping for a silver lining. That makes this even more concerning.
The universe must have a sense of humor, because just a moment after she hears a series of loud thumps from above, followed by a door shutting.
King perks up. “That’s him.”
“Did they trip?”
A couple minutes pass, she and King looking up in anticipation. When she finally hears footsteps, she turns her attention to the living room.
The Collector makes his appearance in the archway.
Squinted eyes peer through disheveled hair. They slug through the living room, barely paying mind to the scattered books across the floor.
When he reaches the table, he pulls out his chair with a sharp skid, winces at the noise, then climbs up.
“Good morning,” she says.
“Mm.”
“Welp, since we’re all here now, it’s time to eat.”
King snatches slices of french toast like he’s a starving man. She feels bad making him wait; usually The Collector is up before him, and she finishes making breakfast by the time King is down. Today the schedule is all out of wack.
He also begrudgingly pours the bloodberry sauce over it without Eda prompting him to—the inverse of how she has to nudge The Collector into trying meat. She’s been experimenting with what she buys more than ever, hoping to find things both find tolerable.
She’s known King prefers sweeter fruit, tart ones bearable if something else is sweet (like today’s breakfast), and so far, The Collector seems to like seafood. Between the both of them, Eda’s almost getting a balanced diet. She’s working on adding vegetables more consistently.
The Collector lethargically gets food. She’s relieved that announcing it’s time to eat is still working out.
They all eat quietly.
…and something, faintly, smells like it’s burning.
She glances around the kitchen. Nothing looks on fire. Is it her imagination…?
Frowning, she continues eating.
King’s getting seconds before she or The Collector have finished. The latter is barely eating, more poking at his food. Maybe she cooked it poorly this time? Or they’re not hungry?
And the smell is definitely still there.
She scoots back and rises from her seat. Obviously, she checks the stove first. She tries to act casual, if a little hurried, in attempt to not alarm the kids. She’s just doing a normal inspection, nothing to see here.
No fires were left burning… she can’t find smoking or charred wood. Honestly, the smell seems fainter here.
She works her way from the stove, to less and less improbable spots like the fridge, only to find, perturbed, that the smell is stronger there. But despite a thorough look through, she can’t find anything that would cause it, inside or outside the thing.
Stumped, she sits back down.
The smell is more prominent than ever.
Gahh, what is she supposed to do with a mystery smell? Burning wood—scratch that, unsourced burning wood—is the last thing she needs right now!
She turns to the kids again. King looks at the ceiling, then the living room, squinting. The Collector is staring at his food with nearly shut eyes, head propped up by his hand and leaning heavily against it.
She just starts to notice they’re listing to the side—
Finally, King remarks, “Is something burning—”
—and they suddenly collapse.
She lunges to catch him, then proceeds to nearly drop him when her hand is burned, quickly stabilizing him with her prosthetic.
“Kid!” she exclaims, adrenaline kicking her to panic. “Oh no, no—” Against all sense, she touches their forehead, and has to restrain herself from pulling back at the burn.
He clings to her prosthetic, blinking in shock. Their whole weight leans onto her, legs limp on the floor.
“You’re burning up bad, you must be sick,” she says, unsure. His skin wasn’t just hot, it hurts to touch. What sort of sickness is this?
“That isn’t a normal fever!” King exclaims, prompting her to look up.
The Collector’s chair is lightly singed, steam wafting off of it.
Oh.
That explains the smell.
Then her brain catches up to the implications that brings and now she’s really panicking.
“Kid—kid, have you touched anything weird lately, or run into a fairy, or—” She stops, brushing their hair back to examine their temperature again in attempt to keep her fear from showing. He shouldn’t be so hot he’s burning whatever he touches, she doesn’t want to imagine how that’s affecting his body. “We gotta figure out what sort of sickness this is, cause I don’t know if I can take care of you myself.”
The last thing she wants to do is bring a doctor to her definitely-not-a-witch-or-a-demon kid, with the addition of oh, you know, godlike magic, but she’ll have no other choice. She barely understands healing magic! Why didn’t she ever pay more attention to that?!
“Mimic…”
She snaps her focus to them when they speak.
“Was a mimic… ru-ru… thing,” he says, eyes squeezed shut.
“A mimic ru… wait, rubus?”
“That.”
“Is that a bad thing?” King asks.
“Why were you touching a mimic rubus?! No, hold on—” She needs to place them down somewhere, but she’s not sure where or how.
“Was for a potionnn.” He’s practically melting against her.
“Never touch strange plants,” she says. “You’re definitely not walking like this, I need to pick you up.”
“No, no, nooo, I can…” They slowly push themself off her. “I can walk—”
His legs buckle the moment he tries to stand, falling right back into her arms.
She takes a deep breath to calm her racing heart. “Yeah, that’s clearly not happening.”
“No, no, no, I can do it, I can!”
“Kid, you don’t need to push yourse—”
“I can, I can, I can!” They suddenly take a frantic turn, pulling back but then stilling at the edge of her hold like they’re not sure what to do. She’s given the sharp reminder he’s not touchy with her.
“Ah, kid… it’s—it’s not safe for you to…” She’s at a loss for how to make this better. “I’m not trying to make you do something you don’t want to, I just…”
“I can help!”
She and The Collector turn to King. He scoots off his chair and hops to stand in front of The Collector. “Here.” He holds out his hand.
“Wha… no, you’re—you’re tiny,” The Collector says, staring at King’s hand with screwed eyes.
“You’re only a head taller than me!”
“‘n younger than me, so like…”
King grabs The Collector’s hand and yanks them to lean on him. “Stop being stubborn!”
“Waugh—okaaay, okay…”
She holds out her hands, prepared to catch either of them, but King hauls up The Collector just fine. He doesn’t seem bothered by the heat. Must be a Titan thing.
She stands, dusts off her skirt, then strides to the living room. She’s been experimenting with glyph combos on her own time, and luckily for her, she created one for heat resistance recently. She thought it’d find most use in gloves, though now she’s pulling a blanket from the couch to draw the glyph on.
It takes her a minute to find her notebook (how does Luz memorize all her glyphs?) and by the time she’s pressing a pen harshly on soft fabric, King has set The Collector by the couch, carpet beginning to sear.
She taps the glyph. A thin sheet of magic spreads itself across the surface, giving the material a shimmer.
“Aha!” She holds it up in triumph. “Alriiight, King, help him onto the couch.”
She lays the blanket over it and hovers around the kids as The Collector pushes himself onto the couch with the support of King.
“I’m gonna do the same thing to your clothes. Hold out your arm?”
They comply. She draws the glyph on the sleeve of his blouse, then his pants, a shimmer spreading over both.
Once situated, and after she checks everything really isn’t burning, she hurries to the bookshelf.
Never has she been more glad for The Collector ordering everything alphabetically. She skims until finding C, plucking out the book Cures for Most Diseases, then nabs Extracting Dangerous and Deadly Flora two rows down. She’ll probably get what she needs out of the first book, but the second is just in case it reveals additional information about the mimic rubus.
She only knows of it for its potion uses, and how it’s not the sort of plant for beginners to play with. The Collector was with Willow, at least, but couldn’t the kids have picked literally anything else?
As she flips through the first book, she hears The Collector ask, “Why are you so tiny…?”
“I’m not tiny!” King yells.
“Yes you aaare. You’re like when, when Luz talked bout clothes shrinking in that loud machine, you’re like someone put you in that and you shrunk. You could fit in a pot… on the stove.”
She suppresses a laugh.
“Stop talking about eating me!”
“But you’re gonna be boiled when you’re a tree.”
“What does that even mean?!”
“Tea?” They intone like they found this obvious.
She pushes the open books together and compares what they say on the mimic rubus. A mimicking plant that lures animals to eat its fruit… strange effects on magic, induces a magical sickness if touched directly… symptoms are high temperature, fluctuations of magic from sudden bursts to barely being able to use it, a sickly feeling in the chest as the bile sac takes the hit. Only fatal if the plant was ingested raw.
“You said you guys were messin’ with a rubus for a potion?” she asks.
“Uhuhhh.”
“It was cooked, right? You weren’t just eating it raw?” If they had eaten it raw, they all (possibly excluding The Collector) would have been dead yesterday, but she figures it’s better to know.
“Plant girl said that’s deadly…”
She takes that as a no. “Yeah, it is. Okay.”
She reads through another time. It says this is a manageable sickness, bedrest and healing soups advised along with someone watching the affected one, but…
“I don’t understand,” she mutters. “It say it affects magic, giving fever symptoms, sure, but it says nothin’ about burning things. The worst of it should be centered at your bile sac.”
The Collector’s always run hot, unbothered by temperatures she’d considered scalding, but she knows so little about the kids biology she’s not comfortable chalking this up to just being a them thing.
“Maybe it’s because he’s only magic?”
She turns, blinking owlishly at King. “Huh?” Then she remembers what The Collector said at the market. “Ohhh.”
Right. Honestly, it was pretty easy to forget, with how The Collector still eats and sleeps, but he’s far from a regular kid.
What a predicament this is. She moves the books onto the table, as to be able to refer back to them. “These say the sickness should be manageable,” she says. “Just treat it with healing soup, good rest, and you’ll be alright tomorrow.”
They don’t seem to be listening, staring intently at the floor instead. He raises his hand a little. They blink. He looks at his hand, then back at the floor, brows furrowing.
“What’re you trying to do, kid?” she asks. Then, she realizes, “Wait, if you’re trying to use your magic—”
“Why isn’t this working?!”
“You’re sick. You shouldn’t try to mess with it right now, I think.”
They groan, raising their hand again. “But the room—”
There’s a staticky pop, and all the candles in the room explode.
King’s tail fluffs to twice its size, she winces, and The Collector freezes.
The Collector grabs his head with a yelp. “Ow, ow, owww—” They tip onto their side
“Kid! Are you okay?” She reaches for him, just stopping.
“Bees,” he hisses through clenched teeth.
“I’ll start on that soup,” she decides, with the realization she can’t do much else for them right now. “Just, uh, stay on the couch and don’t try to use your magic.”
“Mmmm.”
She grabs the book on cures. As she hurries to the kitchen, she hears King ask, “What’s with your cleaning obsession, anyway?”
The Collector groans. “Can’t think when stuff’s messy, how do you stand it…”
She ends up opening nearly every cabinet in her haste for ingredients. It would be annoying if she was missing anything, she hopes her frequent re-stocking and mild anxiety’s over ‘what if I end up needing this?’ has paid out.
Frostberry to cool the fever, grated goldenroot to settle magic, a pinch of that weird stuff (healing herbs, as it’s branded) made by healers to encourage a faster process, check, check, check.
All of this is gonna taste pretty bad, as medicinal soups do, but she’ll do her best to mask the flavor. Maybe she could make it a fish soup?
Instinctively she goes to crack her knuckles, only to remember one of her hands is a hook. She cracks her neck instead. Time to cook the best healing soup anyone’s ever seen.
If there’s one thing Eda’s impatience has been good for, it’s her figuring out how to make a pretty damn good soup even without letting it stew for several hours.
She wipes sweat off her brow after she ladles some of it into a bowl. She did make it a fish soup in the end. There’s definitely earthy, medicine-y undertones, and a metallic aftertaste, but it won’t be unbearable to drink all of, which was really her only goal. Having to eat something that tastes horrible while you’re already sick just sucks.
Carefully, she cradles the bowl in one hand, shadowing her hook under it in case it slips. “Alright, it’s not gonna taste the best, but—”
She stops with a barely repressed snort. In the couple of minutes she wasn’t checking the kids, King had begun stacking his stuffed animals on top of The Collector.
“King…” she says.
He startles, swiveling to look at her, back at the plushie pile, then back to her. “What? At least I’m not sneak attacking them with pillows.” Despite this, he starts taking off the stuffed animals.
The Collector’s eyes are shut. She softens her voice as she approaches, “Hey, kid, you awake?”
His face twists in response. Sluggishly, they open their eyes to a squint.
“I finished the soup,” she says, setting it down as gently as possible. It only makes a soft clink on the table.
“Soup…?”
“The one to help your sickness. It has a buncha medicinal stuff in it.”
He grimaces at it, then turns his head away. “Mmm… don’t wanna.”
“It doesn’t taste that bad.”
They grunt.
“Are you not hungry, or somethin’? You know that’s typical of being sick.”
“’m never hungry, I don’ need to eat.”
That catches her by surprise. “But you always eat with us.”
“I don’t need to.”
Okay, look. Eda knows The Collector doesn’t work like a witch or a demon, and she knows he doesn’t possess organs. But she just thought… well, they always eat with the family!
Whatever. “Okay, well, even if you don’t need to, I know it’s doing something for you. And a soup made specifically for healing definitely will.”
His shoulders raise as he shrinks into himself. “It’s wasteful…”
“It’s not a waste even if it’s not keepin’ you from dying or whatever. We all do things we don’t need, but they’re still beneficial to us, and even if they’re not it’d be a boring as he—heck life to only have necessities.”
Some of the daze snaps out of their face as they spring up. “But you guys need food! You shouldn’t be giving it to me—”
CRASH.
Everything in the living room suddenly slams onto the floor. She whips her head around, adrenaline careening her heart into her throat, which snaps to terror when she notices the bookshelf tipping over.
She darts forward to catch it, grunting under the weight. She heaves it back to a stable position in one swift motion.
She lets out a sigh of relief as she steps back. What was that?
“Are you kids okay?” she asks, turning, only to be hit with more alarm.
The Collector’s keeled over, gripping his head with gritted teeth. Their entire body is shaking.
She gently touches their hand. “Kid…”
He lifts his head, staring at her with watery eyes. She raises a spoonful of soup to them.
“Please?” she asks.
They stare another moment, expression off. It softens in reluctance. He opens his mouth.
She gives them the spoonful of soup, and waits until they’ve swallowed. “Does it taste alright?”
“Mm…”
That was probably some sort of affirmation. He accepts another spoonful, so it can’t taste that horrible.
As she feeds them, she’s overtaken with the overwhelming urge to hug them, pet his hair, something. They look absolutely miserable.
But she doesn’t know if she should.
She’s turned it over in her mind a lot. Worst case scenario, his aversion to touch is fueled by trauma. Best case scenario, they just don’t like people they’re not close to touching them. Most likely scenario is some sort of in between.
She’s never seen him flinch, he just becomes incredibly stiff. Like they’re unused to it, or anticipating something? And, of course, he seems to mostly do this with her. With how weird they act around her, she’s confident they’ve had bad experiences with authority figures.
…more specifically, parental ones.
That’s definitely a worst case scenario thing.
She’s not sure what to think.
Once halfway through the bowl, he grabs the spoon from her hand. Their trembling has subsided, so she lets them feed themself.
“I’ll be right back,” she tells him as she rises from the couch.
She steps over scattered books, into the hall, and darts up the stairs. She heads to the bathroom so fast it feels as if she teleported.
Beelining to the tub, she kneels and turns on the faucet.
She runs the bathwater hot first. Even if The Collector doesn’t work like a witch, she’s not risking him getting hurt by a sudden temperature change.
When she returns to the living room, she’s relieved to find everything the same as she left it. The Collector is even still eating.
She approaches them in trepidation. “When you’re done, kid, uh… it’d be a good idea for you to have a bath, you know, since you’ve got a fever.”
“Huh… okay.”
Hm?
She shares a look of shock with King. The Collector normally would have thrown a fit. Jeez, he’s really not feeling well.
She sits beside them and tentatively checks their temperature again. Owch. She waves her hand. Well, it should dispel by tomorrow.
As he eats, King starts placing plushies around him again. It’s sweet, the ways he tries comforting people.
It’s not long until she’s washing The Collector’s bowl and putting it away. Their eyes are shut when she returns, listed back against the couch and surrounded by plushies.
“You awake?” she asks.
He cracks open an eye.
“Can I, uh… can I pick you up? It’ll be easier to carry you up the stairs.”
They stare at her. He slowly nods.
She wraps the blanket around them. Carefully, slowly, she gathers him into her arms. The bundle is hot against her skin, but bearable to hold.
The Collector is stiff, awkward in their own hesitance of how to position themself. When she begins walking, he tenses and seems to instinctively grab her shirt.
She tries not to wince. “I’m not gonna drop you,” she says.
They don’t let go.
Every step she takes, the weight of him in her arms, it almost feels like too much. Why does this have to be so hard? She’s trying to take Raine’s advice, but she still doesn’t know when she’s overstepping or not. The Collector doesn’t tend to say if someone has. She’s relying on signs that could be interpreted one way or another, clouded in her own anxiety. Coupled with how the last few days have gone, she’s more worried now than ever.
And, well, she’s gotten used to showing affection more openly. Going back to a position where she can’t feels foreign. It’s like she’s forgotten how to be distant.
I guess that’s a good thing, in the grand scheme of things.
The Collector’s hand burns against her. He stares at the floor, eyes half shut. By the time she reaches the bathroom, she can almost think they’ve become a little less tense.
“Alriiight.” She kicks the door shut behind her, then delicately sets The Collector on the floor. “Bath time.”
His eyes widen. “You’re makin me take a bath?!” they exclaim, hoarse.
“I told you that already.”
His head thunks back against the tub. “Auughhhh.”
“I know, I know.” At least they’re not trying to escape. “You need any help?”
“No,” they groan. “I don’ wanna take a baaath… I don’t need one…”
“You’re sick and you were out all day yesterday.”
“Why does it matter,” he sounds near tears, but she can see his eyes are dry.
She sighs. “Kiddo… what’s so wrong with baths? I don’t know how to make this not be a terrible experience for you.”
“I don’ like how it feeeels.”
“You like the lake,” she says, trying to figure out the difference.
“‘m not touching it as much at the lake! And—and with baths you hafta sit and it’s gross, it’s gross.”
“Well, you can’t stand…” she replies, distracted. How does the lake mean touching water less?
An idea sparks.
“Do you know where your swim stuff is at, kid?”
Their eyes screw. “Wha… ‘s like… at the corner.”
“…anything more specific than that?”
“Stealing from kids is wrong, yaknow.”
“I’m not stealing your—I’ll just find them.” She opens the door. “Stay here.”
“Okaaay.”
She exits the bathroom.
When she pushes open the door to his and King’s room, she can immediately see The Collector’s made his mark. It’s been slowly filled with jars of rocks and preserved plants, hung on the wall a board with pinned beetles and bloodyflies, and the ceiling is littered with small stars. Aside from a few misplaced books and clothes, it’s all very neat, even the things that are clearly King’s.
She steps over their sleeping bag. She really needs to get them both actual beds.
One corner hosts a container of bones, the other a stack of books, and another has a few fabric bins.
“Gotta be where the clothes are,” she says to herself, marching to them.
Yep. Even their clothes have been rolled neatly into the bins. She’s careful with taking them out, eventually finding his swim tank and shorts. Almost having forgotten, she remembers to draw heat-resistant glyphs on them.
Half-expecting The Collector to have made an escape, she’s pleasantly surprised to find them still seated by the tub.
She holds out his clothes. “So, I had an idea, what if you wear your swim stuff? Then you won’t be touching the tub as much.”
“Huh?”
“I just thought it was worth a shot. You don’t have to.”
They recoil back against the tub. “…that’s not how you take baths.”
“There’s not a way to take baths except washing yourself.”
“Mmmmmm.”
He visibly mulls it over. They sigh through their teeth, then hold out their hand.
She hands his clothes over. “Tell me if you end up liking or hating it more.”
They make the wise choice of changing while mostly sitting down. When he’s done, he pushes himself up by the tub’s edge. Tentatively, they touch the water.
He snaps his hand back.
“Too cold?” She touches it. It’s only gone a bit lukewarm. “I can run it hotter again.”
“Ghh… nooo, ‘s fine,” they mutter, reaching for the water again—
An explosion of water bursts out of the tub, showering her and The Collector.
She jumps so hard she pulls a muscle. Fu—frick, that hurts. She goes to grab her shoulder, only to notice The Collector tilting over—
She lunges to catch him before he falls face flat into the tub. She instantly feels the burn, but she keeps hold of them. “Collector! You alright—?”
He gasps, gripping his head. They whine, coming to sound like a sob.
“Oh, oh no, kid…” She holds him closer, carding her hand through his hair. “It’s okay, you’re gonna be okay.”
“It h-hurts,” he cries. “I-I h-hate this.”
“I know, I’m sorry.”
They’re shaking violently, breath hitching through miserable noises. She holds him through it, in spite of the pain, softly petting his hair.
For a moment in time, the only thing in the world is them.
Eventually, only a tremble is left in his hands.
They let out a shaky sigh.
“You feelin’ a bit better?” she asks, soft.
He breathes deeply, in a slow pattern.
She waits a minute. Minutely, their grip loosens around her arm. Eventually, she figures he's too out of it to respond.
“Well”—she hoists them up—“up we go.”
Slowly, she lowers him into the tub. It bears noticeably less water, but it’s good enough for a bath.
They cling to her prosthetic. She leaves it in his grasp, unable to open anything with it anyway.
She squirts a snail-sized portion of shampoo into her palm. “I need to wash your hair,” she says, like she has every time.
His hair is matted with sweat, dampened further from the explosion of water. She scrunches the shampoo through their roots, detangling it with her fingers along the way.
When she’s done, she fetches the small pail by the tub, scooping water into it. “Can you shield your eyes? Don’t want shampoo to get in them.”
He complies. She dumps half the water over their head, brushes back soap suds, then dumps the rest.
As she conditions his hair, his eyes shut, head leaning against her arm.
And she realizes that they haven’t tensed up.
Ah.
She’s touched by a sudden, overwhelming feeling in her chest.
He lays there, long enough she assumes he’s fallen asleep. It’s not until she’s scrubbing their arm with body wash that their eyes blink open.
He seems a tad dazed, at first, not moving as she cleans him.
Eventually they squint at the water through half-lidded eyes. His expression shifts ever so slightly, brows furrowing.
“Something bothering you?” she blurts out, immediately regretting how loud her voice is in comparison. “I mean, besides being sick… which it’s fine if that’s the only thing, I just thought, uh—”
“It wasn’t true,” they murmur suddenly.
She stops. “Huh?”
He blinks. “It… nevermind.” Their mouth twitches, hardening to a frown. “Just… the thing I said about… about missing my…”
He pauses. They stare intently at their reflection.
“Missing your…?”
He takes a turn of reluctance. They sluggishly raise a hand, twisting their hair in it. “The other… the other Collector’s weren’t good people. And I don’t like them. So… so I don’t miss them,” he mutters.
It takes her a moment.
Then:
Oh.
He must be talking about… when he said he misses his family.
They had a complete breakdown. It was scary. Not The Collector, she could never feel afraid of him, scar on her wrist or not. It’s just… that incident, more than anything, made her realize just how out of her depth she is. The Collector isn’t a kind of person she’s ever parented or half-parented, much less a kind of person she’s ever known. Repression is one thing, but they’re clearly traumatized. His entire species is dead, for pete’s sake!
Yet they never gave any indication of feeling anything at all about it. The moment he did, he… couldn’t handle it.
They definitely aren’t ready to talk about this. So for him to try and say anything now—granted, while sick and delirious—has her surprised enough she almost forgets to respond.
She snaps out of it with a blink.
Her throat tightens. “Kid, um… it… it’s okay to have complicated feelings about your family, you know? Even if they weren’t good people, they still raised you. It’s harder not to feel complicated about that, honestly.”
She tries not to think about her own mom. It’s different, she’s sure; for starters, her mom is still here to mend a relationship with. The Collector’s family… isn’t.
Their face sours. “Well, I don’t.”
And that’s where she has to stop.
She tries not to feel bothered. One day he’ll feel safe enough to tell someone more. She hopes, at least.
They sink into the water as she washes them. It’s hard to tell, but she thinks wearing his swim clothes helped. Didn’t seem to make it worse, at the very least.
Aaand for the last step. Because of a very insistent lecture from Camila, and Eda subsequently asking Lilith what she uses, she bought products for curly hair. Admittedly, it was hard to know what to use. The Collector’s hair is more cloud-like, than anything; it doesn’t resemble any curls a witch could have. She was worried that witch products wouldn’t work for them. Did Collectors have their own products? Whatever Camila used the first time seemed to work well enough, so she figured something had to be good.
After a lot of hemming and hawing, she finally bought the mousse and curl-defining cream she has now. To her past and continuous relief, they work pretty well.
By the time she’s completely done, he’s shut his eyes again, nearly looking at peace. She hates having to disturb that.
“I’m done,” she whispers.
Their face pinches.
“You gotta dry yourself off.”
He opens his eyes with a sigh. They push themself up, face pulled in slight agitation.
She touches his forehead. They’ve cooled just enough they’re merely hot over burning. The soup must finally be doing work.
“Tired, huh?” she asks, as she helps him out.
“Mm…”
“You should get some rest.”
“‘kay…”
They towel off, able to stand now. She hangs his clothes on that metal bar people put their towels, making a mental note to dry them later.
“Can you walk?” she asks.
They frown. She holds out her arms as he attempts to step forward, and catches him when he stumbles.
“Okaaay… uh…” She tries not to grimace. “Is it fine if I carry you again?”
They nod.
She scoops him up in one swift motion. The strained air around them has faded, nearly completely limp in her hold. He stares at the floor, unfocused, as she walks to his room.
She adjusts them to open the door. Cautiously, she lowers him onto his sleeping bag.
She debates a moment on glyphing it too, since their temperature has gone down, then decides it’s better being safe than sorry. With it heat proof, she walks in farther to close the curtains.
Alright… room sufficiently darkened, sleeping bag protected, The Collector’s been given medicine and a bath…
He’s gotten under his blanket, face half covered by it. She walks back to them, kneels, and checks their temperature again. Hasn’t gone up or anything, good.
“Alright… well, uh, sleeping should help. You’ll feel better when you wake up.” She retracts her hand. “Goodnight, kiddo.”
She goes to stand—
“W-waaait.”
She pauses. “What is it?”
He fumbles to grab her arm. “Can you… can you sing.”
“Hwuh?”
“Siiing a song. Lullaby. Berceuse…”
“Uhh, I’m pretty bad at singing—”
“That’s what they all say.”
“Really, you’d hate it—”
“I won’t go to sleep until you sing!” She gets the feeling they wanted to yell, but their shot throat has it coming out quieter.
“Okay, okay, fine. Just don’t get upset if it’s bad.”
She can’t remember the last time she’s sung; she’s never quite had the voice for it, but with The Collector staring at her hopefully, she pushes down her embarrassment.
It’s an old lullaby, sung to her as a child. Even though she hasn’t heard it in years, grasping onto the words feels like second nature.
Her whisper nearly masks her lack of expertise. The Collector’s eyes gradually close.
She tries not to clear her throat when she finishes. “How was that?”
“Hah.” His hand slips down her arm. “Sound like… a cittern.” Their voice falls to a nearly unhearable mumble, “Nothing like a piano.”
His hand drops.
She brushes back their hair. Quietly, she stands.
“Goodnight,” she whispers, and turns to leave.
Eda’s figure is a shadow, soft light spilling out from the hall. Pale hair and amber eyes, the fuzziness melds into a different image, that, for a moment, becomes startlingly clear.
Don’t go, they just manage to think, black crowding their vision. Don’t…
Darkness falls over the scene as his eyes finally snap shut.
…
..
.
Warmth surrounds them. It’s juxtaposed by cold brushing his face, having him pull his blanket over his head.
Mm…
They press their face into their pillow.
Wait.
His eyes snap open. They throw themself up, breath catching in their throat. Where—
He’s in King's room.
They blink, gripping their blanket. When… did he fall asleep?
Soft light streams in, dust floating in its rays. They look at the curtained window behind them. The light is gentle, shadows a stark blue. It’s definitely morning.
He stares for another moment, still in this silence.
They were sick, right… and Eda made them take a bath. They went to sleep after, somewhere in the afternoon.
Is it really the next day already? He doesn’t think he woke up at all.
They finally notice King at the edge of the sleeping bag, curled into a ball. He hasn’t really hung out with King in a few days… maybe they could do something today?
They quietly get up. Bypassing how creaky the door is, he simply opens it with magic—
Wait.
They stare at the door, to their outstretched hand.
Then he throws out his hands, a burst of stars flinging out.
“YE—” They stop, remembering King’s asleep. “Yes!” he whispers, “Yes, yes, yes, yes, yes!”
They twirl, letting out bursts of stars and moons, hopping into the air. He spins, floating, pure elation rushing through him. They’re alive, they're alive! In every inch of his being his magic thrums, rising in his excitement.
They clean the room in a blur of twisting magic, just to feel it flowing freely through them. He grins, floating back down to the ground.
“Eeeeeeee.” He punches the air rapidly, then shakes his fists.
Being sick was horrible! Man, they’re never touching a mimic something ever again.
His movement has him remember his stiff shirt, borrowed from Gus. They should really change… this shirt sucks. Plus, he’s been wearing these pants for like, two days.
They rummage through their clothes. He doesn’t have a lot. Compared to before, it’s way more variety, but they’ve come to quickly realize how small their collection is. He’s sort of been wanting to ask Eda to go clothes shopping again, but…
They take in the relief of wearing a looser shirt again. Form-fitting’s terrible, who invented that?
Ready to start the day, he heads to the bathroom.
It’s so nice feeling the cleanliness of mint in their mouth again. He vigorously brushes, and in attempt to avoid looking at his reflection, his eyes travel to the floor.
Does it look… cleaner?
Hmm.
It got covered in water. Eda must have cleaned it.
Her hold was cold and slightly awkward, them barely feeling it in their own pain. But she… still hugged him in the first place.
And made them that soup. And carried him when he couldn’t walk. And came up with the idea of them wearing their swim clothes. It did feel more bearable that way. No one’s ever… thought of something like that.
He blinks as he realizes he’s been standing still for a minute.
They spit out their toothpaste. Okay. Okay. Eda’s weird, but it doesn’t seem like she’s mad after everything that happened? It should be fine if he just keeps with his normal routine.
With that in mind, they head downstairs.
Eda’s seated at the table. She drinks from her mug, leaned back against her chair as she reads a book.
Her eyes catch his.
“Collector!” She nearly falls, righting herself with a hand on the table. She pushes herself up from it. “Are you feeling better?”
“Um, yeah…”
She strides toward them, touching their forehead.
He tenses in surprise. She pulls away fast.
“You’re not burning up anymore, that’s good,” she says. “You hungry? What do you want for breakfast?”
Huh?
They’re not sure why she’s asking them; it’s not like he’s the one who needs it. Still, they mull it over.
“…rice?”
“Good idea. Would be a good base to add eggs to… vegetables, maybe,” she seems to say to herself.
Vegetables, bleh. At least it’ll taste better with the rice.
“You can come help if you want,” she tells them. “Though even if you don’t, I promise I’ll do the rice right this time.”
Rice isn’t something Eda’s cooked with a lot, so the first time she didn’t know to wash it until the water ran clean. It’s one of the only things he really knows about cooking, along with making sure to salt everything.
“I’m gonna clean first,” they say.
She hums a noise of affirmation and walks back to the kitchen.
The living room’s a mess. There’s books laid haphazardly on the floor, a stain on the table along with some of Luz’s notebooks, pencils and pens.
He lifts everything in his magic, knowing by heart where each item goes. Sometimes they clean by hand, but this time they need to feel their magic running through them.
He feels a little lighter once everything is organized.
They get a spray bottle to deal with the table. As they scrub, Eda…
…starts humming.
He pauses.
They turn to look at her.
In morning’s light, her silver hair shines, short and jagged. A voice not made for singing.
The image is very different.
He blinks. They shake their head.
He rises from the table and walks to her. She’s got out a bundle of thin green vegetables, held in place by spikes on the cutting board.
“Can I help?” they ask.
“Yeah, you wanna cut the chives?”
“Uhuh.”
She hands him the knife. “Here, you can move them so you’re holdin’ them instead. So, you cut with a sorta rocking motion…”
Her voice guides their hand, and they don’t dwell on how it sounds.
Notes:
college tried to kill me but i am unending
thanks if youve stuck around this long! theres a lot more in store >:)
Chapter 25: How to Give Someone a Heart Attack
Summary:
Raine is tasked with chaperoning The Collector and King. This does not go well.
Notes:
cw: broken bones, mild arachnophobia (just spider-esque legs, no actual spiders), dissociation
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The Collector thinks he’s getting pretty good at cooking.
Kinda. If they tried making something by themself, they’re sure they’d mess it up. But Eda letting him help with meals has built a foundation of knowledge, that he almost feels like he gets it.
It’s kind of… fun?
Maybe that’s the point of her teaching them.
Sunlight bounces off the tomatoes he’s dicing. It’s a bright morning, birds chirping with barely a cloud in the sky, and it’s put them in a cheery mood. An airy feeling has filled his chest, teeming with energy.
“That looks good,” Eda says, having them stop.
He slides the tomatoes off the board and onto a plate. “Does Raine usually sleep in?” they ask.
Raine stayed over last night, for the second time. Twice doesn’t give him a good enough read on their schedule, but they’re not up with him and Eda, so…
“Ehhh, they try not to. They’re tired from all the work they’ve been doing, though.”
“With the coven stuff?”
“Yep.”
“Hmm…”
He props his head up by his hands, watching as Eda pours oil onto the pan.
“Can I wake them up?” they ask after a minute.
She raises a brow. “Sure?”
He pushes himself from the counter and hops out of the kitchen. They run up the stairs, springing to the top, and go through the halls.
This time, he doesn’t hesitate opening Eda’s door. They just make sure to do it quickly enough it doesn’t creak.
Eda’s room continues to be a mess. It’s a bit cleaner than last time, but could stand a lot more work. Thankfully, he knows where her bed is, and subsequently Raine.
They grin.
He picks up their flute, sneaks toward them, and…
FWEEEEEE!
“AUGH—” Raine jerks up with a startled yell. “Wh-wh—”
They laugh. “Hiii.”
They stare at him with wide eyes. “C-Collector? Oh…” They exhale, shoulders relaxing. “Jeez…”
They fumble for their glasses. He giggles. They can’t believe they got to do the same trick twice! The look on Raine’s face was hilarious.
Raine sighs upon putting on their glasses. “Could you, er, not wake me up like that?”
“Why?” he smiles.
“Well—”
“Do ya wanna be waken up by music instead?”
They wave their hands. “No, no, that’s—”
He adjusts his hands and plays the first tune he remembers. It’s a rendition of an old lullaby, not the most complicated, and they stop after the first part.
Raine stopped in surprise. “You can play?”
He takes the flute from his mouth. “I can play every instrument.”
“Every instrument?” they smile. “That’s quite impressive.”
“Yeah, duh. I wouldn’t be a Collector if I didn’t.” They pick up a lute and strum it demonstratively. “Music’s important for self expression!” And for lots of other things. There’s so much more you can say with music.
“Well, I certainly agree with that.” They crawl out of the nest. They blink at him. “Er, I need to change.”
“Oh, yeah.” They drop the flute. “Well, bye forever.”
Raine winces. “It’s only going to be a couple of minutes—”
“Forever,” he repeats, walking out of Eda’s room and shutting the door.
They grin, twirling into the hall. Ahh, he feels so alive! Today’s all bright and sunny, it must feel great outside, they wanna do something! But what?
He comes to a halt as the door to Luz’s old room opens. King steps out into the hall in front of them.
“Fancy meeting you here,” they say.
King yawns, rubbing his eyes. Aww, he’s all sleepy. “Fancy meeting you here,” he returns.
“What are you doing in this house?”
King begins walking to the bathroom. “I live here.”
He follows. “What? That’s weird, cause I’ve literally never seen you before.”
“Yeah, I live in the basement. Like a bug.”
“I’m calling an exterminator.”
“No! I’m important to the local ecosystem!”
“I love destroying ecosystems.”
“You’re evil!”
They giggle. “Come down when you’re done brushin’ your teeth!”
“Yeah, yeah…” King shuts the bathroom door.
He bounces, then sprints down the hall. They skid to a stop at the stairs.
Hmm…
He surveys the height of the ceiling. They take a few steps back. He runs forward and leaps from the top, giddy at the feeling of weightlessness. They land softly at the bottom.
Eda’s still cooking, pan sizzling. She glances at him as he walks closer. “Did you wake them up?”
“Yep! King’s up, too.”
“Good, I’m almost done.”
They seat themself at the table. He swings his legs as he waits.
Eda’s started plating breakfast. One, two, three… four plates.
She’s still including them.
It’s what he wanted in the tablet, desperate to have a spot in the group. Yet, ever since then, it’s felt like the inevitable was just being delayed, a ticking clock looming over them. Everyone knows they’re wasting things on him.
Everyone seems to not care.
“Good morning!” Eda calls, as Raine, then King, descend downstairs.
“Good morning,” Raine returns.
“We made omelets.” She gestures back with her spatula. “Each are more personalized, but you all still have to eat vegetables.”
“Oh, whatever will I do,” Raine smiles.
The Collector looks back at their plate. King says something, he thinks, as he stares at the gleam of his fork.
Chairs skid as people sit. Eda moves in their peripheral vision.
There’s one way to find out if something’s a rule: you break it.
Eda starts, “Alright—”
And in a surge of confidence and terror, he stabs his fork into the omelet and takes a bite.
She stops.
Their entire body burns. Oh no. Oh no, oh no, he was wrong, he got it wrong—
“Uh,” she retries. Then, “Let’s—let’s eat!”
Huh?
Forks clink.
They don’t feel anyone looking at them.
His hand trembles.
They grip their fork and take another bite.
…it tastes good.
Raine voices his thoughts a moment later, “You did a really good job cooking this.”
“Aww, thanks, but it wasn’t just me. The Collector’s been a great help.”
They startle, glancing at Eda.
She’s smiling at him.
They quickly turn back to their food. Tentatively, he smiles a little too.
King’s devoured two omelets by the time The Collector finishes one. They take their plate and his, hop from their seat and walk to the sink.
Washing dishes is his least favorite cleaning activity, but it’s a lot easier if you do it immediately. It’s just so gross, and you have to wait for the water to get hot, and they hate how certain foods like rice stick to dishes.
Thankfully, the evil is over in a minute. He shakes his hands and heads back to the table.
“So, kids,” Eda starts, “Raine is gonna be chaperoning you two today.”
Hmm?
“Are you doing something?” King asks.
“Yyyes. I’m… I have something with Camila.”
“Oh, okay.”
“But, uh, you’re gonna have to stay at Raine’s place.”
King’s tone changes, “Why?”
“Theyyy… uh…”
“I, uh, I have—”
“Work—”
“Yes, work, at my place,” Raine finishes. “That I have to do.”
“Yep. So you’re gonna have to stay there.” She smiles.
King squints at them both.
“Okay!” The Collector says cheerily. “Sounds fun.”
Although, doesn’t Camila work on ‘week’ days? Must be real important.
“Are we leaving right now?” King asks.
Eda rises from the table. “Pretty much.”
“Can we get some books or something so we’re not bored?”
“Yeah, just uh, don’t take too long.”
King hops from his seat. The Collector takes the cue and follows him, grateful to not be alone with the adults. Well, they would have followed either way.
Hmm, he should get his sunglasses. Do they want to bring anything else? He’s not super interested in the books King has, maybe if they were about other things… do they have any games he could borrow?
King closes the door to Luz’s old room. He spins around.
“They’re hiding something,” he says.
They halt. “What?”
“Eda and Raine! Didn’t you notice how they’re acting?”
“Uhhh…” No. “Yeah, but what would they even have to hide?”
Now that he thinks about it, he supposes they were acting weird? They were smiling a lot in a way that didn’t read as happy.
“I don’t know… it’s not near my birthday.”
“Mine’s in December,” they say.
“Oh, when?”
“The winter solstice.”
“Doesn’t the date of that change sometimes?”
“Yeah, my birthday moves with it.”
“Man, you’re lucky.”
“It’s not lucky when it’s the only day I could have been made,” he huffs.
“The only day?”
“Our magic’s strongest during the longest night!” They wave out their arms. “How much magic do ya think it takes to make another immortal being?”
He thinks about it. Then, “Fair point.”
“Besides, you’re the one with a lucky birthday,” he asserts, hands on his sides.
“I—what?”
“The summer solstice? And you could have been born any day!”
“Wait, wait, wait.” He waves his paws. “You… know my birthday?”
They blink. “Do you not—ohhhh. Ohh. Yeah, I guess you wouldn’t know.”
“Is that really it?” he asks, eyes wide. “Like, you’re a hundred percent sure? Cause me and Eda have just been celebrating the day she found me, but…”
“I’m super duper sure!” he exclaims.
King goes silent. They rummage around to find their sunglasses.
“Should I be celebrating it then?” he asks, eventually. “Ehh, I guess it doesn’t really matter.”
“You can do whatever you want.”
“Hmm… it’d be cool to have a solstice birthday… wait, how do you even know when I hatched? You weren’t there.”
Where are his sunglasses? They know they put them here. “Umm, Titan’s usually hatch the same day they were originally laid, some thousand years later,” he answers, distracted. Then tacks on, “Just another weird thing about you.”
“You’re weird, you can only be born on one day.”
“Made,” they correct. “I find it to be convenient—ah! I found them!” He holds up his sunglasses proudly. They were hidden under one of King’s plushies.
“I guess we should go now.”
They swivel as they set their sunglasses upon their head. “Aren'tcha gonna get a book?”
King levels him a flat stare. “I was lying about wanting one.”
“What?!”
“So I could talk to you alone? I thought it’d be our only chance, with Raine chaperoning.”
“Oh.” They frown. “Wouldn’t it be more believable to the adults if you actually got a book, though?”
“Oh,” King echoes. “I guess that’s true.”
He giggles. “You’re kinda bad at lying, aren’t you?”
King stalks back to grab a book. “I don’t do it all the time like you!”
“I never lie.”
“Stop saying that!”
“Stop being honest? Wow, King, I dunno why you would want that—” They dodge the pillow King throws.
King glares. “That’s not what I meant and you know it!”
They cackle, spinning around to the door. “I dunno what you’re talking about. Okay let’s go!”
King suffers a long sigh. He follows The Collector out with a small book.
They decide to run down the stairs this time, twirling at the bottom. On a spur, he cartwheels into the living room, expertly avoiding the table.
“Someone’s energetic,” Eda comments with a smile.
“I don’t understand how you can be like this in the morning,” King grumbles.
“You kids ready?”
“Yep!” They do a human salute.
Raine gives Eda a gentle smile. “I’ll see you soon.” They lean up for a kiss.
Eda’s cheeks turn as red as her dress. She’s smiling really brightly when they pull back. “You better not mess up handling them.”
“I won’t, I promise.”
Hmm.
He knows Eda and Raine have been ‘dating’. Based on Luz and Amity also doing that, they’ve come to the conclusion dating is very similar to a partnership. The custom and words have just changed a little… he’s not even gonna think about the whole mess that is ‘romantic’ love.
Not to mention whatever’s happening with gender! They’re still trying to figure out the new rules, because clearly no one’s following the old ones. Dating and gender intersect in a weird way, and none of it really makes any sense. Girlfriends? Boyfriends? Can’t everyone just be partners again? Expect sometimes someone is, like Raine! Why?
Ughhh.
“Alright, now scram!” Eda says.
“Okay, okay,” Raine laughs.
They all pool outside, Eda waving, before the door is shut.
He spins around. “What’re we gonna do? Do you have any games? What kinda instruments do you have? Can we do something outside?”
“Er… my home isn’t that exciting of a place.”
“There’s gotta be something to do! It’s such a nice day out!” They gesture to the sky. “Oh! Oh, maybe we could go to the marketplace?”
“The marketplace? Uh—”
He bounces. “Yeah! Then we can do something while outside!”
“Can’t we just… stay inside?” Raine asks.
They stare at Raine.
Raine nervously avoids eye contact.
“Just let them have this,” King says.
“Oh, alright,” Raine sighs. “I suppose I have a few things I could buy.”
“Yes!” he crows.
They wanted to walk, but Raine seemed anxious to leave and King complained it would ‘take too long’. So, begrudgingly, he accepted the boring way of flying on a staff.
They hop off before Raine properly lands. He spins, looking at the line of shops greeting him. It’s nice feeling the wind on their skin. It’s equally nice being able to look at the clouds without it hurting his eyes.
“Whaddya need to get?” they ask Raine.
Raine de-transforms their palisman. “Just some photo frames, mostly.”
“Hm…” That sounds boring. They frown. “Is there something to do around here besides just buyin’ stuff?”
“This is the marketplace,” King says.
“Yeah, yeah, but they also do festivals sometimes! And… and Ami works at the library!” He grasps for anything remotely interesting as he begins to walk.
King follows. “Do you wanna go to the library?”
“No,” they answer immediately.
He cranes his head in thought. “Mm… there’s a playground, but it doesn’t feel that much fun these days. I guess I’m getting too old for it.”
“Are there like… some cool shops?” he asks.
“Well, there’s a market for scrolls,” Raine answers, “and lot of shops sell strange magical objects. Some are a bit dubious, though. What would you find cool?”
“I dunnooo.” He looks at the shops they’re passing by. “I didn’t think this far ahead.”
“Let’s just, like, walk around a bit and see what we can find,” King suggests.
“Ughhh.”
“You wanted to walk.”
“With a goal in mind! A purpose! We can’t waste a day like this!” They wave their hands around.
“Well, we can think of what to do while we pass through here,” Raine attempts to reassure.
He sighs deeply.
There’s a lot of stalls and shops open, but less people. The last two times he was here was during festivities, packed full of people, and the first time was right after Belos’ usurping, practically a ghost town, so he supposes this is what it’s like on a regular day.
It’s… kind of interesting?
Just Skulls, hm, that’s cool, Blessed Rocks, that’s cooler but how can rocks be blessed?, Teeth Emporium…
Okay they’re bored.
He groans, the skip in his step turned to a trudge.
“What do you even want?” King asks.
“I dunno! Can’t an explosion happen right now?” They gesture, hoping to will one.
“It’s probably better that isn’t happening,” Raine says.
He disagrees.
What could be less boring, though? Before, even when nothing interesting was happening, there were always the rice fields to tend to, fish to catch, not to mention other kids to play with. Now, the only person they know who’s sort of their age is King, and everyone’s jobs have drastically changed during their time in the tablet.
It’s all so… different, now.
Something in his chest twists. They drag their hands down their face. “Mmmghghg.”
“We could do I Spy,” King suggests.
“Oh! Sure!”
“Okay, I spy…” He squints. “Something green.”
“Somethin’ green?”
There’s not a lot of green around here, mostly red, white and gray. Which means it should be easy to find what King’s talking about. He surveys what’s immediately around him. When the shops don’t produce results, they look up, instead.
Ah!
“That hand.” He points to a monstrous green hand towering over a building.
“No.”
“What?! Uhhh… is it that hand?” They point to the second one.
“No.”
“Seriously?”
Okay, time to get serious. He looks across each individual building, not allowing himself to skim. If not the hands, King is probably talking about an odd ornament, or some plants. While most plants are red here, they know there’s still green ones around.
He spins around…
“That!” They point at the moss creeping across a building in the distance.
“N—wait, yeah, actually. I didn’t think you’d get that.”
“I’m the best at every game. Okaaay, I spy…”
They press their fingers together, looking around. Since King picked something hard, he’ll just pick something even more difficult! Maybe—
They stop.
Across the street, there’s a bulletin board, labeled Greg's List. There’s a few posters on it, with images of weird and dangerous looking creatures.
“What’s that?” he asks.
Raine stops with them. “That’s—ah, wait!”
He runs to it. Up close, they can see it’s some sort of job listing… there’s a range of creatures ‘wanted’, but what catches their eye is the poster of a black, upside-down pyramid, with spidery legs. It’s labeled with four question marks.
He tears it off. “Pshh, why’s this labeled without a name?”
It’s clearly a construct. Do witches not know?
Raine squints at it. “I’m not sure what that is… but this board is for jobs and quests. You get snails if you deliver whatever the lister wanted.”
They read the back of the poster: Mysterious pyramid continues terrorizing the forests depths. I’ve raised the bounty price, so someone with more expertise please come handle it.
“Hey, why don’t we do this?” he asks.
“That? No, no, that’s too dangerous.”
“No it’s not,” they frown.
“Eda wouldn’t want you getting caught up in something like that. There’s surely a less dangerous but still fun activity to pick,” They smile, a bit nervously.
He looks across the marketplace. Mmm…
“I wanna do this,” they say.
“I… I don’t think it’s a good idea.”
“Whyyy? It wouldn’t be that big of a deal! I know how to deal with it!”
They grow more nervous by the second. “It wouldn’t be very responsible of me.”
He’s unrelenting, “It’s not responsible to let this run loose.”
“Someone else will deal with it,” they try.
“Uh, no they won’t, you guys don’t even know what it is.”
Raine smiles at them, face pinched. “How about we think about it a bit more, um, while I get my photo frames?”
He opens his mouth to argue. Then they realize very suddenly what Raine is doing, close their mouth, and stuff the poster into their overalls pocket.
“Okay,” he says.
Raine sighs in relief. The trio walks away from the bulletin board.
Hm.
Hmmm.
They want to find that construct, but Raine won’t let them. Based on their behavior, they’re not going to be convinced, either.
There is an easy solution to this.
In not too long, Raine finds their photo frames, at a quaint little shop. It has a blue and white awning, shielding them from the sun.
He tugs on their shirt. “Umm, can I go to the bathroom?”
“Hm? Oh, yes. I think there’s one inside here.” They gesture to the door. “I’ll be just a moment.”
“Thanks.”
They open the door, a bell chiming. He flinches. They look up to see the small bell above the door. Oh. Okay. Whatever. Inside is small, with dark wood, mostly filled with some odd machines he doesn’t know the purpose of. Thankfully, the person who owns the shop is busy at the front window with Raine.
He heads to the bathroom at the back.
They can do this without a window, but it’ll be less disruptive if it has one. He opens the door, and is pleased to see a small one covered by a curtain.
Good enough!
They shut the door behind them. He floats to the window and pulls aside the curtain. The lock is unfamiliar, so they have to fiddle with it for a moment before figuring it out.
Then, with a click, the window pane opens.
With that, he makes his escape.
King has a suspicious feeling about this.
He squints at the shops front door. The Collector doesn’t need to use the bathroom. He knows, because they’ve talked about how gross they find it to be.
Raine’s still busy with the shop keeper.
“Hey, uh… I need to use the bathroom, too,” he says.
“Okay,” they say, a cue to go.
He sets his book on the counter, then heads to the door, pushing it open. His eyes have to adjust to the darker lighting, but after a few blinks he can spot the bathroom sign at the back.
He darts to the door and knocks. “Hey! What are you doing in there?”
No response.
He knocks again. “Collector?”
Unease seeps into him. He tries to open the door, surprised to find it isn’t locked.
It swings open…
To an empty room.
And the window open.
Oh no.
Dread crashes over him. Not again! What does he do? Why did they leave this time? Augh, it was probably because Raine wouldn’t let them find that construct thingy. Why is that thing so important to them, anyway?
He looks back. Should he get… no, Raine wouldn’t be able to help. They’re an adult, for starters, and he’s noticed The Collector acts weirder with adults. For seconders—is that a word?—they don’t know The Collector, but he does. He’s his own best shot at dragging The Collector back.
Also, this is wasting too much time.
He runs to the window. He’s a little short, but with a hop he manages to latch onto the sill and pull himself up.
He scoots out, braves the short fall, and lands on the dirt.
Signs, signs…
The Collector’s shoes have imprinted in the dirt, headed in a straight line to the forest up ahead. Great.
To be faster, he runs on all fours. It’s easy following the marks, all the way until he hits a stretch of grass.
He turns to sniffing the ground.
The Collector doesn’t tend to smell like much of anything, probably because they don’t sweat, but they faintly smell of burning metal when he lays on them. It’s remarkably distinctive.
He stalks forward. It’s hard discerning any smells except the overwhelming scent of plants.
Wait…
He turns, creeping into a bush. Is that a burnt metal smell?
With his luck, he’ll just run into a forest fire. Still, it’s his only lead.
He’s taken farther and farther from the main path, anxiety rising in every step. He doesn’t know the forest that well, he could definitely get eaten by a carnivorous flower. Or fall into a pit somewhere. Or—
He rams into something.
He stumbles back, grabbing his snout. Ow.
The thing gasps. He snaps up, recognizing the voice.
The Collector stands over him.
Their shoulders raise, eyes wide. “K-King? What are you doing—”
“What are you doing here?!” he shouts, jumping up. “You snuck off without saying anything!”
He grimaces. “Raine wasn’t gonna let me find the construct!”
“Who cares about a construct?!”
“Me!”
“I—” He sighs. “I don’t know what your problem is. Look, we need to go back.”
They shift guiltily. “But…”
“Seriously, what is so important about the construct? It’s just some weird pyramid spider thing.”
“It’s a Titan construct,” he answers.
He stops.
“What?”
“Nothing just naturally looks like that, even if it’s been thousands of years,” they continue. “I’m surprised this one has lasted so long. But witches aren’t gonna know how to deal with it. I mean, clearly.” He pulls out the poster and waves it.
He stares at the image.
“You’re sure?”
“Yes. I wanna at least see it, and I’m not budgi—”
“I’m coming with you.”
“Huh?”
He blinks in surprise at his own words. Then his resolve hardens. “I’m coming with you! I… want to see it too.”
“Oh.” The Collector pauses. “Okay.”
They both stand there for a moment.
“Uh, so where is it?” he asks.
“Oh! Umm, the poster said it was terrorizing the forests depths.” They read the back again. “Yeah, so I was just heading there.”
“That’s vague.”
“It didn’t give any more details. It’ll just be like an adventure!” They raise two fists, excited.
“Right…”
An adventure, which neither he or The Collector told anyone about. He dares not to think of Raine’s reaction. That’s for future him to deal with.
They walk along the forests path. Slowly, the trees grow thicker, dappled sunlight growing sparse under its canopy. Today was warm, nearly uncomfortably so, but under the forest he almost feels chilly.
The Collector moves steadily, like he knows exactly where to go. He almost feels like they do.
Until they stop suddenly to pick up a stick from the ground.
“A stick,” he says.
“A stick!” They raise it in the air. “Hmm.” He taps it into his hand. “Yeah, this is a good one.”
He has no idea what that means.
He looks around the forest. They could run into that construct any moment… is it like Jean-luc? How do you even make one of those? The Collector said making life is ‘Titan 101’, but what does that even mean?
As always, The Collector seems to know a lot about Titan’s. They even knew his birthday, which raises several questions. How does he get them to open up?
Hesitantly, he tries, “Can I ask you something?”
“Sure.”
“Did you… know any Titan’s?”
“That’s a dumb question.”
“It’s not dumb!”
“Yes it is.”
He groans. “Okay, okay, I was trying to ask more about… uh… did you…”
Maybe he should drop it. What’re the chances they’ll say anything? But if he doesn’t ask, then he’ll definitely get nothing.
He just doesn’t know how to tread this. It sucks that the person he wants to know about the most is the person who, well… trapped The Collector in the first place.
He’s not sure how to reconcile those two things.
“Did III…?” they sing-song.
Well, he’s gotta try. “Did you… know my dad?”
The Collector pauses. “The Titan?”
“Uhhh. You know, it’s kind of confusing when you call my dad The Titan, when, like, we call the Titan we’re standing on that.”
“The difference is one of those the’s is capitalized.”
“I can’t hear that.”
“Then I dunno what to tell you.”
“Didn’t he have a name?” he blurts out, desperate. “Could you… tell me it?” He presses his claws together.
The Collector seems surprised by the question, despite it being pretty basic. He looks away, holding a hand to his chin.
“…Carwyn.”
“Carwyn?” he repeats, shocked they actually answered. The beginning sounds somewhat similar to care, except the r is pronounced in a way he has trouble saying.
“Yeah. That was her name.” His expression seems nearly faint. “I’m not gonna call him that, though,” they say, right back to their flippant nature.
Carwyn.
He turns it over in his head. Carwyn, Carwyn, Carwyn. It’s a pretty name. It was his dads, a very long time ago.
A lot of names have meanings, right? He wonders what Carwyn means. Would The Collector even know that? Should he ask? Maybe he should ask Luz instead, next time he sees her; she can look it up on her weird phone thing.
Lost in thought, he bumps into The Collector.
He blinks, stepping back. They’ve stopped, staring ahead intensely.
“I heard something,” he says.
He tenses, standing on guard. They both watch the thicket in anticipation.
And—
A deer jumps out.
“Oh,” they say.
“Oh,” he echoes.
Thud.
The deer scampers away, frightened.
THUD.
A spidery leg stabs into the ground.
Attached to it, a massive black shape rises from the trees, pulling out of stark shadows to gain definition. Light shines from its metal surface, coming to sharp points.
More of its legs join as it steps forward. He feels the impact, shuddering into the ground.
The upside-down pyramid swivels.
He and The Collector stare at it.
Then the construct runs directly toward them.
He yelps, diving out of the way. It crashes into the trees. As it rotates around, he catches a glimpse of a mouth situated at its flat top.
It makes a clicking sound, then raises a leg to him—
He screams as he scarcely dodges, the limb stabbing into a tree.
“King!”
Suddenly, he’s lifted into the air. Over the construct and dodging another limb, he sees The Collector standing a few feet away as he suddenly drops and they catch him.
They set him behind them. They materialize a bow and arrow, with what looks to be a star at the tip, and shoot it at the construct.
A glyph appears over its surface when the arrow hits, causing it to skid off the metal with a sharp screech.
“Huh?” The Collector says.
The construct swivels, and he gets the feeling it’s seen them.
“Wh-what do we do?!” he asks.
“We… run!”
The Collector grabs their discarded stick, throws King onto their shoulders, and darts forward just as the construct slams a limb where they once were.
He springs into the bushes, hitting the ground running. King gasps, keeping a tight hold around their neck.
The ground trembles as the construct gives chase. He looks back, tail fluffing at how close it is.
He looks back to The Collector. “If it’s a Titan construct, why was it attacking me?”
“It’s been thousands of years! These things are gonna break down over time and stop workin’ properly!” They’re grinning. “This is so exciting! I’ve never had a fair fight with anything, cause I’m always too strong, but my magic doesn’t affect it!”
“That’s a bad thing!”
“Danger is the spice of life, King!”
The Collector expertly weaves through the forest, avoiding any obstacles present in thorny bushes, trees or rock formations. It seems like he’s purposefully choosing the harder path, in attempt to lose the construct.
He starts thinking it’s possible, but when he dares to look back, he tenses upon seeing the massive shape moving in the distance.
“How are we supposed to get rid of it? It’s still following us!” he exclaims.
“Hmmm…”
They come to a clearing. The Collector runs all the way through it, before skidding to a hard stop at its edge.
“Why’d you stop?!” he yells, panicked.
“I got it! If I can’t beat it with my magic…” They grab King and set him down. “I’ll just beat it without that!”
He scrambles back. “Whatever you’re thinking right now is a bad idea!”
“All my ideas are good ideas.”
They dig their stick into the ground and run around the clearing, drawing a giant circle. With each second the construct grows closer, birds fleeing from the trees at every rumbling step.
The Collector stops before completing the circle. He walks to the side opposite from King, peering at the forest in anticipation.
Not a moment after, the constructs looming shape finally rises out of the trees, swinging out a limb at The Collector.
King jumps, holding his paws over his face. No, no, no, he doesn’t wanna watch.
…hesitantly, he peers out between his claws.
The Collector draws a line within a circle, swings out of the way of the construct attempting a hit, then draws another line, completing a triangle.
They lead the construct closer to the middle, leaping away from its limbs at every turn. The construct spins around and around as it tries to catch The Collector, skittering back and forth as he continues evading it.
Each moment they get, they draw another line, him beginning to recognize the symbol. They dart under the construct to draw a connecting line between the smaller circle and triangle.
The construct tries to swing under itself, stumbling as it fails. They weave around its flailing limbs, back to the smaller circle.
Watching them, it feels less and less like a fight and more like a complex dance, The Collector twisting around the construct with a grace he didn’t think they possessed. They’re smiling, entirely within their element.
He reaches the edge of the incomplete circle and draws its last connecting line. The construct swings for them, and they backflip, touching the glyph as they land on a hand, then spring out of the way.
A torrent of vines burst from the ground and snatch the construct in their grip.
It skitters, toppling over. Its legs fruitlessly scratch the air, vines straining to hold it still.
The Collector hops to its top with a burst of wind. “There’s gotta be a main component powering it, with how big it is! I think I saw it in its mouth!”
“Wh—in its mouth?! Isn’t there a better way?!”
They hold still even as the construct thrashes. “Hmm… I guess I could tear an opening.” He holds a hand to his chin. “But whatever’s inside prolly won’t be protected against my magic, so it’ll be easier to destroy!”
They raise a hand—
“Kids!”
The Collector and King startle, whipping around to find Raine at a distance.
“Huh?” The Collector utters, right as King exclaims, “Raine?!”
There’s a snapping sound. He gasps, noticing a vine has fallen away.
The construct lurches forward, spiraling mouth opening around The Collector’s outstretched arm—
CRUNCH.
Wh…
“Collector!” Raine shouts in terror.
They swing out a burst of magic from their violin, hitting the construct.
What…
It nearly topples over, in its startlement letting go of The Collector, who hits the ground with a spray of blood, unmoving.
No.
The construct is quick to recover, raising a leg over The Collector.
No, no, no, no, NO—
It begins to strike and a surge propels him forward, escaping his mouth with a shout.
The construct slams into a translucent shield.
His heart pounds in his ears, body screaming under the rush. The construct looms over him, unable to hit past the shield suddenly encasing him.
He whips around.
The Collector is behind him. They’ve begun to push themself up, grasping their bloodied arm.
“Collector!” he cries. “Are you okay?!”
They stare at him with wide eyes. “I… yeah.” Startled, “You made a shield.”
“Huh?” He blinks at the thin magic protecting them both. It’s yellow, and what looks like a glyph is spread across the surface. “Oh, I guess I di—that’s not important right now! Your arm!”
He can’t quite tell under their sleeve, but their arm looks… wrong. Bile rises in his throat.
Their smile is more of a grimace. “I-it’s fine, it just needs to—”
CRACK.
It suddenly rights itself, The Collector wincing. “…heal,” he finishes.
“Guh,” is all he can say.
The Collector clenches their hand, moving their previously broken arm back and forth. He stretches it out.
“I can work with this,” he mutters to himself.
They look past the shield, King following their gaze. The construct is distracted by Raine, who seems to be managing alright with their violin, but still in a pickle against its bloodthirsty behavior.
“Alright, new plan,” The Collector says.
He startles. “You’re going back out there again?” he half asks, half accuses. “It already broke your arm!”
“And it healed, so it’s fine,” he replies.
“That’s not—” He grits his teeth, groaning. “You don’t understand, I don’t… I don’t want to see you get hurt again.”
They look at him oddly.
“…you worry too much,” they say.
With that, he rips an opening into King’s shield and leaps out.
He gasps, scrambling back. The Collector runs head on to the construct, as it batters it attacks against Raine.
They dive, sliding under the upside-down pyramid, and stop at its tip. In a half-supine position, he latches onto it. They dig their hands in—
And by sheer brute strength alone, tear it off.
The construct has noticed him now, swiveling, but Raine throws off the leg it tries to use with a strum of their violin.
With that extra time, The Collector materializes their bow, pulls back an arrow and shoots it into the construct, lightning quick.
It stutters.
And it explodes.
He yelps, instinctively covering his head. Bright light flashes through his eyelids, debris smashing around him in a cacophony of sound.
His head is ringing.
Slowly, he opens his eyes.
His shield kept him protected, jagged pieces of metal around the clearing with a cloud of dust. Just as suddenly as it appeared, the glittering surface dissipates.
He coughs, covering his mouth. Tears prick his eyes and he wipes them away, blearily trying to see past the dust.
It slowly clears, revealing The Collector standing in the center.
There’s a ring of clear grass around their feet. Light bounces off his hair, casting a halo around his head. Standing in the sunlight, framed by ruined metal and towering trees, they almost look otherworldly.
Until he speaks, that is. “Got iiit,” they smile, looking at a large, broken orb beside them.
At the edge of the clearing, Raine pops up from behind a rock. They look alright, if not a little disorientated.
“Collector!” they exclaim.
The Collector’s mouth quirks to a frown, as he seems to realize the repercussions of his actions and inability to escape.
They let Raine run toward them. “Collector—oh, Titan, your arm—”
“It’s fine—”
“Do you feel any pain? It might have broken, I should look at it closer at my place—”
The Collector waves out his arm in emphasis. “It’s fine! Look, see?”
Raine grimaces. “Euh… did it really heal that fast?”
“Immortal. I’m immortal.”
They hold their head. “I would still feel better having checked it over. Besides, you’ll need a different shirt.”
The Collector groans. “Tell me ya don’t wear form fitting.”
“Huh? Uh… no?”
“Thank the Sky,” he mutters.
Raine, finally out of panic mode, visibly enters parenting mode. Their face twists into a frown. “Collector, why did you run off? I was looking everywhere for you!”
The Collector’s irritation finally gives way to anxiety's edge. They shrink into themself, looking away.
King takes the opportunity to jump in. “They wanted to find the construct because Titan’s made it,” he answers. “And, uh, I mean, I decided to go with him. So I should also be in trouble.”
Instead of looking reassured, The Collector stiffens. “King had nothing to do with any of this! It was my idea!”
His tail fluffs. “I chose to go with you instead of getting Raine!”
“I let you come with!” They gesture, increasingly frantic. “I’m older than you, it’s my responsibility.”
“I’m not that younger than you, and besides, I could have done literally anything else!”
“Ki—”
The Collector snaps to Raine, and for the first time, what King sees in their face is abject terror.
“Don’t punish him!” they burst. “He didn’t—he didn’t do anything, it was my fault—”
“Neither of you are being punished!” Raine holds up their hands.
The Collector stops, teeth clenched. He’s breathing heavily.
Raine pinches their nose. With a defeated sigh, they lower a hand. “Look, I am… disappointed you didn’t listen to me. But I’m not doing anything to either of you. I just want to ask that you hear me out, next time, if I’m concerned about something like this. You really scared me.”
Slowly, The Collector’s shoulders lower. They take to looking at the ground.
“Is that alright?”
“Yeah. Sorry,” King says. He’s not really that sorry, but he does feel bad for freaking out Raine.
He looks at The Collector again, feeling a little unnerved about their behavior. His hands are closed into fists. They don’t say anything.
Raine doesn’t seem to mind. “We’re going to my place now. No ruses.”
“No ruses,” he repeats as a promise. “Oh, wait, uh… shouldn’t we like, also get the bounty of whatever this is?” He gestures to the orb, presuming it’s the constructs core.
They wave their hands. “No, no, we can do that later, what’s important right now is you two are safe.”
They summon their staff with one swift motion. Thus begins the far less perilous journey of flying to Raine’s house.
“I liked that shirt,” The Collector frowns.
It was his blue blouse with a bloodberry and stars, and though it doesn’t possess bell sleeves, he liked the bishop ones. It’s a shame one of them got torn.
Raine folds it and sets it aside. “I can sew it up for you. The blood will be harder to wash out, but manageable, I think. Now…”
They dip their washcloth in the bowl of soapy water. Gently, they take The Collector’s arm.
He stiffens.
Raine’s hand is warm. They begin to dab off the dried blood.
In attempt for distraction, he leans back, catching eyes with King at the other end of the couch.
“What?” they ask.
“Nothing,” he replies.
A moment.
“Are you okay?” he asks.
“Yes,” they try not to sound irritated, failing.
“Right…”
Whatever. He turns his attention to the rest of the room. Raine’s house is fancy. It had a black iron gate at the front, guarding a big yard of flowering shrubs with an equally big porch.
Inside feels tamer, but still distinctly fancier than the Owl House. He’s been situated on the couch, made of black leather, which he sinks into comfortably. They’ve folded one leg, their other foot brushing the plush, cream carpet. They’re inside something he knows is a ‘conversation pit’ from those Azura books. This one is smaller, though, and more set off to the side as its own room. The walls are this deep brassy wood, contrasting the Owl House’s white bricks. The whole place feels a lot darker. Mysterious.
“Hmm.” Raine gently presses against their arm in several areas. “Can you stretch your arm out?”
He complies.
“How’s your movement?”
They rotate and bend it, hoping Raine will finally be convinced it’s completely fine.
“I suppose it did heal,” they mutter, examining it. “That’s… convenient. Well, I’m all done. Sorry about having to touch it.”
He pulls back his arm and re-adjusts his overalls straps. Finally. “Do I need another shirt?” they ask.
“Yes. I don’t think anything of mine will exactly fit, but since it’s just temporary it should be alright.” They rise from the couch, picking up the bowl, washcloth and his shirt. “I need to look up how to wash out blood, but I’ll have your shirt back to you soon.”
“Vinegar and cold water,” they say.
“Huh?”
“For washin’ out blood.”
“Oh. Er. Thank you.”
He and King follow Raine out of the conversation pit, back into the foyer. They cross into the dining room, with a small wooden table that doesn’t fit the large space, connected to the kitchen.
Even the kitchen is large, marble and dark wood counters with an island. Raine dumps the bowl into the sink. They stride to the opposite side of the kitchen, crouch to open a cupboard, and pull out a larger bowl.
They fill it with water. Setting it on the island, they lower The Collector’s blouse in it to soak.
They turn to the two of them. “Alright, my room is upstairs. After we get you a new shirt I can give a more proper tour, and then we can um, figure out something to do. Inside.”
“Sounds good,” King says.
“Can’t we at least look at your yard?”
“Okay, inside the parameters of my property.”
He sighs. “Okaaay.”
They’ll take it. He’s not in a position to be complaining, anyway.
They go back to the foyer and head up the stairs. It goes up straight, then turns right, another difference between it and the Owl House.
It opens into a hall. No candles light it, simply window light from an open door, leading to a bathroom. Raine heads to the room beside it, opening it with a click.
“Woah,” he says, upon seeing their room. “You have a balcony!” they exclaim.
Right at the other end of the room is a tall glass door, framed by windows, which leads out a balcony. Catching his eye next is their bed, situated in the right corner. It looks like a comfortable land to get lost in, with how big it is. There’s posters on the wall around it, depicting edgy looking bands.
They walk in, grimacing at the messy floor. At the left wall is a large drawer. A few dusty trophies sit on it, behind various knickknacks in an entirely unorganized manner.
Beside the drawer is a bookshelf. He doesn’t recognize any of the titles, but a lot of them seem to be fiction. Although, one is about something called ‘music theory’, which is silly. Music isn’t a theory.
Raine holds out a shirt. “This was the smallest one I could find.”
It’s a black t-shirt, with a sketchy white font saying My Demonic Romance and a skull graphic under it. Euh, romance. It’s difficult stuffing the shirt under their overalls, but they manage.
“Does it feel alright?” Raine asks.
Hmm…
It’s definitely comfortable. He twists around, looking at the ensemble. They kind of like the black shirt with the lighter overalls. It looks cool.
“Yeah!” He grins. “Oh, oh, can we do the tour now?!”
“Tour!” King parrots.
“Tourrr!”
“Yes, we can do the tour now,” they smile. “Um, so… this is my room. It’s a bit messy, sorry. Over here is the balcony…” They open the door.
He bounces out onto the balcony. They run to the black railing, looking over. It’s pretty high up! They lean back, looking out across the forest. Cutting through the trees is a stream, birds twittering on branches.
He closes his eyes, a faint breeze on his face. They can smell the water.
“This would be a great napping spot,” King says.
He opens his eyes. The world is tinted blue. They blink it away, turning to King, who’s already hopped onto a cushioned chair.
“I like to sit out here to read, or just listen to the birds. It’s relaxing,” Raine says.
King closes his eyes. “It is.”
“It’s not nap time,” he says.
“Shhh.”
They're about to protest, then grin as an idea comes to mind. He silently walks to King, grabs the chair—and tips it over.
King yelps as he falls onto the floor. “What was that for?!” he yells.
“It’s not nap time!” they repeat. “Can’t be sleepi—waugh!” He jumps when King bites his leg. “Hey!”
“You started it!”
“You started it by tryna take a nap!”
“Why don’t we continue the tour?” Raine interrupts, smiling nervously. The Collector begrudgingly lets it go.
The rest of their house feels just as exciting, even when it’s only a bathroom or hall. It’s about the novelty! The fanciness! Dark wood fills the house, marble and black furniture, a cohesive theme running through. What he likes most are the occasional odd objects, like the fox soap dispenser, or the framed photo of a cat wearing a fedora, or their ladle with a monster at its handle.
After exploring most of the house, they’ve come back to the foyer. Raine leads them past the stairs, to a room at the left.
“And here is where I keep most of my instruments,” they say. “The room is soundproof, so it’s good for practicing.”
“Woah!”
King taps one of the walls, a bumpy black material. They join to run a hand across it, giggling at the sensation. Farther in is a table, with a small black couch. Of course, what he’s most interested in are all the instruments!
They slide in, stopping at a case. “Can we look at them?!”
“Yes, but please be careful.”
He opens it. “A guitar!” They pull it out. It’s a nice, glossy wood.
“Ooh,” King peers at it. “Oh!” He darts to the largest case. It’s funny watching him fumble with the latches, but he finally swings it open. “What’s this?”
“A cello,” The Collector answers.
“That’s right,” Raine says.
“Man, it’s big. I don’t think I could play this.”
“I could,” they say.
King laughs. “You’re not that bigger than me, how would you even hold it?”
His shoulders rise. “Really easily!”
“Prove it.”
“You’re gonna be wrooong,” they sing-song.
He finds the bows case, beside the cello, and gets that out first. Then they heft the cello out of its case. He carries both to the couch and sits down.
“You don’t hold cellos like a violin or guitar cause they’re so big, they sit in front of you. And you just play like this!”
Spurred on by King, they choose a more difficult song. It takes him a moment to get into the groove—strings have never been his strong suit—but it’s like sinking into a familiar memory, his hand moving as naturally as breathing.
Until they can’t remember a part.
He stutters. Determined, they press on, trying not to wince every time they forget what to do next.
By the end, he’s made a few major mistakes. They frown, pulling away the bow. A sort of embarrassment rises in him, and he attempts to push it down.
“I can usually do it better than that,” they say. “But see—”
“You can play?!” King exclaims.
“Of course I can.”
“That was quite good,” Raine says, looking surprised.
“Ehh, it wasn’t that great.”
“I didn’t know you could play anything,” King continues. “When did you learn that?”
“I’ve learned, like, every instrument.” He gets up. “And even when I haven’t, it’s pretty easy to intuit new ones. Music isn’t that hard.”
“No it’s not! I’ve tried learning, it’s difficult.”
“Nuh-uh.”
King glares. “If you really can play every instrument then play all the ones in this room.”
“Oh,” they grin, “you’re on.”
He successfully plays the guitar, ukelele, cittern, and with a bit of pleading to Raine, are allowed to play their violin briefly. King’s shock increases with each instrument, vindicating them.
“How did you do that,” he says, eyes wide, when they hand back Raine’s violin. “And, like… be good. You were good.”
“I told ya.” The compliments aren’t really warranted, though. He mostly played simple melodies, to make up for his lack of expertise. “Hey, do you have any woodwinds?” they ask Raine. “I’m better at those.”
It’d be nice playing something he’s actually proficient in. If King’s impressed by this, then he’d be blown away by them with a flute or clarinet… not to brag, but they’ve even managed consistency with an oboe.
“Just my flute, which I keep forgetting to get back from Eda,” Raine says. “You played that well too. I’ve been wondering, how did you get so musically minded? You’re not a bard, are you?”
“Oh, that’s easy. It’s cause my language is music!”
“Your language…?”
“Wha—that’s why you think it’s easy?” King pauses. “That makes sense. They can sound like a flute, it’s weird,” he adds.
“It’s not weird. It’s, um… emotive! You’re not really sayin’ words, you’re expressing your feelings, in the strongest way you can. Music can say everything that words can’t. That’s why it’s so important,” he says.
“Hm… well…” Raine adjusts their violin to rest under their chin. “If that’s the case, would you care for a duet?”
A beat.
They slowly grin, and, unable to contain it, pure elation propels them up. “YES! Yes, yes, yes!” He bounces.
“I’ll start?”
They nod rapidly, shaking their fists.
Raine smiles back. They take a breath, and slowly, begin the first notes.
He opens his mouth, and this time doesn’t hold back.
It’s like every inch of their joy is poured into the sound, expressing something they could never say in words. His flute matches in time with Raine’s melody, and he can’t help the addition of bells, rising the sound, more and more. Pure exhilaration rushes through them, put as raw as possible in a way only music could capture.
He hasn’t duetted with anyone in a long, long time. They forgot just how important it felt.
He doesn’t want it to end.
Eventually, though, both them and Raine peter out.
Raine’s smiling brightly. They open their mouth—
He squeals. “Eeeeeeeeeee!” They punch the air rapidly, then spin around, again and again. “That was so fun!” he bursts. “We hafta do it again sometime!”
Overfilled with joy, they bounce around the room, feeling as if a weight has been lifted. That was amazing!
Raine’s smile turns to a grin. “I would enjoy that. Maybe next time I come over, you can try my flute.”
“Yes!”
“You guys have to teach me how to play something,” King says. “Are there any good instruments for claws?”
“There’s lotsa them,” he says. “Ahh, I’d love teaching you! We should do it, let’s do it!”
“Yeah!”
“Yeah!” They throw their fists up.
Raine begins setting away their violin. “I have one more instrument. It was too big for this room, so it’s in the one across the hall.”
“Let’s see it!”
He runs out with King, sliding through the hall into the doorway just across, wood turning to carpet as it opens into a larger room.
And the moment they see the object, their mind comes to a grinding halt.
Raine follows shortly after. They walk farther in, followed by King, while he lags behind in the doorway.
They stare.
He barely hears his own voice when he asks, “You… have a piano?”
It stands proudly as the rooms center piece: a large, old, grand piano. Its wood shines underneath warm lighting, every part of it striking, clearly well taken care of.
They couldn’t look away if they tried.
“I don’t use it much.” Raine rubs their neck. “But, uh, I thought I could play a song, since you’ve already done so many.”
“I wanna hear!” King says.
They smile hesitantly. “I’m a little rusty, so forgive me if it sounds off.”
His voice is caught in his throat, only able to stand, petrified, as Raine sits.
They raise their hands over the keys.
And when the first notes gently fill the air, he suddenly can’t think at all.
It starts softly. Minutely, the sound gains confidence, hesitance turning deeply beautiful. It encompasses the room in its lilt, demanding attention without harshness. It’s reassuring, the way it always has been.
Warm…
For a moment that stretches on forever, it’s the only thing in the room.
And then, just as suddenly, it’s over.
Their eyes burn.
“You’re good,” King says.
“Aw, thank you. I’ve been meaning to practice more. It’s a beautiful instrument.”
Something wet rolls down his cheek.
Raine abruptly turns, looking startled. “A-are you okay? Was it that pretty…?”
“Ah…”
All at once, this horrible feeling crashes into them.
It’s like he’s been dunked under water, suddenly consumed by an all-encompassing burn that rips into his chest, pushing under his skin in a rising boil mind filled with discordant images and it hurts—
STOP.
They gasp.
Carpet under him.
Buzzing in their head.
Fading out to nothing at all.
He blinks.
Tears hit the carpet.
“I—” They wipe their eyes. “I…” He unclenches his hands. “…y-yeah. Um. It… it was pretty,” he mutters.
They don’t look up. He hears Raine’s chair, the soft creak of them getting up.
“Um…” they start, “I, uh, I have a closet with some boardgames. Would you two like to pick one out?”
“Oh! Uh, yeah! Yeah, that sounds good,” King says. “Collector?”
“Mm.”
“Uhhh. Yeah, let’s do the games.”
They jerkily turn. Getting his bearings, he walks into the hall.
They do not look back at the piano.
His mood brightens through the first boardgame. Mostly they start getting mad when King is winning, that they redouble their efforts just to beat him. Raine gets increasingly drowned out by him and King’s competitiveness. They don’t understand people who don’t care at all about winning, that’s the point.
Still, even the few times he loses, it doesn’t sting as bad to see King happy about winning. They just move on to the next round or game.
They all get so wrapped up in it, no one remembered to have lunch until it was time for dinner.
It was a bit funny seeing Raine run around the kitchen, trying to figure out what to make. For such a big kitchen, it was surprisingly lacking. They mostly just had these things called instant meals.
After eating, a lot of talking, and even more board games, now The Collector sits on the couch with King, trying to finger out a six fingered cats cradle. Raine’s on the other side, reading a book.
“For the cats cradle itself, you only need two fingers to loop the string around, then a third to hold the shape,” they say, demonstrating again. “So maybe if you use your thumbs to hold it and sorta do it flipped?”
“Huhhh…”
“Here, umm, I’ll try.”
He instinctively starts doing it the right way around, having to retry. They’re having a hard time visualizing how to do it flipped. It should be pretty simple, like…
No, that’s not right. No!
“This is pretty hard,” he frowns.
King throws his head back. “I’m never gonna get this.”
“No, no, no, I can figure it out!” They try again. “Just, like… oh, I think I got it! There!” He proudly holds it up.
King looks at his string. “And now I just have to do that?”
“It’ll be good practice for the rest of the game.”
“Wait, there’s more?”
“Yeah, two people swap the string to keep makin’ different shapes. Except, umm… I dunno how many of them need more than three fingers.” They try to remember. Yeah, he has no idea.
“I can’t keep doing this,” King groans.
“Well, what do we do? We’ve already played all the board games.”
“I don’t know… this would have been a great time for my book,” he sighs.
“Book?” They remember earlier. “Ohh. Wait, where did it go?”
“I forgot it at that photo place.”
Raine turns a page of their book. “We can go back to get it.”
“If we’re going back to the marketplace, we should get the bounty on that construct.”
They blink. “At this hour? It’s getting dark out, I’m not sure if it’d be safe…”
“I know Eda needs the money,” he says dryly.
That seems to change Raine’s tune. “Y-you’re right. What time is it…?” They grab their scroll from the table, turning it on with a squint.
“It’s almost seven,” The Collector answers.
“Oh, it is.” They adjust their glasses. “I suppose we should leave now, then. The time it takes us to do it should be long enough… um, for Eda to be done with… for you two be able to go back to the Owl House.”
“Uhuh,” King says.
“But stick with me. No running off, not while it’s almost dark out.”
“I wouldn’t want to anyway.” He nudges The Collector.
“I won’t do anything,” they say, then hold out their pinky. “Pinky swear.”
Raine blinks at it, entwining their pinkies. “Um, good.” They rise. “Well, let’s go, then.”
Raine took several photos of the broken construct as proof, but as per the system, it was necessary for something to be brought back. Lacking a better option, The Collector opted to carry the constructs core back to the marketplace.
It wasn’t really that far, and the suns just started to set by the time they’ve been traded back snails.
The Collector peers into the bag of glittering gold. “This isn’t twenty thousand,” he says.
“Those snails are worth more,” Raine explains. “It’d be inconvenient to have to literally give someone thousands of snails.”
“Ohhh.”
“Let me see!” King grabs the bag, nearly dropping it. “Woah, that’s heavy.” He excitedly looks inside. “We’re rich!”
“We’re rich!” They throw up their arms.
“Let’s try to move a little faster,” Raine speeds up their walking. “They’re probably closing by now, if they haven’t already.”
Luckily, they manage to catch the shopkeeper right as they’re locking the door. They’re already opening it before Raine explains the situation, probably having been waiting for someone to pick up the book.
King hugs it close when it’s returned. “I’m never letting this leave the house again.”
“It’s just a book.”
“Camila gave it to me!”
Raine looks at their scroll. “Alright… we can head back to the Owl House now.”
“Good, I was getting tired,” King says.
“It is near your bed time.”
“I’m not tired,” he declares.
“You will be,” King says.
“No I won’t.”
“Yes you will.”
“No I won’t!”
“Alright, alright.” Raine summons their staff. “All aboard.”
They hop onto the staff, behind Raine, who King sits in front of for extra security. With a kick, they’re in the air.
The wind ruffles his hair, autumns chill beginning to set in. They take a deep breath. He watches the glimmering sunset, orange bleeding to red at the horizon. Slowly but surely, the sun thins to a line, until it disappears all together.
They’re not sure what they feel in that moment.
Raine gently lands in front of the house. He slides off their staff.
“We’re here,” they say, a little unnecessarily.
“Home sweet home!” King says, hopping down. “I am so ready to go to sleep.”
The surrounding trees are black against the dusty, dark blue sky, the way it gets before pure night. They look up. There’s already a handful of stars.
As the trio approaches, Hooty twists around on the door. “What’s the passwooord?” he asks.
The Collector kicks it open. “Hi-ya!”
“No! You can’t do that!” Hooty screeches.
He cackles.
All three of them squeeze in through the door. Eda, on the couch, perks up at their loud entrance.
“You’re back!” She stands up quickly. “How was it?”
“Pretty fun,” King says. He dumps the bag of snails on the floor. “And look!”
“We’re rich!” they say.
“Wha—” She gapes at the pile. “Where did you get all this?! Were you guys robbing rich people, or something?”
“That would have been funny,” King says.
“And are you wearing one of Raine’s shirts?” She notices about The Collector.
“It’s a long story,” Raine says. “You do your thing first.”
She raises a brow, but is quickly distracted by whatever ‘her thing’ is, grinning brightly. “Right! Okay, kids, I have a surprise for you two!”
“A surprise?” he echoes.
“Knew it,” King whispers.
“Come on, it’s upstairs!” She waves a hand, quickly walking to the hall.
They follow her up, through the candlelit halls. They feel even more confused when she stops at King’s room.
“Alright…” She swings open the door. “Surprise!”
He blinks.
“Huh. It’s…” Kine pauses, realizing, “wait—”
“It’s bigger!” they gasp.
He runs in, spinning around in awe. It’s expanded by several feet, no, even more! They grin. There’s so much more space! It almost looks empty now, his and King’s things moved farther out to accommodate for the expanse.
“How did you do all of this?” King asks, wide-eyed.
“Ehh, I was saving up snails to commission a job from the construction coven.”
“Is that a new window?!” they exclaim, running up to it.
It’s bigger than the first, situated on the new wall, and bears the same stained glass detailing as all the other windows.
“Yep! Was a bit of a pain to get in, but we managed,” she says proudly. “I, uh, I hope you two like this. I’ve been thinking about how your room needed to be… well, a room, instead of a closet—”
King runs back to her and leaps up for a hug.
“Ack!” She laughs, holding him.
“Thank you! Man, I was wanting a real room anyway.”
“I’m sorry it took so long,” her smile softens. “With the snails you guys got, we could probably get beds tomorrow. Does that sound good?”
“Yes!” King cheers.
Beds… plural.
You two. Your room.
It feels like a sticks been lodged in The Collector’s throat, suddenly unable to speak.
“I want a bigger bed. I need to sleep in endless mattress,” King says.
“We’ll look at our options. Do either of you need anything? It’s about your bedtimes.”
He squirms out of her grip. “I’m good. Thanks again.” Then he squints at The Collector.
He startles. They swallow. “Uh… thanks,” he tells Eda.
“Of course! I’m really glad you two like it.”
King hugs her leg, then pulls back, tail wagging. “Goodnight!”
“Goodnight,” she smiles.
She clicks off the light, leaving the room illuminated by stars. The door shuts.
King turns. “I thought you’d be more excited by this,” he remarks, going to their sleeping bag.
They slowly sit on the sleeping bag.
“Uhh… Collector?”
“I’m going to sleep,” he says.
“Oh.” King gives them a look. “Okay.”
He ignores it. They pull off their overalls and set them aside. Too tired to change into pajamas, he flops back. A big shirt’s basically the same thing.
They pull their blanket over themself and shut their eyes.
King shuffles around, before settling at the foot of the sleeping bag. He heaves out a contented sigh.
Sleep.
Sleep…
Go to sleep…
Unbidden, he grips the sleeping bag.
They just don’t understand.
He’s not sure what he was thinking. They weren’t, that was the issue. He just… he just let himself get lost in the routine. Like what, they were just going to live here? It always felt like it was a temporary arrangement. Isn’t it…?
But where would he even go, if not here? Where would the others want them to go?
Maybe they’re expecting him to move out when he’s an adult. They’re nearing the age where they’ll begin to rapidly grow, before petering out to… well, nothing, as an adult. But that’s going to be a lot of years for mortals!
Honestly, it’s a lot of years for him too. Being immortal has never made a drop of the present move quicker. Everything just feels insurmountably small when they look back on it.
It doesn’t make sense anyway. To move out as an adult is normal for witches, and it implies there was a permanency in your residence.
Like you were supposed to be there.
Like you were…
Stupid. Stupid, stupid, stupid. He doesn’t even want another family, family just ties you down, and the others—the others definitely don’t think of him like that.
It’s better this way, they tell themself.
Finally, his mind quiets.
Notes:
as a reminder since its been so long, in swa, kings dad and the boiling isles titan are two different people. ive been calling her carwyn in my head for a really long time now so im excited to have finally dropped his name!
when my brother and i would come out of our rooms and intersect in the hall wed always say "fancy meeting you here" and then have a conversation similar to the collectors and kings
Chapter 26: One Fun Day
Summary:
After running into Amity, Willow and Hunter by chance, The Collector joins them for clothes shopping.
Notes:
cw: mild body horror, body image issues, panic attacks, dissociation
chapter art!
Chapter Text
The mud twists around their feet.
He thrashes, panicked, a scream building in his throat. No, no, no, let them out, let them out!
He stumbles forward, hitting the ground. Fruitlessly, they try to tug their legs out of the mud, hands sinking into it. He’s unable to get purchase in his desperate crawl, water sprouting out of the ground to drag him down deeper.
They manage to throw a hand out, and it warps, suddenly a shadow of itself.
No, no, no, no, no—
He can’t scream as he watches his body twist into a flat shadow. They can barely move, sinking farther into the water, murkier and murkier, their body melding into the mud and it’s gone.
Please—
Unable to feel anything, he reaches out in desperation, water nearly overtaking his vision—
and their world turns black.
The Collector’s eyes snap open with a gasp.
Blurry shapes dance around him. Frantic, they throw themself up, panting.
Black spots crowd his vision further. Something soft over them—hard wood below, cushioned—
The world is dark and blotted, melding into muddy browns. No, no, no, he shuts his eyes tight, gripping his head. Their body is burning.
You’re not there. You’re not there. You’re not there.
Shadows can’t burn. Shadows can’t feel anything.
Not there.
He pries his eyes open, blinking.
Slowly, their vision clears.
He’s in… he’s in a room. Luz’s old room. King’s new room. Maybe their room, too.
He’s laying on his sleeping bag, blanket askew. They drop their hands to grip it fiercely. Soft. Real. It’s real.
His breathing slows.
They’re real.
He closes his eyes again, inhaling deeply. Their shirt is scrunched up uncomfortably. His hair brushes against his jaw. The blanket is hot over their legs, cool air against their arms.
Slowly, he opens his eyes.
Morning light filters through the windows, shifting as it dances between trees branches. Their collection of insects and rocks sit against the wall, colored in blue shadows. Faint light glimmers off the jars.
He blinks at the large window above his collection, confused, before remembering yesterday.
Bigger room, new window, right.
The world begins to blur again, everything feeling distant. Harshly, they rub their hands across their blanket in attempt to dispel it.
You’re not a shadow anymore, you’re not there, you’re not there.
He rubs his eyes, then shakes his head. Blegh. Get it together.
They sigh.
Today’s gonna be great, huh.
When he steps outside, the world is already dim, sky covered in clouds. They don’t pull down their sunglasses yet, sun a manageable gleam. By the look of things, he won’t need them at all.
“We’re going to a different part of town,” Eda explains, as she holds open the door for The Collector and King. “Collector, you haven’t really seen it, but it’s got bigger walk-in shops.”
“It’s fancy,” King says.
“Ooh,” they say.
She shuts the door. “It’s not that fancy, you should see the rich part of town. But it is more upper class.” She waves a hand.
In a flash, Owlbert transforms into a staff. She seats herself on it, The Collector and King following suit.
He watches as they fly above the trees, moving faster and faster, until they become a blur. In a snap, the forest clears out to tiny buildings.
“Like I said, it’s got bigger walk-in shops, the one we’re going to included,” she continues. “There’ll be a bunch of mattresses you can test to see what you want. Then we need to look at sheets, blankets, probably more pillows… it, uh, won’t be that exciting.”
“Laying on a bunch of beds and blankets sounds great to me,” King says.
They swing their legs. “How’re ya gonna get the beds inside?”
“Vertically.”
He’s having a hard time imagining a mattress fitting through the front door. Well, maybe if they’re smaller beds, to match them and King’s size.
“I guess pickin’ stuff out’s fun…” Even if it’s beds.
“Oh, you’re going to be bored.”
“No! I can make it fun!”
“Well, it wasn’t a challenge.”
Made up challenge accepted.
He turns to looking at the sky. Altostratus clouds cover the sky in a thin sheet, heralding rain to come. Wind blows through their hair, pleasantly cool.
Below, the marketplace has morphed into larger buildings of brick and stone. The streets are bustling with people, dragging bags, walking in small groups or entering shops. They must be getting in last minute shopping before it’s boiling outside. It’s funny witches and most demons can’t handle the rain.
They land on the cobbled road.
He hops off, tapping his feet against the stone. They stomp harder to light up their shoes. He giggles.
“Aaand we’re here!” Eda gestures to the store in front of them.
Cozy Nightmares is the name, a white building with brick skirting and large double doors. When she swings open both doors, they try not to jump at the bell chiming. Ugh, it’s like thinking you heard your name.
Inside, a bipedal demon stands at the register, situated to the side of the doors. Ahead, there’s a labyrinth of different beds and shelves full of fabric.
The demon looks up. “Hello!” xe says with cheer. “Welcome to Cozy Nightmares, where in these beds even nightmares won’t stop you from getting a good nights sleep. Do you know what you’re looking for, or do you need help?”
“Uhhh…” Eda scratches her head. “I wouldn’t mind some help. I need beds for these two.”
“Hm?” Xe looks over the counter. “Oh! Aww, how old are they?”
“I’m eight,” King asserts flatly.
The Collector pauses. What age are they supposed to be…? Older than King, but how much older?
“Uh, the other one’s about nine,” Eda says for him.
A year? They guess they’ll take it.
Xe walks away from the counter, gesturing for them to follow. “I think small twin sizes would work then, especially if you’re planning to have them grow into the beds.”
They traverse around large beds, closer to the back left of the store, where the beds slowly shrink until reaching much more reasonable sizes. He’s not sure twins could fit in them, though. Maybe really tiny ones.
“All of our mattresses have good support in them, so you’re mostly choosing between how firm or soft they are. Firm tends to be better for stomach and back sleepers, while soft tends to be better for side sleepers.”
“Hmm… do you know anything about good nest sleeping?”
“Nest? Uh, well…”
King beelines to the nearest mattress and climbs onto it. They follow suit, flopping over it.
He surveys the feeling. “Hmm,” they frown.
“It feels like a rock,” King says.
He pushes his hands into the mattress, it barely giving. “Who would wanna sleep on one of these? Just use the floor at that point!”
“There’s gotta be a better one.”
King hops off the bed. They both test each bed they run into, finding more hard slabs of mattresses in the midst of softer ones. None feel exactly right, though.
“Why are so many of these… bad?” they ask, frowning as they push their hands into another mattress.
“People really have low standards, I guess.”
He walks to another bed, testing it. They pause. He pushes both hands into it. They smile, relieved, and climb on to flop over it.
“King!” he calls. “King, I found the perfect one!”
King runs over and hops onto the bed. His eyes widen. “Oh, yeah.”
“It’s like clouds!”
He sinks into the plush mattress, not so much there’s no support, but enough to be super comfortable. They could fall asleep right here. Man, he missed having a bed.
They sigh happily.
After a minute, he opens his eyes, not actually wanting to fall asleep. Idly, they watch distant witches and demons passing by the stores large windows. He’s about to look away, when they spot…
Someone with purple hair. Amity? Amity!
They spring off the bed. He runs through the store, hoping he manages to catch her before it’s too late.
They swing open the door and skid outside. “Ami!” they call.
She jolts, swiveling. It is her! “Huh?” Her face lights in recognition. “Oh! Lunita!”
He runs up to her. With her are Willow and Hunter, the former of which exclaims, “Hi Collector!”
“Hiii!” They grab Amity’s hands, smiling. “Watcha doin’?”
“We were just going clothes shopping,” she answers, smiling back.
“To get this guy better clothes.” Willow nudges Hunter. “He keeps wearing the same two things.”
“They’re good clothes!” he replies defensively.
He’s wearing a plain yellow sweater and brown pants. Yeah… they can see why they’re buying him more clothes.
Amity is entirely different. She’s wearing a sangria colored blouse, imprinted with a white cat that says BOO, a long black skirt and light jeans. Her hair, he notes happily, is still tied into a ponytail with the hair clip he gave her. The gold moon matches the ones on her boots, purple gems complimenting her hair.
“You look pretty,” they say. He really wants her clothes.
“Thanks! I’ve been experimenting a bit more lately, Luz has been showing me human fashion.” She looks around them. “What are you doing here, anywa—”
“Collector!”
He swivels. Eda and King push out of Cozy Nightmares, the former of whom continues, “Why’d you run off—oh, hey, boots.”
“Hi,” Amity returns.
“We’re mattress shopping,” he tells Amity.
“Oh, are you finally moving out of that nest, Eda?”
“Wha—no! How do you even know about that?” She sighs. “I’m buying these two beds. I don’t need another one.”
“What, did you try giving them nests too?” Hunter asks.
“Alright, stop heckling me.”
Amity’s attention turns back to The Collector. “I guess I’ll let you get back to that now. Have fun! It was nice running into you.”
Her hands start to pull away—
“Wait!” They grip her. He turns to Eda, glances at Amity, then back to Eda. “Um… uh, can I go clothes shopping with them?” they ask, as impulsively as the idea came. “I won’t do anything! Please, please, pleaaase?”
“Huh? Uh, I don’t know… you do need to pick a mattress.”
“The really soft one! King can show you.”
“Oh, you got one already? Well… hm. Would you guys be okay with him taggin’ along?” she asks the trio.
“I wouldn’t mind,” Amity says.
“I would,” Hunter says.
“I also wouldn’t mind. You’re outvoted,” Willow says.
He groans.
Eda hm’s. She opens her owl bag, fetching a small pouch, which she counts out some snails into.
She hands him the bag. “Okay, here. Go knock yourself out, kiddo.”
Expecting her to say no, or to not say yes without a lot of pleading and promises, they’re stunned. He slowly takes the bag.
This feeling swells inside of them, and for that moment they oh so strongly want to—
Hug her?
He’s nearly thrown off kilter by the thought. They quickly recover, laughing a little. “Thank… thank you!”
She smiles. “Yeah, of course. Boots, get them back to me in like an hour.”
“I will!”
He giggles, bouncing on his feet. They take Amity’s hand and swing them together. “Let’s go! Where are we goin’?”
“I shop at The Occult,” she answers. “Confusing name, I know, there’s a lot of occults. It’s a primarily gothic brand. Lots of black, drapey clothes, but they’ve got some color. Usually purple.”
“But the clothes that aren’t goth are pretty cute!” Willow interjects.
“I don’t know why you want me to look at goth clothes,” Hunter says. “Do I look goth to you?”
“No,” Amity says, right as Willow cheerily says, “Absolutely not.”
Hunter bristles. “You don’t have to say it like that!”
“It’s about expanding your horizons, anyway. Window shopping! Figuring out what you like or don’t like!” She raises two fists.
“It’s a waste of time,” he grumbles.
“Does my outfit look like a waste of time?” She gestures to her green trench coat, patterned in lighter flowers, with a loose yellow shirt and brown pants. She’s pretty, too. They really like her braids.
He flusters. “That’s—that’s not—you look great! It’s just a waste of time for me—I’m not a fashion person!” His arms flail about.
“Why?” The Collector asks.
“It’s just clothes,” he huffs. “I care more about practicality.”
“The practicality of wearing the same two things?” Willow asks.
He glares at her. She laughs.
They used to do the same thing, but only because there wasn’t a reason to do anything else. Witch culture is strange in a lot of ways. This is an aspect of it he likes, though. The variety is exciting!
“There it is.” Amity points, diverting the groups attention.
They follow her finger. The Occult is made of black stone, the name written in gothic, purple lettering. He expects the bell this time, as Amity swings open the dark wood door.
“Woah!” they exclaim.
Inside is dark. The stone is great for blotting out light, leaving only dim illumination from candles. He has to blink a few times before his eyes adjust. They begin making out the racks upon racks of clothes, a few other people in the store already, examining their chosen items.
“How is anyone supposed to see in here?” Hunter asks, squinting.
“With their eyes,” he answers.
Hunter levels them a flat stare.
“You get used to it,” Amity says. “Hmm… I think shirts are a safe place to start.”
She leads them farther into the store, to the left side, around circular racks and past several aisles to their right.
She stops, gesturing out an arm. “Here they are. Let’s see…” She starts looking through the rack. “They have a few, um, less… stylish shirts, so there will be something you’ll like.”
“Did you have to use that phrasing?”
They pick out the first shirt they see. He frowns upon seeing how large it is, enveloping most of his body. “I think these are too big for me,” they say.
Amity stops looking through the rack. “Oh! The kids section is somewhere else. Willow, you show Hunter around, I’m taking The Collector.” She leans down to whisper. “You have a better sense of style, anyway.”
“Hey!”
The Collector giggles.
“I’ll find him something cute,” Willow says, which has Hunter’s irritation fade into red cheeks.
Amity takes The Collector’s hand, leading him farther to the right. They look at all the racks in awe, from frilly shirts to full blown goth dresses, layered skirts, ribbons, lace, a whole lot black, dark purple and blue, interspersed with brighter pops of color. It’s like neon stars shining against an inky sky. It’s so cool.
“Okay, kids clothes!” Amity gestures across the row of smaller shirts. “I haven’t been to this section in… years. Wow. I’ve been shopping here for most of my life.”
He nearly darts away from her, held back when she tugs his hand. “Wait,” she says. “Can I see the pouch Eda gave you? I need to count how much it was so we can plan better… and, uh, it’d probably be better for me to hold it anyway.”
They fish it out of their skirt, handing her it. With that, he finally runs to the line of clothes.
They can’t contain their excitement, giggling as they look through the rack. Ahh, he really wanted to get more clothes! And this is where Amity shops! It’s perfect!
They stop at a soft black shirt. He tugs it off, holding it up. It’s got long bell sleeves, and seems a little big for them. They remember how it felt wearing Raine’s baggy black shirt.
“Look!” He holds it out to Amity.
She’s mouthing the amount of snails to herself. She blinks, looking up. “That’s really cute! It seems a bit big, though—”
“Yeah, I want it to be.”
“You like baggier clothes?”
“Yeah! They’re…” They grasp for a good word. “They’re cool. And comfy.”
He lays the shirt over an arm, looking back through the rack. He notices a spot of yellow and hops over to grab it.
It’s a yellow shirt, with a sun in the middle! The sleeves are short, it even looks like a size too big for them! He grins widely. “Ami, Ami! Look!”
She drops a snail. She quickly picks it up, looking at their shirt as she does. “Aww. Eda gave you three hundred snails, so I need to check the prices of those.” She takes both shirts, finding the tags. “Both twenty two… forty four… doing good so far.”
She hands the shirts back. He runs his hands over them, bouncing. “This is so exciting!” they say. “I’ve never had this many clothes before!”
“Hm? This is barely any.”
“Yeah, but I really only wore my robe… and pajamas to bed. Which are functionally the same thing, anyway, cause you just change them to be one or the other.” He cranes his head back as he talks.
She blinks. “Is that all you had…?”
They notice another eye-catching shirt, walking to it. “Nah, I had solstice outfits too, but that was kinda it. There wasn’t really a reason to have more. What was that thing Hunter said? Practicality.”
His solstice outfits were really pretty.
They… don’t have them anymore, do they?
That…
“I guess it’s more practical,” Amity concedes, stopping his train of thought. “But, I don’t know, don’t you enjoy yourself more when you can customize?”
They focus on her. “I think it’s fun! You all care about your appearance waaay more, though.”
Dyed hair, painted nails, earrings, it seems whatever can be customized will be, and if it can’t be? They’ll make it happen anyway.
“Well, it’s like an extension of yourself. You can express yourself through clothes, and other parts of your appearance, like your hair, or accessories…”
Hair…
He’s always kept his short, mostly because long wet hair sucks. They shudder just thinking about it. Longer hair’s a hassle anyway, especially if you play outside a lot.
Amity’s hair is longer, though. It’s really pretty. Willow’s too… she always wears braids.
He never got the chance to.
“…not to mention boot cuffs, or the color of your laces, there’s so many little details you can customize!”
They startle at Amity’s voice. Huh?
He blinks at the shirt he’s gripping from the rack. They pull their hand away.
“Uhhh…” He steps back. “Can we look at other stuff?”
“Sure. Umm.” She cranes her head, squinting. “I think there’s overalls over there, with the pants. You have a pair, right? Do you like them?”
“Yeah, they’ve got stickers.”
“Great.”
She leads them past the row of shirts, nearly to the opposite corner of the store, before stopping at a rack.
“Okay, let’s see… what kinds of clothes do you like? Textures, patterns, colors.” She looks back at him. “You like celestial stuff.”
“Mhm. Umm… uhh…” What do they like? Now that he’s been asked, it’s like he’s never had an opinion in his life. Colors, colors are easy. “I liiike blue and purple and yellow and pink! Maybe black, too? Black is cool. I don’t like red.”
“Purple and yellow are complementary… and opposites, so kind of tricky to match well. Dark purple usually works better with that. Blue and pink look good with them, or each other, so that’s good.” She looks through the rack with speed. “You’re probably a small, but you can make sure anything fits in the changing room.”
“Changin’ room?”
“The, uhh, the room where you try on the clothes before buying them?”
They stare at her.
“Where did you buy your other clothes?”
“Skin N’ Linen.”
“Ohh, they don’t have one, okay. Smaller store. Oh!” She pulls out a pair of baggy pants. They’re split colored, black and blue, with stars on the black side. “What about these?”
He gasps, snatching them from her. They bounce on their feet, grinning giddily. “Ahh! These are perfect!”
“I thought you might like them.”
He giggles, gripping the fabric. It’s a nice, slightly soft texture. They look past Amity, eyeing the clothing rack behind her. Overalls!
He rushes to them. There’s a lot of options… hmm… most are plain, though. Are there any better ones?
There’s a gleam of light. They pull out the pair producing it, and gasp.
“Ami! Look, look, look, it’s got sun clips!” He gestures to it frantically. They didn’t know you could do that!
“Oh, it’s even got clouds! That’s fun.”
He blinks, looking at the overalls, then gasps again. There’s clouds on the pants! How does this keep getting better?
A rack of skirts catches their eye. He runs to them, immediately brushing them to watch the fabric sway. They’re so pretty! They file through the skirts, finding ones with ribbons, pleated skirts and super flowy ones.
Amity moves in his peripheral vision. She steps closer. “What about this?”
She holds out a navy blue dress. The top piece is a sweater, 3D stars on the flared out skirt and a gold ribbon tied at the waist, also bearing stars at its ends.
They squeal. He snatches it from her, jittering in excitement. “I wanna try it on!” they say.
“The changing rooms are over that way.”
She quickly leads him over, back to where they started. She diverts into a small hall, where Willow sits on a bench.
“Didja find anything you like?” she asks.
“Yes!”
“Is Hunter changing?” Amity asks.
“Yep, I’m waiting for him.”
“You go into one of the open rooms,” Amity tells The Collector. “Make sure to lock the door.”
They nod, walking into a stall. He shuts the door, locks it, and hangs his clothes on a hook.
Obviously, they try on the dress first. He has to loosen the ribbon, but after a minute he’s pulling down the skirt, successfully having gotten it on.
They grin so hard their cheeks hurt. “Eeeeee!” he squeals, then rapidly punches the air. It’s so cute!
They need the others to see! He opens the door, hopping out.
“Look! Is it…” Their excitement dampens. Amity and Willow are staring at him. “Um.” They hold their hands. “Does it look nice?”
“It looks great!” Amity says, clapping her hands together. “I knew it’d fit you.”
“Aww, you look adorable!” Willow says.
Tentatively, he smiles again.
The stall next to them opens, revealing Hunter. He’s wearing a black shirt with a graphic of a griffin, and bright yellow cargo pants.
“Okay, uh… oh, you two are back,” he frowns.
“Looking good!” Willow smiles.
“Ehh…” Amity’s mouth presses to a thin line.
“Willow likes it.” Hunter crosses his arms.
“You look nice!” The Collector says. Mostly he likes the shape of those pants.
“Whuh? Uh… you… too?”
They give a thumbs up. He darts back into the stall to try everything else on.
They wear the black shirt and overalls. Delighted, he twists around to examine his outfit. The shirt is baggy with flowy sleeves, black pairing nicely with the lighter overalls and shining sun clips.
Their appearance isn’t something they think about a lot. It doesn’t really matter. But this…!
This is cool.
The sun shirt fits exactly how he wanted it to, but the pants are too big. He frowns. Maybe there’s a way to fix it? They really want these.
He pokes his head out the stall. “Umm, the pants don’t fit.”
“Do they have belt loops?” Amity asks.
“Huh?” They check. “There’s like, these straps.”
“Those are it. I can get one, I know a specific design you’d like. I really hope they have it.” She stands. “Hang on a minute.”
“Okay!”
Willow watches her leave. She props her head on her hand, looking back at The Collector. “Didja get sick?”
“Huh?”
“From the mimic rubus,” she clarifies.
“Ohhh. Yeah… it really sucked,” he says, grimacing.
“Me and Gus got sick too. Every time I sneezed my plants would overgrow.”
“I accidentally blew out all the candles.” They pause. “Literally. They exploded.”
“Oh, wow. Umm…” She holds a braid. “Have you been doing alright since then? Like, you know… with everything?”
He doesn’t know what that means. “I’ve been great! Today’s really fun!”
She smiles. “I’m glad to hear that.”
They smile back. Is he supposed to ask something now? They don’t get why she asked in the first place, but maybe it’s a weird social thing.
“Are you doin’ alright?” he parrots.
“Huh? Um, yeah! I’ve been doing good.” She holds both braids now, craning her head back. “Well… doing better. But that’s not something you should be concerned about! You’re like, what, nine?”
“I’m thousands of years old.”
“Close enough.”
Amity rounds the corner. “Got one! Collector, do you know how to put on a belt?”
“Umm, I’ve never done that before.”
“I can help.”
They let her into the stall. He holds up his pants as she unfolds the belt.
“Okay, so, you put the end in through like this. Then you clip that little piece into one of the belt holes, so you can adjust how tight it is.”
They grab the piece, pulling it just tight enough to hold. He lets go.
“Good! Ah, the belt’s a bit too long…”
It’s a shimmery teal belt, with a yellow star buckle. About six inches of it hang off from one of the loops. They’re not sure what it is about it, but it somehow looks even better like this.
They giggle. He bounces on his feet, curls his hands into fists and shakes them as hard as he can.
“Do you like it?”
“I LOVE IT!” they yell, throwing up their hands with a burst of stars. “Can I get more clothes?!”
“Yeah, you have enough left for a few more!”
“Yes!”
He quickly changes. Hunter’s out again by the time they exit, back in his regular clothes.
“We should look at the coats,” Willow says to Hunter. “You don’t want to be freezing when the cold weather hits!”
“Hmm… do you have winter clothes, Collector?” Amity asks.
“No.”
“Let’s get some then. We’re following you two,” she says to Willow and Hunter. “Or, uh… you’re following us, I know the store better.”
They follow her through a mostly straight shot across the store. He looks around, feeling just as awed as before.
They pass a row of purses and bags, most looking kinda plain and boring. Until they spot…
He gasps, immediately running to it.
Amity catches up to him. “What did you find… oh!”
They tug it off, and hold up the cloud shaped bag. “It matches my overalls!”
“It does! That was a really good find. Do you want it?”
“Yes!” He slings the bag over his shoulder, grinning. “I’ll be able to carry so many more things…!” They should have gotten one sooner, honestly.
She takes his hand, leading him back to their destination. Willow and Hunter have stopped at a rack of gloves and winter hats.
“I don’t know, I like how fingerless ones look more,” Hunter is saying.
“But your fingers will be cold,” Willow says.
“Finding anything good?” Amity asks.
“Ehh… nothing is, uh, ‘speaking to me’,” Hunter replies.
They sidle in between Amity and Hunter to examine the gloves. Hmm… there’s a lot of plain colored ones, some have designs but not any he likes…
They crouch, looking at the bottom row. Instead of gloves, there’s fabric stretched over cardboard sheets. Weird. Wait! He pulls out a set that’s dark blue, with yellow suns, moons and stars.
“What are these?” they ask, standing up.
“Those are arm warmers,” Amity says. “They’re a bit like gloves? Aw… it’d be nice if they had matching leg warmers.”
“Leg warmers?”
“You put them over your pants, on your legs.”
That sounds really cute. He’ll have to find some another time.
“Hunterrr,” Willow drawls. “Look what I found!”
She grins, holding out a pair of fingerless gloves, except they have a mitten segment attached to them. Convertible mittens? Said segments have red bird faces.
He grabs them. “They match my socks,” he says in wonderment.
They walk around the group to look at the next rack, housing hats and scarves. A lot of the hats are cute, but not exactly gripping.
He frowns the longer he tries and fails to find something good.
“All of these suck,” they say.
“They’re not that bad,” Amity says.
“No… they are.”
Hunter picks off yellow earmuffs. Personally, they agonize over the lack of good options for a few more minutes, until Willow walks up to them.
“There were some berets over there, I thought you might like this better,” she says.
She holds out a brown beret, a black ribbon on the back and white rabbit ears!
He snatches it. “Aaah! This is perfect! Thank you, thank you!”
“That’s adorable,” Amity says.
They put it on. It’s soft and surprisingly warm. He grabs the rabbit ears giddily.
“The kids coats are over here,” Amity says, as they split from Willow and Hunter. “There’s a lot of different styles. Ones with hoods or without, zipped or buttoned ones, puffy coats… I’d suggest getting one with a hood, at least. The beret will help, but without a proper hat it’s better to have a back up.”
“Kay!”
They stop at the row of coats. He picks what he looks at based on color, choosing the brighter ones.
They pull out a lilac duffle coat. Ooh. It’s got a large bow tied at the top, and the buttons, he notices upon examining, are star shaped!
“This one,” they say.
“Oh, yeah, that really fits you. Hmm…” She holds a hand to her chin. “None of your current pants would match the whole ensemble… hold on, stay here.”
She heads farther into the store. While waiting, he twists the star buttons around. They’re dark purple, glossy, and make a nice clicking sound when they tap on them.
Amity swiftly comes back.
“These should fit.” She hands them a pair of dark purple pants.
He grabs them slowly. They’re… nice?
She notices their expression. “I know they’re plain, but it’ll look nice with the rest of your outfit, I promise.”
He reluctantly decides to trust her.
After heading back to the changing room and trying it on, though, that reluctance turns to understanding.
The pants match the coats buttons, and all together the outfit isn’t plain at all! In fact, if the pants were patterned, it might have felt too noisy.
They walk out of the stall. “You were right!” he says, holding out his arms.
“You look really cute!” Amity says.
They’ve been smiling so much their face hurts. He shakes his fists, then spins, happy with how big the duffle coat is. It nearly hits their knees.
Hunter exits his stall, wearing a yellow pea coat, with his chosen earmuffs and mittens.
“It matches! Nice job,” Amity says.
“You don’t hate it? That’s a first.”
“Well, it could be a little better.”
“I think it’s cute,” Willow says.
Amity looks back at The Collector. “Your outfit gives me an idea. I’m going to get more clothes for you to try.”
“Okay!”
He changes while she’s gone. They gather all their clothes and sit on the bench with Willow, then Hunter, when he joins them shortly thereafter.
“Are you sure you want to hold all of that?” she asks him.
They reel away, gripping their pile of clothes.
“Okay, okay,” she laughs. “This has been fun!”
“It has!”
“It’s been… nice,” Hunter acquiesces.
“You people have so many cool clothes! You do a lotta fun stuff with your appearances,” he says.
There’s the soft tap of boots. Amity rounds the corner.
“Hi!”
“Hi,” she returns. She presents them with two pieces of clothing, purple and cream. “Here! I think these fit your style.” She looks to the side. “Oh, and the stall with the mirror is finally free, so you can try it on in there.”
He pauses. “Mirror?”
“Yeah, only one of the changing rooms has one. They really need to buy more.” She frowns. She quickly brightens, leading them to the changing room. “Come on, before it gets taken.”
“Oh, um, okay.”
He walks in, avoiding actually looking inside. They face the doorway, where Amity smiles, before she closes the door.
He grips the clothes.
The hair on their neck prickles. Slowly, he sets down the clothes, and starts changing.
The mirror looms behind them.
This doesn’t feel like a mirror day. He frowns, pulling on the overalls. No, they don’t want to look at their face, their body, not today.
Ughh, but why? What does it matter? He looked at himself just fine at Gus’ place! So maybe… maybe it’ll be fine again. Maybe all of this has just been some—some dumb temporary feeling and they just need to get over themself.
Fully changed, he holds out his arms. It’s a cream shirt with ruffled cap sleeves, paired with baggy, desaturated purple overalls, ribbons at its straps, and a moon stitched onto the front pocket.
It’s cute.
They stare at the floor.
He curls his hands into fists. Their mouth trembles, and they grit their teeth.
Just.
Turn.
Around—
He spins to face the mirror in one swift motion.
Ah.
Blankly, they stare at their face.
He’s as still as a porcelain doll. Slowly, they raise a hand, brushing back a stray piece of hair, movement looking unnatural.
No, no, it’s… this is just… this is his body. Right.
Their face twists, near imperceptibly.
Why does it look so…
His shoulders rise. The image in the mirror stutters behind, feeling as if it’s lacking detail, something about the light not reflecting right, it doesn’t look right.
They tear their eyes from their face, focusing on their clothes. He freezes upon noticing his limbs. The shapes are strange, bent awkwardly in a way that doesn’t look right, why doesn’t anything—
They look at their face again. It’s flat, static, the shadows aren’t right, the longer he stares the more it warps and it looks wrong, he looks wrong.
A wheeze escapes their throat. He throws his head down, gripping it. He can’t—why does everything feel so distant?
Suddenly it seems like the room has gotten smaller, claustrophobic, trapped. They stumble back, hitting the wall. No, no, no, no, he closes his eyes in panic, desperately trying to will this away. It all starts falling way to static, panic rising as they can’t feel anything.
He gasps, holding out his hands. They look fuzzy. He reels away, nearly collapsing against the wall, and he happens to glance up and—
A screaming cacophony floods their mind upon seeing the black shadow in the mirror.
He swings his arm back and punches it.
The glass shatters under their fist. He punches again and again, the image only breaking into smaller pieces, scattered across the floor and it won’t go away.
They grab the mirrors frame and slam it onto the ground. He pants, shaking, curling back into the corner, smaller and smaller.
This ugly feeling tears into their chest, building up as a giggle. He holds his head as it morphs into hysterical laughter. This isn’t happening, this isn’t happening, this isn’t happening.
They can barely hear themself, barely hear anything at all except—
The sound of the door opening—
No, no, no, go away, go away, go away, GO AWAY—
There’s a pull in his chest and
he suddenly stumbles forward in a different place.
They hit the ground.
He gasps.
Their hands blur into green grass, sinking into the dirt. He scrambles up, nearly falling, no, no, no.
Where are they?
The world is bright and dizzying, colors and shapes morphing into each other. They grip their head, and they see the grass melting into mud, terror striking in them. He can barely move, shaking violently in his frozen fear.
The urge to bolt claws at them, pushing against how completely helpless they feel. He needs to get out, he needs to get out, he needs to get out he needs to get out he needs to get OUT.
The second they manage to move an inch, they run.
He needs to be away from the dirt and mud, away from the feeling of being pressed in to himself. They run as far as their legs can take them, through the warped mass of colors, until their skin burns, until they feel anything, anything at all.
His cores screeching buzz that was filling his entire body begins to subside, residing itself into his chest as a horrible ball.
They hit stone. He gasps, greedily gulping down air as he slows. The shaking overtakes them, legs beginning to buckle.
He stumbles to a halt and collapses on the stone.
Panting, they curl into themself, gripping their head to pull on their hair until it hurts.
As still as he can be, he sits there, trembling.
They don’t know how long they stay there.
His head is stuffed with cotton. For what could have been a few minutes or hours, there is nothing.
Slowly, they feel their arms, face pressed into them.
Then, his clothes, sticking to him.
Everything is hot and fuzzy.
And they hear…
Footsteps.
He snaps his head up.
A blurry shape stands around the corner of a building, staring at them—blonde on yellow on brown—
Hunter?
He looks startled. He’s holding something.
They whine, pressing their face into their knees. Go away, go away, go away, he doesn’t want anyone to see him like this.
They don’t hear anything for a moment.
Then, “Collector?”
Go away!
“Uh…”
A pause. He curls into himself tighter.
“Can you… uh, tell me five things you can see?”
What?
Blearily, they look up. Hunter’s still standing a few feet away.
He opens his mouth—
Their throat resists, tightening. He makes a pathetic sound, barely anything at all.
Why… why can’t they…
His breathing quickens. Why can’t they speak—
“Uh, uh, nevermind, you can just, uh, think it.”
He snaps his attention back to Hunter.
Hunter holds up a fist. “Um. So, when I hold up another finger, you think of another thing. Five things you can see.”
He raises a finger.
Hunter.
A building.
The sky.
More buildings.
Cobbled stone.
“Okay, uh, four things you feel.”
Stone under them.
Hair brushing against his neck.
Overalls. Shoes.
“Three things you hear.”
Hunter’s voice. Their own breathing. The wind.
“Two things you smell.”
Burnt metal, clothes.
“One thing you taste.”
“…spit,” he mutters.
They inhale.
His body relaxes. Slowly, they uncurl their legs, sagging onto the stone.
He exhales. They can feel the stone against their hands.
Suddenly, the world is right again.
“Heh…” All the bubbling energy in his chest rises to his throat. “Hehaha…” It feels like they’re about to burst. He throws his head down as his shoulders shake in laughter. It doesn’t feel good, but they feel.
He hears Hunter sit beside him. Hesitantly, his fingers ghost over theirs. He grips the very edge of Hunter’s hand tightly as he giggles.
Their eyes burn. He raises his arm to wipe away the tears just as they form.
Slowly, their chest loosens.
He presses his eyes into his arm, shutting them, as all the energy finally leaves his body. It’s… manageable, now.
“I, uh…” Hunter starts, “I don’t know what you think when you look in the mirror, but I… I do know what it’s like to not recognize your own body. So—” His grip suddenly tightens. “Your hand,” he doesn’t quite exclaim.
They pull their arm back, confused, and find their right hand is smeared with blood, small shards of glass sticking to it.
“Oh,” he says.
They didn’t even feel it. Now that he’s noticed, though, it throbs painfully.
Hunter lets go of their other hand. “Uh, can I…” He gestures to their bloodied hand. “Can I get the glass?”
He holds it out to Hunter.
Hunter sets down his scroll. He barely touches their hand, fingers just ghosting under it to keep it lifted. Carefully, he picks out the glass.
Blood beads out. He watches as his skin closes over each cut immediately after.
“I didn’t have a body for a really long time,” they say suddenly, surprising themself. He blinks. “Um… I was trapped in this tablet. It made me a shadow. I guess I… still feel like one, sometimes,” they murmur.
“Oh,” Hunter says. “That—uh, that sucks.”
He stops.
A giggle escapes their mouth. It doesn’t feel horrible this time. He bends over, laughing.
“Wh-what?! What?! Look, I know I need to work on my comforting skills, but—”
They laugh louder.
“Stop laughing!”
He wipes away a tear. Their giggling tapers off, to a deep sigh. “You’re funny,” he smiles. “I like you.”
Hunter’s annoyance melts away. He leans back, holding up his scroll. “I’m telling everyone I found you. We should head back now.”
They fiddle with their hands. “They’re not, um… mad, right?”
“No. What would they even be mad about?”
It feels obvious to him, but Hunter’s incredulity at the idea practically kicks the worry in his mind.
“Oh,” they say. “Okay.”
He pockets his scroll. He stands, glances at The Collector, then grimaces a little. “Eh…” Slowly, he holds out a hand.
They grab it. Hunter pulls him up.
“Let’s go,” he says.
He doesn’t let go of their hand.
Before long, The Occult is within distance. Amity and Willow stand outside, talking to…
To Eda.
They freeze.
Hunter’s jerked to a stop. He looks back at them. “What? They’re right there.”
“You…” His mouth is dry. “You told the Owl Lady?”
“Willow did. None of us knew where you could have gone, so we needed everyone looking.” He tugs them along.
They stumble to walk with him, throat twisting.
King spots them first. His eyes widen, and he nudges Eda, which alerts Amity and Willow, the whole group turning to see Hunter and them.
“Luna!” Amity exclaims. She lets him get closer, before closing the distance herself. “Are you okay?”
“Yeah…”
Willow sighs, looking relieved. “I’m really glad you’re safe.”
“Me too,” Eda says, holding a hand to her chest as she sags.
They glance at her, quickly looking away as they half-hide behind Hunter.
Amity looks at the store. “Um, your clothes are all inside, we… still need to pay for them. Especially since you left without paying for what you’re wearing.”
He thinks about a stall having a shattered mirror in it.
Their hand tightens around Hunter’s.
“I’ll go in for you,” Amity says, before he can respond. “I have your snails, anyway.”
“Huh? Uh… okay. Thanks.”
“I need to get the tags to show the clerk.” She finds and, with some effort, pulls the tags from their clothes. “I’ll be back in a couple minutes.”
With that, she leaves. Willow looks at the group, to the door, then, seemingly making a decision, follows after Amity.
Silence.
“You… feelin’ better?” Eda asks.
“Mm.”
Another pause. He stares at the ground.
“Do you, uh… want some space?”
…what.
They chance looking at her, bewildered.
She shifts awkwardly. “It’s fine if you do, I won’t be mad. I just want to know what would make you feel better right now.”
Huh?
He opens his mouth. Nothing comes out. Why is she even asking? Wouldn’t it be rude to say yes?
I won’t be mad.
They grit their teeth. He tries again. “Um… yes?”
“Okay,” she says. “We’ll be waiting at Cozy Nightmares. Uh… if you feel up for it, you can pick out a blanket. And, uh, if you… wanna talk about anything… I’ll listen. But if you don’t, that’s okay, too.”
As if it’s that simple.
She turns with King, walking away. What?
They watch her leave, sure she’ll turn around any moment. She grows distant, before she turns a corner, and is gone entirely.
…really?
No way it's actually that simple. Right?
He stares at the stone. She didn’t seem mad, or hiding being mad, just… concerned?
They frown.
Whatever. He shuts his eyes. They can smell ozone, a sure sign of rain to come.
Hunter’s voice, “Has she done anything bad to you?”
Their eyes open in confusion. “Whuh?”
“The Owl Lady.”
“Um. No?”
“Scared of her for a different reason?”
“I’m not scared of her,” he mutters with far less conviction than he wanted.
Hunter’s silent for a moment.
“…I get it,” he says. “Authority figures can be kind of scary. Even when you know them.”
They’re not sure how to respond.
Hunter’s hand is warm and a little sweaty. It’s starting to feel gross to hold, but he doesn’t want to let go just yet.
Eventually, the door opens with a chime.
Amity and Willow come out, carrying bags.
“We got all your clothes,” she says, walking to them. “I paid for the mirror with my own snails, so don’t worry about it. Umm… I also got you this.”
She holds out a hair clip, a purple and blue planet with a ring.
A feeling swells in his chest. They nearly grab it, then pause. “Can you put it in?” he asks.
“Mhm.” She gently clips it into their hair. She steps back, examining him. “It looks cute on you! The colors match really well, which I was hoping for.”
They touch their hair clip. He smiles, wide enough his cheeks hurt. “Mmm.” They leap up to hug her tightly. “Thank you!”
She hugs back. “You’re welcome.” She half pulls away, looking around. “Where’s Eda?”
“Uhh, I asked her to leave. She’s waitin’ at Cozy Nightmares.”
“Ohh. Do you want us to walk you there?”
He thinks about it. “Yes.”
“Alright.”
She takes their hand. He focuses on the feeling of her skin, warmth contrasting cold air on his face. They breathe deeply.
Soon, he’s back at Cozy Nightmares.
The group walks in with them. Eda and King are waiting by the register.
“Kids!” she says.
“All of his clothes are here. Here’s your pouch, too.” Amity hands off her bags and pouch, Willow giving the rest of the bags.
“You spent three hundred snails exactly?” Eda asks, waving the empty pouch. “That’s satisfying.”
“Thanks for letting us take him.” She smiles at The Collector. “I’ll see you around.”
“Bye!” Willow waves.
“Bye…”
The trio leave.
“So, uh, do you wanna pick a blanket now, or do you just want to go home?” Eda asks.
He startles. “Uh…”
Is she really set on this ‘not talking about it unless they want to’ thing?
“I… wanna get a blanket,” he decides.
“Sounds good. They’re over this way.” She gestures. “After that, we can just relax at home.”
“O… kay?”
King shoots them a look, half questioning, half concerned. He ignores it.
It can’t be this simple, is all they can think as they nervously look at the selection of blankets. She has to bring it up eventually. Even if she’s not going to be mad—which is weird—there just… there has to be something! Some catch! Anything!
Yet there never is.
He ends up picking a thick blue blanket with yellow stars on it. King chooses a big, black duvet, which feels so soft and airy. They almost want a duvet too, but they like the weight of their blanket more.
Eda has to talk to someone else about moving in the beds, boring adult stuff he doesn’t really pay attention to. It takes her a little while, which they and King spend laying on their chosen beds.
King doesn’t say anything, probably assuming The Collector wouldn’t respond, which is true. He just wants to… not… think, for a bit.
Everything is soon purchased, helpers paid to move the beds in. By the time they’re back outside, thick nimbostratus clouds loom, far in the distance.
“Ahh, it’s gonna rain. I hope they can move the beds before it does,” Eda frowns.
It’ll be close.
Through the ride back, not once does Eda bring up what happened.
They land in front of the Owl House. After they and King hop off, she de-transforms Owlbert and swings open the door.
“Home sweet home!”
King scrambles inside. “This is the perfect nap time!”
She kicks off her shoes, closes the door, then hands The Collector their bags. “Your clothes. Do you wanna help with lunch?”
He takes the bags. “Um… I need to put these away.”
“Right, right. Come down soon.”
She heads into the kitchen.
They stare at her.
Slowly, he walks across the living room and heads upstairs.
Not for the first time, and probably not for the last, they’re not sure what to think of her.
Chapter 27: That Could Have Gone Worse
Summary:
There's an astronomy observation, and The Collector and Eda make some progress.
Chapter Text
The Collector adjusts his beret. They grab the soft bunny ears, smiling as they pull them over their shoulders. It’s so fluffy! He’s really glad Willow showed him them a couple days ago.
Luz’s voice snatches their attention. “Thank you sooo much for inviting us to come with!” She bounces, holding up two fists. “Thank you, thank you, thank you!”
“Of course! I knew you wouldn’t want to miss this,” Eda says.
“Am I still not allowed to know what this is?” he asks.
“Nope.” She pops the p. “It’d ruin the point of it being a surprise.”
They groan, crossing their arms. He’s not sure how he feels about getting another surprise. This time, Eda’s got something planned at the Knee. She even invited Camila and Luz for it.
They look at the black sky outside. What could they do there at night, though?
“You’re sure the gondola will be safe?” Camila asks, again.
“I’m sureee.” Eda waves her hand. “Just don’t look over it if you’re afraid of heights.”
“I’ve never been in a gondola before! Oh, this is gonna be so fun!” Luz says.
“I haven’t either,” King says. “Usually we just take Eda’s staff.”
Camila looks even less reassured. “R-right… you fly on those things. How do you feel safe doing that? Being up so high, on only a stick…”
“Mooom.”
“It’s just that you don’t even wear helmets!”
Eda rolls her eyes, smiling. She walks to the living room table, where their basket of snacks, drinks, and a blanket sit, along with a thin lavender box. She grabs it, spinning to face The Collector.
“One more thing. Collector, this is for you,” she says, handing him it.
Slowly, they take it, surprised.
He looks at her. Back at the box. They tentatively take off the top, then gasp.
Inside has paper stuffing, framing two brown boots that are lined with white fur. He pulls one out, delighted to find star pom-poms dangling from it.
Luz looks over them. “Cuuute!”
“There weren’t any celestial boots or anything, so I added the pom-poms myself,” Eda says, rubbing her neck as she smiles. “I, uh, I hope you like them.”
They grin, giggling, and set the box down so they can shake their hands. “I love them! Thank you, thank you!”
In his burst of excitement, he hops forward with the intent to—
They stop.
He stands still for a moment, awkward. They step back to grab the boots. Ducking his head, he beelines to the foyer.
They shove down the embarrassment flaming their cheeks. Again, he wanted to… hug her, suddenly.
They sit, pulling on their boots. Whatever. Whatever.
“Everyone set to go?” Eda asks.
A chorus of yep’s answer, which he joins. They stand, tapping their boots against the floor. It’s snug, but not uncomfortable, and they’re cute. He smiles, kicking a leg to watch the stars swing around.
Luz notices as she walks to them. “Aww, they fit you so well!” Her eyes land on his beret, and she touches one of the rabbit ears. She raises a hand, squealing. “Eeee, ¡conejito!” She squishes their cheeks. “¡Eres tan lindo!”
He laughs, grabbing her hands. She entwines a pair, swinging their hands down, then drags them to the door. “Let’s go!”
They grin, following her.
The breeze feels so nice.
He shut his eyes, head propped on his arms as he soaks in the cold wind. As the gondola rises, the air gets colder and colder, pleasantly sharp against their face.
He opens his eyes, leaning over slightly to take in the view. It’s been cool watching Bonesborough get tinier and tinier, dwarfed under the massive shape of the Titan. Only a few lights glimmer down below.
“We’re almost at the top!” Eda announces, head craned to look above the gondola.
Camila, pressed to the back of the gondola, smiles nervously. “T-that’s a relief.”
“Mom, there’s nothing to be scared of,” Luz says.
“I will feel better when I’m on unmoving ground.”
Personally, they love going up. The rush of wind, the exhilaration! Though, this gondola’s too slow to have the same effect. Still cool.
They scale the cliff of the Knee, until the skeletal wall gives way to open air, and the gondola slows to a stuttering halt.
The group pauses. Then Eda says, “Alright, we should be good—”
Camila immediately opens the latch and stumbles onto the snow, skittering away from the edge. The rest of them follow with far less urgency, The Collector snatching one last glance of the view before walking out.
Snow crunches under his boots, the perfect texture for packing. They could make a pretty sick snow castle with this.
Camila rests her hands on her knees, exhaling. “I don’t understand how that isn’t nerve-wracking to any of you. What if the gondola stalled out? Or fell?”
“I could just save us,” he says.
“I suppose having magic would make it less scary.”
Luz pats her. Camila sighs one last time before rising, adjusting her glasses.
They look ahead. “What’s with all the people?”
There’s a crowd of people not far off, standing in the clearing. They’re all bundled up in puffy or soft coats, families with adults and kids. What catches his attention, having him halt in the snow, are the various telescopes scattered around.
“Is this…” They slowly grin. “Is this an astronomy observation?!”
“Yep!” Eda grins.
“It’s not juuust an astronomy observation,” Luz says.
“Shhhh—!”
“THIS IS SO COOL!” he bursts.
They can’t contain it. He squeals, shaking his fists as hard as he can. They punch the air, releasing their exploding excitement with a burst of stars. This is the coolest thing ever!
“I haven’t done something like this in so long!” he says, holding up his fists.
“I was thinking you could brush us up on some astronomy?” Eda suggests, still smiling.
They gasp. “Yes! Ahhh, what should I start with? The constellations? No, those have changed a lot… oh, oh, the planets!” He swivels back to the clearing. “Are there any free telescopes?!”
“I think there’s one over there—”
They run to it.
He skids to a stop in front of it, snow bunching up. They bounce as they wait for the others to catch up, Luz reaching them first.
“I never learned what the solar system is like here!” Luz says, looking at the stars. “I’m excited for you to tell me about it.”
“I’m excited too!”
Finally, the slow pokes reach them. Why do adults move so slow, they’re taller than him!
“Alllright, you know how to use a telescope?” Eda asks.
“Duh!”
They’re about to fiddle with it, before stopping short… or, rather, they seem to be too short to use it. Why is it so big, jeez.
“Pick me up.” He waves a hand at whoever’s behind him.
“Huh?” Eda’s voice. “Uhhh, okay.”
She lifts them. He grabs the telescope, adjusting it.
“Sooo, what’s first on the planet agenda?” Luz asks.
“I’m lookin for the brightest one, it’s the easiest point of reference…” They tilt the telescope around, knowing instinctively where to find it.
As he does so, he finds himself caught in how beautiful the sky looks. It’s a wash of deep blues and purples, waves of color brushing up against each other in a kaleidoscope. Each star and planet glitter against the backdrop, bright whites and yellows adorning the sky like jewelry.
They nearly forgot how this could look… how much it meant to them.
He lands on a super bright point. “Ah!” They point. “That’s Meswe!”
“Mes-what?” Eda asks. “How did you say it like that?”
“Like what?”
“Like, sing-songy!” Luz says.
“Is that it’s name in your language?” King asks. “The musical one?”
“We had two languages, kinda? The music one, then this one, that’s better for writin’ and certain conversations.”
“You have a musical language?” Luz asks in rising excitement.
“I’ll show you later! But that one’s Meswe. Good marker.”
“I think we call it the Shining,” Eda chimes in.
“Shinin’, that makes sense…”
“Can I see?” Luz asks.
He pulls back from the telescope, Eda dragging them away from it to make room for Luz. She peers into it, gasping. “It’s so pretty!”
He holds onto Eda’s arms, swinging his dangling legs. “It’s the first one after the asteroid belt! It’s the biggest gas giant, with pretty rings, and it’s yellow-ish with some blue. Meswe means bright, cause it’s the brightest planet in our solar system.”
“That’s so coooool. What are the other ones?” She steps back to allow them to look through again.
He points it in the right direction. “There! That’s Chrevi. It’s this small rocky red planet, closest to the sun, its name means ‘bright red’. And we called the earth Reshka,” they say, dropping the ‘sing-songy’ tune. “Umm, the r sounds different… I can’t really say it. It’s got, like, an h sound to it.”
“A guttural r?” Luz questions.
“I’unno, that sounds right. The name was the same in both our languages.” He adjusts the telescope. “Anyway, the next planet is Sweil, a bit behind Earth. It’s named after the abundance of metal on it! In Titan’s, it’s called Melkwri, which means deep shadow. It was callin’ it Earth’s shadow.”
King perks up. “You knew their names in Titan’s language, too?”
“Yeah! I can’t pronounce most of them right, though.”
“Oh. Right.” He holds his claws together. “Could you… write them down later?”
They shift awkwardly. “Mmm, okay.” He returns his attention to the stars. “After the asteroid belt is Meswe, I told ya about that. Then Swu’ca is a slightly smaller gas giant, it’s kinda pinkish. It’s name means blood-tinged. I remember no one could agree on an English name for it… Swekug was the Titan name, meanin’ sweet, or soft.”
“Those are pretty different views,” Luz says.
“Yeahhh, sometimes people would nickname it the blood planet or the peach planet, but everyone knew what you were talkin’ about. Anyway, Li’ley is the smallest gas giant! Its name means little sibling.”
“Aww!” Luz coos.
They smile. “Then there’s Lumay, an ice giant with an ocean underneath the frozen layer. Lumay is glittering on deep water. Then the dwarf planets, Mes’lu and Ysa. They orbit each other. Mes’lu is nearly white, and Ysa is a dark gray color. They usually represent the In Between… shallow water, deep water, the passageway between life and death and stuff.”
“Water? Like, the ocean?”
“Yep! And the three gas giants represented the Sky, the four rocky planets the Earth.”
“Sky… Earth… wait, like, uhh, like our magic?”
“The reason our magic’s like that is cause I’m made of the Sky, you’re born of the Earth. It’s, like, a whole thing… ohhh!” His eyes widen, and he turns to King. “Wait, wait, wait! I haven’t told you the story about the Earth and Sky before!”
“The what?”
“The story!” They wave out their hands. “It’s really super duper important, I need to tell you it! I’m not gonna give you the abridged version, your first time hearing it should be the full thing. I’ll tell you when we get home!”
“Sure?”
“Can I hear the story too?” Luz asks.
“Yeah!”
He remembers she wanted to see the planets, too, and walks her through where each one is located, letting her have a turn on the telescope. As they do so, Eda explains what modern witches call the planets: Oxidi, Steelma, Shining, Bloodbone (seems Collector’s won that one), Micra, Abyssa, Ivorci and Slata.
After, The Collector is back on the telescope. “I’d tell ya about the constellations, but most of them have changed by now…”
“Maybe some haven’t yet?” Luz asks.
“I ‘unno, maybe…” They look around. “I hope so. It’d suck if they were all gone, but I guess it just… happens like that, sometimes,” he says, quieter. “But there’s gotta be at least—”
They gasp.
“LOOK!” He points at the sky, waving his finger around.
“What? What?”
“Looook! There’s a ring of stars makin’ a circle, do you see it?”
“Ummm…” Luz squints. “Oh! Maybe?”
“I don’t,” King says. “How do you even see constellations?”
“It’s there!” They point again. “There’s a little curved line about it, see? The circle is the Earth, and the line is the Sky.”
“Oh, that’s beautiful,” Camila breathes.
“Ooooh! I see it!” Luz says.
“The earth and sky get brought up a lot, huh,” Eda notes. “Is it a religious thing for you or something?”
Her tone seems joking, but he responds seriously, “Yep.”
“Wait, you’re religious?”
“Umm, I dunno. Why are you askin’ like that?” they frown.
“Nevermind.”
King explains instead, “It’s just… like… you’re… you.”
He raises a brow. “Uhuhhh?”
“Sort of an all powerful being?”
“I’m not omnipresent or anything! There’s greater things out there. Greater things we came from,” they say, this rush to explain flooding through them, but—
But…
His chest twists. They haven’t really… thought about these things since waking up.
The Sky was heralded as something to respect. To pray to, to give offerings. It was their—all Collector’s—Creator.
If it supposedly cared so much, why did…
Why did…
His grip tightens around the telescope. “Besides, ‘s not like being a god means you’re deserving of worship,” they mutter.
“I do agree with that,” Eda says.
“What constellations do ya guys have now?” he asks.
“Uhh, I never really studied them…”
“I know some human constellations!” Luz pipes up. “Like the twelve astrological signs! Mine is Sagittarius, the archer!”
They light up. “You have archers too?!”
“Yeah!”
“That’s so cool! You even have one in the sky…!” He shakes his fists. “What else do you guys have?”
“We also have Ursa Major and Ursa Minor, which mean greater bear and lesser bear. They’re also known as Big Dipper and Little Dipper, since they both have parts that look like that,” Camila adds.
“Bears! Do you have a lot of animal constellations?”
“We do!” Luz is clearly sharing in their excitement, beaming. “Actually, I’m realizing we have a ton. Funny.”
“Would you like to do an astronomy observation in the human realm at some point?” Camila asks.
“Yes!”
“Hmm… I think there’s brochures over there.” Eda holds a hand over her eyes, squinting. “Maybe they talk more about astronomy stuff?”
“Oooh!” They turn—
Only for Eda to suddenly cover his eyes. “Don’t look over there!” she exclaims. “Uhhh, I mean… I’m gonna get a brochure. Stay here.”
“Huh?” They blink.
Luz spins him around. She leans down. “The brochures have some stuff that would have ruined the surprise,” she whispers.
“This wasn’t the surprise?”
She claps her hands together. “Nope! You’re gonna love it, trust me.”
She and Camila regale them with more tales of human constellations. It’s only a couple minutes before Eda comes back, carrying a torn brochure in hand.
“Okay, here’s our hemispheres constellations.” She hands him it.
As they open it, Luz, King and Camila crowd around them.
“Oh, you have a griffin!” Luz points at one.
“We should start with that, cause it’s at the top,” he decides. “And the ones around it.”
“How does anyone see a griffin from that?” King narrows his eyes.
“I ‘unno—oh! The Maw…?” they read. The word sounds familiar.
“Oh, I actually know this one,” Eda leans over to see. “It’s because it looks like a bunch of teeth. Sometimes people call it the Devourer, or Devourer of Stars. There’s folklore about a giant creature in the sky eating up the stars. Usually it’s something you tell little kids.”
“Sick.”
“Wait, I recognize this one!” King points at a constellation.
“That’s at the bottom, we’re looking for top ones,” he frowns.
“Yeah, yeah, but I actually know the folklore. That’s the Triabeast, a three-headed beast demon said to be a violent and powerful guardian! What it was protecting became lost to time, so now it wanders, seeking a new purpose,” he puts on his drama voice, the way he always gets when talking about demons. “People use this symbol as wards for protection and stuff.”
“Oooh! …we’re still not looking for it until we actually get there,” they tack on.
King rolls his eyes. “I just wanted to talk about it.”
The Collector looks at the night sky, referencing the brochure several times. Hmmm…
“Oh, oh! I found the Griffin!”
“Where?” Luz asks.
“There!” He points. “Ahh, you can see the Maw next to it!”
“I think I see it!”
“I still don’t,” King says. He looks back at the brochure. “They don’t even look like a griffin or teeth.”
“It’s more theater of the mind,” Luz says.
“But what’s even the point of them if they’re not gonna actually look like anything?” he asks.
“The point is directions!” they answer. “We pick out groups ‘n give them names so everyone can remember them.”
“It’s especially useful out on the ocean,” Camila adds. “I’m not sure if it’s the same here, but in the human realm, sailors in older days would use the stars as a map.”
“Ohhh. I guess that makes sense.”
The Collector points at one of the middle constellations, depicting a person with a bow. “You guys have an archer too!”
“Ooo, the Huntress,” Luz reads.
“Then there’s the… Carrion?” King’s eyes pinch. “What does carrion mean?”
“Decaying flesh,” Camila answers.
“Did the Huntress constellation kill it?” The Collector asks.
Eda snorts. She’s begun setting out a blanket, checkered red and white. “I asked the same thing as a kid. Either they always were, or enough people drew the conclusion they decided to make them part of the same story. They say the Huntress slayed a terrifying beast not of this realm, and it was banished to the stars or something.”
“Coooool!” he, Luz and King say.
They return their attention to the stars. “Okay, so if the Griffin and Maw were over thereee…”
He and Luz survey the sky, Camila joining in. King seems to have already given up on identifying them.
“Is that it?” Camila asks, pointing a hand.
“Ah! Yeah!”
“It’s so prettyyy,” Luz says.
They smile, staring at the constellations. His smile widens to a grin, and he shakes his hands. “This has been so fun!”
“It’s about to get a lot more fun,” Eda says.
“Is it starting?” Luz ask.
“In a minute or so. Everyone, come sit down and watch the sky.” She gestures to the blanket.
“For what?” they ask.
“You’ll know it when you see it.”
He sighs. They and the others seat themselves on the blanket, snow crunching beneath it. King immediately reaches for the snacks, and Luz gets a bottle of apple ‘juice’. Weird that it’s not called blood.
Luz downs half the bottle, then gets out her phone, waiting for… something.
He pulls up his legs.
Hmm.
Hmmm…
They frown, “So, is whatever it is gonna start soon, or—”
He’s promptly interrupted by a point in the sky appearing. A star shimmers, then shoots down the sky.
They still.
“It’s starting!” Luz gasps.
Another shooting star forms, then another. His mouth falls open. They descend as fast as it started, radiant light illuminating the sky in colorful streaks, stars twinkling as they burst into life then fade out from view. It’s as if all the stars are falling, being born and dying in a breath.
It’s beautiful.
They’re captivated, unable and unwilling to tear away their eyes. An airyness fills his chest, rising through his body, this feeling locking him in place in pure awe.
It’s almost like they could reach out and touch the sky.
He can hardly describe it. What this means to them, the way space has always made them feel, a feeling they haven’t felt in a very long time. It’s all encompassing, heavy in its weight yet freeing. It’s important, so, so important.
Home.
It feels like… home.
He’s not sure how long he sits there. Luz and others in the crowd make noises of exclamation, sometimes, snapping pictures or videos. They’re content simply watching.
He breathes in the cold air. They exhale, puffs of breath visible.
Luz’s arm is pressed against his.
They didn’t notice before.
Now that he has, it’s suddenly very apparent.
Actually, everyone is sitting close around them, nearly brushing against them.
His skin crawls. No, no, it’s… fine. Stop thinking about it.
Unbidden, they grab their arm. He glances around the group. They’re all looking at the sky, in awe. They haven’t noticed the proximity, or they don’t care.
He hugs himself, grip tightening. This hot, uncomfortable feeling pricks through them.
Stop. Stop, stop, it doesn’t matter.
Just look at the sky.
Right.
Meteor shower.
The sky begins to blur. He squints, waiting for the next shooting star.
…Eda is right next to them.
She… she picked him up, for the telescope. They didn’t even think about it. He was so focused on looking at the sky…
They curl into themself. It all feels—claustrophobic, unfamiliar, too close, everyone is too close.
He squeezes his eyes shut. Stop freaking out, it’s fine, get it together.
“Collector?”
Luz’s voice has them jolt. He whips to her, uttering, “Huh?”
“Are… you okay?”
They blink. Her words process. “Wh-why are you—” He looks away. “I’m fine!”
They hear her shift. “You just, um, seemed tense?”
“I’m fine,” he repeats.
“Kiddo?” Eda questions, and—
A snap of shame bursts in them. His shoulders rise. “I’m fine! Why is everyone asking suddenly?!”
Luz raises her hands. “You don’t seem fine—”
They reel back. “I’d be great if you’d quit bugging me!”
“Hey, you don’t need to be mean,” Eda chastises.
The horrible feeling grows, face burning. “Can we just stop talking about this?” he barely gets out, heat boiling under his skin, everyone’s looking, stop looking!
Luz’s frown deepens. “Collector, I was just worried—”
She reaches out to them, his body revolting at the motion, and he slaps her hand away.
“LEAVE ME ALONE!” they snap, bursting up to their feet, and when they see her face—
Eyes wide, blinking, surprise morphing to hurt.
It feels like the world falls out beneath him.
Terrified, shaking, guilty, they do the only thing they can:
they run.
Things were going so well.
Eda hurries through the snow, following the track of small footprints left behind. The Collector is unfortunately great at getting away when he wants to. She lost sight of them near immediately.
She doesn’t understand. He was really excited, and seemed to like the meteor shower a lot, until suddenly…
Gahhh, maybe she shouldn’t have held them for the telescope? He didn’t seem to mind, though, which is even weirder. But maybe that’s it? Was it just too much at once?
Or it’s unrelated, and it was just, like… other sensory stuff. The crowd? The noise?
She groans, trekking up the hill. She has no idea, but she has to figure out how to help them.
Her body’s not the same as it used to be. She lags upon reaching the top, keeling over to catch her breath. Someone so short shouldn’t be able to move so fast.
She looks up. The footprints lead a bit farther ahead, to…
There’s a cave, snowy bushes blocking most of the entrance. If she squints, though, she’s pretty sure she can make out a small figure curled inside.
Definitely him. She sighs in relief, heading toward them. Thank goodness he wasn’t too far.
The closer she gets, she notices there’s a vein of fool’s blood a bit farther into the cave. It doesn’t look damaged, but she’s wary after her last experience. Best to get The Collector as fast as possible.
They have their face pressed into their knees, hand gripping their hair. He seems to hear her, stiffening as she approaches.
She slows at the entrance.
“Collector?” she asks, hesitant.
“Go away,” they mutter.
“I’m not leaving you alone in the wilderness,” she says.
He makes a noise that has her heart twist. “Why do you guys keep doin’ this…”
“Doing what?” she frowns.
Silence.
She kicks a foot. “Kid, I… you don’t have to talk about it or anything, especially not to me. But… could you tell someone, at least?”
Their shoulders rise. “I don’t want to talk to any of you.”
“I can’t just leave you here,” she says, more desperately.
“Yes you can! Go away!”
Her jaw clenches. “Come on, try to work with me here. We need to know what went wrong, so we can do better next time. I… thought you were having a good time, and I don’t… know what made that change, exactly, so…”
He shows his face, brows furrowed, pinched in anger. “What happened ta’ not talking about things I don’t want to talk about?”
She holds up her hands. “If you really don’t want to, then, fine, but—but this can’t be a permanent solution. And even if we don’t talk about it, I can’t leave you in a cave in the middle of nowhere.”
“Why does it matter?” they groan.
“Because I care about you. And you’re like, nine.”
He grips his head, face tensing in building frustration, before it all snaps. “I don’t understand you!” they yell, facing her.
She stands back in surprise.
He scrambles back, getting on his feet. “You—you—why do you care so much?! Why do you keep doing things for me, why are you never mad?!” They throw out their arms, a tremble forming in the ground.
“Kid, I—there’s not a reason for me to be mad.”
“Yes there is!” Something like sparks burst behind him, flickering out the moment they appear. “I keep messing things up, I keep freaking out for no reason! You should be mad, you should be disappointed, why don’t you ever do ANYTHING?!” he screams.
And the sparks re-appear into small bursts of explosions.
They yelp, ducking their head. The fool’s blood fulminates, shards flinging out, and a rumble resounds through the cave.
“KID!” she yells.
The Collector hasn’t reacted, eyes squeezed shut as he covers his ears. She quickly transforms into harpy-mode and dives into the cave, The Collector opening their eyes in shock right as the ground splits open.
She just manages to catch him before he falls. The cave is still rumbling, ceiling looking as if it’s about to collapse, and she yelps when a rock falls from it. Okay, okay, okay—
She swoops out as fast as she can. Chunks of rock crash behind her, and she makes it out right before the entrance is blocked.
Jeez.
Her heart is pounding. She heaves, lowering to the ground. The Collector’s clung onto her, eyes wide.
They land softly on the snow.
Her panting slows.
She’d rub her forehead, but she’s holding The Collector. “Are you trying to give me a heart attack?” she breathes.
They blink owlishly. He stares at their point of contact, still, before suddenly ripping out of her hold.
They stumble a healthy distance away from her. He hugs himself, mouth pressed thin.
She frowns. “Are… you okay?”
Nothing.
She contemplates dropping it. Pushing it never seems to go well. At worst The Collector could have another breakdown, and at best they’re unreceptive.
But she needs to try something. He needs to talk to someone, anyone, otherwise…
She sighs. “I can’t help if you don’t tell me what’s wrong,” she tries.
Their mouth trembles. He hangs his head.
Quietly, “It was just too… much.”
Her mind comes to a halt.
She wasn’t actually expecting them to say anything.
She blinks, recovering. “Too loud?” she asks.
“No…”
“Bright?”
“It’s night,” he huffs with a mean sort of laugh.
She holds her hand to her hook, quirking her mouth. She bites her lip. She didn’t want to breach this sort of topic, not yet, but…
“Were we too… touchy?” she tries.
Their shoulders tense.
“I… er…” Okay, apparently she’s doing this. “Look, if… if someone ever hurt you—”
His eyes widen. “No one ever did that to me!” they snap.
His teeth are gritted, hands clenched. They seem to startle at their own reaction. His shoulders lower as he stares at the snow.
She waits.
“I… I’m just not… used to it,” they whisper.
“Not used to… physical affection?” she asks quietly.
He’s silent.
Oh, Titan.
How do you make your own kid unused to affection? She should be relieved they were never hurt, but this…
Well, it’s just a different sort of hurt, isn’t it.
“Do you, uh… not want me touch you?” she asks.
His face twists in irritation. “I don’t know! Why does this matter you? You’re the one being weird here, not me!”
She raises her hands. “I care about your boundaries, I don’t want to do something you don’t like. That’s why I asked you, I… I don’t know what I should be doing.”
“Mmmgh.” They grip their head. “It doesn’t matter! Look—”
He spins to face her and resolutely touches her arm.
They immediately snatch their hand back, reeling away.
He looks horrified for a moment, fading to a flush of shame. They hold their arms again, resolutely staring at the ground.
“…guessing that’s a no, then,” she says.
He shuts his eyes, mouth pressed tight. The snow at their feet is sizzling.
Strained, and very quietly, he says, “I… like… when you wash my hair.”
She blinks.
“I thought you hated bath time.”
He nods.
“But you like—”
Oh.
They’re always so tense when she washes them, she assumed they hated that, too. He acts like he’s about to crawl out of his skin.
I’m just not used to it.
She holds her head, suddenly very unsure of everything. “I kinda thought you didn’t like anything about me.”
They snap to look at her. “I like a lot of things about you! I… I think.” He frowns. “You’re just so… weird.”
“I get that a lot.” She smiles, tentatively.
“You would,” they say, flatly looking to the side.
She’s startled into laughing. With it, her body finally relaxes. It feels like a weight has been lifted, still teeming in nerves, but hopeful, now.
She’s not sure they could have had this conversation a month ago, which means everything she’s been doing hasn’t been for nothing. Maybe they have been making progress. Maybe… just maybe, The Collector could trust her, one day.
Her smile fills out in genuinity. “We should head back to the others,” she says.
He squirms.
“Collector, you can’t avoid them. Besides, you need to apologize to Luz.”
They mmm, looking away.
“I’m sure she’ll forgive you,” she adds.
His fists tighten. “…you guys always do,” they mutter.
She gestures to him.
They sigh. He turns, and follows her down the hill.
The Collector feels like running the moment the group spots them.
It seems only Eda was looking for him, as everyone else is gathered around the picnic blanket with worried faces. They've held themself tight, considering hiding behind Eda, but resigning themself to their fate. If only he could turn invisible.
Luz looks up as they and Eda descend the hill.
“Collector! Eda!” she calls.
He tenses further.
She darts from the picnic blanket, directly to them both. “Are you okay? No one's hurt?”
“Mostly fine,” Eda assures.
Luz turns her sad eyes and frown to them. He squirms, avoiding her gaze. “Um… yeah.”
Eda glances at them both. She catches eyes with them. Then, to his simultaneous dismay and relief, she walks away from them, to Camila and King up ahead.
Leaving him and Luz alone.
They grimace.
He stares at the snow. “I’m… um…” They grip their coat. “I’m sorry.”
He feels the air shit as she kneels. “It’s okay. But, um… was it… something I did?”
“No!” They’re surprised by his own vehemence. He tries to be more clear, “It—it wasn’t—” They kick a foot around the snow. “I just…” He closes his eyes. They don’t know what to say.
“You’re sure?” she asks. “Cause I… want you to feel comfortable, you know?”
“Mm…”
“So if I ever do something that doesn’t make you feel that way, well, um… it wasn’t me being too close, was it—?”
“No, no, no!” He raises his head. “I don’t—” Desperately, “I don’t want you to stop doing stuff like that, please!”
This is the one person who will hug or hold them or squish their face or pet their hair at a whim, they can’t lose that, they can’t, they can’t, they can’t.
She blinks in surprise. “Okay, okay! I won’t stop then. Promise.”
He stares at her. She smiles nervously.
They glumly look at the snow again. “‘m sorry.”
“You don’t have to say sorry twice,” she says, lightheartedly.
He looks to the side. This doesn’t feel… right.
“You’re not mad?” they ask.
“No.”
He grabs one of his bunny ears. “You’re not pretendin’ you’re not mad but you actually are?”
“No? It… it hurt my feelings,” she says softly, “but I’m not gonna hold it against you.”
You should, they think, and don’t say.
“Besides, I already forgave you,” she says.
He looks up. She’s beaming with a smile that could light up the world.
They pause.
“You’re weird,” he says.
“So are you.” She drops her hand, grabbing theirs. “Let’s head back?”
He looks at their interlocked hands.
…this is one thing they know.
He sighs. “Yeah.”
So, she tugs them along to the group, and they don’t think about the swirling emotions inside them.
Notes:
swa saturday. swaturday
as an aside, "earth" ISNT capitalized when "the" precedes it. so when the collector talks about the literal planet earth, and says "the earth", its not capitalized. BUT when he talks about the Earth and the Sky, hes talking about figures/sort-of-gods in his religion, and those r always capitalized
Chapter 28: Scavenger Hunt!
Summary:
Lilith takes the family to a historical scavenger hunt. The Collector makes a big step.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Edalyn!”
The front door bursts open, revealing Lilith. She adjusts her glasses, grinning wide, as she rushes inside.
“What? What is it?” Eda asks, halting in scrubbing a plate.
Lilith pauses, blinking. “Oh, I hope I’m not interrupting anything.”
“We’re just washing dishes.” She gestures a shoulder to The Collector.
He grimaces at Lilith. “What are you doing here?”
She returns a flat face back. “I am here with some news! Edalyn, I think you’d be interested.”
She walks around the kitchen table, boots clacking that she didn’t take off, carrying a brochure. She promptly shoves it in Eda’s face.
Eda squints, reading it, “Bonesburough Historical Society? I have no idea what I’m looking at.”
“Read further!”
“Okay, okay. We’re excited to announce the opening of… a town-wide historical scavenger hunt?!” Her eyes widen. “Fun for the whole family, to celebrate Belos’ defeat and reclamation of our history, we want to share this forgotten knowledge with everyone. Join us today starting at 12pm.” She pauses. “Huh.”
Lilith pulls the brochure back. “Isn’t it so exciting?! An entire day dedicated to the history of this very town!”
“It sure is something—”
They snatch the brochure from Lilith with a bit of magic. He ignores her sputtered Hey! and quickly reads through it.
They gasp, grinning. “This is so cool!”
“Wh—you’re interested?” Lilith asks.
He flicks the brochure back to her, bouncing on his feet. “Duh! It’s a whole scavenger hunt, I’m really great at those! And, and, they’re teaching the history of the town, I love history!”
“You do?”
They remember the dishes, soap suds on their hands. Eugh. He quickly starts scrubbing again. “Sometimes Luz is studying for her history class and I actually really like human history, I’ve read a lot of her textbook, so witch history has gotta be cool too, right?”
“I suppose…” Lilith’s making a weird face, somewhere between displeased and stunned. “Well, nonetheless, Edalyn, I wanted to ask if you would come see it with me.”
She shrugs. “Eh, sure, why not.”
“Yes!”
“But I’m taking The Collector with us.”
“No!” she bemoans, just as they yell, “YES!”
He gives Lilith a wide I-won-and-you-didn’t grin, giggling. She glares at them.
“C’mon, you can’t hate each other forever. You have a lot in common,” Eda says.
“We do not.” Lilith crosses her arms.
“Like being stubborn,” she continues wryly. “Let us finish the dishes first, then we can get ready.”
She rinses off the plate she was scrubbing against the scrubber-soap-thing, stuck to the counter so she can do it one-handed. He takes the plate from her, setting it on the drying rack, along with the last fork he scrubs down.
She wipes down the counter, squeaky clean. “Collector, can you wake up King?”
They salute. He hops off his stool and runs to the living room, where King lays curled on the couch.
They slow as they approach. He grabs a pillow, sneaking forward. They raise it over King…
THWAP!
“WEH!” King yelps, tail fluffing. “Wh-what—” He sees The Collector. Panic immediately turns to annoyance. “Collector.”
“Hiii,” he smiles.
“Can’t you ever wake me up normally?”
“This is normal.” They put the pillow back. “Anyway, you gotta get up cause we’re going to a thing.”
King yawns, stretching his arms. “What thing?”
“A town-wide scavenger hunt!”
“A what?”
“A town-wide sca—”
“No, no, I got that.” He rubs his eyes. “I just didn’t know we did that.”
“This is a new thing. It’s ta celebrate the rediscovered history of the town! It’s gonna be so fun!” He grins widely, shaking his fists.
“If you say so…”
“I do say so. And I’m always right about everything—”
King thwacks them with a pillow. He yelps, giggling as he grabs the pillow. “I’m gonna get ready!” they say, mostly to themself, as they dart from the couch and into the hall.
Up the stairs, down the hall to King’s room. He swings open the door, kicking it behind him as he runs to his cubby of clothes.
Hmm… what’s a good history outfit?
They pull out their rolled clothes, eyeing them in the light. What would history clothes even look like? Maybe like, brown? History feels brown. But he doesn’t have any brown clothes.
Whatever! They just want to look—look…
He frowns. They survey their options. He’s never had this many to choose from before… it’s like every day is the solstice now.
A shine of gold glimmers in the light, from a sash tied around blue fabric. They unfurl the sweater-dress-thing, gasping with a grin as they revel in the design once again. Ahhh, it’s perfect!
He’s quick to pull it on. He smiles at the flared out skirt and softness of the sweater. He twirls. The 3d stars turn into a blur, sash following the motion. They giggle. Yep, still pretty amazing.
He pats it down, gripping the skirt as he looks around. They, of course, get the hair clip Amity gave them, along with their sunglasses. He hasn’t gotten a chance to use his cloud bag yet… he grabs it too, slugging it over his shoulder. That’s how you wear these, right?
They look at the ensemble, holding out their arms. It’s not history-ish, but it seems good enough.
He runs back downstairs. Lilith and Eda are talking, the latter leaning on the counter, head propped on her hand. King almost looks awake, finally off the couch.
Eda looks up at their arrival. “Cute outfit,” she grins, and—
He skids to a halt. “Huh?”
“You know, it’s cloudy out,” she continues casually.
It takes a moment for her words to catch up, then another to realize what she’s referring to. They blink, adjusting themself. He glances out the window. “Um… it’s not gonna stay that way,” they manage to say.
“If you say so.”
He smiles a little, faintly amused at her and King saying the same thing. They pick at their nails as she gets off the counter. Luz has called him cute a few times before, but he feels like she thinks everything is cute. People don’t… say things like that, about them.
“Everyone ready to go?” Eda asks, prompting him to look up.
King groans.
“You napped for long enough,” she says.
“Naps are never long enough…”
“I’m ready,” they affirm.
“Alriiight, better head out now, before Lilith explodes.”
Lilith pouts. “It’s an important historical event—”
“Yeah, yeah, yeah.” She waves a hand. “Come on, kids.”
King trudges along, half-asleep, as The Collector follows with a pep in his step. Their smile widens, barely able to contain how excited they feel. Today’s gonna be so fun.
He knows he’s right the moment they touch down.
They hop off Eda’s staff, nearly running into a passing demon. There’s a whole crowd of mingling witches and demons, packed together at the center. Just managing to see above the crowd, he can spot the centerpiece of the commotion: a stage of a few witches and demons, dressed in weird clothes, speaking through wide smiles and handing people pamphlets.
Chatter fills the air, people flitting to and from the stage, a mass of color and noise churning excitement into the air. He soaks it in.
Lilith takes a deep breath. “Do you smell that, Edalyn?”
“Uhh, sweat and nerds?”
“The smell of history!” She springs out her arms.
“So I was right about one of those.”
“Let’s get registered!”
Lilith leads them through the crowd, to a miraculously open stand, the last person in line just leaving. Someone else takes notice of the shorter line and tries to get there first, but Lilith is faster.
The witch now behind them sighs. The Collector turns their attention to the smiling demon at the stand.
“Welcome, welcome!” He waves his hands. He’s a pale green with tentacle-y hair. “How many do you have with you today?”
“Four,” Lilith answers, taking the clipboard handed to her.
“Wonderful. We have free cameras if you’re lacking any, and there’s plenty of refreshments and snacks scattered around the scavenger hunt.”
“Cameras?” he asks.
“We have to take pictures of the items we find. I have my own, thanks,” she tells the demon.
“Wait, I wanna take pictures!”
Lilith frowns. “I don’t think you should be the one doing that—”
“Lily, it wouldn’t hurt anyone if they also took photos,” Eda interjects. “We can just use yours for our submission if you’re really worried.”
She sighs. “Fine.”
The demon hands them a small camera with a strap. He turns it around in his hands, examining it. What a weird object.
King walks up to them. They hand it to him, and King says, “I’ve never actually held one of these before. How do they work? You press a button, right?”
“I’unno, there’s a lotta button-y things.” They take it back, pressing one—
Snap!
A photo slides out of a slit in the camera. “Ohhh!” He grabs it, shaking it. It’s a photo of the ground. “Cool!”
They even have a place to put their photos! He unzips his bag and stuffs it in.
The demon says, “Now, since you have a group of four, if you finish the hunt in an hour, you get four tickets into the raffle. In seventy minutes, you get three, in eighty, two, and in ninety or over, one.”
“There’s a raffle?” Eda asks.
They perk up. “Do we get a prize?!”
“They’re—”
“They’re historical treasures!” Lilith interrupts the demon. “We could get an antique cooking set, or the original copy of Boiling Isles History before it’s re-published, or an intricately carved table used back in the Deadwardian era!”
“Yes, I… was about to say that,” the demon says, smile strained.
“I would love to have any of those items,” she sighs. “So we must go as quickly as possible!”
“I’ll try my best,” Eda says.
“Alright, you’re all set up. Here’s your clues page, the moment you open it the timer will start.” The demon hands Lilith a folded paper. “Have fun!”
She takes it, squealing. “This is so exciting!” She holds the paper to her chest.
“Let’s move outta the way,” Eda says.
They hurry out of the crowds center, granting a bit of breathing room. He peers up at the paper.
Lilith holds it out. “Okay… one… two… three!”
She unfolds it in one quick motion. They lean on their tippy-toes, squinting as they try to read the words.
“Lily,” Eda says, nudging her.
Lilith blinks. She sighs and leans down so The Collector can read better. “Okay, first clue: to find history we must experience it. Look to the old mahogany, follow its wishes, and you’ll make the object you need…”
“We’re making stuff?” King asks.
“Several things! In fact, I think I know where to go.” Lilith stands. “To the old village!”
“The what?” Eda snorts.
“They’ve been building a recreation of what Bonesburough looked like hundreds upon hundreds of years ago! It was finished this week, and opened the first time for this event!” There’s practically stars in her eyes. “It’s going to be such a pleasure walking through it. Let’s go!”
Banners flutter in the wind, people running to and fro. It takes them a short walk, navigating the crowd as Lilith leads them.
“Here it is!” She holds out her arms, gesturing as she comes to a stop.
And…
“Oh, wow,” Eda says. “They built all of this? It looks so different.”
Circular and hip roofs, planked walls, uneven boards, stone paths pressed into the dirt, all clearly hand-built, it’s so—
“Ahhh!” He gasps, holding his hands. “It’s like the houses where I lived!”
“Wh—huh?” Lilith asks.
“It’s kinda different, like, they’re just on the ground, and the roofs aren’t as steep, but it looks waaay closer than your guys houses!” They grin, throwing their hands down to shake them.
“Oh, that’s fascinating! It’s exciting, isn’t it?!”
“It is!”
Along with houses, there’s a mill, forge (cool), and something that sorta looks like a prayer building, but…
“What’s that?” He points at it.
Lilith gasps. “A church! A real, actual, church!”
“A what?”
“A church? Oh, jeez, I didn’t even think about how we could have those now…” Eda says, sounding a bit in awe. “They’re, uhhh, you go to them to pray to the Titan or just have general religious ceremonies or meetings. I only know about them cause of some unauthorized history books I’ve got that were, ehh, more against Belos.”
“They were all taken down during Belos’ rule!” Lilith says. “He declared only he could speak to the Titan, and that it was heresy to attempt contact otherwise. To see one now… it’s just marvelous.”
“We aren’t going inside, are we?” King asks, looking a bit perturbed.
“Not right now, we have a scavenger hunt to complete!”
“So, what are we supposed to do here?” Eda asks.
“Into that building!” Lilith points.
They herd to a long, rectangular building, doors wide open. Standing at the entrance is a witch with pretty hair, split pink and blue.
“Welcome!” she greets. She’s wearing weird clothes like everyone else, old time-y ones? “Here today we can take you through the fascinating world of—”
“You’re making clothes!” The Collector gasps.
People are seated at tables with spindles and wheels, spinning stricks or cotton. Whirring fills the air, the knock knocking of turning wheels.
“That’s right!” says the witch. “Here, people can learn of the traditional ways to make clothes, as well as participate in baking with old ovens and make symbolic wood carvings.”
“Eeee, I’ve always wanted to do this!” Lilith says.
“First, you four can be assisted in making thread—”
“I know how to do it!” The Collector interjects.
“You do?” Lilith asks with an unconvincing look.
“Yeah, I’ve done it a million times before. Come on, come on!”
“If you need any help, don’t hesitate to ask!” the witch calls as The Collector runs in.
“What have you made before?” Lilith asks, following swiftly while Eda and King lag behind.
“Lotsa stuff! Mostly shirts, though. I don’t think any patterns I know would fit you guys…” They come to a halt in front of a wheel. “Maybe you,” he acquiesces, looking at King as he makes his way to the table.
“Weh?”
“I know shirts for little people, like you.”
“I’m not little!”
“You’re really little. I could put you in a picnic basket. I wouldn’t even notice you’re not food, that’s how little you are.”
“Why is it always about eating me?!”
They giggle. “You’re like those bug popsicles—”
“Stop talking, stop talking!”
“—you’re an insect, you know, you need to be glazed—”
King thwacks at him with tiny fists. “STOP TALKING!”
They cackle. He grabs the giant bag of cotton balls, dragging it closer. “Look, you take these and put them in the gin.” They grab a handful, throwing them into the gin, a few bouncing off the table. “Then you just crank it! It’s really easy!”
He quickly cranks the cotton through the machine, seeds rolling up as they’re picked out, fresh, clean cotton coming out on the other end.
“Ohhh,” King says, making grabby hands.
The Collector picks him up, letting him reach the crank. “I used ta have ta hand pick the seeds out til someone made the first gin.”
“You’ve picked out the seeds by hand?” Lilith asks.
“I couldn’t just use my magic, cause then I’d destroy the cotton. It takes foreverrr,” they groan.
Despite this proclamation, Lilith looks in awe of the apparent wonders of seed picking, if not envious. “You are like living history,” she says.
“What else do you know about cotton?” Eda asks.
“Ummm, cotton grows in hotter places, the hotter it is the sooner they bloom!” He takes the ginned cotton, setting it down as he reaches over to grab a brush. “After ginnin’ it, you need to clean the cotton. Either you’d use a brush, like this”—they demonstrate, quickly swiping down the cotton—“or you’d use another cranky thing.”
He gets half the cotton and shoves it into a machine similar to the gin. “And it cleans it for you, which is slightly less forever, but still takes forever.”
“What I’m learning is making clothes takes forever,” King says.
“Yes!”
“It’s easier nowadays, with automated machines and stuff,” Eda says. “But man was it intensive in the old days.”
“It’s wonderful, isn’t it?” Lilith asks.
They stop cranking. “If boring is wonderful. But after you clean all the cotton you can turn it into thread to weave into clothes!” He gestures to the group of witches trying to weave thread.
“You don’t think that’s what were supposed to make, right?” King asks.
“That’d take waaay too long.”
“Oh, I’m so excited to try after the event!” Lilith says.
“Can’t imagine why,” Eda says.
At the other side of the room, people are spinning stricks into yarn. The Collector is less familiar with the process of flax to clothes, so they read the infographic metal plates, situated under a presentation of example clothes. He quickly is distracted by said clothes, frowning at them.
There’s pretty dresses with long skirts, the way they’d expect, but the sleeves are slim, and there’s a lot of lace. The other clothes are far worse, vests over collared shirts with slacks. What’s up with these?
“These aren’t like the clothes I remember,” he says, frown deepening.
“What were yours like?” Lilith asks.
“Huh? Uhhh, more… flowy. Well, ‘s more like mine were flowy, the others were more boxy—but they all had giant bell sleeves.” They hold out their arms, looking at their own clothes. “And ribbons. Like how my dress has got a sash!”
“Fascinating…” She pulls out a notepad and starts writing.
They’re led through the next exhibit, showcasing old ovens and methods of cooking, which The Collector is delighted to see he recognizes. The food’s way different, and they despise the texture of flour, but they’re proud to say they didn’t mess up making the bread dough. Cooking with Eda every day has really been paying off.
“To the third exhibit!” Lilith declares. “I think this is the last one for this building.”
The building opens up back outside, to an area with a dozen picnic tables, several groups seated already. And on the tables there’s—
He stops.
Lilith begins, “Let me guess, you already know how to do this, too—”
“WOOD CARVING!” they yell.
Sandpaper, chisels, gouges, mallets, carving knives, all ready for the wooden blocks on the tables! They squeal, shaking their fists, and run to the nearest table.
“Of course,” Lilith says, following him.
They slide onto the seat. “I love carving! I’ve carved the moon and stars and planets and birds and bunnies and people!”
“Why do you know how to do everything?” King asks.
The Collector stares at him.
“Okay, stupid question, forget I asked.”
“Oh, there’s pamphlets!” Lilith takes one off the table, unfolding it. “Let’s see… ah, it’s about carving sigils!”
“Like that old people thing?” Eda asks.
“You’re old people,” King says.
“Hey, I’m barely in my thirties!”
“Ancient.”
Lilith spreads out the pamphlet on the table. “See, for ages people have carved specific symbols into objects, hoping for things like safety or to ward evil.”
The Collector leans over to look. “Hey, I know these!”
Lilith makes a face. “Of course you do. Well, I guess I’m glad to know it’s a very old tradition.”
“Oh, hello!”
Everyone turns to the witch arriving at the table. She pauses, smiling. “Do you need any help with carving?”
“Yeah, how am I supposed to hold these?” King asks.
“Oh, with your claws, um…”
She starts helping him figure out the tools. The Collector grabs his own and a wooden block. “This has gotta be the object we’re makin, right?”
“There doesn’t seem to be anything else,” Lilith notes. “We likely have to carve a sigil, but which one?” She unfurls the clues, rereading it. “Look to the old mahogany… people build houses out of that.”
“That’s weird,” The Collector says.
“It’s not weird, it’s just what we have.”
“No, it’s weird.” He’s used to cypress and stuff being used, not mahogany. What even is that?
She rolls her eyes. “So we observe the houses?” She squints at the surrounding buildings.
“Follow its wishes…” they read.
“What does a house wish for?”
“Lots of things. Usually protection.”
“Wait, is that a sigil?”
He follows her line of sight, to a sigil carved in the wall, right above the door. They jump up. “That’s what I meant! A sigil for protection!” It clicks. “Wait. Wait, wait—”
Lilith begins to realize at the same time, “Wait, so that means—”
“We have to carve that sigil!” they both exclaim.
“You two figured that out quick,” Eda says.
“It was easy.” He waves a hand.
“They’ll get harder, I’m sure,” Lilith says. “Let’s begin carving!”
They grab a pencil, sketching out the design onto the block. It’s been a long time since he’s done this.
Lilith is making very, very tiny strokes with careful precision, squinting at the pamphlet every second. She pauses to glance at The Collector. “Collector, while I have you…”
“What?”
“I was hoping you’d answer a couple questions of mine. Now, if you’re going to ask for that ice cream as repayment, I’ve already accounted for that and am willing to pay the price.” She looks very pleased with herself. “So, three questions?”
“Huh?!” They stare in shock, then raises themself by slamming their hands on the table. “That’s not fair!”
“I’m spending two hundred snails on this, it’s perfectly fair!”
He hits the table again, “Ughhh, no it’s not!”
“Because you want to accept?”
“Yes!” Beaten at their own game, the audacity. He presses his face into the table, muttering, “Fine.”
“Can’t always win, kiddo,” Eda says with a weird sort of tone… fond?
Lilith resumes her intense sketching. “Alright, first question.”
“Already?!”
“I have no reason to wait. Something I’ve been wanting to ask is… how to phrase this…” She taps her pencil. “Why are you ‘Collectors’? As in, how did that name come about? Obviously collecting is a hobby for some, but for your species to be called that raises questions.”
He debates dodging the question, but sighs instead. They guess they can answer this one. “We’re Collectors cause we collect and preserve everything. Since we live so long, it’s our job to keep the memory of… the things that don’t.” His hand hesitates over the wooden block, staring at the carving he’s begun: protection. “If you keep something safe, keep information on everything about it, then—then that thing doesn’t die. Bein’ remembered forever, even if it’s just through echoes… is immortality.”
Lilith pauses. They look up at her, expecting reverent scribbling, but instead she simply stares with pinched eyes. Then, “That sounds like a lonely existence.”
He’s stunned to silence.
She starts writing. “I wonder if the word or name came first?”
They blink, working their mouth, body stuttering as it finally begins to work. He pushes down what’s rising in his throat.
“Is that… one of your questions?” The tone comes out weird, strangled.
“…no.”
They regain their bearings. “Then I’m not telling you. And I’m not answerin’ any more questions about Collectors.”
“What about—”
“Or Titans!”
She stops with a groan. “For supposedly being so interested in history, you really enjoy evading my historical questions,” she mutters.
He refocuses all his attention into carving. If he digs harsher than needed, no one notices.
They hold out the finished product proudly. “I’m done!”
“Wha—already?” Lilith asks. “I’m barely done sketching.”
He sticks out a tongue at her. “You’re focusin’ too much on the little details, just carve.” They rummage for their camera. “So, I just take a picture of this?”
“Yes, but let me—”
He snaps a photo in a flash. Lilith sighs and takes out her own camera, snapping a much less bright picture. She waves the photo, then presses it to the map. It disappears in a glittery burst of magic.
“Woaaah!” They lean over. “Do that again!”
“It’s just so they can verify we took the right picture,” she says. “A green light should appear beside the clue if so—”
Ding!
Just as she said, a green light appears beside the first word.
“That was fast,” Eda remarks.
“Wonderful, we’re on track!” Lilith says. “Onto the next clue…” This time she leans down without Eda prompting her. “Welded in fire, slay thy enemy, stake its head in what bore its death.”
“Oh, finally this sounds interesting,” King says.
“To the forge!” Lilith points.
“Why do you know how to make swords?” King asks in disbelief.
The Collector sets aside the shoddily made sword he just welded, the group instructed through several steps on beginner welding—which The Collector largely ignored in favor of immediately making a sword. The blacksmith looked appalled and impressed.
“I’ve done it lotsa times before,” he answers.
“Jeez, kid, that looks amazing,” Eda says. She’s been complimenting them through the whole process.
He blushes a little. “‘s not that good.”
Her hand lays near theirs. He tries not to fidget.
“Was learning to make them necessary?” Lilith asks.
“Is that one of your questions?”
“Er, no.”
“Not tellin’ you.”
“Did you need to fight?” King asks.
“Not really,” The Collector says as Lilith shrieks. “Maybe some wild animals? But we were just bored. Fighting’s like a dance, you know.”
“I don’t really know.”
“Like a dance…” Lilith mutters, writing down notes.
They huff. “It’s artistic, or whatever. You’re moving your body in a skilled way, but there’s different styles n stuff. Like a dance.”
“A really intense dance to the death.”
“Exactly.”
Everything’s about dancing and singing, really, except for dancing and singing, which are about communication.
“I don’t understand, though, were we supposed to make something here?” Lilith squints at the map.
“I made a sword,” The Collector says.
“Yes, yes, very impressive… I’m not sure we’re supposed to be here, on seconds thought.”
“Where else are we supposed to go? Welded in fire,” King says. “Sounds pretty forge-y to me.”
“Yes, but it’s not always that simple. Slay thy enemy… that has to be the key.”
“Were gonna kill someone?” The Collector asks.
“No, no—”
“Hey, that actually sounds fun,” Eda says.
Lilith sighs. She re-folds the map. “Let’s look around.”
They leave the forge, back into brisk air. He grins, twirling as he exits. They feel so alive when it’s cold!
The group traverse the crowded area, coming back into the center of the market.
“While were looking, Collector, I’ve decided on my second question,” Lilith says. He groans. She makes a face in return. “What was the architecture of old homes like?”
“The what?”
“The—how they looked.”
“Oh! There were a lotta ways it could look.” They hold a hand to their chin. “They were made of cypress, or white stone… the ones by the beach were on stilts, and the houses had like, triangle roofs. Some of them were, uh, less… less extreme triangles and kinda swooped out at the edges. The beach houses had sliding doors, but the inland ones had doors like here. And people had a lot of seashells or fish bones or kelp decorated on the door n at windowsills—there was a lot of big windows in the beach houses, smaller ones inland. And the walls would have like, panelling sometimes.”
Lilith scribbles furiously. “Beach houses?”
“People lived by the beach in spring and summer.”
“Does ‘people’ include you?”
“Oh, no. I always lived over the ocean.”
“Over?”
“Like that castle in your dream?” King asks.
“Yep.”
“Castle?!” Lilith’s got stars in her eyes. “What did they look like?”
“Like a… castle.”
She pauses, staring at him.
They throw out their arms. “Whaddya want me to say?! They were big! Had towers! Made of like, crystal!”
“Crystal…”
King points. “Hey, what’s that?”
“What’s what?”
They follow his claw to a statue of a witch, proudly pointing her sword to the left, half-standing on a rock. Her carved hair sways in the wind, robes flowing.
“Oooh!” Lilith squeals. “A statue of a historical figure! Let’s see it, come on, come on!”
They scurry to it, stopping in front of a large metal plaque.
“Let’s see…” Lilith kneels to read it. “Miss Mari, a noble smither and fighter. When the town was terrorized by a terrifying dragon, she took it upon herself to slay the beast. In a blazing act of glory, she severed its head, saving hundreds.”
“A town hero, eh?” Eda says.
“There’s a shop!” Lilith gasps.
Behind the statue stands a little shop, proudly labelled Swords and Stuff. Beneath it is a sign saying: Even has a replica of Miss Mari’s sword!
Milling into the shop, a bell chimes as the door opens. This time, The Collector replies with his own bell.
“Look at all the swords!” King exclaims, tail wagging as he runs in.
“I have got to see that replica!” Lilith says, running in as well.
Eda and The Collector stall at the front of the shop, looking around. There’s racks and racks of shining swords, most of them rather plain, but some bear ornate details or carvings on the handles.
The Collector looks at their own sword. It’s a straight, double-edged sword, the kind used for stabbing—as opposed to the kind used for slashing. He didn’t get the chance to really decorate it. They’ve made waaay better swords before.
Eda’s looking at a sign. “Huh, rent a sword for an hour. Get a taste of being an adventurer,” she reads. “Or swordfight your friends… I like this place.”
Her hand lays close to his. They glance away, then back. He tries to inch his hand closer—
“Edalyn! Look, look, look!” Lilith comes rushing back.
They startle, pulling their hand away.
“What is it?” Eda asks. “Wah—”
She’s dragged away by Lilith. The Collector follows, to where a small crowd of people have assembled.
“It’s an exact replica of Miss Mari’s sword!” Lilith gestures past the crowd. Assumedly the sword is somewhere there, but The Collector’s too short to see. “Look at the shine! The carvings!”
“I can’t see it,” he frowns.
“Can’t you fly?” King asks.
“Not supposed to in public, remember?”
“Ohhh, right.”
Honestly, why can witches only fly with a staff or potions? At least he likes walking.
“It does look pretty cool,” Eda says. “Did you see you can rent a sword for an hour? I’m totally getting one.”
“You can?!” King exclaims. “I want one too!”
“Oh, I suppose that could be fun…” Lilith says.
The Collector hmmm’s. Looks at their sword. Back to the front of the store, where he can just see Miss Mari’s statue from the windows. Welded in fire…
“What if we’re supposed to follow Miss Mari’s sword?” they ask.
“For the scavenger hunt?” Lilith asks.
“Yeah! That’s been welded in fire.”
“Oh, I… suppose. It wouldn’t hurt to try.”
“I’m renting a sword from here first,” Eda says.
After everyone is equipped with swords, the group is back outside. As predicted, the clouds have parted, sunshine blindingly bright. He pulls down his sunglasses.
“Onwards!” they cheer, pointing in the direction of the sword.
They’re lead into a thicket, path trailing away into the woods. It gets denser the farther they traverse, crossing a small stream in between towering trees.
“I’m starting to think it isn’t this way,” Lilith says, swatting away a bug.
“There’s still a path,” Eda says, gesturing to the thinned path between their feet.
“Sure, but that doesn’t mean it’s where were supposed to go. This forest is full of paths!”
“Nah, it’s totally this way,” The Collector says.
“I think we’re just lost,” King says, squinting beneath the sun.
“Not lost if we know the way back.”
“If we die out here it’s your fault.”
“Blame accepted—woah!”
They stumble to a halt, the forest thinning out to a clearing. In it’s a field of large, blue flowers, petals vaguely resembling dragon heads. They sway in the wind, brilliant blue shining under the sun.
“What are those?” King asks.
“Huh, dragon flowers,” Eda says. “They’re a carnivorous flower… they trap bugs in that little mouth of theirs.”
“Coooool!”
The Collector kneels to touch a flower. They remember something, turning to Lilith. “Hey, do you think dragons are red with wings?” he asks. “And breathe fire and stuff?”
She pauses. “Er, yes? What else would they be like?”
“UGHHH.”
“What?!”
“You’re wrong,” they assert. “They wouldn’t need wings to fly, that’s stupid. And they control water.”
“Wh—how is that wrong?! It’s not like you’ve seen a dragon before!”
“Yeah, but they named these blue flowers dragon flowers, so clearly people agree with me.”
She throws out her arms. “What does that have to do with anything?!”
“Blue, like water. They control water. We had blue dragons too. Sometimes red… they weren’t as cool,” he says absently.
“Red really isn’t that bad of a color,” Eda says, donned in red.
“Yes it is.”
“Well, this was a waste of time,” Lilith huffs.
“No it wasn’t?” they say.
“What are we supposed to do in a random field of flowers?”
“Dragon flowers.”
She blinks at them.
“You know, like Miss Mari slayed a dragon? And we followed her sword, based on the clues. I’unno what we’re supposed to do next, though,” he frowns. They don’t exactly remember what the rest of the clues were.
“Oh, hmmm. I guess this could be the right place…” She kneels to examine the dragon flowers, pulling out the map. “Welded in fire, we followed the sword, so that’s out. Slay thy enemy, stake its head in what bore its death. So that means…” She lights up. “Dragon flowers! Miss Mari slayed a dragon!” She stands triumphantly. “So we stake one of these flowers on a sword!”
“Ohhhhh!”
Eda seems about to clap, before realizing one of her hands is a hook. “Nice work, you two.”
“Can I do it? Can I do it?!” The Collector hops up.
“Errm, sure,” Lilith says.
“YES!!!”
He readies his sword, moving into the correct stance. With a swift jab, they stab it into the head of a dragon flower. He knew making a sword for stabbing was the right choice!
“Take a picture of me, take a picture of me!” They lean on the hilt of their sword, posing with a bright grin. “Wait, take two! So I can keep one.”
“Alright, alright.” Lilith starts fiddling with her camera. Snap! Snap!
She waves both the photos, then hands one to The Collector. He stuffs it into his bag. She places the second photo on the map, disappearing in a burst of glitter. In just a moment, it lights up green.
“Yes! We were right!” they cheer.
“Huh, I suppose we were,” Lilith says, vaguely surprised. “Well, onto the next clue!” She begins reading, “Amidst the haunting, follow the souls… partake in legend to find your final resting place.”
Unsurprisingly, they’re taken to a haunted house, set up for October. The Collector ends up clocking one of the actors in the face. In the section of ghosts is a stream, which The Collector figures they should follow, leading the group to a dingy, secret passageway. Then they had to do a complicated puzzle that was really cool, it’d be a shame if someone didn’t get to see it.
After completing that, then the fourth and fifth clues, they’re finally finished—and just in the nick of time.
“Now we can simply enjoy the festival!” Lilith grins.
“I’m starving,” King says. “We’ve been walking around so much.”
“We’ll get some food first,” Eda says.
The day passes by in a blur. Even the food is all old time-y, but not really familiar to The Collector. They suppose what they knew is too old. Lilith drags the group back to the historical buildings, taking her time with making clothes, carving, and going through historical prayers in the church.
After the sun sets, a performance of a historical dance and song is put on. They push through the crowd, watching in awe. It's an intricate dance between a group of performers, timed exactly to the swells and lows of music. It's not a familiar style to The Collector, but when the crowd roars at the end, he can’t help himself from cheering out a flute. They release all of their thrill into it, enormously loud as the energy rushes out.
He dances around as they leave, night sky twinkling. They’re out of breath, full of energy.
“That was simply marvelous!” Lilith is grinning brightly, holding her hands together in awe. “The lighting, the choreography, the music!”
“It sure was something,” Eda says.
The Collector grins, shaking his fists. “I LOVED IT! I loved today! This has been so fun!”
“It has been, surprisingly,” Lilith says. “You’re…” She grimaces a little. “Collector, you’re a good scavenger hunt partner. We may have not completed it in time without you. So… er… thank you.”
He blinks. “Huh?”
“Perhaps we could set aside our differences instead of finding each other annoying all the time,” she continues.
“Oh. But you are annoying.”
“I—” She heaves a sigh. “Nevermind.”
Eda laughs. “You need to stop getting owned by kids.”
Lilith collects (hah) herself. “That aside… I still have one more question for you.”
They sigh. “What is it?”
“You mentioned that old houses had things such as fish bones and seashells decorating the doors and windowsills. During the hunt, a stream and souls were correlated. This made me wonder if, in ancient times, water and death was correlated in some way? Is that true? Moreover, what’s the reasoning behind the decorations?” she asks.
“Uhhhhh.” He looks at the dark sky, humming in thought. A cool breeze rushes by. “Yeah, the ocean is death. People’s souls go there to pass into their next life. So they’d decorate their homes with stuff from the sea to like… like, absorb death and illness.”
She taps her chin. “So, the reasoning is that since the ocean was death, things from it would draw death and illness toward it, making it effective warding?”
“I don’t know what you just said, but probably,” they say.
“Interesting! I wonder if it was part of a greater spirituality or religion? Are streams correlated with it too? It’s interesting we’ve managed to keep some of that tradition even though it must be eons old…”
Lilith drones on, voice blurring to mush.
The air is cold, town bright, bustling with people and laughter. Surrounding him is Lilith, King and… Eda.
Their hand twitches. He stares at Eda’s, hanging by her side.
They think of her teaching them how to swim. Cooking with him. Holding them in the bathroom, washing their hair, swooping them out of a collapsing cave.
I don’t know what I should be doing.
He curls his hands into fists, mouth trembling. They flex a hand.
Just…
He inhales.
Just…
And they grab her hand.
She tenses in surprise. He tenses himself, ready to yank his hand away. But then—
She grips back.
They stare at the cobbled road, body burning. Every step he takes with his hand in hers feels like he’s about to explode.
But she doesn’t let go.
They don’t look at her the whole way back. He doesn’t let go either.
The Collector is more than ready to sleep after such an eventful day.
But the moment they’re laying on their bed, they find themself staring at the ceiling, stars glimmering.
He huffs. They roll onto their side, closing their eyes.
Just go to sleep.
Sleep.
Sleep…
He rolls over to the other side. It feels more uncomfortable, but they stubbornly stay still.
Just go to sleep…
Other side. Back to the ceiling. He groans quietly, flipping around entirely.
Suddenly, “Can you stop that,” King says, voice thick.
They groan louder.
King half-rises, rubbing his eyes. “What is it?”
He turns his gaze away. “Nothing.”
“Okay?”
They frown. His stars glimmer on the ceiling. “Do I… live… here?”
King’s silent long enough they look at him. He’s staring with pinched eyes. “Where else would you live?”
He grips his blanket. “I don’t know.”
“You have a bed,” King yawns, “and you go shopping with us and stuff, and also you’ve been living with us already—”
“I know!”
“Did that answer your question?”
“No,” they mutter.
“I’m going back to sleep…”
King returns to being a small lump under his blanket. They open their mouth, and upon finding they have nothing to say, close it with a click of their teeth.
He sighs.
They turn their focus back to the stars.
It’s just…
It’s just weird… isn’t it? King made it sound so simple.
The stars blur together, lights dimming. It’s getting harder and harder to keep his eyes open.
Is this…
…really okay?
Black crowds their vision as their eyes shut.
He doesn’t dream.
Notes:
next up!
Take Two
The Collector takes care of some unfinished business with the Titan Trappers.
Chapter 29: Take Two
Summary:
The Collector takes care of some unfinished business with the Titan Trappers.
Notes:
cw: stabbing
HEY!!! ive updated TWICE in a very small timeframe. make sure youve read the chapter before this one too!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Everything’s fuzzy.
Blurred shapes pass by them, a lack of feeling weighing over. It feels like nothing. It's suffocating. Harsh darkness, emptiness threatening to consume him.
Discordant sounds ring in their ears, louder and louder, until—
His eyes snap open.
They're standing in a clearing. He blinks, looking around. No, it’s… they’re not sure where they are. Fog rolls across the patch of grass, shrouding everything in darkness. He looks up and the world warps, a looming Titan skull overhead. It doesn't look right. They don't feel right.
He's dreaming, he realizes suddenly.
Huh. They never lucid dream, sans the times King made them.
He hums. What can they do with a lucid dream? He's never been great at dream magic…
Suddenly, they hear a scream.
That sounded like—
King runs past him.
King?
They barely have time to react, before what sounds like a horn drums out. A stampede of rushing, shadowy figures come barreling after, passing by The Collector entirely. They cascade over each other, a cacophony of noise following.
“King?” The Collector utters, alarmed.
It's hard to see through the fog. The shine of spears stab through the air, hands in the hoard throwing more than seems possible. The landscape warps again, King skidding to a halt on a familiar platform. A wall suddenly bursts from the ground, cornering him.
“King!” He tries to move his legs. They gasp, barely stumbling forward. Gahhh, dream magic, work with them!
The hoard starts to take shape, faces melding out, and they look like—
Like—
The Titan Trappers.
A net is thrown over King. He yelps, twisting in the confines, desperately trying to scramble out. One of them raises a spear, The Collector finally manages to run forward, the spear is thrown down, and—
The Collector gasps.
He throws himself up. They groan, a sharp pain stabbing through their head.
Dark shapes bounce around his vision. They brush their hands over their blanket, breathing heavily.
There’s a whimper to his right.
They snap their head to look. King is trembling under his blanket, tail fluffed up.
“King?” he says.
King whines. They throw off their blanket and hop out of their bed. He strides forward, coming to a stop beside King.
“King. King!” They gently shake him.
King’s eyes snap open. He’s panting, eyes wide. “Wh-wh—C-Collector?”
“It’s okay,” he whispers. “It’s okay.”
“I—” he chokes out, gasping, frantically looking around the room. “I thought I was—”
King shakes his head, squeezing his eyes shut. Suddenly, he throws himself up, wrapping his arms around The Collector.
They still in surprise. After a moments hesitation, he hugs back.
King’s still shaking.
“Do you… usually have nightmares about that?” they ask quietly.
“Sometimes,” King mutters into his shoulder.
It’s quiet, for a minute. King’s grip is tight. Slowly, his breath evens out. The Collector watches as his fur settles.
“…I just think about how they’re still out there,” King whispers. “They know where I live. What if they… what if…”
“I’ll protect you,” they say firmly.
“…thanks.”
Honestly, he didn’t think about it much. With the portal broken, they’re on the other side of the world. But… King is right, isn’t he? They know where the Boiling Isles is. They know where King is. What if they’re still after him? What if they come here?
Their grip tightens.
“Little baby Titan…” he begins to sing, “with a skull like chiton.
Little baby Titan, how you’ll grow to reach the skies, but right now you have a small pair of eyes, little horns and a cry that warns.
Little baby Titan, don’t fret and mourn.
You have the Earth and the skies, the fishers and the rice keepers.
Little baby Titan, remember the roots of your fur and claws, that way love will never make you pause.”
King relaxed through the lullaby, until his arms slipped off The Collector, fallen asleep entirely.
They gently set King on his side. He pulls over King’s blanket.
They watch him, for a moment, steadily breathing.
Slowly, he slips away. They open their bedroom door with a touch of magic, entering into the hall and shutting it behind them, silent as a mouse.
He bypasses the creaky stairs by floating over them, landing without a sound.
Now for the hard part. The living room’s a mess, notebooks and papers strewn across the table and floor, as well as clothes and a backpack. Luz is sleeping on the couch, staying over for the night. Her mom lets her do it on some weekends.
They carefully step over everything, sneaking across the long stretch. Luz makes a sound, having him freeze, but she just rolls over, eyes still closed.
Almost there…
They place their hand on the doorknob…
Begin to open it—
“Collector?”
He jumps, spinning around.
Luz is half-raised, rubbing her eyes. “What’re you doing…?” she mumbles.
They still. Oh, come on, he was right there.
But… Willow and Gus said people get worried if you don’t tell them you’re leaving. Maybe this is a good opportunity?
“I’m leaving,” they say succinctly.
“Huh?”
He opens the door and does just that.
Cold air hits their face. Wind rushes over the trees, rustling as they sway. It sounds like howling. Outside is near black under the new moon, illuminated only by the vast expanse of stars.
He summons a star of his own, large enough to sit on. It rotates in the air, coming to a halt in front of them.
And the door behind him opens.
“Collector!” Luz runs out, hopping as she tugs on a shoe. “Where are you going?!”
They look at her. “…out.”
“This late? You shouldn’t be out in the middle of the night.”
“It’s not night at the other side of the world,” he says.
She blinks. Her eyes widen. Then, they come to steely resolve. “I’m coming with you.”
“What?”
“You need someone to chaperone you! And—and I don’t think you should do this alone! I don’t… want you to do it alone,” she says, quieter. “Please, let me come with you!”
They stare at her. “Do I actually have a choice, or are you gonna follow me either way?”
“Um,” she laughs a little, caught. “Er…”
He sighs. “Okay. Get on.” They gesture to the star.
“W-wait, you’re actually letting me?”
“You’re gonna try to come either way. This is just the safer option,” he frowns.
“Oh. Okay. Um…”
The Collector seats themself on the star. Luz hesitantly follows, sitting behind and wrapping her arms around him.
“So, how is this going to woOORKK—”
She screams when they snap their fingers and launch forward, a boom resounding after. He melds them into the teleportation spell. This won’t take long.
Luz isn’t sure how teleportation works, exactly, but she realizes it’s not an instant thing.
Every other time it sure felt like that. She doesn’t feel anything at all, she can’t even see herself or The Collector.
But this time, for a single, extraordinary moment… it feels like she’s seeing the universe.
The ocean flies beneath her, gorgeous blue and purple sky overhead. A large mass swims in the deep waters, something like a whale sprouting up water. Smaller dolphin-like creatures hop through the water. The sky shines above, stars a blur of light streaking across it like a world of shooting stars. They fade out to make way for the rising sun, whole world lightening to a soft morning glow in a second.
And it all comes to a grinding halt.
She lurches, bile rising up her throat. She stumbles off onto wood, collapsing.
Her vision sways, hands shaking beneath her. Oh, god, teleportation does not agree with her.
“We’re here,” The Collector says casually.
She manages to raise her head. They wave away the star, looking ahead. The two of them are standing—well, kneeling, in Luz’s case—on a bridge. Fog rolls across it, the barely visible shape of an island in the distance.
A Titan’s skeletal hand towers over them, cradling the island in its palm.
She brushes back her hair and shakily stands. It’s just as dreary as she remembered.
Right. The island of the Titan Trappers.
Last time they were here didn't go that great. Understatement of the century, they nearly killed King! She guessed The Collector might have meant here, based on the way they were acting. She never really stopped thinking about it. The fact the Titan Trappers were still out there, at the other side of the world, waiting.
She takes a deep breath, squaring her shoulders. She keeps a hand ready by her glyphs. She can do this. She can do this. She ignores the fact that she’s shaking. She can do this.
“What’s… the plan?” she asks.
“I just need their hair,” The Collector says. “It’ll be easy.”
“What if they attack us?”
“I can take care of it.”
“Okay…” She frowns.
She stares out into the fog, squinting her eyes. She can barely see anything. She doesn’t like the idea of going into this like that, but what choice does she have?
And…
A figure appears in the mist.
Her heart leaps to her throat.
It draws closer, shadow darkening. She puts her hand in her pocket, ready to grab a glyph.
A voice booms, “Who goes the—”
Tarak steps out of the fog.
His eyes widen as he comes to an abrupt halt, mouth open. Gone is his facepaint, as well as his disguise, donned in rather plain clothes.
He stutters. “C-Collector—”
The Collector starts walking toward him.
He gasps, kneeling. “I—I’m sorry for my transgressions. Please, please, just leave the village—my family—alone. I’ll—I’ll accept whatever punishment you give me, just, please—”
They stop in front of him. He’s trembling beneath them.
“I’m not gonna kill you,” they state flatly.
Tarak can only utter, “Huh?”
Then The Collector plucks a hair off Tarak. He winces. The Collector continues, “I need a piece of hair from everyone on this island. Then we’re goin.”
Tarak blinks, bewildered. The Collector walks past him.
Cautiously, Luz follows, keeping her eye on Tarak behind them. Well, that was simple enough.
Tarak rises slowly, then swiftly follows after the two of them. “W-wait, let me take you to everyone.”
The Collector stops, turning to face Tarak, who squeaks in fear. She can’t blame him. The Collector’s flat, irritated expression exudes a near murderous aura.
They survey Tarak. “…fine.”
He scurries in front of the two. He wrings his hands together, hesitantly striding forward.
“M-may I… ask… what is the purpose of this?” he barely gets out.
“Need them for a spell. Protecting someone from you all.”
His wringing intensifies. “The… last Titan?”
“None of your business.”
She’s curious herself, but she figures this isn’t the time to be asking questions. It’s definitely to protect King, but what kind of spell is it?
Honestly, she’s glad this hasn’t resulted in fighting. She wasn’t looking forward to the idea.
Tarak seems unable to stop talking. “We… we have not continued our past ideals,” he says quickly. “When Bill remained unruly, we sentenced him to his own confines. B-but we have changed our ways. We are no longer seeking the last Titan—”
“Why were you guys even worshiping me?” The Collector asks suddenly.
Tarak stops.
“I-I…”
“None of you met me… or any other Collector’s.”
“I do not know exactly how it all went, that was generations before me—”
“But what do you know?”
“W-well, uh, there were sunken structures in the sea, castles, perhaps, that we found in days of yore. Parts of them washed up to shore, and there we found tomes, unburned. We thought it to be from a divine civilization. Texts detailing their beliefs, their lives, and… a war.”
The Collector stares at him, silent.
Tarak fidgets more, deigning not to return his gaze. “The Titan’s had won. Although, there were not very many of them left. Based on the ancient writings, and persuaded by each generations leader, we thought the Titan’s were… well… the ones that should have been destroyed.”
“So you killed the rest for a god you didn’t even meet?”
“Err, i-in my time we have not killed any—”
“But… you tried to.”
Tarak rightfully shuts his mouth up.
“I don’t get it. I don’t get it, you didn’t—you didn’t even know us! We weren’t gods, we weren’t anything like that!” Their shoulders hike, voice raising. “What did you think was gonna happen if you succeeded?! No one was gonna thank you, they’re all DEAD!”
Tarak is taken aback. The Collector is shaking in fury, teeth gritted and eyes burning with vitriol. His voice lowers to a hiss. “You did all of this for nothing.”
Even Luz is stunned.
It’s quiet, for a moment. The Collector tears away their gaze. He starts walking again.
Tarak stumbles after, and finally stops talking.
They come onto the island. A small village greets them, similar yet remarkably different from last time. Gone are the Titan bones marking every house, replaced with decorative flowers, shutters, curtains, murals and brick patterns. There’s a cobbled path now, made of placed stone. She can see what looks like recently built shops, shiny and new.
People are milling about, gone their disguises. Some chat with each other, another is buying bread, the sound of mingling fills the air.
It’s so much more lively. It feels… happier.
Someone notices the trio. Their eyes widen as they begin to whisper to their companion. A chain reaction begins, people coming to a halt one by one, staring in shock.
Then, one by one, they begin to drop to their knees.
A chorus of pleas ring out:
“P-please, forgive us!”
“O, our lord, we’ll do whatever you want!”
“We’ve changed our ways, we promise thee!”
The Collector’s face pulls in discomfort. “…stop doing that,” they say at a normal volume, contrasting the peoples shouts.
“Wh-what?” one dares to utter.
“Stop kneeling,” he speaks louder. “Also, quit the worship shtick.”
“B-but m’lor—I-I mean, Collector…”
The Collector waves his hand, pulling up everyone with his magic. The group blinks in a daze, staring at The Collector in a mix of bafflement and fear. No one’s brave enough to move, deer in headlights.
The Collector frowns. “Why does everyone think I’m gonna kill them? Yeesh.”
“Y-you are… not…?” one asks quietly.
They groan loudly. “I don’t care if you’re alive or not. And I’m not your god, so quit it.”
Everyone stares in silence. Some are trembling, and a few dare to take a step back.
Finally, one speaks up, “Y-yes… m’lo—Collector.” They bow swiftly.
Everyone else follows the gesture. In unison, thank you’s are muttered, people hesitant to speak any louder.
The Collector’s frown deepens. “Seriously, stop it.”
“Y-yes!” Everyone stands up straight.
He sighs. “What is with these people?” they mumble.
“It must be pretty hard to stop worshipping someone you’ve followed your whole life,” she says.
“They shouldn’t have been worshipping us in the first place.”
He strides to the nearest person. They squeak. The Collector pulls off a strand of their hair.
They pat their head, confused. The Collector walks to the next person, repeating the same thing.
Slowly, hesitantly, the crowd begins to relax as they realize The Collector probably isn’t here to hurt them. Though that doesn’t stop their confused looks at getting their hair taken.
When The Collector gets the hair of the bread maker, she softly speaks.
“W-would you… enjoy some bread?” She offers out a loaf.
“Huh?” They blink. “What. Sure?”
“Ooo, fresh bread!” Luz exclaims. “Can I try some?”
He pulls off a piece, giving her it. She stuffs it into her mouth. Ah, it’s even still warm… “Sho good,” she says while chewing.
Then, the next person:
“Would… would you like a flower crown?” He holds one out to The Collector, made of pretty blue and purple flowers.
“Sure…?”
And the next:
“You look chilly, would you like a cloak?”
The next, and next, and next…
“What about some mittens? You can’t neglect your hands!”
“I’ve been making figurines… would you like one?”
“These are ceremonial windchimes.”
“Would you like a tapestry?”
“I have fresh cookies!”
Soon enough, The Collector is holding a million things, donned in winter wear and a flower crown. They continue gathering hair from everyone, nonplussed.
“Aren’t you gonna tell them to stop?” she asks, finishing her cookie.
“Well… I like gettin’ free stuff,” he says.
“I believe that was everyone,” Tarak says, the first time he’s spoken up since earlier. “Aside from Bill. He’s in his own quarters.”
“Hmm.” The Collector squints at Tarak. “Was it everyone?”
“Er, y-yes…”
“Was it really, really, really everyone?”
“It—it was!”
“You’re lying.”
“I-I… I am not. It was everyone.”
“Yes you are!” They hop up, scowling at Tarak face-to-face. “Tell me the truth!”
Like a spell, Tarak immediately says, “There is another person left outside of Bill.”
His face pales. He holds his hands over his mouth, shocked.
“Where are they?” The Collector glares.
Tarak steps back. “I… please, please just swear you will not bring harm to her.”
He glowers. Tarak sweats. Slowly, The Collector holds out a pinky.
“I pinky swear,” they say.
Tarak hesitantly moves his hand—
The Collector snatches theirs back. “Actually, I don’t wanna touch you. Just pretend we did it.”
“Er… alright.”
Solemnly, he begins to walk. She and The Collector follow after. Tarak soon stops in front of a bigger house.
“Wait here a moment,” he says, shutting the door behind him.
They wait.
She hears something behind her. She turns, seeing a crowd of people all peeking around corners to watch The Collector. She sets her face into the meanest glare she can muster. They pale, slinking away.
The doorknob rattles, door opening.
Tarak exits with a woman Luz saw earlier. She’s carrying a swaddle of cloth in her arms.
Is…
Is that…
“Please, be gentle,” Tarak says.
The woman, nervous as him, slowly steps forward. She adjusts the blanket, revealing the small face of… an infant.
Luz holds her hands over her mouth.
“You have… a baby?” The Collector asks quietly.
“We weren’t allowed to have children until our duty was over. We had to keep her pregnancy a secret. But after you came here… well, it isn’t a problem anymore,” he says. “She can grow up in peace.”
The Collector stares at the baby. His mouth is twisted, eyes strained. Their hands shake by their sides. He starts to raise one…
and drops it back to his side, curling into a fist.
“ …no,” they mumble.
“H-huh?”
“No,” he repeats. “Raise her better than you were raised. When she grows up, she’ll be the bridge between our islands,” they state, as if remembering something said to them.
With that, his intensity fades.
“If… you are sure,” Tarak says.
They close their eyes. “I’m sure.”
She’s not sure what she’s feeling right now. Something about it all was… was… she doesn’t know.
But she thinks she understands The Collector’s reaction.
She pipes up, “Um, so, where is Bill?”
“Ah, right… let me take you to him.”
They’re lead to the outskirts of the village. In view comes a small house, except the front is prison bars. Inside is rather cushy, nothing like the human cells that come to mind. A full bed, a door leading to likely a bathroom, carpet and wood floor…
And, of course, sitting on the bed is Bill.
“We had to detain him after he tried stealing the ship,” Tarak says. “As well as crashed it into the shore.”
“Huh,” Luz says.
“Bill.” Tarak raps on the wall.
Bill inclines his head slightly. He glares at Tarak.
“You… have a visitor,” Tarak continues.
Bill simply glares.
Tarak sighs. “He never speaks to me.”
“Go away, then,” The Collector says.
“A-are you quite sure? He’s been rather unruly—”
“I don’t care. Go away.” He waves a hand.
Tarak nods meekly, slipping away.
Bill scoffs. It turns to a jeering laugh. “So, the faulty Collector has come to visit.”
“The what?” The Collector asks.
“You ruined everything, you know.” He rises from his bed. “They all started listening to you instead of me! As if you aren’t anything but a false prophet!”
“Hey!” Luz barks. “What’s your problem?!” She curls her hands into fists.
“My problem?” He grips the bars. “My problem is that I was going to sacrifice the final Titan and finally ascend!” He starts shaking them. “I would have had all the glory in the world, and you took it away from me!”
“That isn’t how any of that works,” The Collector says with a sort of are-you-stupid look.
“What do you know?! You’re a mere child!”
The Collector’s mouth twitches. “You. Didn’t know my family.” He marches forward. “YOU have no IDEA what they would have wanted.” They grab the bars of the door, metal crunching under their hands, looming over Bill as they snarl. “So. Shut. Up.”
Bill has half a mind to step back. He glowers in return.
“Whatever you want, I’m not giving you it,” Bill says. “Not unless you let me out of this cage.”
The Collector frowns, stepping away. Luz grabs The Collector, dragging him around the corner.
She kneels, whispering, “Can’t you just pluck his hair with your magic?”
They think. “Umm, it’s too precise… I might just end up ripping off his head.”
Not that he wouldn’t deserve it, she thinks, then, your little sibling is trying to be a nice person! Stop being like this!
“I guess we don’t have a choice, then,” she muses.
The sound of someone stepping closer—
“It’ll be fine. It’s not like he can kill me,” The Collector says.
A flash of movement, spear shining in the sun—
She sees it too late.
“Collector—!” she yells, throwing out a hand to pull them away just as Bill raises a spear.
Within the span of a second, she grabs The Collector’s arm, he half-turns, raising a hand, and there’s a sickening SQUELCH as Bill’s spear stabs through him.
Everything slows to a grinding halt.
She stares at the spear jutting out from The Collector’s chest. In this frozen, gut-punched moment, it seems even The Collector has forgotten how to move.
“Oh,” they utter, and she screams.
She lunges forward with a slew of glyphs, sending a crash of ice and vines into Bill. His spear flings out from force, spinning and stabbing into the earth.
“COLLECTOR!" She spins on her heel, grabbing him as he stumbles. “Collector, oh my god—oh god, no, no, no—”
“Lu—”
She presses her hand against the wound, pulling up their shirt to see, it won’t stop bleeding.
“L—”
“We—we need to stop the blood flow! Hang on, I—”
“Luz!” They seize her wrist.
Heat nearly scorches her fingers, radiating from his wound with a flickering light. It suddenly closes entirely, flow of blood dribbling to a halt.
Utter confusion knee kicks her panic.
“H-huh?” she gets out.
“See? It’s fine,” they say, dropping her hand. “Immortal, rememb—”
She darts to look at his back. The wound’s closed there too, as if it never existed. Only its ghost of crimson blood shows the mark.
“Are you… done freakin’ out?” he asks.
She sinks to the ground.
Then, she throws her arms around them.
The Collector stills.
She feels the warmth of his body, core thrumming in his chest, matching her heart beating. Alive. Alive, alive, alive.
She doesn’t want to ever, ever let go.
But she has to.
She pulls away a little, smiling as tears bead in her eyes. “I… I was so worried,” she laughs.
They look confused. She wipes her eyes, finally relaxing as the adrenaline rushes out in one breath.
The Collector’s giving her an odd look.
“I,” he begins. Stops. Works their mouth. “Um.”
She sighs into her arm. At the sound of something burning, she looks up.
Stuck in the ground are the spears halves, bright red and sizzling at their ends.
She blinks. “Why is…”
“Cause he hit my core,” he answers. “It’s like a bajillion degrees there, so it musta melted his spear.”
Then she notices Bill squirming in his icicle prison.
“Let me out!” he shrieks.
“Not a chance. How did you even get out of your cell?” she accuses.
“You broke the door, nimwit,” he says, not at her, but at The Collector.
She and The Collector glance at the door. The metal is bent, so much so the lock broke, ajar. Oh, huh.
The Collector walks to the spear, picking it up. She winces. “Can I keep this? Since, you know, you stabbed me with it and all.”
Bill struggles more. “How did you survive such an attack?!”
“Cause I’m better than you,” they grin. “You faaailed,” he sing-songs. “You tried to kill me and faaailed cause you’re a loooser.”
The Collector is acting far too casual to their would-be murderer, in her opinion.
“You must have a weakness!”
“I don’t, so—”
“Your ancestors wouldn’t have died if that were true.”
His face goes blank.
“So what is it—”
She darts in front of The Collector. “Don’t talk to them like that!” she snaps, shaking in anger. “What is wrong with you?! We’re trying to be nice after you already attempted murder, and then you do it again?! You don’t have any right to be—to be antagonizing his after that!”
“I don’t have a right?” He scowls. “You ruined my life! You hear me, you ruined everything! You—hey, wait, where are you going?!”
The Collector silently starts walking away. She blinks.
“Hey! Hey! You’re not just gonna leave me here, are you?!”
She sticks her tongue out at Bill, hopping away.
The Collector remains silent. She can’t parse out his expression, a flat sheet.
She follows after them. “Are you okay? I know the injury wasn’t, um, permanent, but it’s okay if it hurt. Or… still does.” She holds her hands. “Um, not that I wouldn’t believe you if it doesn’t! I just, you know, it seemed…” Her hands twist. “And what Bill said… if you ever want to talk about anyth—”
She bumps into him. They’ve stopped suddenly. She realizes why when she looks up.
A crystalline tower stands tall, bearing sun and moon imagery. It’s strikingly familiar. It’s… where the altar of Titan skeletons was, isn’t it?
The Collector swings his leg back. They kick their foot against the base.
A shockwave erupts, cracks rumbling up the tower until it starts to fall back and CRASHES against the ground.
She jumps from the impact.
“I’ve always wanted to do that,” he says.
Raising their hand, the tower follows the motion, lifting into the air. He tips it upside down and shakes.
Upended is a large pile of Titan skeletons, bones and skulls scattering onto the dirt. The Collector makes a twisting motion and off comes the tip of the tower, along with it another flood of skeletons.
After shaking them out for a minute, they look inside the tower. He seems satisfied. They hold out their hands, then claps them together, the tower flattening to a small cube.
He grabs the cube and it dissipates into thin air.
Now all that’s left is… the enormous pile of Titan’s.
Her chest twists. The Collector floats over the pile. He seems to be examining it, flitting about as he pauses every now and then, holding a hand to his chin in thought.
Sometimes they go down and start rummaging through the skulls. Then, back up to look at the whole pile.
He floats down at a spot near her, rifling through the bones.
She holds her hands behind her back. It feels like a stick’s lodged into her throat. But she has to ask…
“You knew the Titan’s, didn’t you?” she manages.
“I guess.”
She clears her throat. “I just meant, like… if you, uh… if any of them were your friend—”
She bites her lip. You can talk to me about it, or, me and the others are here for you, or, I know what it’s like to miss someone.
Instead, she ventures, “Are you… looking for someone?”
They stiffen.
“It’s just, if you are—”
“No,” he bursts out. “No, that’s not—” Their eyes go wide and they drop the skull, staring at the pile like they’re seeing it for the first time. “I—”
He stops. The scrunched misery on their face melts into a sort of blankness.
“…not even here,” he mutters.
They set down the skull. He grabs his stick and walks farther out. As soon as they draw a circle around their feet, she understands what they’re doing.
“Can I help?” she asks, following him.
They blink at her. He looks at the in progress glyph, back at her, then breaks the stick. “Draw a big circle.” They hand her one half, point with their other hand and draw a circle in the air. “Big enough to fit every skull, but don’t close it.”
With that, he resumes drawing the inner glyph.
She clutches the stick. It may not be perfect, but as an artist she’s certainly good at eyeballing. With determination, she marches out and begins dragging the stick into coarse dirt.
She doesn’t let herself waver, drawing with focused precision. Soon, she reaches the beginning of the line.
As instructed, she pulls up her stick and doesn’t close it. She turns to look at The Collector’s progress.
He’s making a complicated glyph that’s primarily plant-based. If she was focused, they look even more so. He almost looks… melancholic.
After a bit, they walk over to Luz. He holds out his hands, the pile of bones creaking as they float over to land gently in the circle.
It’s not long until they’re done, the two of them standing in front of the echoes of a massacre.
She feels nauseous.
“Hold your hands in a circle,” he instructs. “And, um, usually you’d say the prayer with me… but you don’t know it, so I’ll just do it.”
She nods, closing her eyes as they do.
“From mud to life, Earth, resolve us back into your cycle. Sea, we wish safe passage; guide us into In Between, have souls lost wash away. May we grow again, pasts remembered as etched in soil. A beginning starts anew.”
She hears him draw into the dirt. At the feeling of being pushed back, she opens her eyes.
The Collector drags her away from the glyph. Curious, she watches as hundreds upon thousands of bones sink into the dirt.
It’s a sobering sight.
A spot of color catches her eye, in the center. There’s… a flower? Was that there before?
She almost thinks her eyes are playing tricks, until more color sprouts from the center, what looks like grass.
And then:
The ground ruptures, and trees burst forth.
She stumbles back, gasping as vibrant grass flies across the ground, hitting her knees. Shadows ripple over her, towering trunks and leaves covering the setting sun.
Their branches wind across the sky, flowers blossom and die within seconds, gorgeous trees spread across her and spiral up in the middle, impossibly growing more lush as they merge, rising higher and higher.
The center tree is a monument. It grows larger and larger, thin trees melding into the thick, twisting trunk that expands to be bigger than anything she’s ever seen. At some point, she can’t see the top anymore. Sunlight blinks through the leaves and branches.
She forgets to breathe.
“It’s weird.” She turns at The Collector’s voice. They stare up, at spiraling trees blooming branches. “It feels like someone’s been in your life for forever. And then they’re gone. And you realize how… short, it all was.”
Memories of her dad are scarce. The one’s she has are fuzzy, a cruel joke from time. What she does remember is when he died, she was consumed by his absence. It’s gotten easier: she no longer seeks him in conversations pause, empty chairs or flower vases. In a couple of years, he’ll have been dead longer to her than he was alive.
“But it meant something, didn’t it?” she whispers.
Silence.
It’s beautiful. She’s never seen something more grand, more heartbreaking. Flowers sway at her legs, vines creeping up the trees. The island has become a conservatory of countless species within minutes.
“…dream well,” he mutters.
She breathes.
The two of them watch, for a while.
The sun glimmers on the horizon, about to set. Bright blue sky is fading to whites and oranges. It casts the island in an ethereal, sunlit glow.
She hears the crunch of someone behind her. She turns, seeing Tarak.
“You gave the island life,” he whispers in awe, staring up at the trees.
The Collector turns now. Their hair glows beneath the sun, casting a halo around their head. He looks… angelic, almost.
They summon up one of her notebooks and a pencil. He kneels, scrawling something onto a blank page.
“Hey,” they say after a minute, standing. His fists are balled, face tense. “Other islands don’t have much plant life, right?”
“I believe so,” Tarak says.
“It’s cause you guys kept most of the Titan’s bodies here. When Titan’s die, they create life. They believed in the importance of that cycle… and had a burial ritual to help the process.” They hand the paper to Tarak. “Go to the other islands, find any skeletons left, and follow my burial instructions.”
He takes the paper, hesitant. “Are you sure you trust us with this task…?”
“No,” he says. “But this is all you can do.”
She wonders if they also mean this is all I can do.
“We… do not have means of transportation,” Tarak says, reading over the paper.
“Oh, yeah.” The Collector holds a hand to their chin. “Ummm… hang on.”
He spins his finger, having him, Luz and Tarak float up with him. She laughs in surprise, the three of them being taken to the bridge.
She and The Collector land softly, while Tarak more so splats onto the ground.
“Hmm.”
They pull out the tower cube. He splays his hands, having it revert back to its original size. Then, in a blur, pieces of it crumble off, snapping into a different shape.
When they’re done, what’s left is a beautiful crystal ship. It shines under the setting sun, glorious and large.
“There,” he says. “Problem solved.”
Tarak blinks at it in shock. “Th-thank you… er… does it work like a normal ship?”
“Huh? I’unno, prolly.”
“Does it… harbor an engine? A means for control—”
“Yes. I don’t know. Maybe. Yes,” they decide.
“It is just that, if it doesn’t, it will be difficult to carry on the mission you’ve given us. I would not want this to go to waste.”
“It works,” he says flatly.
“…may I ask how—”
“AAAUGH, you’re so annoying to talk to!” They grip their head. “It’s magic! Who cares! I’m leaving!”
He trudges away, tugging Luz along.
“Wait!” Tarak calls.
“I don’t caaare.”
“I just wanted to say—”
The Collector pauses, looking back at him.
Tarak flusters. “I… thank you. For everything you’ve done.” He bows.
The Collector stares.
“Seriously, stop doin’ that,” they say.
“R-right.”
“I’m coming back in a few years,” he says. “Keep bein’… non-murderous and stuff.”
“We will… do our best.”
The Collector salutes. Tarak’s expression twists to one of confusion. Despite said confusion, he salutes back.
“Alright, we’re goin,” they tell Luz.
“Fine by me,” she says.
He summons another star. They hop on, Luz sitting behind him. As they’re raised into the air, she waves at Tarak. He lightly waves himself.
Then, in a blip, she feels her body fall away as the star shoots across the world.
“Bleeughgh…”
“Sorry,” The Collector says.
She thunks her head on their shoulder. The whole world is spinning. “Why does something so cool have to feel so bad?”
“I wasn’t good with teleportin’ either when I was younger.”
They’ve stopped far above the Boiling Isles. It faintly reminds her of the first time she saw it in all its glory, atop Eda’s staff. It feels like so long ago now…
The Collector’s begun placing each strand of hair at the edges of the isles.
“Is it like the spell you did for seeing the portal?” she asks.
“Yeah, just reversed. This’ll make it so they can’t see the island.”
He looks concentrated… or lost in thought.
She stares at the massive skull of the Titan.
“Did you… know the Boiling Isles Titan?” she asks.
Their mouth quirks to a frown. “No. It was dead way before I was made.”
“Oh.”
“…they say it was the first Titan. It was a really long time ago. In the time I lived, no Titan ever reached this size again. Actually, the idea of being this big was more of a fairy tale thing… something that doesn’t really happen.”
“What changed?” she asks.
“Who knows. Maybe these heights were only meant for the first ones.”
“You should tell King this, you know,” she says gently. “The prayer you did, too. He really wants to know more about his culture.”
“Mm.”
“I… know it’s hard to talk about. But he’d appreciate it.”
Their hands twitch by their sides, curling into fists. “It’s… harder… with him,” he mutters.
She tilts her head, questioning. But they don’t say anything more.
“…let’s go back,” she says.
Eda freaks out, of course. The Collector gives her the same look of confusion when she fawns over them, making sure they’re not injured. She freaks out even more upon learning the blood is in fact his.
Maybe it’s just Luz, but she thinks The Collector was a little less tense around Eda, this time. Personally, she’s so relieved to be back she collapses onto the couch for a nap.
She feels a bit lighter knowing King will be safe.
Notes:
whats an update schedule
next up!
Chin Up, Buttercup:
Eda takes The Collector hiking.
Pages Navigation
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 12:41AM UTC
Comment Actions
eedsknees on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 12:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
Nostal_gay_Artists on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 01:24AM UTC
Comment Actions
Janoha on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 01:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
rosemaidenvixen on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 01:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
AsterBun on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 02:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
Alrtic on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 02:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
unfortunatelackofrats on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 02:25AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 04 Feb 2023 02:26AM UTC
Comment Actions
spaceMaverick on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 02:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
Onyxstic (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 05:02AM UTC
Comment Actions
Sweetslab on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 05:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
Gay anon (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 06:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
Lexa_78 on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 07:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
Jakeyboylove on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 10:12AM UTC
Comment Actions
Tired_VWORP on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 10:49AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 04 Feb 2023 10:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
scatteredstars on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 01:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
Adrian_B on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 03:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
somefishycat on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 06:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
Aknolan on Chapter 1 Sat 04 Feb 2023 10:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
Akemi2912 on Chapter 1 Mon 06 Feb 2023 02:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation